7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 1/454
CIffl
w
a
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRES
F. GERRISH
PURE MATHEMATICSAN
cm
>
>Hn
-
VOLUME II
ALGEBRA
TRIGONOMETRY
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 2/454
two-volume text-book on Pure Mathe-
cs has been designed to cover the whole of
mathematics required for Part I of the
don B.Sc. General Degree and for any first-
degree courses containing subsidiary pure
hematics. It is the only book of its kind
essed primarily to the General Degree
nt. It also covers most of the Pure Mathe-
cs required by the recently introduced
loma in Mathematics of the Mathematical
ciation.
This book does not assume a complete mastery
earlier work, and much of it is suitable for
pure mathematics required by grammarol pupils preparing for scholarships in
ral Sciences, as well as for the mathematics
lists. However, though Mr Gerrish has
d to supply a real need of examination
nts at these levels, he has treated his
ct in a serious fashion and this book is in no
a cram book for examinations. Thus he
a little beyond the requirements of the
ination syllabus.
By a natural division the subject-matter falls
niently into two volumes which, despite
ional cross-references, can be used inde-
ently as separate text-books:
alculus and diiVerential equations, with appli-
s to topics such as areas, arc-lengths,
s of gravity, moments of inertia, and
metry of plane curves.
Algebra and convergence, trigonometry and
inate geometry of two and fhree dimen-
in which calculus methods are illustrated
n instructive.
nally the book contains many sets of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 3/454
-8fsm
-a my -mi
-3. SEP.
NAME
This book is due for return on or before the
last date shown above.
-0 4^
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 4/454
8EDGLEY PARK COL
PRE8TWIGH.
MANGHE8T
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 5/454
PURE MATHEMATICSVOLUME II
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 6/454
Uniform with this Volume
VOLUME I: CALCULUS
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 7/454
PUREMATHEMATICS
A UNIVERSITY ANDCOLLEGE COURSE
BY
F. GERRISH, M.A.
VOLUME II
ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRYCOORDINATE GEOMETRY
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 8/454
PUBLISHED BYTHE SYNDICS OF THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
Bentley House, 200 Euston Road, London, N.W, 1
American Branch: 32 East 57th Street, New York 22, N.Y.
©CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
1 <><><>
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 9/454
V
CONTENTSGeneral Preface p a g e xy ji
Preface to Volume II xi x
References and Abbreviations xxi
Chapter 10. Algebra of Polynomials 363
10.1 The remainder theorem and some consequences 363
10.11 Long division; identities,p. 363. 10.12 The remaindertheorem, p. 364. 10.13 Factorisation of a polynomial;
'equating coefficients ', p. 366
Exercise 10(a) ggg
10.2 Polynomials in more than one variable 370
10.21 Extension of the preceding results, p. 370,
10.22 Symmetric, skew and cyclic functions, p. 371
Exercise 10(6) 373
10.3 Polynomial equations : relations between roots andcoefficients 374
10.31 Quadratics: a summary, p. 374. 10.32 Theory of enbicequations, p. 375. 10.33 Quartic equations, p. 377
Exercise 10(c) 37 g
10.4 Elimination 378
10,41 Further examples, p. 378, 10.42 Common root of twoequations, p. 380. 10.43 Repeated roots, p. 381
Exercise 10 (d) 382
10.5 The h.c.f, of two polynomials 382
10.51 The h.c.f. process, p. 382. 10.52 An important algebraictheorom, p. 385. 10.53 Theory of partial fractions, p. 386
Exercise 10(e) 388
Miscellaneous Exercise 10(f) 388
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 10/454
VI CONTENTS
11.2 Determinants page
11.21 Determinants of order 2, p. 393. 11.22 Determinants of
order 3, p. 394. 11.23 Other expansions of a third-order
determinant, p. 395. 11.24 Properties of A, p. 396.
11.25 Examples, p. 397
Exercise 11(a)
11.3 Minors and cofactors
11.31 Definitions and notation, p. 401. 11.32 Expansion by-
alien cofactors, p. 403
11.4 Determinants and linear simultaneous equations
11.41 Cramer's rule, p. 404. 11.42 The case when A = 0:
inconsistency and indeterminacy, p. 406, 11.43 Homogeneouslinear equations; solution in ratios, p. 407
Exercise 11(6)
11.5 Factorisation of determinants
Exercise 11(c)
11.6 Derivative of a determinant
11.7 Determinants of order 4
Exercise 11 {d)
Miscellaneous Exercise 1 1 (e)
Chapter 12. Series
12.1 The binomial theorem
12.12 Properties of the binomial expansion, p. 420.
12.13 Examples, p. 420
Exercise 12(a)
12.2 Finite series
12.21 Notation and definitions, p. 422. 12.22 General methodsfor summing finite series, p. 423. 12.23 Series involving
binomial coefficients, p. 424. 12.24 Powers of integers, p. 426.
12,25 'Factor' series, p. 428. 12.26 'Fraction' series, p. 429.
12.27 Some trigonometric series, p. 431. 12.28 Mathematical
Induction, p. 433
Exercise 12(5)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 11/454
CONTENTS vii
12.4 Series of positive terms page 43^
12,41 Comparison tests, p. 439. 12.42 d'AIcmbert's ratio test,
p. 443. 1243 Speed of convergence of a aeries, p. 446.
12.44 Infinite aeries and infinite integrate, p, 447Exercise 12(e) 442
Exercise 12(f) 446
Exercise 12(g) 450
12.5 Series of positive and negative terms 451
12.51 Alternating signs (theorem of Leibniz), p. 451,
12.52 Absolute convergence, p. 452, 12.53 The modified ratio
test, p. 456. 12.54 Rogroirping and rearrangement of terms of
an infinite series, p. 457
Exercise 12(A) 459
12.6 Maclaurin's series 460
12.61 Expansion of a function as a power series, p. 460.
12.62 Expansion of c x, sinx, cosx, log(l +x), (1 +x) m
, tan -1a?,
p. 461. 12.63 Note on formal expansions, p. 464
Exercise 12 (i) 465
12.7 Applications of the series in 12,62 466
12.71 Binomial series, p. 466. 12,72 Exponential series, p. 470.
12.73 Logarithmic series, p. 472. 12.74 Gregory's series andthe calculation of n, p, 476
Exercise 12(j) 468
Exercise 12(A) 472
Exercise 12(1) 475
12.8 Scries and approximations 476
12.81 Estimation of the error in s = s nt p. 476. 12,82 Formalapproximations, p. 479. 12.83 Calculation of certain limits,
p. 480
Exercise 12 (m) 481
Miscellaneous Exercise 12 (w) 482
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 12/454
viii CONTENTS13.14 Third stage: logical development, p. 489.
13.15 Importance of complex algebra, p. 492. 13.16 Further
possible generalisations of 'number', p. 493
Exercise 13 (a) page 4
13.2 The modulus-argument form of a complex number 4
13.21 Modulus and argument, p. 494. 13.22 Further
definitions, notation, arid properties, p. 490. 13.23 The cube
roots of unity, p. 497
Exercise 13(6) 4
13.3 Applications of the Argand representation 4
13.31 Geometrical interpretation of modulus and argument,
p. 499. 13.32 Constructions for the sum and differ once of z v z vp. 500. 13.33 The triangle inequalities p. 501.
13.34 Constructions for the product and quotient of & XJ z, £ , p. 502.
13.35 Harder examples on the Argand representation, p. 504
Exercise 13(c) 5
13.4 Factorisation in complex algebra 5
13.41 'The fundamental theorem of algebra,3
p. 507.
13.42 Boots of the general polynomial equation, p. 507.
13.43 Principle of equating coefficients, p. 509. 13.44 Repeatedroots and the derived polynomial, p. 509. 13.45 Equationswith 'real' coefficients; conjugate complex roots, p. 510
13.5 Relations between roots and coefficients 0
13.51 Symmetrical relations, p. 512. 13.52 Unsymmetricalrelations, p, 512. 13.53 Transformation of equations, p. 513
Exercise 13 (d)5
r
13.6 Factorisation in real algebra 5
13.61 Roots of the general polynomial equation, p. 515.
13.62 Location of roots in real algebra, p. 510
Exercise 13(e) 5
13.7 Approximate solution of equations (further methods) 5
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 13/454
CONTENTS ix
Chapter 14. de Moivre's Theorem astd someApplications page 528
14.1 de Moivre's theorem 528
14.12 The values of (eos# + i sin p. 529, 14.13 Examples,p. 530
Exercise 14(a) 532
14.2 Use of the binomial theorem 534
14.21 oos m sin fl # in terms of multiple angles, p. 534.
14.22 oasnd, sinnfl, tanri.0 as powers of circular functions,
p. 535. 14.23 tan (OL + 2 + ...+& n ), p. 537
Exercise 14(6) 538
14.3 Factorisation 538
14,31 x n -l, p. 539. 14.32 8*+l,p. 539.
14,33 £e2n -2a; costta+ 1, p. 640. 14.34 sin n(9, p. 542
Exercise 14(c) 544
14.4 Roots of equations 545
14.41 Construction of equations with roots given trigono-
metrically, p. 545. 14.42 Results obtained by using relations
between roots and coefficients, p. 546
Exercise 14(d) 547
14.5 Finite trigonometric series: summation by C + iS 548
14.51 Cosines and sines of angles in A. P., p. 548. 14.52 Otherexamples, p. 549
Exercise 14(e) 550
14.6 Infinite series of complex terms. Some single -valued
functions of a complex variable 550
14.61 Convergence and absolute convergence, p. 550. 14.62 Theinfinite c,.i\, p. 551. 14.63 The exponential series, p. 552.
14.64 The modulus -argument form of expz. p. 554.
14.65 Euler's exponential forms for sine, cosine, p. 554.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 14/454
X CONTENTS
Chapter 15. Survey or Elementary CoordinateGeometry page 5
15.1 Oblique axes 5
15.11 Advantage of oblique axes, p, 565. 15.12 Cartesian andpolar coordinates, p. 565. 15.13 Distance formula, p. 566.
15.14 Section formulae, p. 566, 15.15 Gradient of a line, p. 567.
15.16 Area of a triangle, p. 568
15.2 Forms of the equation of a straight line 5
15.21 Line with gradient m through [$ v jfj, p. 570.
15.22 Gradient form, p. 570. 15.23 General linear equation
Ax + By + C = 0, p. 571. 15.24 Intercept form, p. 571.
15.25 Line joining P lt P 2 , p. 572. 15.26 Parametric form for
the line through [v lr y t ) in direction 6 t p. 572. 15.27 Generalparametric form, p. 573. 15,28 Perpendicular form, p. 573
15.3 Further results 5
15.31 Sides of a line, p. 573. 15.32 Perpendicular distance of
a point from a line, p. 575
Exercise 15(a) 5
15.4 Concurrence of straight lines 5
15.41 Lines through the meetof two given lines,
p.576,
15.42 Condition for concurrence of three given lines, p. 577
Exercise 15(6) 5
15.5 Line-pairs 5
15.51 Equations which facte rise linearly, p. 579. 15.52 Thelocus ax 1 + 2hxy + fc^ 2 = 0, p. 580. 15.53 The general line-pair
$ = 0, p. 581. 15,54 Line-pair joining to the meets of the line
Ix + my — 1 and the locus s = 0, p. 584
Exercise 15 (c) 5
15.6 The circle 5
15.61 General equation of a circle; centre and radius, p. 586.
15.62 Circle on diameter I\P 2r p- 586. 15.63 Tangent at P vp. 587. 15.64 Chord of contact from P 1? p. 587.
15.65 Examples ; polar, p. 589. 15.66 Orthogonal circles, p. 591
Exercise 15(d) 5
15 7 Conies 5
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 15/454
CONTENTS X
Chaptee 16, The Parabola page 603
16.1 The locus y1 —4ax 003
36.1 1 Focus -directrix property, p. 603. 16.12 Parametric
representation, p. 603Exercise 16(a) go
16.2 Chord and tangent 605
16.21 Chord P x P 2 > p. 605. 16.22 Chord t^, p. 606.16.23 Tangent at F 1} p, 607. 16.24 Tangent at the point t,
p. 607. 16.25 Tangency and repeated roots, p. 008.16.26 Examples, p. 609
Exercise 16(6) 610
16.3 Normal 612
16.31 Normal at the point t, p. 612. 16.32 Conormal points,
p. 612
Exercise 16(c) 614
16.4 Diameters 615
16.41 Corporal definition,p. 615. 16.42 Diameters of aparabola, p. 615
Exercise lG(d) 616
Miscellaneous Exercise 16(e) 616
Chapter 17. The Ellipse 619
17.1
17.11 &P = e.PM, p. 619. 17.12 Focus- directrix property ofx*la* + y*jb 2 - l
t p. 620. 17,13 Focus-directrix property ofx s fa?-ij z
fb2 = 1, p. 620. 17.14 Second focus and directrix,
p. 621. 17.15 Further definitions, p. 621. 17.16 Form of theellipse a 2 /a z + i/
2/&
2 = I, p. 621. 17.17 Circle and ellipse, p. 622
17.2 Other ways of obtaining an ellipse 623
17 21 A ili F l
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 16/454
Xii CONTENTS
17.4 Chord and tangent page
17.41 Chord PjPj, p. 630. 17.42 Chord 0$, p. 631.
17.43 Chord p. 63 L 17.44 Tangent at P„ p. 632.
17.45 Tangent at 0, p. 632. 17.46 Tangent at t, p. 632.
17.47 Examples, p. 633
Exercise 17 (b)
17.5 Normal17.51 Equation of the normal, p. 636. 17.52 Conormal points,
p. 636
Exercise 17(c)
17.6 The distance quadratic
17.62 Chord having midpoint I\, p. 638. 17,63 Diameters,p. 639. 17.64 Conjugate diameters, p. 639
Exercise 17 (d)
Miscellaneous Exercise 17 (e)
Chapter 18. The Hyperbola
18.1 The hyperbola -g— fj — 1; asymptotes
18.1 1 Form of the curve, p. 645. 18.12 Asymptote: generaldefinition, p. 645. 18.13 Asymptotes of the hyperbola, p. 646.
18.14 The bifocal property: SP-S'P = ± 2«, p. 647
18.2 Properties analogous to those of the ellipse —+ 1tir D2
18.3 Parametric representation
18.31 Hyperbolic functions, p. 649. 18,32 The point t, p. 650.
18.33 The point 0, p. 650. 18,34 Another algebraicrepresentation, p. 650
18.4 Chord, tangent, and normal
Exercise 18(a)
18.5 Asymptotes : further properties
18.51 Lines parallel to an asymptote meet the hyperbola on yonce, p. 653. 18.52 The equation of the tangent at Pi tends to
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 17/454
CONTENTS Xlii
18.7 Asymptotes as (oblique) coordinate axes page 6o7
18.71 xy = c 2, p. 657. 18.72 Parametric representation, p. G5S.
18.73 The rectangular hyperbola, p. 6S9
Exercise 18(c) 659Miscellaneous Exercise 18 (d) 661
Chapter 19, The General Conic; s = Jcs' 664
19.1 The locus s = 664
19. U Scheme of procedure, p. 664. 19.12 Notation, p, 664,
19.13 Chord P,P 2 of s = 0, p. 666
19.2 Joachimsthal's ratio equation. 666
19.21 The ratio quadratic for $ = 0, p. 666. 19.22 Sides of aeonic, p. 666. 19.23 Tangent at P v p. 667. 19.24 Pair oftangents from P t ,p. 667. 19.25 Chord of contact from P vp. 668. 19.26 Examples; polar of P l wo s = 0, p. 668.
19.27 Chord whose mid-point is P Jf p. 669. 19,28 Diameters,
p. 669. 19.29 Conjugate diameters, p. 670
19.3 The distance quadratic 670
19.4 Tangent and normal as coordinate axes 671
Exercise 19(a) 672
19.5 Number of conditions which a conic can satisfy 673
19.6 The equation s = ks' 674
19.61 Number of possible intersections of two conies, p. 674,
19.62 s = ks' t p. 674. 19.63 Degenerate cases, p. 676.
19.64 Examples, p. 677. 19.65 Contact of two conies, p. 679
19.7 Equations of a type more general than s = ks' 680Exercise 19(&) 681
Miscellaneous Exercise 19(c) 682
Chapter 20. Polar Equation of a Conio 684
20.1 The straight line 684
20.11 Distance formula, p. 684. 20.12 Line joining two points,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 18/454
XiV CONTENTS20.3 Conies: pole at a focus page
20.31 Polar equation of all non-degenerate conies, p. 688.
20.32 Tracing of the curve Ijr = 1 + ecos0, p. 690.
20.33 Examples, p. 691. 20.34 Chord and tangent, p. 693
Exercise 20(6)
Miscellaneous Exercise 20 (c)
Chapter 2L Coordinate Geometry in Space:the Plane and Line
21.1 Coordinates in space
21.11 Rectangular cartesian coordinates, p. 700 21.12 Othercoordinate systems, p, 701
21.2 Fundamental formulae
21,21 Distance formula, p. 702. 21,22 Section formulae, p. 703
Exercise 21 (a)
21.3 Direction cosines and direction ratios of a line
21,31 Direction cosines, p. 706. 21.32 Angle between two lines,
p. 706, 21.33 Direction ratios, p. 707
Exercise 21 (&)
21.4 The plane
21.41 Equation of a plane in 'perpendicular form p. 710.
21.42 General linear equation Ax + By + Cz+D- 0, p. 710.
21.43 Conditions for two linear equations to represent the sameplane, p. 711. 21.44 Plane having normal I twin and passing
through P t , p. 711. 21.45 Plane P^Pj, p. 712.
21.46 Intercept form, p. 713. 21.47 Angle between two planes,
p. 713
Exercise 21 (c)
21.5 The line
21.51 Line through Pj^ in direction l:m:n, p. 714.
21.52 Parametric equations of a line, p. 715. 21.53 Line of
intersection of two planes, p. 717. 21.54 Distance of a point
feom a plane, p. 718. 21,55 Areas and volumes, p. 719
Exercise 21 (d)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 19/454
CONTENTS XV
21.7 Skew lines page 727
21,71 Geometrical introduction, p. 727. 21.72 Length of thecommon perpendicular, p. 728. 21.73 Equations of the commonperpendicular, p. 729. 21.74 Alternative method, p. 729.
21,75 Standard form for the equations of two skew lines, p. 731
Exercise 21(f) 732
Miscellaneous Exercise 21 (g) 733
Chapter 22. The Sphere; SphericalTrigonometry 733
22.1 Coordinate geometry of the sphere 736
22.11 Equation of a sphere, p. 736. 22.12 Some definitions andresults from pure geometry, p. 736. 22. 13 Tangent plane at P up. 737. 22.14 Examples, p. 738
Exercise 22(a) 740
22.2 s = hs' 742
22.21 The general principle, p. 742. 22.22 Spheres througha given circle, p. 742
22.3 Surfaces in general 744
Exercise 22(b) 745
22.4 The spherical triangle 747
22.41 Some definitions and simple properties, p. 747.
22.42 Sides and angles, p. 748. 22.43 Polar triangle;
supplemental relations, p. 749. 22.44 Area, p. 750
22.5 Triangle formulae 751
22.51 Cosine rule, p. 751. 22,52 Sine rule, p. 752.
22.53 Supplemental formulae, p. 754. 22.54 Triangb on thegeneral sphere, p. 755
Exercise 22(c) 755
Miscellaneous Exercise 22 (d) 756
Answers to Volume II (25)
Index to Volume II xxiii
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 20/454
xvii
GENERAL PREFACE
This two-volume text-book on Pure Mathematics has been designed
to cover completely the requirements of the revised regulations for the
B.So. General Degree (Part I) of the University of London. It presents
a serious treatment of the subject, written to fill a gap which has long
been evident at this level. The author believes that there is no other
book addressed primarily to the General Degree student which covers
the ground with the same self-contained completeness and thorough-
ness, while also indicating the way to further progress. On theprinciple that 'the correct approach to any examination is from above',
the book has been constructed so that those students who do not
intend to take the subject Mathematics in Part II of their degree
course will find included some useful matter a little beyond the
prescribed syllabus (which throughout has been interpreted as anexamination schedule rather than a teaching programme); while
those who continue with Mathematics will have had sound prepara-
tion. As it is the author's experience that many students who begin
a degree course have received hasty and inadequate training, a com-plete knowledge of previous work has not been assumed.
Although written for the purpose just mentioned, this book will
meet the needs of those taking any course of first-year degree work in
which Pure Mathematics is studied, whether at University or Tech-
nical College. For example, most of the Pure Mathematics required
for a one-year ancillary subject to the London Special Degrees in
Physics, Chemistry, etc. is included, and also that for the first of the
two years' work ancillary to Special Statistics. The relevant matterfor Part I (and some of Part II) of the B.Se. Engineering Degree is
covered. The book provides an introduction to the first year of anHonours Degree in Mathematics at most British universities, andwould serve as a basis for the work of the mathematical specialist in
the Grammar School. Much of the material is suitable for pupils
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 21/454
XViii GENERAL PREFACEor else split up into two or even three courses of reading in Calcu
Algebra-Trigonometry and Geometry taken concurrently. Throughoit has been borne in mind that many students necessarily work withmuch direct supervision,
andit is
hoped that those of even modeability will be able to use this book alone.
A representative selection of worked examples, with explanatorremarks, has been included as an essential part of the text, toget
with many sets of 'exercises for the reader' spread throughoutchapter and carefully graded from easy applications of the bookwto 'starred' problems {often with hints for solution) slightly aboveultimate standard required. In a normal use of the book there
not be time or need to work through every 'ordinary* problemeach set; but some teachers welcome a wide selection. To each cha
is appended a Miscellaneous Exercise, both backward- and forwa
looking in scope, for revision purposes. Answers are provided a
end of each volume. It should be clear that, although practice
solving problems is an important part of the student's training,
sense is this a cram-book giving drill in examination tricks. Howevthose who are pressed for time (as so many part-time and even
students in the Te clinical Colleges unfortunately are) may havepostpone the sections in small print and all 'starred' matterlater reading.
Most of the problems of 'examination type* have been takenPinal Degree papers set by the University of London, and I am gr
ful to the Senate for permission to use these questions. Othersbeen collected over a number of years from a variety of unrecorde{and hence unacknowledged) sources, while a few are home-made.
It is too optimistic to expect that a book of this size will bepletely free from typographical errors, or the Answers from mamatical ones, despite numerous proof readings. I shall be grateful
readers will bring to my notice any such corrections or other sugg
tions for possible improvements.
Finally, I thank the staff of the Cambridge University Pressthe way in which they have met my requirements, and for the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 22/454
xix
PREFACE TO VOLUME II
Although for convenience of reference the pagination and section
numbering are continued from Volume I, this does not imply depend-
ence of the present volume on the first. Apart from occasional back-
ward references, Volume II is a self-contained text-book on Algebra,
Trigonometry and Coordinate Geometry of two and three dimensions,
in which calculus methods are illustrated when instructive.
Beginning with a chapter which leads from revision of previous
algebraic work to an introduction to formal algebra, an early starton determinants can be made in the next, thereby assembling all the
equipment necessary for the subsequent geometry (which throughout
is real and euclidean) . Certain widely-used general theorems on systems
of linear equations have received more explicit statement and
emphasis than is customary at this level.
In Chapter 12 the passage from finite to infinite series lays the
foundations of4
convergence \ a subtle subject so often misunderstood
and mishandled by beginners. It is hoped that the many somewhatnegative cautionary remarks will stimulate rather than shake the
reader's confidence.
Chapter 13 sets complex numbers on a logical footing by first briefly
retracing the historical steps in their development from * mystery 5
through 'diagram' to the concept of 'ordered number-pair*. Thesubject is often approached from only one of these standpoints, but
the present inclusive treatment combines the advantages of all. The
opportunity is also taken of setting up a general theory of factorisation
and polynomial equations. Despite some repetition, it is felt that this
can be appreciated only after the provisional nature of the con-
clusions in 10.13, 10.3 has been realised. The following chapter, con-
cerned with trigonometrical applications of the preceding algebraic
theories, also introduces some genuine functions of a complex
variable.
A l b d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 23/454
XX PREFACE TO VOLUME II
methods in which anything is fair') only confusion of principles
arise by incautiously mixing the real and the complex, especially
calculus techniques.
Since many students come to the course regarding Coordinate
Geometry as merely a mixture of 'graphs', Pure Geometry, and
Calculus, an attempt in Chapter 15 has been made to review
'known' parts of the subject more as an illustrated account of lin
and (real) quadratic algebra. Use is made of oblique axes wappropriate.
In the next three chapters, which contain a fairly detailed tre
ment of the parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola by means of th'standard' equations, the emphasis is on parametric methods
the consequent elegant applications of the (real) theory of equations
given in Chapter 10. Joachimsthal's ratio equation and the distanc
quadratic are also used incidentally. Owing to the algebraic analog
between ellipse and hyperbola, the discussion of the latter is centr
mainly on properties of the asymptotes.
The unifying influence of a systematic treatment of 'the gener
conic' by Joachimsthal's method is too valuable to omit. Thisthe powerful
e
s = ks' principle' are the themes of Chapter 19.
A short chapter on polar equations, first revising the straight
and circle in this form, develops in more detail their application to
conic, and thus gives the geometrical complement of the calculu
methods illustrated for various 'polar' curves in Volume I.
In principle, Chapter 21 returns to the fundamentals of cartesian
coordinate geometry, this time for three dimensions. The treatment,
designed to emphasise whenever possible the analogies betweentwo- and three- dimensional cases, while also pointing out important
contrasts, revises the methods of linear algebraic geometry, and mwell be left until fairly late in the course. Finally the sphere is brief
treated^ first geometrically by methods resembling those already u
for the circle in Chapter 15, and then trigonometrically.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 24/454
xxi
REFERENCES AND ABBREVIATIONS
In a decimal reference such as 12.73(2),
12 denotes chapter (Ch. 12),
12.7 denotes section,
12.73 denotes sub-section,
12.73(2) denotes part.
(ii) refers to equation (ii) in the same section,
ex. (ii) refers to worked example (ii) in the same section.
4.64, ex. (ii) refers to worked example (ii) in sub-section 4.64.
Ex. 12 (6), no. 6 refers to problem number 6 in Exercise 12 (b).
wo means with respect to.
In the text, matter in small type {other than 'ordinary' worked
examples) and in ' starred ' worked examples is subsidiary, and may be
omitted at a first reading if time is short.
In an exercise
no. 6 refers to problem number 6 in the same Exercise.
a 'starred' problem either depends on matter in small type
in the text, or on ideas in a
later chapter;
or is above the general standard of
difficulty.
matter in [ . ..
] is a hint for the solution of a problem,
matter in ( . .. ) is explanatory comment.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 25/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 26/454
363
10
ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS
10.1 The remainder theorem and some consequences
10.11 Long division; identities
The reader will be familiar with the process for dividing one poly-
nomial by another of lower degree; we use it here to lead up to an
important algebraic theorem.
Example
Find the quotient and remainder obtained by dividing ax 2 + bx + cby x —k.
x —k )ax 2 + bx +c ( ax + (b+ak)
ax 2 —akx
(6 + ak) x + c
(b + ak) x —k{b + ak)
ak 2 + bk + c
Observe that the remainder is the original expression with x replaced by k.
If only the remainder is required in the above example, we can
proceed as follows. Let the quotient be Q{x) (a function oix) and the
remainder be R (a constant). Then we have
ax2
+ bx + c = {x-k)Q{x) + R. (i)
If1
we now put x = k in this, we obtain
ak 2 + bk + c = R (ii)
since the term involving Q(k) is zero.
Remarks
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 27/454
364 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.12
so that the right-hand side has the factor x —k. If the other factor
denoted by Q(x), then
(ax 2 + bx + c)- (ak 2 + bk + c) = (x-k) Q(x),
which is equivalent to (i) with R given by (ii).
(ft) We may regard the 'long division ' as a process for constructing
from the given polynomials x —k and ax 2 + bx + c another polynomial
Q(x) and a constant R which satisfy (i) for all values of x. (A similar
principle, justified in 10.13, ex. (v), holds for any pair of polynomials,
although when the divisor is of degree n > 1, R will be a polynomial
of degree n —1 or less.)
The relation (i), which holds for all values of x, is called an identity
in x (in contrast to an equation in x, which holds only for certain special
values of The sign = between two polynomials in x is used to denote
'equal for all values of and is read 'identically equal to'. Thu(i) would be written
ax 2 + bx + c = (x- k) Q(x) + R. (i
The result of substituting a; = k would still be written with the ordinary
= sign because (ii) is a relation between special numbers only. However, we may continue to use the sign = even when the expressions
are in fact identically equal, unless we specially wish to emphasise
their identity.
10.12 The remainder theorem
We now obtain the remainder when the general polynomial
p(x) = p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + ... +p n - X +p n
is divided by x —k. We have
p(x) -p(k) = p (x n - n) +p 1 (x n ~ 1 - k 71 - 1
) + ... +p n - 1 (x - k). (ii
By direct multiplication we can verify that, for any positive integer
m and any x and k,
x m -k m = (x- k) {x™- 1 + x m~ 2 k + x m~ s k 2 +...+ k m~ x).
(When x 4= k this is equivalent to the sum-formula for the g.p.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 28/454
10.12] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 365
Hence the remainder when the polynomial p(x) is divided by x —k is
the number p(k) obtained by substituting k for x in this polynomial.
Also from (iv) we have
The factor case. If p(k) = 0, the polynomial p(x) has x —k for afactor. Conversely, if x —k is a factor, then p(k) = 0.
Examples
(i) Factorise 2x s -llx 2 +nx- 6.
Calling the polynomial p(x), we seek numbers k for which p(k) = 0. Onlythose numbers k which are factors of the last term 6 need be tried, for anyother number could not be the constant term in a factor of the polynomial, f
p(l) = 2-11 + 17-6 #: 0, /. a:- 1 is not a factor.
p{2) = 16-44 + 34-6 = 0, /. x 2 is a factor.
To find the other factor, divide the polynomial by x —2; the quotient is
2x*-lx + 3, so
p(x) = (x-2)(2x*-lx + 3),
= (a:-2)(a;-3)(2a?-l)
on completing the factorisation by inspection.
(ii) Find the valuesof a and b if 6x* + ax
2
+ bx—
2 is divisible (i.e. exactlydivisible, without remainder) by 2x 2 + x— 1.
Since 2x 3 +x~l = (x + l)(2x-l), both x+1 and 2x-l are factors of thegiven polynomial p(x). Hence p( - 1) = andp(J) = 0, which give
= a-b-8, = £a + £&-£,and so a = 7, b = —1.
(iii) Find the remainder when p(x) is divided by (x —a)(x —b), a 4= 6, wherep(x) has degree greater than 2.
Since the divisor is quadratic in x, the remainder will in general be linear in x,
say Ax + B. lfQ(x) is the quotient, then (cf. 10.11, Remark (yff))
p{x) = (x-a)(x- b) Q(x) +Ax + B.
Put x = a: p( a ) = Aa + B.
Put a; = 6: p(b) = Ab + B.
Solving these equations for A and B, we find
_p(a)-p(b) ap(b)-bp(a)A , IS =,a b a b
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 29/454
366 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.13
10.13 Factorisation of a polynomial; 'equating coefficients'
We continue to write
p(x) = p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + ... +p n ,
where p #= 0.
Theorem I. Ifp{x) is zero when x has any one of the n distinct values
a v a 2 , . .. , a n , then
P(x) = Po( x ~ a i) (x-a 2 )...(x- a n ). (v
Proof. Since p(a x )— by hypothesis, therefore x —a x is a factor
of p(x). Let the quotient when p(x) is divided by x —a x be Qn -x{x)\
it will be a polynomial in x of degree n —1 whose first term is p^x 11 *
Thenp(x) = (x- a t ) Qn ^{x)
.
Since p{a 2 ) = by hypothesis, we have
= ((h-c^Qn-M-
As a 2 4= a x (also by hypothesis), hence Qn -i(a 2 ) = and therefore
x-a 2 is a factor of Qn ^ x {x). The other factor Qn _ 2 ( x )> obtained b
division, is a polynomial whose first term is
px n - 2
; thus
Qn-ifr) = (x-a 2 )Q n - 2 (x),
and so p(x) = (x - a x ) (x - a 2 ) Qn - 2 {x).
We can continue step by step to remove the factors x —a 3 ,
until we reach x —a n , after which the other factor will be Q (x) whose
only term is^ a; = p . The result (v) follows.
Corollary I (a). A polynomial of degree n in x cannot be zero fo
more than n distinct values of x.
Proof. Expression (v) cannot be zero when x takes any value
different from a v a 2 ,...,a n ; for no factor would then be zero, an
p Q=(= by hypothesis.
Theorem II. // p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + ...+p n is zero for more than
distinct values of x, then p = p t = ... = p n = 0, and so p(x) = 0.
Proof. Either all of p ,Pi, --,Pn are z ^ TO >
or there is a first p which is not zero ' say p k (k < n
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 30/454
10.13] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 367
given that it is zero for more than n values of x. Our second alternative
thus leads to a contradiction, and so only the first alternative is
possible.
Finally, when p = p x = ... = p n = 0, the given polynomial is zerofor all x, i.e. p(x) = 0.
Coeollary II (a). // p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + . . +p n = 0, then
Po=Pl = ••• = 2>» = 0.
For since the polynomial is identically zero, it is zero for more than
n distinct values of x.
Corollary II (6). //
p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + ...+p n = q x n + q^- 1 +...+q n
for more than n distinct values of x, or for all values of x, then
Po = qo, Pi = $v Pn = q n >
For we have
(Po-q )x n + {p 1 -q 1 )x^- 1 +... + (p n -q n ) = 0,
and the results follow from Theorem II or Corollary II (a).
Corollary11(6)
is the basis of the principle*) of 'equating coeffi-
cients' in an identity between polynomials. It asserts that if two
polynomials of degree n are equal for all values of x (i.e. if the poly-
nomials have identical values for corresponding values of x), then they
agree term by term (i.e. they are identical in form). Without this
result it would be conceivable that two quite distinct polynomials
might take the same values for the same x, as x ranges over the real
numbers.
Corollary II (c).
//
p x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 + ... +p n = q x m + q^™- 1 + ...+q m
(where m > n)for more than m distinct values of x, or for all values of x,
then „ „= q , = q m_ n _ 1 , p = q m_ n , p n = q m.
In particular, the polynomial on the right has degree n.
The proof is like that of Corollary II (b).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 31/454
368 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.13
The right-hand side
= a(n 8 + 3n 2 + 2n) + b(n z +n) + cn+d
= an 3 + (3a + b)n* + (2a + b + c)n + d.
This is identically equal to n z if and only if
a = 1, 3a + 6 = 0, 2a + 6 + c = 0, d = 0,
i.e. a = 1, b = —3, c = 1, a* = 0.
(ii) Show that x % cannot be expressed in the form
a(x+l)(x + 2) +b(x + 3)(x + 4:).
The expression = a(x s + Bx + 2) + b(x 2 + Ix + 1 2)
= (a + 6) x z + (3a + 76) x + (2a +126),
which is identical with x % if and only if
a + 6=l, 3a + 76 = 0, 2a+126 = 0.
The last two equations give a = 0, 6 = 0, and these values fail to satisfy t
first. The three conditions cannot be satisfied, and so x 2 cannot be written
the form stated.
(iii) If a,b, c are all distinct, prove that
(x —b)(x —c) (x —c)(x —a) (x —a)(x —6) _(a —6)(a —c)
(6 —c)(6
—a)(c
—a)(c —
6)
—
and deduce relations between a, b, c by equating coefficients of the various power
of x.
When x = a, the left-hand side reduces to 1. Hence the polynomial
(x —b)(x —c) (x —c)(x —a) (x —a)(x —b)
(a —b){a —c) (b —c)(b —a) (c —a)(c-b)
is zero when x = a. Similarly, it is zero when x = 6 and when x — c. Thus th
quadratic in x vanishes for three distinct values of x. Hence it vanishes for
values of x.
By equating coefficients of x2
, x and the constant terms, we obtain
1 1 1+ + - o,(a-6)(a— c) (6-c)(6-a) (c —a)(c —6)
6 + c c + a a + b _(a —b)(a —c) (b —c)(b —a) (c —a)(c —b)
be ca ab _(a —6) (a —c) (6 —c)(6 —a) (c —a)(c —6)
(iv) If ax s + bx % + cx + d contains (x+ l) 2 as a factor obtain relations betwee
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 32/454
10.13] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 369
By eliminating h from the first and third, and from the second and third,
b = d + 2a, c=2d + a.
*(v) Given two polynomials f(x), g(x) of degrees m, n (m > n), prove that there
is a unique pair of polynomials Q(x), B(x) such that E(x) has degree less thann
and
f(x)=g(x)Q(x) + B(x). (a)
The process of dividing/(a;) by g(x) gives a quotient Q(x) of degree m—n anda remainder B(x) of degree less than n such that (a) holds for all values of xexcept possibly those for which g(x) = 0. Thus the polynomial
f(x)-{g(x)Q(x) + B(x)},
whose degree certainly does not exceed m, is zero for more than m values of x.
Hence by Theorem II it is identically zero, which proves (a). Compare 10.11,
Remark (fi).
It is conceivable that, had we proceeded in a different way, we might haveobtained another pair of polynomials q(x), r(x) such that
f(x) = g(x)q(x)+r(x), (b)
where r(x) has degree less than n. Subtraction of (b) from (a) gives
B(x) - r(x) = g(x) {q(x) - Q(x)}. (c)
The left side of (c) has degree < n, while (unless q(x) —Q(x) = 0) the right
has degree ^ n (the degree of g{x)); and by Corollary II (c) this is impossible.
Hence q(x) —Q(x) = 0, and therefore by (c), B(x)—r(x) = 0. This proves theuniqueness.
Exercise 10(a)
Factorise
1 2x 3 + Sx 2 -l. 2 6a 8 -a; 2 -19:c-6. 3 x* + 2x 3 + x 2 - 4.
4 Solve x 3 —4:X 2 + x + 6 = 0.
5 Find the values of a and 6 if 6a; 8 + 7a; 2 + ax + b is divisible by 2x —1 and byx+1.
6 The remainder when (x—l)(x —2) divides x* + ax 3 + b is a;+l. Find
a and b.
7 A polynomial gives remainder 2x + 5 when divided by (x —1) {x + 2). Findthe remainders when it is divided by x —1, x + 2 separately.
8 A polynomial gives remainder 2 when divided by x + 1 and remainder 1
when divided by x —4. Find the remainder when it is divided by (x + 1 ) (x —4).
*9 A cubic polynomial gives remainders 5x —7, 12a;— 1 when divided byx 2 —x + 2, x 2 + x —1 respectively. Find the polynomial.
* 10 When divided by x 2 + 1 a polynomial gives remainder 2x + 3, and by x 2 + 2gives remainder x + 2. Find the remainder when it is divided by (x 2 + 1) (x 2 + 2).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 33/454
370 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.2
2x + l . , „ a b14 Express — - m the form H .* (x-l)(x + 2) x-1 x + 2
5 . a bx + c15 Express — ——- m the form H—- —-.* {2x+l)(x* + D 2x+l x*+l
If a,b,c are all distinct, prove
^ a(x —b) (x —c) b(x —c)(x —a) c(x —a)(x —b)16 _i L± - + - — + - — = x.
(a —b)(a —c) (b —c)(b —a) {c —a)(c —b)
(a + b + x) (b + c + x) (b + c + x) (c + a + x) (c + a + x)(a + b + x) _^
(b —c)(b —a) (c —a)(c —b) {a —b)(a —c)~
18 (i) Prove that there cannot be two different quadratic expressions in
which take the values A, B, C when x has the distinct values a, 6, c respectively,
(ii) Verify that
A(x-b)(x-c)
[ B(x-c){x-a
) c{x-a)(x-b)
(a —b)(a —c) (b —c)(b —a) (c —a)(c —b)
has the required properties, and deduce from (i) that this is the only sucquadratic.
*19 Write down the (unique) cubic polynomial in x which takes the values
A, B, C, D when x has the distinct values a, b, c, d respectively.
20 (i) If x 3 +px + q contains a factor (x —a) 2, prove 4p 3 + 21q % — 0.
(ii) By writing q = 2a 3, prove the converse of (i).
21 (i) If a;4 + px + q contains a factor (x —a) 2
, prove 27p 4 = 256q 3, and express
q in terms of a.
(ii) Prove the converse of (i).
10.2 Polynomials in more than one variable
10.21 Extension of the preceding results
If p(x, y) is a polynomial in the two variables x, y, we may arrange
it according to powers of x, say as
%nPo(y) + x^Piiy) + • • • +p n (y)>
and consider it to be a polynomial in x whose coefficients are poly-
nomials in y. The preceding theories can then be applied, f Similar
considerations hold for more than two variables.
Examples
(i) If ax 2 + 2hxy + by* + 2gx + 2fy + c = a'x* + 2h'xy + b'y* + + Wv+
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 34/454
10.22] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 371
Equating coefficients, we have for all y:
a = a', 2(hy + g) = 2(h'y + g'), by 2 + 2fy + c = b'y 2 + 2f'y + c'.
By equating coefficients of like powers of y in the last two identities, we obtain
all the results stated.
(ii) Show that 2x 2 + 5xy —Zy 2 -x + lly-6 has linear factors, and find them.
Since 2* 2 + 5xy - 3y* = (x + Zy) (2x - y),
try putting
2x 2 + 5xy-Zy 2 -x+lly-6 = (x + Zy + a){2x-y + b),
where a and 6 are constants to be determined.
The right-hand side is
2x 2 + 5xy - Zy 2 + (2a + b) x + ( 36 - a) y + ah.
This will be identical with the given polynomial if and only if a, 6 can be chosento satisfy „ „, 2a + b = -\, 36-a=ll, ab = -6.
The first two equations give a = —2, 6 = 3; and these values do satisfy the
third. Hence the given polynomial has linear factors
(x+Sy-2)(2x-y + Z).
(iii) Factorisexy(x + y) + yz(y + z) + zx(z + x) + 2xyz.
Regarding this as a quadratic polynomial in x whose coefficients are poly-
nomials in y andz,
put x——
y:the expression becomes
+ yz(y + z) - yz(z -y)- 2y 2 z - 0.
Hence x + y is a factor. Similarly, x + z is a factor.
Next, regarding the expression as a polynomial in y whose coefficients are
polynomials in x, z, we may put y = —z and show that y + z is a factor.
Hence (y + z) (z + x) (x + y) is a factor. Since this product and the given
polynomial each have total degree 3, any other factor h must be numerical,
£LHCL SOxy(x + y) + yz(y + z) + zx{z + x) + 2xyz = k(y + z)(z + x) (x + y).
To obtain k, we may either substitute numerical values for x, y, z (e.g. x = 0,
y = 1, z = 1) in both sides, or compare coefficients (e.g. of x 2y). We obtain k = 1.
10.22 Symmetric, skew and cyclic functions
In 1.52(4) we defined a homogeneous function of two or more
variables, and we now give further useful definitions.
(1) A function (not necessarily a polynomial) of two or more
variables is symmetrical in these variables if it is unaltered by the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 35/454
372 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.22
Bemarks
(a) The only symmetrical function of (x, y, z) of the first degree is
constant multiple ofx + y + z. For if Ix + my + nz is unaltered by inter-
change of x, y, thenIx + my + nz = ly + mx + nz,
i.e. (l —m)x+(m —l)y = 0,
so I = m. Similarly, we find I = n, and the linear function reduces
l(x + y + z).
(/?) The most general symmetric polynomial in (x, y, z) consisting
second-degree terms can likewise be shown to have the form
k(x 2 + y2 + z 2
) + l(yz + zx + xy).
(2) A function of two or more variables is skew or alternating if
interchange of any two of them changes only the sign of the function.
For example, x —y is a skew function of (x, y) ; and
(b —c) (c —a) {a —b),
xy(x -y) + yz(y -z) + zx(z - x)
are skew functions of their respective variables.
The reader should satisfy himself that the product of two symmetric
or of two skew functions is a symmetric function, while the product of
symmetric and a skew function is skew.
Considerations of symmetry, skewness and homogeneity often sav
algebraic manipulation, and will be helpful in Ch. 11.
Example
Factorise x 3 + yz + z 8 —3xyz. (Also see Ex. 10(/), no. 3.)
Regarding this as a polynomial in x, we find that when x = —(y + z) t
expression is zero. Hence x + y + z is a factor. The other factor could be foundirectly by long division, or as follows.
The given expression and the factor x + y + z are both symmetric in (x,y,z),
therefore so is the remaining factor.
Since the given polynomial is homogeneous of degree 3 and x + y + z is homo
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 36/454
10.22] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALSWe can find the constants k, I by substituting numerical values:
x = 0, y = 0, z — I give 1 = k;
x = 0, y=l, 2 = 1 give 2 = 2{2k + l}, :. l = - 1.
Hence xP + y^+z 3 —3xyz = (x+y+z) (x* + y2 +z 2 —yz —zx —xy).
(3) Cyclic expressions. Consider again
xy(x - y) + yz(y -z) + zx(z - x),
and suppose the letters x, y, z are arranged around the circumference
of a circle as shown. When the first term xy(x —y) is given, the next
can be obtained from it by replacing each letter bythe one which follows it on the circle. Repetition of
the process gives the third term, and further repeti-
tion leads back to the first term. The given sumthus consists of the term xy(x —y) together with the «
two similar terms obtainable from it by cyclic inter-
change ofx, y, z\ it can be written
y
Lxy{x-y).
The number of letters involved has either to be stated explicitly, or
must be clear from the context; otherwise the S-notation is ambiguous.
Observe that the complete sum is unaltered if we replace x by y,
y by z, and z by x; for this cyclic interchange merely alters the order
in which the three terms occur. The expression (y —z) (z —x) (x —y) has
the same property.
Definition. An expression in x, y, z which is unaltered by cyclic
interchange of these letters is cyclic in (x, y, z).
A similar definition can be given when there are more than three
letters. For convenience of reference and comparison, it is desirable
to write expressions with their terms in cyclic order whenever possible.
Thus we prefer to write bc + ca + ab rather than ab + ac + be.
Remark (y). To test an expression for symmetry or skewness weinterchange letters two at a time. A cyclic interchange involves change
of all the letters. Thus a function may be cyclic but not symmetric,
373
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 37/454
374 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.3
3 Find the values of a for which 2a; 2 —5xy —3y 2 —x + ay —3 has linear
factors. [The factors must be of the form (x —3y + 3k) (2x + y—llk).]
4 Show that x 2 + Axy + 3y 2 + 2x —2y + 6 does not possess linear factors.
Using the remainder theorem, together with considerations of degree, symmetryand skewness when helpful, factorise
5 (x + y + z) 3 -(x 3 + y 3 + z 3).
6 yz(y 2 — 2) + zx(z 2 —x 2
) +xy(x 2 —y2
).
7 x(y-z) 3 + y(z-x) 3 + z(x-y) 3.
8 (x + y + z) 5 -{x 6 + y5 + z 5
).
9 Write the expressions in nos. 6, 7 in the S-notation.
10 Write in full the following expressions, assumed to involve three letters:
(i) Zx2
; (ii) lLx2
y2
; (hi) S6c(6-c); (iv) Sa2
6c; (v) 26c2
.
[In (v), cyclic interchange gives bc 2 + ca 2 + ab 2, which is only half the numbe
of terms implied by S, meaning 'sum of all terms of the type letter x another
letter squared' .]
11 Prove that (i) S(6-c) = 0; (ii) Xbc(b-c) = Sa 2 (6-c);
(iii) £a(6 2 -c 2) = (b-c)(c-a)(a-b).
12 Prove S(6 - c) 3 = 3(6 - c) (c - a) (a - 6).
13 Prove Sa 8 (62 -c 2
) = -(b-c)(c-a)(a-b)(bc + ca + ab).
14 Prove that Sa n (6 —c) contains the factor (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6) for apositive integer n ^ 2.
*15 (i) By taking x = 6 —c, y = c —a, z — a —b in the example in 10.22(2).
duce no. 12. (ii) Similarly, deduce the factors of Sa 3 (6 —c) 3. (iii) Use the result
no. 8 to factorise (6 - c) 5 + (c - a) 5 + (a - 6)5
.
16 Prove that a symmetric or skew function of three variables is also cyclic.
[If /(a, 6, c) is symmetric,
f(a,b,c) = f(b,a,c) =f(b,c,a);
if it is skew, f(a. 6, c) = -f(b, a, c) = - { -/(&, c, a)} = /(&, c, a).]
10.3 Polynomial equations: relations between roots and coeffi-
cients
10.31 Quadratics: a summary
If the equation ax 2 + bx + c = has roots a, fi (possibly equal), t
reader will know that ^ •
ca+/3 = —, a/? = -.
a a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 38/454
10.32] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 375
10.32 Theory of cubic equations
If the distinct numbers a, /?, y satisfy
ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0, (i)
then by Theorem I of 10.13,
ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = a(x-a){x-fi)(x-y). (ii)
If the unequal numbers a, ft satisfy (i), then by the Remainder
Theorem x-cc and x-fi are factors of the left-hand side, and by
division the other factor is seen to be linear and of the form a(x —y).
Bythe statement are the roots of (i) ' we mean that
y=
fi,so
that the factor x-fi appears twice in (ii). Similarly, by 'a, a, a are
the roots of (i) ' we mean that the right-hand side of (ii) is a(x - a) 3.
Thus, if a, /?, y (not necessarily distinct) are the roots of (i), then
(ii) holds in all cases. Expanding the right-hand side by direct
multiplication,
ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = ax a -a(a+/3 + y)x 2 + a(fiy + ya + afi)x-aafiy.
Equating coefficients,we
find
a + p + Y = -^, PY + Y« + «P = ^ a PY = P)
Conversely, the cubic having roots x = a, ft, y is
(x-a)(x-fl){x-y) = 0,
i.e. x 3 -(a+fi + y)x 2 + (py + ya, + afi)x-otfiy = 0,
in whichthe coefficient of x 3 is +1,
the coefficient of x 2 is —(sum of roots),
the coefficient of x is (sum of the products of the
roots taken in pairs),
and the constant term is —(product of roots).
Observe the sequence -| 1—of the signs.
Remark The relations (iii) do not help us to solve the cubic equation,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 39/454
376 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.3
Examples
(i) If a, /?, y are the roots of pa? + qx +r = 0, express in terms of p, q, r:
(a) Sa 2, (6) S^, (c) Sa 3
, (a*) Sa 5, (e) S/? 2 ?-
We have Sa = 0, S/?y = -, a^y = --.
(a) Sa 2 = (Sa) 2 -2S/?y = 0-2?- =
a a/>y r
(c) .Firs* method. Since a is a root of the given equation,
pot 3 + q<x + r = 0;
there are similar relations for /?, y. Adding,
pSa 3 + gSa + 3r = 0,
.-. Sa 8 = .
PSecond method. By the example in 10.22 (2),
a 8 +/ff 8 + y 8 -3a/£y = (a+/? + y) (a 2 +/# 2 + y 2 -/?y-ya-ayff)
= 0, since Sa = 0.
3r.-. Sa 3 = 3a#y = .
P(d) From the given equation, £>a 8 + qoc + r — 0, and hence
pa. 6 + qu z + ra 2 = 0.
Adding this to the two similar relations for fi, y,
2>Sa 8 + gSa 3 + rSa 2 = 0.
p pby using (a) and (c), and so Sa 6 = 5qr/p 2
.
(e) Consider (Sa)(S/tfy). A term like y#2y occurs only once, as the produ
ft .[iy. The terms a/?y arises in three ways, from a./ffy, fi.ycc, y.afi. Hence
(Sa)(S/?y) = S^ + Sa/Jy.
3r Sr:. = S/?^ , and Efi*y = -.
p p
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 40/454
10.33] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 377
In the given equation put y = — I —x, i.e. x = —1 —y:
(-l-2/) 3 + (-l-2/)2-24(-l-2/)-16 = 0,
i.e. y* + 2y* - 2Sy - 8 = 0. (A)
The values of y which satisfy this are related to the values of a; which satisfy
the given equation by the formula y = —1 —x. Since these values of a; are a, fi, y,hence the values of y are —1 —a, —1 — —1 —y; therefore (A) is the required
cubic. (We could also say that
x s + 2x*-2Zx -8 =
is the required equation, because the letter used for the unknown is immaterialwhen the roots are given.)
(b) fiyfoc = afiyloc* = 16/a 2. Put y = 16/x*, i.e. x 2 = 16/y:
\y ) y
so by squaring, 64cc a ^-3j = 16 2 ^1-^ ,
*(?-.) =Ma
,
y\y I \ y)
which reduces to y* —38t/ a + 4% —16 = 0.
The argument used in (a) shows that this is the required equation; but see theRemark at the end of 13.53.
10.33 Quartic equations
By reasoning as in 10.32 we find that if a, /?, y, 8 are the roots of
ax* H-foe 3 + cx % + dx + e = 0,
then a + fi + y + 8 = --, i.e. Sa = --,a a
afi+a,y + a8+fiy+fiS+y8 = -, i.e. Hafi = -,
fiy8+y8a + 8<xfi + afiy = --, i.e. Ea^y = --,Cb Qi
and aBy8 = -.
a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 41/454
378 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10
Exercise 10(c)
1 If a, ft are the roots of x 2 —5x + 3 = 0, calculate
(i) a 2/? + a/? 2
; (ii) + (iii) (a-l)(/?~l); (iv) a 2 +/? 2;
(v) (a-/?) 2; (vi) ^ + ^; (vii) a 3 + /ff
3; (viii) a 4 + /ff*.
2 If a, /? are the roots of 3a; 2 + 2* —4 = 0, construct the equation whoroots are
(i) i/ a , (ii) a 2, /? 2
; (iii) a + 1//?, /?+ 1/a.
3 Write down the conditions for both roots of ax 2 + bx + c = to be positive.
4 If a, /?, y are the roots of x z + 2 —14a; —24 = 0, calculate
1 0y(i) (a + l)(/?+l)(y+l); (ii) (iii) Sa 2
; (iv) S^;
(v) Za 3; (vi) 2a 4
; (vii)
5 If a, /?, 7 are the roots of x 3 + 4a; 2 + x —2 = 0, construct the equation
whose roots are
(i) P+y, y + a, a+fi; (ii) -j^-L, ^; (iii) a(/? + 7), /% + <*), 7(«+A);
(iv) a 2, /ff
2, 7
2; (v) a 2
,/?~ 2
,7~ 2
.
6 If a, /?, 7 are the roots of 6a;3
—x2
—6x —2 = 0, form the equation whoroots are a + \, /? + \, y + \. Hence solve the given equation.
7 If x 3 + BHx + G = has two roots equal, prove G2 + 4H 3 = 0. [Let
roots be a, a, /?; then 2a +/? = 0.]
8 If the roots of x z + 3Hx + G = are in a.p., prove G = 0. [a + 7 = 2y#.]
9 If a;3 + px 2 + qx + r = 0, find the condition for the roots to be in (i) a.p
(ii) g.p.
10 If a, /?, 7 are the roots of a;3 + px 2 + qx + r = 0, construct the equation who
roots are a 2 —fiy, P 2 —ya, y 2 —ocfi, and comment on the special cases (i) p =(ii) q — 0. Also write down the value of (a 2 - Py) (fi
2 - yet) (y2 - a/?).
r „ r a 3 + r —pct 2 —q<x, v
~|
I a 2-fiy = a 2 + - = = — —= -(pa + q). I
J_ a a a _|
11 If x i + px 3 + q = has roots a, /?, 7, 5, construct the equation whose ro
are a + ji + y, ft + y + 8, y + d + ct, 8 + a + fi.
12 If a;4 + px 2 + qx + r = has three equal roots, prove that p 2 + 12r =
9g 2 = 32pr; and show that the value of the repeated root is —3g/4p.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 42/454
10.41] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 379
There may be more than one such relation. Each is called an eliminant
of the system of equations. Owing to the importance of elimination,
especially in coordinate geometry, we give some further examples.
Nogeneral
methodscan be laid down; but see 11.43.
(i) Use of an identity.
Eliminate x, y, z from
x + y+z = a, x 2 + y2 +z 2 = b 2
, x 3 + y3 + z 3 = c 3
, xyz = d 3.
From the identity (10.22, ex.)
x 3 + y3 + z 3 -3xyz = (x + y + z)(x 2 + y
2 +z 2 -yz-zx-xy)
we have c 3 - 3d 3 = a(b 2 - Hyz)
and (Sz) 2 = Ea: 2 + 22yz, so Xyz = %{a 2 -b 2).
Hence 2(c 3 - 3d 3) = a(36 2 - a 2
).
(ii) Use of theory equations.
Eliminate m, nfrom (y-mx) 2 = a 2 m2 + b 2, (y —nx) 2 = a 2 n 2 + b 2
, mn = —1.
The first two equations show that m and n are the roots of the quadratic in t
(y-tx) 2 = a 2t
2 + b 2,
i.e. (a 2 - x 2) t 2 + 2xyt + (6
2 - y2
) = 0.
The third equation shows that the product of these roots is —1, so
b2
-y2
= 1a 2 —x 2
i.e. x 2 +y 2 = a 2 + b 2.
For the geometrical interpretation see 17.47, (ii).
The method illustrated in ex. (ii) can sometimes be used to solve a system of
equations as in ex. (iii) following. See also Ex. 10(d), nos. 12-14.
(iii) Solve for x, y,z:
x + ay + a 2 z = a*, x + by + b 2 z = b i, x + cy + c 2 z = c*.
These equations show that a, b, c are three roots of the quartic in t
t*-t 2 z-ty-x = 0.
Since the coefficient of t 3 is zero, the sum of the roots is zero, and hence the
remaining root is —(a + b + c). Then
—x = product of roots = —abc(a + b + c)
y = sum of the products of the roots taken in threes
= abc —(a + b + c)(bc + ca + ab);
= f h d f h t k i i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 43/454
380 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.42
10.42 Common root of two equations
(1) The necessary and sufficient condition that the quadratics
ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a'x 2 + b'x + c' =have a common root is
Necessary. If there is a value of x which satisfies both equations,
then by treating them as simultaneous equations in x 2, x and elimin-
ating first x, and then x 2, we obtain
(ab' —a'b) x 2 = be' —b'c, {ab' —a'b) x = ca' —c'a.
{ab'- a'b) {be' -b'c) = {ab'-a'b) 2 x 2 = {ca' -c'a) 2,
so that the condition follows.
Sufficient. If ab' —a'b =(= 0, the condition (i) can be written
(ca'-c'a\ 2 be' -b'c
Put A = {ca'-c'a)l{ab'-a'b)\ then A2 = {be' -b'c)/ {ab' -a'b), and
{ab' - a'b) A2 = be' - b'c, {ab' - a'b) X = ca'- c'a.
{ab' - a'b) {aX 2 + bX) = a{bc' - b'c) + b{ca' - c'a)
——c{ab' —a'b) on simplifying.
Hence {ab' —a'b) (aA 2 + bA + c) = 0; and similarly
Since ab' —a'b #= 0, these show that x = A satisfies both quadratics.
If ab' —a'b = 0, then the given condition (i) shows ca' —c'a =Hence a:b:c = a' :b' :c', and so the quadratics are not independent.
In this case the result holds trivially.
Remark. Direct calculation will verify that
4{{ab' - a'b) {b ' - b' ) - { ' - ' ) 2
{ab'- a'b) {be' -b'c) = {ca' -c'a) 2.
{ab'-a'b) (a'A2
+ 6'A + c') = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 44/454
10.43] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 381
(2) When the given equations are of degree higher than the second,
we ehminate the highest powers step by step until two quadratics
with a common root are obtained. For example, if
/ = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d =
and g = px 2 + qx + r = (iii)
have a common root, then this root also satisfies p . /— ax . g = 0, i.e.
( pb —aq)x 2 + (pc —ar)x+pd = 0. (iv)
Conversely, a common root of g = and p.f— ax.g = is also a
common root of g = and / = 0. Hence / = 0, g = have a commonroot if and only if (iii) and (iv) have a common root, and a condition
like (i) will express this fact.
10.43 Repeated roots
With the notation of 10.13, suppose that
p(x) = (x-ct) r g{x) (1 < r < n),
where g{a) 4= 0. Then by the Remainder Theorem x —ocia not a factor
of the polynomial g(x). We say that the polynomial p(x) has a repeated
factor x —a of order r; and that the equation p{x) = has an r-fold
root x = a, r equal roots a, a root x = a, of multiplicity r, or a root x = a
of order r. If r = 1, we call # —a a simple factor of p(x), and x = a a
simple root ofp(x) = 0.
// p(x) = has a root x = a of order r, then x = a is also a root of
p'(x) = 0, of order r—l.
Proof.#'(a:) = r(x —a) r_1 g(x) + (x —a) r g'{x)
= (x- a)'- 1 {rg(x) + (x - a) gr'(z)}.
Since ^(a) =# 0, the contents of the last bracket are non-zero whenx = a. Hence a; = a is a root of p'{x) = 0, of order exactly r—l.
Conversely, if p'{x) = has a root x = a of order r—l, then provided
x = a satisfies p(x) = 0, it is a root of p(x) = of order r.
Proof Suppose x = a is a root of p(x) = of order s Then the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 45/454
382 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10
Exercise 10(d)
Eliminate t from
1 x = t-ljt, y = t2 + l/t?. 2 x = a(l-t 2 )/(l + t
2 ),y = 2bt/(l + t 2)
3 Eliminate x : y from x + y = a, x 2 + y2 = b 2
, x* + y* = c 4.
4 If a 2 + x 2 = b 2 + y2 = ay —bx = 1, prove a 2 + 6 2 = 1.
[(a 2 + a:2
) + (&2 + 2/
2 )-2(GM/-&a:) = 0, i.e. (x + b) 2 + (y-a) 2 = 0, ;. x = -b aV = «•]
5 If a 3cc + 6 3
i/ = xy, b 3 x —a 3 y = x 2 —y2
, and x 2 + y2 = 1, prove a 2 + b 2 =
[Solve the first two equations for a 3, b z
, using the third.]
6 Eliminate x, y, z from xy = a 2, yz = b 2
, zx = c 2, x 2 + y
2 + z % = d 2.
7 (i) Eliminate x, y from y + Ix = al 3 + 2aZ, i/ + ma; = aw3 + 2am, a
y + nx = an3
+ 2an. *(ii) Interpret geometrically.8 (i) Eliminate m, n from
m2x —my + a = 0, n 2 x —ny + a — 0, m—n = c(l +mn).
*(ii) Interpret geometrically.
9 Eliminate Z, m, n from the equations in no. 7 and Im = b.
10 Eliminate A, fi from
a 2 + A 6 2 + A a 2 +^ 6 2 +/t
1 1 Solve the following equations for x. y, z:
x + ay + a 2 z = a 3, x + by + b 2 z = b 3
, x + cy + c 2 z = c 3.
12 Solve a + b + c = 5, bc + ca + ab = 7, abc = 3.
13 Solve a + b + c = -2, a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 30, abc = -10.
14 Solve x + y + z = 2, x 2 + y2 + z 2 = 14, x 3 + y
3 + z 3 = 20.
15 Prove that the necessary and sufficient condition for
x 3 + 2px 2 + 2qx + r = and x 2 +px + q =
to have a common root is r 2 —Spqr + p 3 r + q3 = 0.
Find the necessary and sufficient condition for the following to have a double ro
16 x 3 +px + q = 0. (Cf. Ex. 10(a), no. 20.)
17 x*+px + q = 0. (Cf. Ex. 10(a), no. 21.)
18 Find the common root condition for ax z + bx + c = 0, px 3 + qx + r =[Eliminate x, x 3 in turn.]
*19 If b 2 # c and (x 2 + 2bx + c) r_1 is a factor of p(#) and of p\x), prove th
(x 2 + 2bx + c) r is a factor of p(x). Explain why the restriction b 2 4= c is needed.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 46/454
10.51] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 383
We now show how to find the highest common factor (h.c.f.) of any
pair of polynomials f(x), g(x). It will be convenient to write deg/
for 'the degree of f(x) and so on.
Suppose deg/ = m and deg g = n, where m ^ n. Then we can dividef(x) by g(x), obtaining the quotient q x (x) and remainder r x (x), wheref
f(x) =g(x)q x (x) + r x (x). (i)
The degree of r x (x) must be less than that of g(x), and hence
degr x ^ n —1. We can therefore divide g(x) by r x (x), getting quotient
q 2 (x) and remainder r z (x), where
g(x) =r x {x)q 2 (x) + r 2 (x) (ii)
and degr 2 < degr 1? i.e. degr 2 ^ n —2.
Similarly, dividing r x (x) by r 2 (x) gives quotient q 3 (x) and remainder
rJx), where . . , \ , \ , , \ n~\W r x (x) =r 2 (x)q 3 (x)+r 3 (x) (m)
and deg r z ^ n —3.
Proceeding thus, we eventually obtain
V-aO*) =r s - 1 (x)q s (x)+r s (x) (s)
and r s _ x (x) = r s (x)q s+1 (x) + r s+l (X), (8+1)
where r s+1 (x) = 0. The stage is reached after at most n+lapplications:]: of the successive division process
First, suppose f(x) and g(x) have a common factor h(x), so that
f(x) =f x (x)h(x), g{x) = g x (x)h(x).
The identity (i) shows that
r x (x) = f{x) - g(x) q x (x) = h(x) {f x (x) - g x (x) q x (x)},
so that h(x) is also a factor of r x (x). Identity (ii) then shows that h(x)
is a factor of r 2 (x), and so on. Finally, identity (s) shows that h(x)
is a factor of r s (x). Hence
f l f
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 47/454
384 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.51
a factor of r 8 _ 2 {x) ; etc. Thus from (ii) we see that k(x) is a factor o
g(x), and hence by (i) it is a factor off(x). Therefore
any factor of r s (x) is a common factor of f(x) and g(x). (B
From (B) it follows that r s (x) itself must be a common factor
f(x) and g(x); and (A) shows that every common factor off(x) and g(x
must also be a factor of r s (x). Consequently,
(a) if r s (x) == constant, then f(x) and g(x) can have no algebraic
common factor, and we say that f(x), g(x) are coprime polynomials;
(6) if r s (x) is a polynomial, then r s (x) is the (algebraic) highest
common factor f off(x) and g(x). It has been found as the last non-zero
remainder in the process of successive division just described (the h.c.f
process or Euclid's algorithm).
Examples
(i) Find the h.c.f. of
2a; 4 - 4a; 8 + 5a;2 + 2a; -3 and Xs - x* + x* + 4a; 2 - 2x + 3.
We begin by dividing
2(x 6 -x i + x 3 + 4x*-2x + S) by 2a; 4 - 4a; 8 + 5a; 2 + 2a; - 3,
in order to avoid introducing fractional coefficients. The introduction
removal of numerical common factors at any stage is permissible since thi
does not alter the algebraic factors, f
g = 2x l -4x 3 + 5x 2 + 2x- 3
2x* + 2x 3 - 6a; 2 + 18a;
-6a; 3 +lLr a -16a;- 3
-6x 3 - 6a; 2 + 18a; -5417a; 2 -34a; + 51
Remove factor 17: a;2 — 2x+ 3 = r 2
2a; 5 - 2a; 4 + 2a; 8 + 8a; 2 -4a; + 6 = /2a; 6 - 4a; 4 + 5a; 3 + 2a; 2 - 3a;
2a; 4 - 3a; 8 + 6a; 2 - x + 6
2x* - 4a; 8 + 5a; 2 + 2a; -3
x a + x 2 -3x + 9 = r 1
x 3 -2x 2 + 3x
3a; 2 -6a; + 9
3a; a -6a; + 9
= r,
The K.c.v. is the last non-zero remainder r a , viz. x 2 —2x + 3.
(ii) Test the equation
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 48/454
10.52] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 385
of / and /' = 5(4a; 4 - 16a; 3 + 15a; 8 + 4x - 4). We therefore begin by applying theH.C.F. process to/and
g s 4a; 4 - 16a; 3 + 15* 2 + 4a;-4.
g = 4a; 4 -16a; 3 +15a; 2 + 4a;-4
4a;4
- 14a;3
+ 8a;2
+ 8a;
- 2ar*+ lx 2 - 4a; -- 2a; 3 + 7a: 2 -4a;-4
= r 9
4a; 5 - 20a;* + 25a; 3 + 10a; 2 - 20a; - 8 = /4a;
B
-16a;4
+15a;3
+ 4a;2
- 4a;
- 4a; 4 + 10a; 3 + 6a; 2 - 16a;- 8
- 4a; 4 +16a; 3 -15a; 2 - 4a; + 4
- 6a; 3 + 21a; 2 -12a;-12Remove —3:
2a; 3 - 7a; 2 + 4a; + 4 = r x
The h.c.f. is 2a; 3 —7a; 2 + 4a; + 4. By using the Remainder Theorem, we find
that it has a factor x —2; hence
H.CB-. = (x -2) (2a; 2 -3a; -2) = (a;-2) 2 (2a;+ 1).
From 10.43 it follows that x —2, 2x+l are repeated factors of orders 3, 2in/, and that x = 2, x = —\ are roots of/ = of orders 3, 2. Since/ has degree 5,
there can be no other roots.
10.52 An important algebraic theoremThe identities (i), (ii), ... in 10.51 show that
ri = a f+b o g, where a = 1, b = -q x ;
r a = (hf+brf, where a x = -q 2 , b t = l + q 1 q a ;
and so on. We thus see thatr s = af+bg, (C)
where a, b are polynomials in x.
Writing/ = r s <J>, g = r t f, then by (C)
1 = a<j> + bxjr,
where 0, \Jr have no algebraic common factor. Since a<fi + bijr has no algebraicfactor (being identically 1), hence a, b are coprime.
(a) // r„ = constant, then we may divide (C) by r s and get the importantTheobem. If f, g are coprime polynomials, then other coprime polynomials
A, B exist for which Af+ Bg = 1.
(6) If r s is a polynomial in x, then we have:
The h.c.B . of two polynomials f, g can be written in the form af+bg, where a, bare coprime polynomials.
Definition. A polynomial is said to be irreducible when it has no algebraicfactor of lower degree than itself.
Cobollaby. If f is irreducible and g, h are polynomials such that f is not afactor of g but f is a factor of gh, then f must be a factor of h.
Proof. ^ Since / is not a factor of g, the degree of any common factor of/, gis less than the degree of / and is therefore zero since by hypothesis / has nosuch factor. Hence /, g are coprime and, by the theorem, polynomials A, Bexist such that
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 49/454
386 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.53
Remarks
(a) The polynomials a, 6 in identity (C) are not unique, for clearly
a, = a-\ — and 0, = o
(where c is any polynomial) would also satisfy (C).
(/?) There are arithmetical results (important in the Theory of Numbers)analogous to the preceding; they can be formulated by replacing 'polynomial',
'irreducible', 'degree' by 'integer', 'prime', 'magnitude' respectively.
10.53 Theory of partial fractions
An application of the theorem in 10.52 is to prove the possibility of resolving
a rational function into partial fractions. In 4.62 we stated and illustrated th
practical methods for doing this in any particular example, but we did nattempt a general justification of our statements.
Definitions. The rational function f/g, where / and g are polynomials in a;,
called (a) irreducible if /, g are coprime; (6) proper if deg/ < deggr.
Iff, g have H.c.s\ h (found as in 10.51), then / = hf x and g = hg x , so tha
(except for those values of x which make g = 0) f/g = f x /g x ; emdf 1 ,g 1 are c
prime. We shall therefore always assume that the rational function is irreducible.
If f/g is not proper, we can express it as the sum of a polynomial and a proper
fraction in the form q + r/g, by finding the quotient q and remainder r whe/ is divided by g.
Theorem. If p x , p 2 are coprime polynomials, the (irreducible) rational function
f/(PiPz) can oe expressed uniquely in the form
r x r 83 + —+ -,
Pi Pi
where qis a polynomial and r x /p x , r 2 /p 2 are irreducible proper fractions.
Proof. Since p x , p 2 are coprime, polynomials A, B exist such that
APi + BP2 = •
. _/_ J(A Pl + Bp 2 ) = Bf+
Af^
PiPz PlPi Pi Pi'
By division, Bf = q x p x + r x and Af = q 2 p z + r 2 ,
where deg r x < deg p x and deg r 2 < degp 2 . Hence
—= ?i + ?2 +—+—»
PiPi Pi Pi
where r x /p x , r 2 /p 2 are proper. They are also irreducible', for if (say) r x /p x reduces
to r x /p x , then result (i) shows that//(p 1 p 2 ) is equal to a fraction with denomi-' h d < d di h h th i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 50/454
10.53] ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 387
Since p 2 is a factor of the left-hand side, therefore p 2 is a factor of (r2 —r 2 )p x .
As p 2 is prime to p x by hypothesis, it follows from the corollary in 10.52 that
p 2 must be a factor of r 2—r 2 . This is impossible unless r
2—r 2
= 0, for p 2 has
higher degree than r'2 and r 2 , and so certainly degp 2 > deg(r 2 — 2 ). Thus
r 2 = r 2 , and similarly we can show r' x = r x . It then follows thatq'
= q.Corollary. If p lt p 2 , p n are polynomials every two of which are coprime,
then the (irreducible) rational function f/(p x p 2 ...p„) can be expressed uniquely
in the formq-\ 1 1- ... ^
,
Pi Pi Pn
where qisa polynomial and r x \p x , r n /p n are proper and irreducible.
This is proved by repeated applications of the preceding theorem: first to
Pi(Pi---Pn) to give ,
gi + -+ J1;
Pi Pz---Pnthen to p 2 (p 3 . . . p n ) to give
/i ~ ^*2 f 2= ?2+— +;p 2 ...p n p 2 P 3 ..-Pn
and so on. The uniqueness is proved by the same argument as in the theorem.
Remark. For their application to a given rational function f/g, the preceding
results depend on the factorisation of the denominator g into irreducible factors
PiP 2 ...p n (of. 4.63). In 13.61 we shall prove that a polynomial g(x) can be
factorised into the product of linear and irreducible quadratic factors like
(x —a) r, {(x —b) 2 + c 2
}*. Assuming this, the above corollary shows that
f- = q + X—̂— +S- 1*. , (ii)
g (x-a) r {(x —6)2 + c 2 }*
where q and the r x , r 2 are polynomials and degr x < r. degr 2 < 2s.
By division, any polynomial $(x) of degree m can be written in the form
<f>(x) = (x —a)$ 1 [x)+A a ,
where A is constant and<f> x (x) has degree m—1. Similarly
$ x (x) = (x-a)<f> 2 (x)+A x ,
and so on. Combining all these results, we havef
<f>(x) = A +A x (x-a)+A 2 {x-a) 2 + ...+A m(x-a) m.
Hence the proper fraction r x /(x —a) r can be expressed as
Aft J^L-t —1 . . ,
—a)r
(a; —a)
Similarly, any polynomial $(x) can be written
= ( ) A B
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 51/454
388 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS [10.53
if <j>(x) has degree 2s— 1 or less. Hence the proper fraction rj{(x —b) 2 + c
can be decomposed as
A x + B A l x + B 1 A 3 ^x + B s . x
{{x-b) 2 + c 2}' {{x-b^ + c 2 }*- 1 (x-b) 2 + c 2 '
K
The argument already used in proving the theorem shows that each of threductions (iii), (iv) is unique.
By combining ( ii ), ( ii i) and (iv), we completely prove the statements madin 4.62 (assuming, of course, the facts in 13.61; but see the Remark in tha
section).
Exercise 10(e)
Find the h.c.f. of
1 x 3 + 3x z -8x-24, x 3 + 3x 2 -3x-9.
2 2x3
+ 7a;2
+ lOx + 35, 2xi
+ 7x3
- 2x2
-3x + 14.
3 2a: 3 - a:2 + 4a: + 15, a;
4 +12a;-5.
Test for repeated factors, and hence factorise completely
4 a:4 - 9a: 2 + 4a; +12. 5 x* - x 3 + 4a; 2 - 3x + 2.
6 x« - 3x 5 + 6a;3 -3x 2 -3x + 2.
Test for repeated roots, and hence solve completely
7 12a: 4 + 4a: 3 -45a: 2 + 54 = 0. 8 x 6 - 5x 3 + 5a: - 2 = 0.
*9 Find polynomials A, B of least degree such that
^(2a; 3 -3a; 2 + 4a;-l) + B(a: 2 + 2a:-3) = 1.
Miscellaneous Exercise 10(/)
1 Prove a(x 2 —y2
) —2hxy always has linear factors.
2 If 3x 2 + 2Axy + 2y 2 + 2ax— 4y+ 1 has linear factors, prove that A mussatisfy A2 + 4aA + 2(a 2 + 3) = 0. Is this sufficient?
3 Establish the identity Hx z —3xyz = (Sa;) (Lx 2 —1>yz) as follows:
(i) Expand {x + y)3 to show x 3 + y
3 = (x + y)3 —3xy(x + y).
(ii) Deduce that x 3 + y 3 + z 3 —3xyz = (x + y) 3 + z 3 —3xy(x + y + z), and factorise the sum of two cubes.
4 (i) Verify that x 2 + y2 + z 2 —yz —zx —xy = %{(y —z) 2 + (z —x) 2 + (x —y)
2}.
(ii) If x + y + z > 0, prove x 3 + y 3 + z 3 > 3xyz unless x = y —z.
(iii) If x + y + z = 0, prove x 3 + y3 + z 3 = 3xyz.
5 If a: = b + c —a, y = c + a —b, z = a + b —c, prove (using no. 4 (i))
x 3 + y3 + z 3 —3xyz = 4(a 3 + 6 3 + c 3 —3abc).
6 Factorise (i) S(6 3 + c 3) (b-c); (ii) Sa(6 4 - c 4
).
7 U th id tit 2 = 2 + 21
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 52/454
ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS 389
11 'The equation (x— l) 2 = A(a; —2/i) (x —4) has equal roots.' (i) If /t has agiven value, prove this statement holds for A = and one other value, (ii) If
A has a given non-zero value, prove the statement is true for two values of
ft only if A < 1. If A = —15, find the two sets of equal roots.
12 Find the condition for the roots of ax 3 + bx + c = to divide the distancebetween the roots of a'x % + b'x + c' = internally and externally in the sameratio.
*13 If {a 1 x 2 + b 1 x + c 1 )/(a i x* + b 2 x + c 2 ) takes the same value when x has the
values given by a a x 2 + b a x + c 3 = (62 > 4a 3 c 3 ), prove that
a 1 a 2
&l &jj 6 3 = 0.
C\ C2 Cg
[If thevalue taken
isk, then (a 2
'k —a 1 )x
3
+(b
2 k—
b 1 )x +(c
2k —c
1 ) = must havethe same roots as a a x 3 + b a x + c 3 = 0. Hence corresponding coefficients are
proportional.]
14 What can be said about the coefficients in an equation whose roots are
(i) a,fi,—cc—fi; (ii) 0,a,,fi,y; (iii) a/b,b/c, c a; *(iv) tan d v tan a , tan d s ,
where 6 1 + 6 2 + 6 a is an integral multiple of 7r?
15 If a line cuts the curve x = at 3, y = at? ia. three points for which t has
the values t v t 2 , t z , prove Ti 2 t a = 0.
16 If one root of x* + ax + b = is twice the difference of the other two,
prove that the roots are
-136/12a, 136/3a, -136/4a, and that 144a 3 + 21976 s = 0.
17 If a, ft, y are the roots of x 3 +px + q = 0, express a i+fi
i + y t in termsof p, q.
18 Obtain the equation whose roots exceed by 3 the roots of
x* + 12x* + 49a; 2 + 78x + 42 = 0,
and hence solve the given equation.
19 If a, ft are the roots of ax 2 + 2hx + b = 0, find the quartic equation whoseroots are
±1/tx,
±1//3.
20 EUminate A, fi, v from
x 2 y* z 2 x 2 y 3 z 2 x 2 y 3 z 2
+ -?—+ -=1, + e— + = 1, -+^—+ = 1a + A 6 + A c + A ' a+/t b+/i c+/i ' a + v b + v c + v
and \/iv = abc.
21 If x s + Sax 3 + Sbx + c = has a repeated root, prove that this root also
satisfies x 3 + 2ax + 6 = 0. Hence show that the repeated root is (c —a6)/2(a 2 —6).
22 Prove that x* +px + q = cannot have a repeated root of order 3.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 53/454
390 ALGEBRA OF POLYNOMIALS*25 Determine the values of m and c for which the line y —mx + c is (i)
inflexional tangent, (ii) a double tangent, to the curve y = x 2 (x 2 + 4x —1
[In (ii), the equation x 2 (x 2 + 4x —18) —mx —c = has two double roots.]
26 If 2ac' + 2a' 'c = Wand if ax 2 + bx + c, a'x 2 + b'x + c' have a common factor,
prove that at least one of these quadratics is a perfect square. [See 10.42
Remark.]
27 If a, b, c, d are constants such that ad 4= be, and /, g, p, q are polynomials
in x such that p = af+bg, q = cf+dg, prove that /, g and p, q have the samh.c.f. What happens if acZ = bet
*28 If p{x,y) is a symmetrical polynomial in {x,y) having factor x —y, provthat actually (x —y)
2 is a factor. [p(x,y) = Ha rs (x ry
s + x sy
r). The conditions
for p to be zero when x = y are the same as those for dp/dx to be zero whx = y.]
*29 Cubic equations : Cardan's method^ of solution. Every cubic can be reduced
(see Ex. 13 {d), no. 15) to the standard form
x* + BHx + G = 0.
The identity in no. 3 shows that */ y, z can be chosen so that
y3 + z z = G and yz = -H,
then x = —y—z will be a root of (a). Prove that y3
, z 3 must be the roots of
t2 -Gt-H 3 = 0.
*30 (i) If O2 + 4Z? 3 > 0, show that there are distinct numbers y, z satisfying
so that x = —y —2 is a root of (a). Use no. 4 (i) to show that there are no oth
roots.
(ii) If C 2 + 4H 3 = 0, show that the right-hand side of the identity
no. 3 becomes (x + 2y) (x —y)2
, so that (a) has three roots, two of whichequal, viz. - 2y, y, y.
(iii) If Q2 + 4H 3 < 0, numbers satisfying (6) do not exist. The following
trigonometrical method can then be used.
Put x = kcosd in (a), and choose h so that k 3 :3HJc = 4: —3. Show th
(a) then becomes cos 30 = Q/{2H*J( —H)}. Verify that condition (iii) ensure
that 3d can be found from this, and hence that three values of cos 6 = x/k ar
obtainable.
f So-called, although discovered by Tartaglia.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 54/454
391
11
DETERMINANTS AND SYSTEMSOF LINEAR EQUATIONS
11.1 Linear simultaneous equations
11.11 Two equations in two unknowns
The usual method of solving
a x x + b x y = c x ,
a 2 x + b 2 y = c 2
by elimination shows that
(a x b 2 -a 2 b x )x = c x b 2 -c 2 b x and (a x b 2 -a 2 b x )y = a x c 2 -a 2 c x . (i)
If a x b 2—a 2 b x 4= 0, these give unique values for x and y.
When a x b 2—a 2 b x = 0, we may assume throughout that a x and b x
(and likewise a 2 and b 2 ) are not both zero; for if a x = = b x , the first
equation becomes = c x , which is either false or trivial. Two cases
arise.
(a) If at least one of c x b 2—c 2 b x ,
a x c 2—a 2 c x is not zero, (i) gives a
contradiction. The given equations therefore have no solution, and
are said to be inconsistent.
(b) If a x b 2—a 2 b x = c x b 2 —c 2 b x = a x c 2
—a 2 c x = 0, then (i) gives no
information. Since a x ,b x are assumed to be not both zero, suppose
a x #= 0. The first of the given equations can then be solved for x in
terms of y. When y is given the value y , let the value obtained for
x be x n ; then ,
X°~ a x•
Since a 2 x + b 2 y - c 2= CT^ Cl
+ b 2 y - c 2a x
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 55/454
392 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.12
shows that corresponding coefficients are 'proportional', so that th
equations are not distinct.)
Geometrically, the given equations represent straight lines.
a x b 2 —a 2 b x 4= 0, the lines are not parallel, and the above solutionrepresents their unique point of intersection. In case (a), the lines a
parallel, while in (b) the equations represent the same line.
11.12 Three equations in three unknowns
Here we obtain only the general form of the results corresponding
to (i), and postpone discussion of details until 11.4.
Elimination of z from the first and second of
a x x + b x y + c x z = d x ,
a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 z = d 2 ,
a s x + b 3 y + c 3 z = d 3
gives (a x c 2 -a 2 c x )x + (b x c 2 -b 2 c x )y = d x c 2 -d 2 c x ,
and ehmination of z from the second and third gives
(a2
c3
-a3
c2
)a; + (& 2 C3-&3C a )^ = d 2 c 3 -d 6 c 2 .
Now ehminate y from these last two equations:
{(b 2 c 3- 63 2 )
(a x c 2 - 2 c x ) - (b x c 2- b 2 c x ) (a 2 c 3 - 3 c 2 )} x
= (b 2 c 3- 63 2 ) (d x c 2 - 2 c x ) - (b x c 2
- b 2 c x )(d 2 c 3 - 3 c 2 ).
On simphfying we find that the coefficient of x is
c 2 (a x b 2 c 3—a x b 3 c 2 + a 2 b 3 c x
—a 2 b x c 3 + a 3 b x c 2 —a 3 b 2 c x ),
and that the right-hand side reduces to c 2 times a similar expression.The solution for x therefore has denominator
a i h c 3 - a i &3 c 2 + a 2 &3 c i -a 2 b x c 3 + a 3 b x c 2 - a 3 b 2 c x .
We should find similarly that this is also the denominator in th
expressions for y and z.
11.13 Structure of the solutions
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 56/454
11.2] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 393
(/?) The suffixes of the letters a, b, c in each term form one of the six
permutations of the numbers 1, 2, 3. For example, consider a z b x c 3 : if
we interchange the suffixes in pairs until they are in natural order
1, 2, 3, we find that the number of interchanges is odd. Similarly, forthe term a 3 b x c 2 the number is even. It is easily verified that all the
terms for which the number is odd are preceded by the sign —, while
those for which it is evenf have + . (For a given term it can be provedthat the number of interchanges is either always odd or else alwayseven, no matter how the rearrangement to natural order is carried out.)
Hence the sign of each term in (ii) is decidable by the parity of the numberof interchanges of its suffixes from the actual to the natural order.
1 1 .2 Determinants
11.21 Determinants of order 2
The symbolA =
a x b x
a 9 b 9
called a second-order determinant, is defined to mean a x b 2—a z b x . The
following five properties^ of A are easily verified.
(1) The value of A is unaltered by interchange of rows and columns.
That is, if
A' =a-, a„
W b 2
then A' = A. We call A' the transpose of A.
By use of this result, any property proved for rows extends at onceto columns, and conversely. The following will therefore be stated for
rows only.
(2) Interchange of two rows alters only the sign of A.
That is, a 2 b 2
a x b x
= -A.
(3) // two rows are identical, then A = 0.
(4) Multiplication of any one row by k multiplies A by k.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 57/454
394 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.22
(5) Addition to any row of a multiple of another row does not alte
the value of A.
For example, by adding k times the second row to the first row
we obtain a x + ka 2 b x + kb a
a 9 b 9
= A.
11.22 Determinants of order 3
The symbol
A =a x
a u
a« b
2 b 9
called a third-order determinant, is defined to mean
c 2 a 2 Co+ CX
a % b 2-&1
h c 3 a s c 3 a 3 b 3
which (by using the definition of the second-order determinants)
equal to
a i(h c 3 ~ h c z) ~ b i( a 2 c 3 ~ %c 2) + Ci(a 2 6 3 - a 3 b 2 )
= a 1 &2 C3-a 1 63C 2 + a 2 63C 1 -a 2 6 1 c 3 + a 3 6 1 c 2 -a36 2 c 1
on rearranging. This is the expression (ii) of 11.12, and is sometimesreferred to as the expansion of A.
The numbers a x ,b x ,
c v a 2 ,c 3 are called the elements of A; wit
our notation, the suffix denotes the row and the letter denotes t
column in which a particular element lies.
The remarks in 11.13 show that the expansion of a third-order
determinant consists of 6 terms, each of which involves an element fro
each row and each column but no two elements from the same row or
same column. The sign before each term is determined by the suffixes
according to the rule in 11.13 (/?). We may write the expansion
A shortly as ^±a i bj
c k .
The definition expressed by (i) above can be readily generalised to
define determinants of fourth and higher orders (see 11.7). Observ
how the second-order determinants in (i) are constructed from A: th
coefficient of a x is the determinant obtained from A after deleting t
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 58/454
11.23] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 395
The diagonal running from top left to bottom right is called the
leading diagonal, and the product a x b 2 c z of the elements in it is called
the leading term in the expansion of A.
Examples
(i) 4 5
2 4
3 6
= 44 7
6 2
2 7
3 2+ 3
2 4
3 6
= 4(8-42)-5(4-21) + 3(12-12)
= -51.
a h 9
h bf = a
9 f c
b f
-h
h f h b
+ 9 9 fc 9 c
(ii)
= a(bc -/•) - h(ch -fg) + g(hf- bg)
= abc + 2fgh - a/ 2 - bg 2 - ch\
The reader should now do Ex. 11 (a), nos. 1-10.
11.23 Other expansions of a third-order determinant
We may arrange the expression (ii) of 11.22 according to elements
from any row of A and the corresponding second-order determinantsformed by deletion as described above. Thus, grouping by elements of
the second row,
A = -a a (6 1 c 3 -63C 1 ) + 6 a (a 1 C3-a 3 c 1 )-C2(a 1 63-a 3 6 1 )
(iii)ha x c x a x b x= -a 2
b 3 c 3 a s c 3 a z b z
which is the expansion of A from the second row. Similarly,
A = a z {\ c 2 - 6 2 c x ) - b z {a x c 2 -a 2 c x ) + c 3 (a x b % -a z b x )
b x c x a x c x a x b x
b 2 c 2-h + c za 2 c 2 a 2 b 2
(iv)
the expansion from the third row.
Likewise, we may arrange (ii) by elements of any one column ; e.g.
A = a x (b 2 c z -b z c 2 )-a 2 (b x c z -b z c x ) + a z (b x c 2 -b 2 c x )
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 59/454
396 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.24
11.24 Properties of AWe now show that the properties (l)-(5) in 11.21 hold for third-
order determinants. In view of the first, all subsequent propertieshold for columns as well as for rows.
Proof of (I).
A' =«i « a a z
b x b 2 b 3
Ci Ca Co
= a.&3
+ «3b x &2
^2 C3 c 3 C l C 2
by definition,
= a^&gCg - 6 3 c 2 ) - a 2 ( &i c 3 ~ &s c i) + %( &i c 2 - &2 c i)
= A by the line preceding (v) in 11.23.
Proof of (2). Interchange of two rows is equivalent to interchanging
two of the suffixes 1, 2, 3. Results (i), (iii), (iv) show| that the sign
the determinant is changed in every case.
Alternatively,we may
start from the definition; e.g. interchange
of the first and third rows gives
= a»b x Cj
-6 9
= « 3 (&2 C l_ &1 C 2) - Ma 2 C l - a l C t) + C3 ( a 2
- a i 6 2)
= «i(& 3 c 2 - b 2 c 3 ) - h(a 3 c 2 - « 2 c 3 ) + c i( a 3 &2 - Hh)
on arranging by elements of the first row of A; and this is clearly —A
A similar direct proof would hold for other row interchanges.
Proof of (3). By interchange of the two identical rows we obtain
—A, by (2). However, interchange of identical rows clearly leaves th
same determinant A as before. Therefore —A = A, so A = 0.
Proof of (4). Since each term in the expansion of A contains exactly
one element from each row, multiplication of each element in a given
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 60/454
11.25] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 397
has not been mentioned. Thus, if we add k times the second row to the
first row, we geta x + ka 2 b x + kb 2 c x + kc 2
(vi)
The row 'not mentioned' is the third; using an equation like (iv) to
expand from it, we see that the new determinant is equal to
b t + kb 2 c x + kc 2
60 c«
a x + ka 2 c x + kc 2
= a 9
b9
+ c.
a x + ka 2 b x + kb 2
a 2 b 2
CL2
C2
by using Property (5) for each of the second-order determinants.
Again by equation (iv), this expression is A.
Remarks
(a) There are many extensions of Property (5). Three are indicated
in Ex. 1 1 (a), no. 22; but see the Remark about random manipulations
after no. 29.
(/?) The operation by which determinant (vi) above is obtained
from A can be denoted by r 1-> r x + kr 2 . With this notation, properties
(4) and (5) can be combined in a single statement:
// r t -^k 1 r 1 + k 2 r 2 + k 3 r 3 , then A -> k t A (i = 1 or 2 or 3).
11.25 Examples
Properties (2)-(5) give ways of simplifying a determinant whendirect application of the definition would be clumsy owing to the large
numbers or heavy algebra involved,
(i) Evaluate
By r s-> r 3 - r a , we get
By > thi b
35 29 86
36 31 87
38 32 89
35 29 86
36 31 87
2 1 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 61/454
398 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.2
The last determinant is now easily expanded, according to the definition,
2 1 1 1 1 235 -29 + 86
I 2 2 2 2 1
= 35.3-29.0 + 86(-3)= - 153.
(ii) Prove
= 0.
b + c c + a a + b
a b c
I 1 1
By r x-> l* x + r 2 , the determinant is equal to
a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c
a b c
1 1 1
1 1 1
= (a + b + c) a b c
1 1 1
= since the last determinant has two rows identical
(iii) Evaluate
Direct expansion would be easy, but the following method has the advantage
of giving the result in factorised form.
By c 2 c 2—c l5 followed by c 3
-> c 3—c x , the determinant is equal to
on removing the factor (a + b + c)
from the first row,
1 1 l
X y z
Xsy
% z 3
y-x z —x
z z —x z
= (y-x)(z-x)
Xs y 2 + xy + x 2 z 2 + xz + x 2
(y-x) (z-x)
by removing the factor y —x from column 2, and z —x from column 3.
pandingt from the first row, the only non-zero term is
1 1
y2 + xy + x % z* + xz + x 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 62/454
11.25] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS(iv) Without expanding either determinant, prove
1 a 2 a 3
399
be a a 2
ca b b 2
ab c c 2
1 6 2 6 3
Introducing a factor a in row 1, 6 in row 2, and c in row 3 of the left-hand side,
we have . . .
1 a a ae a a 2
ca b b z
ab c c 2
1
abc
abc
abc1 6 2 6 s
abc a 2 a 3
abc 6 2 6 3
a6c c 2 c 3
on removing the factor abc from the first column of the middle determinant,
(v) 'Triangular' determinants.
a x
o 2 6 2
&3 Ca
6 2
6 3 C8
the product of the elements in the leading diagonal. Similarly, a determinant
whose elements below the leading diagonal are all zero is thus readily evaluated.
Remarks
(a) In expanding a determinant from a given row (or column), the amountof calculation is reduced if row- and column-operations can be used to introduce
one or more zeros into that row (or column), or indeed elsewhere also.
(ft) A determinant having a complete row or column of zeros has the value 0.
Exercise 11(a)
Evaluate the following determinants by direct expansion.
Ill4 3 2
5 6 5h g
-h f-9 ~f
7 Show that
1
4 1
3
2 1
Xi a? a
2/i 2/2
1 1
-2
4
3
x s
cos(w— l)x coanx cos(n+l)a;
3
4
-2a
c
b
2
-3
1
= (1 —2acosa5 + a 2 )sina?.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 63/454
400 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS
10 Verify that a + A h g
h 6 + A /
9 f c + A
= \* + (a + b + c)X 2 + (bc + ca + ab-p-g*-h*)\ + {abc + 2fgh-af i -bg i -ch*).
Using the properties of determinants, evaluate the following.
11
14
17
13 5
2 6 10
5 7 9
13 14 15
6 7 8
12 3
a— b a+b a
b—c b+c b
c—a c+a c
12
15
18
6 9 15
16 3
3 12 5
101 19 1
102 20 2
103 20 2
111x x 1
X2 X*
13
16
19
1 1 I
4 3 2
5 6 7
b —c c—a a —bcabb c a
x x 1
1 Xs
20 Prove a b c
cab = {a + b + c)(a 2 + b 2 + c*-bc-ca-ab).
b c a
Deduce an identity by comparing this result with that of no. 6.
21 Prove
22 Prove
1 1 1
a b c
a 2 6 2 c
A EE
b x Cj_
a 2 o 2
= (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6).
a x b x + la x c 1 + mb 1 + na 1
a 2 6 2 + la 2 c t + m&2 + na 2
a 3 6 3 + la s c 3 + m&3 + na 8
(This shows that to each column we may add multiples ofthe preceding columns.)What are the values of
(i) a 1 + Xa 2 +/ia i bj^ + Xb^ + fiba Cj^ + Xc^+flCg
K + vb.
(ii)
b,
c 2 + vc s2 + ra 8
aj + A&i & C +/t&i
a 2 + A6 2 6 2 c 2 +/t& 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 64/454
11.3] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS24 Without expanding, prove that
1 be bc(b + c) a 1 b + c
1 ca ca(c + a) = abc b 1 c + a
1 ah ab(a + b) c 1 a + b
and hence evaluate the first determinant.
401
= (b-c) (c-a){a-b)(x-y).
25 Prove a + x b + x c + x
a+y b+y c+y
a a 6 2 c a
[Use the result of no. 21.]
26 JfA,B,G are the angles of a triangle, prove that
—1 cos C cos Bcos G —1 cos A =0;
cos B cos A —1
and by expanding, obtain a relation between cos A, cosB, cosC. [Usea = b cos C + c cos B, etc.]
a. &8
+2/i7 Prove c^ + a^ 6i + 2/x ^ + 2
a 2 6 2 Cjj
a 3 6 3 c s
^tote <Ais reswft cw a general property.28 (i) If each element of A consists of the sum of two terms, prove that A is
equal to the sum of 8 deteraainants. [See no. 27.]
(ii) If each element of A consists of the sum of three terms, how manydeterminants are there in the expression for A as a sum of determinants?
29 By using no. 28 (i), show that
a 1 + A6 1 fti+ztCj c 1 + va 1 a x 6 X c x
D= a 8 + A6 2 6 2 +/tc 8 c 2 + m2 =(l+\/iv) o 2 6 2 c 2
a 3 + A6 8 &3 +/*c 3 c 3 + va z a 8 6 S c 3
Remark. We may be tempted to say that D is formed from A by the opera-tions c t
-> c x + Ac 2 , c 2 c 2 + /tc 3 , and c 3 c 3 + w^. A choice of A, [i, v such that
Xfiv = —1 makes D = 0, and appears to prove that A = 0; but the compoundmanipulations of columns just described are a misuse of Property (5) and havenot left the value of A unaltered. It is essential in applying Property (5) or its
extensions to leave at least one row or one column unaltered at each step.
11.3 Minors and cofactors
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 65/454
402 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.3
second-order determinant obtained from A by deleting the row a
column which contain that element, and prefixed by the sign + or
In some cases the signs run — + — instead of the standard H
We now introduce a notation which will make all this systematic.
Definitions
(a) The minor of an element of A is the second-order determinant
obtained from A by deleting the row and column in which that elemen
lies. For example, the minors of b x ,a 2 are respectively
a 2 c 2
a z c 3
>
h c 3
(b) The cofactor of the element in the ith. row and jth column
the minor of that element multiplied by (- 1)<+ *. For example,
cofactor of b x , which is the element in the first row, second column,
(_ 1)1+2
that of c z is (-1) 3+3
^3
a 2
a z c 3
a x= +a 2 &2
Cofactors are 'signed minors'.
Notation. We denote the cofactors of a x ,b v c 1? a 2 ,
c 3 in A by
corresponding capital letters A x ,Bv Clf A 2 ,..., Cz . The various expan
sions of A can now be written concisely and uniformly: those from
first, second and third rows are
(i
(i
A = a-^A-^ + b-^B^c^
= a 2 A2 + b 2 B 2 + c 2 C2
= a 3 A s + b s Bz + c z C3
and for columns we have
A = a x A x + a 2 A 2 + a z A z
= b x B x + b 2 B2 + b z Bz
= c x Cx + c 2 C2 + c z Cz .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 66/454
11.32] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 403
11.32 Expansion by alien cofactors
Consider the determinant
a 2 b 2
a 9 b 9
a 3 ^3
It has two rows identical, and consequently is zero. By expanding
from the first row according to the definition, we have
c 2 a 2 c 2
+ c 2
«2= « 2 -b 2
c 3 a 3 a z
= a 2 A x + b 2 Bx + c 2 C1 ,
where Ax ,Bx ,
Cx are cofactors in
A = u-2 u 2
a* bo
In this way a total of 12 expressions each equal to zero can be formed by
taking the sum of the elements in any row (or column) each multiplied bythe cofactor of the corresponding element from a different row (or
column). These results, which may be called 'expansions' of A by'alien ' cofactors, are useful when employed in conjunction with those
of 1 1 .3 1 for expansion of A by ' true ' cofactors.
Examples
(i) a h g
A= h b f
9 f c
If we interchange rows and columns, we obtain the same determinant; A is said
to be a symmetric determinant, meaning that it is identical with its transpose.
The cofactors are
A = bc-f 2, B = ac-g 2
, C = ab-h 2,
F = gh-af, G = hf-bg, H =fg —ch.
Owing to the symmetry we shall get only three different expansions by true
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 67/454
404 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.4
This determinant arises frequently in coordinate geometry, and the use o
the above relations often saves much algebraic manipulation. The reader i
invited to verify some of them by direct substitution (see 11.22, ex. (ii)).
(ii) The proof of Property (5) in 11.24 can be expressed more concisely in the
notation for cof actors.
a x + ka 2 6 X + Jcb z c x + Jcc s
CT<j 6 2 Cjj
a Z ^3 C3
= (a 1 + ka 2 ) A x + (6 X + kb %) Bx + (c t + fcc 2 ) Gx
= (a 1 A 1 + b 1 B 1 + c x Cj) + Ha^ + 6 a B x + c 2 Cx )
= A + k.O = A.
No. 27 of Ex. 11 (a) can be done in a similar way.
11.4 Determinants and- linear simultaneous equations
We now return to the subject of systems of linear equations (11.1),
and apply our knowledge of determinants to the problem of solving
them.
11.41 Cramer's rule
Consider again the system
a x x + b x y + c x z = d x ,
a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 z = d 2 ,
a 3 % + b 3 y + c 3 z = d 3 .
Multiply these equations by the cofactors of a x ,a 2 ,
a 3 in
a x b x c x
A =
3 ^3
and add:
(a x A x + a 2 A 2 + a 3 A3 ) x + (b x A x + b 2 A 2 + b 3 A 3 ) y + (c x A x + c 2 A 2 + c 3 A 3 ) z
= d x A x + d 2 A 2 + d 3 A 3 .
The coefficient of x is A, while by alien cofactors the coefficients of
y, z are zero. Hence
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 68/454
11.41] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 405
column by the elements d v d 2 , d z appearing on the right-hand sides
of the given equations. We may therefore write
Az = A(1),
where A(1) denotes A with its first column modified as just indicated.
Multiplying the given equations by the cofactors of b x ,b 2 ,
b s in Aand adding gives ^ = A(2)
.
and similarly Az = A(3).
If A =|= 0, the solution of the given equations is unique and isf
A(1) A< 2 > A(3)
x = -— , V = Z =A ' * A ' A'
The case A = will be considered later (11.42).
Example
Solve
Here 2 4 3
A = 3 8 6
8 2 9
= 6x 7
9 7
2x + 4y-Sz = 5,
3x-8y + 6z = 4,
Sx-2y-9z = 12.
2
3
8
= 2 x 3 x
2
-4-1
-12
-3
by c x -^Cj-Cg,followed by c 2
->• c a + 2c„
andA<» =
= 6x49;
54
12
= 12 x
4-8
-2
7
2
12
-36
-9
-2
-1
= 2x3x2x5 22 -2
12 -1
1
-3
= 12x7(6+1) 12 x 49.
A
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 69/454
406 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.42
Similarly
and
A(2) =
A(3) =
2 5-33 4 6
8 12 -9
2 4 5
3-8 4
8 -2 12
= 3 x 49, so y - h
= 2 x 49, so z-
11.42 The case when A = 0: inconsistency and indeterminacy
The proof of Cramer's rule shows that, if the given equations are satisfied
(x,y,z), thenAa; = A(1)
, Ay = A< 2>, Az = A< 3 >.
When A = it follows that, if the system possesses a solution, we must have
A<« = A< 2 > = A< 3 > = 0.
If one or more of the determinants A(1), A(2)
, A(3) is non-zero, there can be
common solution; the equations are inconsistent.
Assuming that the consistency requirements (i) are satisfied, two cases arise.
(1) At least one cof actor in A is non-zero.
Suppose C8 4= 0,f and consider the two equations in two unknowns J x, y:
a^ + ^y = d x—c x z,'
a 2 x + b 2 y = d 2 —c 2z.
Since C3 4= 0, these can be solved for x and y (as in 11.11) in terms of z. Whz is given the particular value z , let the values obtained for x, y be x , y .
We may actually solve (ii) for x and y, and show by direct substitution th
the values x Q , y , z do satisfy the third equation of the system. § More elegantly,
however, we can prove this as follows.
Since (x ,y ,z ) satisfies (ii),
a 1 x + b x y + c x z -d 1 =
and a z x Q + bfl y + c. 2 z —d 2 = 0.
Suppose that a 3 x + b s y + c s z —d a = u.
To show that these values satisfy the third equation of the system we have
prove u = 0.
Multiply the above equations by the cofactors of the elements in the la
column of
A(3) =a x 6 X d x
a 2 6 2 <2 a
a 3 6, dn3
and add:
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 70/454
11.43] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 407
the coefficients of x and y being zero by 'alien cofactors', and A = byhypothesis. Also C3 4= by hypothesis, and A<3) = by the assumed consistency
of the equations. Therefore u = 0, which proves that the solution of the first
two equations for x, y in terms of z will be also satisfy the third.
Since the value of z is arbitrary, we say that the solution is indeterminatewith one 'degree of choice', or that there are oo 1 solutions.
(2) All cofactors in A are zero, but at least one element of Lis non-zero.
We may suppose a 1 4= 0. Then the first of the given equations can be solved
for x in terms of y and z. When y, z are given the values y , z , let the value
obtained for x be x ; then_ ^i-fri2/o- c i g o
Xq ,
and so
a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 z —d 2 =a *(di - &i y - Ci z ) + a i 6 2 Vo + a i c 2 2 o - a i d 2
( a 2 d 1 —a 1 d 2 ) + G3 y —B3 z
a 2 d x —a 1 d 2
by hypothesis. Similarly
a 3 dj —a1 d 3
The given equations will therefore be inconsistent unless
a 1 d x = =a x d x
a a d 2 a 3 d 3
If both conditions are satisfied, the solution of the first equation (with y and z
arbitrary) will satisfy the second and third also. The solution is indeterminate
with two 'degrees of choice'; we may say there are oo 2 solutions.
The results just proved are intuitively evident; for when all cofactors in Aare zero, the coefficients in the left-hand sides of the given equations are
'proportional'. Clearly the equations will not be consistent unless the right-
hand sides are in the same proportion; and then the three equations are equi-
valent to only one.
In 21.62 we shall illustrate the results of this section geometrically.
11.43 Homogeneous linear equations
(1) When the numbers on the right-hand sides are all zero, weobtain the homogeneous system
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 71/454
408 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.43
Theorem I. If the homogeneous system is satisfied by values
x, y, z which are not all zero, then A = 0.
Proof. Proceeding as in 11.41, we find that any set of values (x, y,
which satisfies the given equations must also satisfy
Ax = 0, Ay = 0, Az = 0.
Since x, y, z are not all zero, we must have A = 0.
Corollary 1(a). If A =j= 0, the only solution is x = 0, y = 0, z —
In the particular case z = 1 we obtain the non-homogeneous equations
a x x + b x y + c x= 0,
a 2 x + b z y + c 2 = 0,
a 3 x + b 3 y + c 3 = 0.
If these have a common solution, say (x, y ), then the corresponding
homogeneous equations have the solution (x, y , 1) which is certainly
not all zero, whatever x , y may be. Hence
Cobollary I (b). If the non-homogeneous equations possess a commosolution, then A = 0.
A direct proof of this result is indicated in Ex. 11 (b), no. 14.
Corollary 1(c). If A 4= 0, the non-homogeneous equations are
inconsistent.
For by Corollary I (a), the only solution of the homogeneous system
is (0, 0, 0), so (x, y, 1) can never be a solution for any choice of x, y.
A is sometimes called the eliminant of the non-homogeneous
system; for A = is the necessary and sufficient relation between th
coefficients in order that the three equations in two unknowns x, y cabe satisfied simultaneously (cf. 10.41).
Geometrically, the results of Corollaries 1(6), (c) are associated
with concurrence of lines in a plane (15.42).
As a converse to Theorem I we have
Theorem II. 7/ A = 0, then the homogeneous equations are satisfied
by values of x, y, z not all zero.
h h h A h
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 72/454
11.43] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 409
(1) Suppose that at least one cof actor in A is non-zero, say Bz=j= 0. Then
x = XAZ , y = AB3 , z = AC3
isa solution not all zero, where A
isnon-zero but
otherwise arbitrary.
Fora x A z +b x B z + c x Cz = (alien cofactors),
a 2 A z + b 2 Bz + c i Cz — (alien cofactors)
and a z A z + b z B z + c z Cz = (A = by hypothesis).
(ii) Suppose all cofactors in A are zero, but that at least one element
of A is non-zero, say c x =# 0. Let x, y have arbitrary non-zero values
x = Ac 1? y = /ic x (so A 4= and /i =# 0).
Choose z to satisfy the first equation:
z = -(Aaj +/£& ).
With these values, the left-hand side of the second equation is
a i Xc 1 + biix& x —c %Xa x —c^pib x
= X{a % c x -a x c^+iL$ 2 c x -b x c^
= XBz -fiA z
=
by hypothesis. Similarly the third equation is satisfied by the above
values.
(2) Two homogeneous equations in three unknowns : solution in ratios.
If Az ,Bz , Cz are not all zero, then the equations
a x x + b x y + c x z = 0, a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 z =have a non-zero solution x = XAZ , y = AjB 3 , z = AC3 ; this is clear byalien cofactors, or by proceeding as in 11.11. The solution can be
writtenx y_
B«
i.e.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 73/454
410 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS
Exercise 11(6)
Solve the following systems of equations by vise of determinants.
1 2x-y+
5z = 2, 2 x-y-z = 2, 3 Zx+
y- 4z = 13,
x + ly-IOz = 1, x-2y-3z = 1, 5x-y + Zz = 5,
a? + f/ + z = 2. Zx —y + 5z = 4. oj + y —z = 3.
*4 If a, 6, c are all different, solve
x + y + z = 1, aa; + 6t/ + cz = (2, a 2a; + b 2 y + c 2 z = d 2
.
[Use Ex. 11(a), no. 21.]
5 Prove that the following system of equations is inconsistent:
Bx + y-z = 0, x-4y + 2z = 9, 4x-Zy + z = l.
[Solve the first two for x, y in terms of z, and substitute in left-hand side
the third.]
6 Show that the solution of the system
x —y —z — 0, 3x + Zy-z = Q, 2x + y-z = 3
is indeterminate, and can be written
x — 1 + 2X, y= 1-A, z = 3A,
where A is arbitrary. [Solve the first two equations for x, y in terms of z.]
7 Show that the solution of
3x + y —z = 0, x —±y + 2z = 0. 4x —3y + z =
can be written x = 2A, y = 7A ; z = 13A.
8 Find the values of A for which the equations
\x + y + j2z = 0,
x + Xy + j2z = 0,
V2« + V22/ + (A-2)z =
have a solution other than x = y = z = 0. Find also the ratios x-.y.z whicorrespond to each of these values of A.
9 Find the values of A for which the equations
3x + Xy = 5, Ax —3y ——4, 3x —y = —l
are consistent. Solve the equations when A has these values.
10 Solve (if possible) the equations
x + y + kz = 4k,
+ k + = 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 74/454
11.5] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 411
13 If the quadratics ax 2 + bx + c = 0, px z + qx + r = 0, lx 2 + mx + n = havea common root, show that
a b c
p q r
I m n
= 0.
[If a is the common root, then the non-homogeneous system of equationsax + by + c = 0, px + qy + r = Q, lx + my + n = has the solution (<x 2 ,a); use11.43, Corollary 1(6).]
14 Find from first principles the condition that the equations
a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0, a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 = 0, a 3 x + b 3 y + c 3 =
are satisfied by the same values of x and y. [Assuming a 2 b 3 —a 3 b a 4= 0, solve
the last two for x, y in the form
X -y 1
b 2 c 2 a 2 6 2
b 3 c 3 a 3 c 3 a 3 6 3
and substitute these solutions in the first, getting A = 0.]
15 If the homogeneous system
a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 z = 0, a 2 z + b 2 y + cji
z = 0, a 3 x + b 3 y + c 3 z =
has a solution other than x = y = z = 0, show by means of no. 14 that A = 0.
[If z 4= 0, the equations can be written a^x/z) + b x(ylz) + c x = 0, etc.]
16 Verify in detail that when A #= 0, the solutions given in 11.41 actually dosatisfy the equations. [The solution is given by
Ax = d^i + dzAz + dsAs, Ay = d 1 B 1 + d 2 B 2 + d 3 B3 ,
Az = d 1 C1 + d z Cz + d 3 C3 .
HenceA(a 1 x + b^y + ^z) = d 1 (a 1 J. 1 + 6 1 B1 + c 1 C ,
1 ) + c?2(a 1 ^4 2 + 6 1 j5 2 + c 1 C ,
2 )
+ d 3 {a 1 A 3 + b 1 B3 + c 1 C3 )
= e^A
by true and alien cofactors.]
11.5 Factorisation of determinants
In 11.25, ex. (iii) and Ex. 11 (a), no. 21 we have examples in which a
determinant is expressed as a product of factors without expanding
it directly. Here we consider various methods of factorising a deter-
minant. Direct expansion should be used only when other methods
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 75/454
412 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11.5
If A were expanded, we should obtain a polynomial in a, 6, c which is homogeneous of degree 3 (for each term in the expansion consists of a product
factors taken one from each row and one from each column). We may regard
this polynomial as a quadratic in a whose coefficients are polynomials in 6 and
When a = 6, A = since it has two columns identical. Hence byapplying
the Remainder Theorem to A regarded as a polynomial in a, we see that a —is a factor.
Similarly 6 —c, c —a are factors. Hence
A = k(b —c) (c —a) (a —b),
where k must be numerical because A and (6 —c) (c —a) (a —b) are both poly-
nomials in a, b, c of total degree 3. To obtain the value of k, either comparecoefficients of a particular term, say 6c 2
; or substitute particular values f
a, 6, c, say a = 0, 6 = 1, c = - 1. We find k = + 1, and so
A = (b-c)(c-a)(a~b).
(ii) Considerations of symmetry and skewness.
Factorise 1 1
A= a 2 6 2 c
a 3 6 8 c
As in example (i), the Remainder Theorem shows that b —c,c —a,a —b a
factors. The determinant is a homogeneous polynomial of degree 5 in a, 6,
while the product (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6) is homogeneous of degree 3; hence th
remaining factor P must be a homogeneous polynomial of degree 2 in a, 6, c
Since A and (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6) are both skew functions of a, 6, c, hencemust by symmetric in a, 6, c.
Hence by 10.22, Remark (/?), P must be of the form
k(a z + 6 2 + c 2) + l(bc + ca + ab),
where k, I are numerical.
Clearly the expansion of A contains no term in a 4, while the factorised form
does unless k = 0. Hence
A = l(bc + ca + ab) (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6).
By comparing coefficients (e.g. of 6 2 c 3), or substituting particular values f
a, 6, c, we find I = + 1. Hence
A = (6 —c)(c —a)(a —b) (bc + ca + ab).
(iii) Use of row- and column-operations to make known factors appear
explicitly.
One example has already been given in 11.25, ex. (iii). As another
we factorise A in ex. (ii) above by this method.
The Remainder Theorem indicates the factors 6 —a and c —a. By c 2 c 2 —and removal of 6 —a, followed by c 8 -» c 3 —c x and removal of c —a, we have
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 76/454
= (b-a)(c-a)(b-c)
= (b —a)(c —a) (b —c)
by c x c x —c 2 andremoval of 6 —c,
11.6] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS1 c + a
b + c+a c 2 + ca + a 2
1 c + a
b + a a 2
= (6 —c) (c —a) (a —6) (6c + ca + a6)
on expanding and rearranging cyclically.
413
by r 2 r 2-° r i
Exercise 11(c)
Factoriae the following determinants.
1
*9
1 1 1
a b c
6c ca a6
111a b c
a 3 6 3 c 8
1 b + c 6 2 + c 2
1 c + a c 2 + a 2
1 a + b a 2 + 6 2
1 1 1
6 4
1
6
*8
a b c
a 2 6 2 c 2
6 + c c+a a + 6
a 6 c
a 6 2
be ca ab
1
6 + c
(6 + c) 2
a 2
(6 + c) 2
6c
1
c + a
(c + a) 2
6 2
(c + a) 2
ca
1
a + 6
(a + 6)2
c 2
(a + 6) 2
ab
a* 6* c*
<SoZ«e the following systems of equations by use of determinants.
10 x + ay + a2
z = az
, 11 ax + by + cz = 1, *12 a?/z + 6za; + ca^/ = 0,
x + by + b 2 z = 6 3, a 2
a; + 6 2?/ + c 2 z = 1, ?/z + zsc + a*/ = ajyz,
* + cy + c 2 z = c 8. a 3
a; + b z y + c 3 z = 1 . a 2 /a; + b z/y + c 2 /z = j9
2.
11.6 Derivative of a determinant
If the elements of A are functions of x, then dAjdx is equal to the sum
of the three determinants obtained from A by deriving one row at a time
d db d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 77/454
414 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS [11
Proof. It is convenient to use the notation (mentioned in 11.22)
A = I ±a i bj
c k
for the expansion of A. ThencZA „, da, ., „ dbi . dc k
^ = S±rfx
6^ + S±a ^ C*
+ S±a ' 6^-The first sum is the expansion of the determinant obtained from
by replacing the top row a x , \, c x by dajdx, dbjdx, dcjdx; the othe
two sums are interpreted similarly. This proves the theorem.
A similar result holds with 'rows' replaced by 'columns'.
Example
If three rows of a determinant whose elements are polynomials in x becom
identical when x — a, then (x —a) 2 is a factor of A.
First solution. dAjdx —sum . of three determinants each having two ro
the same as A. Therefore when x — a, dA/dx = because each determinant
the sum has two identical rows. Hence x —a is a factor of dA/dx. Since a
A = when x = a, (x —a) 2 is a factor of A by 10.43.
Second solution. Subtract any one of the rows from the remaining two row
When x = a, each element in each of these new rows vanishes; hence by
Remainder Theorem x —a is a factor of each row, so (x—
a)2 is
afactor of A.
11.7 Determinants of order 4
The symbol d x
d 2
d 3
d.
called a, fourth-order determinant, is defined to mean
&2 c 2 a 2 c 2 d 2 a 2 &2 d 2 a 2 c 2
K d 3 a 3 d 3 + <a a 3 h d 3 -d, a 3 c 3
&4 c 4 d, «4 c 4 d, a 4 K d* a 4 h c 4
This is a direct generalisation of the definition of 'third-order determinant'
11.22.fWe mention fourth-order determinants because they arise occasionally
the coordinate geometry of three dimensions. It can be shown that
(i) the properties (l)-(5) in 11.21 continue to hold;
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 78/454
11.7] DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 415
The proofs of these statements are not always easy, and for determinants of
order four or more it is better to approach the subject from a more advancedpoint of view than we can consider here.
Write down the derivative of
Exercise 11 00
1 1 2 3 2 1 1 X
X X2 Xs 1 2 X2
1 2x 3x 2 1 3 X3
log a;
1/x
ljx*
x*
2x
-2
4 If u' = du/dx, etc., prove
u v
dx
ww'
w
u
u'
u'
ww'
5 If u, v, w are polynomials in x whose degrees do not exceed 3, prove that
U V wA = w
w
is also a polynomial in x of degree not greater than 3. [Derive A wo x four times,
rejecting zero determinants at each stage.]
6 Prove
7 If
A =
a 2
XdxdyX2
1 1 1
X y z
X2y
2 z 2
= 2(y-x).
prove3A SA 8A
ox oy oz
[Derive by rows, regarding 8/8x + 8/8y + d/8z as operating on the rows.]
8 If
A = find8A 8A 8A
8x+
8y+
8z'x s y* z A
Evaluate the following fourth-order determinants.
*9 1 5 3 *10 1 2 3 *11 2 3 7 5
2 1 2 1 4 -1 7 8 2 9
3 1 2 -3 6 2 4 3 6 7 4
4 6 1 8 1 2 3 3 9 2
*12 Prove
h
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 79/454
416 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS
*13 Solve by determinants:
3x + 2/ -5z = o,
X + 2z + Zt —
y + Bz- = o,
x + 2y — z- -2f = 14.
Prove (i) 1 1
1 r
1 1
r 3
1 r 2 r 4=
1 r 3 r* r 5
(ii) 1 1 1 1
1 r
1 r 2 r 4
r 3
r 6= r* (r- l) 3 (r 2
1 r 3 r 6 r 9
Factorise 1 1 1 1
A =x a
x % a 2
6
ft2
c
c 2
a;8 a 3 6 3 c 8
Obtain identities by considering the cofactors of a?, x 2, x in A and the coeffi
cients of Xs, x 2
, x in the product.
Miscellaneous Exercise 11(e)
1 Without expanding the deteraiinant, explain why
=
is the equation of the line joining the points (x u yj, {x it y a ).
Without expanding, prove
2 be c 2 6 2 a c b
2 2 = b b a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 80/454
DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS 417
Factorise
4 1 be b + c
1 ca c + a
1 ab a + b
a a 2 1+a 8
b 6 2 1 + 6 8
c c 2 1+c 8
1
6 2
(6 + c) 2 (c + a) 2 (a + 6)
&2 c 2 + a 2 d 2 bc + ad 1
c 2 a 2 + &2a
2 ca + fta 1
a 2 6 2 + c 2 d 2 a& + ca 1
8 Show that a and a + 6 + c are factors of
(6 + c) 2 6 2 c a
(c + a) 2 c 2
6 2 (a + 6)2
and hence factorise it completely.
9 By factorising the determinants, prove that
2 a + 6 a 2 + 6 2 1 1 1 1 1
a + b a 2 + 6 2 a 8 + 6 8 a 6 X a 6 c
1 c c 2 1 a 2 6 2 c 2
10 Prove that sin 6, cos 6, sin —cos 6 are factors of
cos d sin 20 cos 2
sin 6 sin 2(9 sin2
6sin sin 2 cos 2 6
and find the remaining factor.
11 Express ap + br aq + bs
cp + dr cq + ds
as the sum of four second-order determinants, and hence show that it is equal to
a b P 1X
c d r 8
(This gives a rule for multiplying two second-order determinants.)
Solve
12
13
x+1
x
1
X X2
b 6 2
2x
Sx-2
x
a 3 — s
a s -6«
1
2x
x
= 0.
= (assuming that a, b, c are non-zero and distinct).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 81/454
418 DETERMINANTS, LINEAR EQUATIONS
15 Show that g,f, c cannot be found so that the equation
x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c =
is satisfied by the values (1, 1), (0, - 2), (2, 4) of (x, y). Interpret geometrically.
16 Show that the equations2x + 3y — 4, 3x + Xy = —1, Ax-2y —c
can be consistent whenever c satisfies 4c 2 —156c —439 > 0.
17 Discuss the equations
a; + 2/ + 3z = 4, a; + 2?/ + 4z = 5. a-y + az = 6
when (i) a = 6 = 2; (ii) a = 1, 6 = 2; (iii) a = 6 = 1.
18 Find the conditions which A, /i must satisfy for the following system
equations to have (i) a unique solution; (ii) no solution; (iii) an infinity
solutions: x + y + z= e, x + 2y + 3z = 10, x + 2y + Az = p.
19 Prove that, for two values of A, the equations
(\ + 2)x + 4y + 3z = 6,
2x + (\ + 9)y + 6z = 12,
3x+12y + (X+10)z = k,
have no solution unless k is suitably chosen. When k is thus chosen, find
general solution for each of the values of A.
20 If/, g, h are functions of x which satisfy the differential equations
dL==f+g + 2h,
d
^ = 2g +2h,
8^=
7/+8sr +24fc,
find all solutions of the form/ = a e Aa, g = b e Xx
, h = ce Xx (where A is independent
of x), giving all the possible values of A and the corresponding ratios of
constants a, b, c.
21 If x y z
W(x,y,z)= x y z
x y z
where x, y, z are functions of t and x = dxjdt, etc., prove that
W(x,y,z) = xa
W(l.ylx,zfx).22 Write
V1 =
a 3 6 3 c 3 a 8
and x + a x + b x + c
f(x)= (x + a) 2 (x + b) 2 (x + c) 2
(x + a) 3 (x + b) 3 (x + c) 3
V
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
a 2 6 2 c 2 a b c , v 3 = a b c
a 3 6 3 c 3 a 3 b 3 c 3 a 2 b 2 c 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 82/454
419
12
SERIES
12.1 The binomial theorem
The reader should already be familiar with the work in this section;
we include it for revision and completeness.
12. 11If
n is a positive integer,
(x + a) n = x n + n Cx x n ~ x a + n C2 x n ~ 2 a 2 + . . + n Cr x n -^a r +...+a n,
where n Cr denotes the number of selections ofr different objects from n, viz.
n(n— 1) ... (n —r+ 1)
r\'
Proof. Consider the product (x + a t ) (x + a 2 ) ... (x + a n ). To expand
it we must multiply each term in each bracket by the terms in the
other brackets. This can be done systematically as follows.
If we multiply the x from each bracket, we obtain x n.
If we multiply the a-term from one bracket and the a;-terms from
the other brackets, and do this in all possible ways, we obtain
(a 1 + a 2 +...+a n )x n - 1.
Next, multiplying the a-terms from two brackets and the a>terms
from the rest, and doing this in all possible ways, we obtain
(ax
a2
+ ax
a3
+ . . + a2
a3
+ . ..)x n ~ 2,
where the coefficient of x n ~ 2 consists of the products of different en-
terals taken two at a time. The number of terms in this coefficient is
therefore n G2 .
Similarly, multiplying a-terms from three brackets and ar-terms
from the rest in all possible ways gives
{a x a 2 a z + a 1 a 2 a i + . ..)x n ~ 3,
~
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 83/454
420 series [12.12
Finally, the product obtained by multiplying a-terms from all
brackets is a x a 2 ... a n .
We now put a 1 = a 2 = ... = a n = a. The original product then
becomes (x + a)n
. In the expansion, the coefficients of £cn_1
, xn ~ 2
x n ~ z, x n - r
, ... become
na, n C2 a 2,
n Cz a z,
n Cr a r,
and the constant term becomes a n. This proves the result stated.
12.12 Properties of the binomial expansion
(1) The expansion of (x + a) n consists of n + 1 terms.
(2) The (r + l)th term isn
Cr ar
xn - r
and is called the general term.(3) The coefficients of terms at equal distances from each end o
the expansion are equal.
For the (r+ l)th term from the beginning is n Cr a r x n ~ r, while the
(r+ l)th term from the end is n Cn _ r a n -^x r; and
n C = —— = n C .r r\{n-r)\ w~ r
This fact saves work in numerical calculations.
(4) If n is even, there is a middle term, given by r = \n.
If n is odd, there are two (equal) middle terms given by r = %(n ±1).
(5) We can obtain the expansion of (x + a) n in ascending powers of
x by interchanging x and a in the result of 12. 1 1
{x + a) n = a n + n Cx a n - x x + n Cz a n ~ 2 x 2 + . . + x n.
This is useful in approximations when x is small compared with a.
(6) If we write —a for a in 12.11, we obtain
(x - a) n = x n - n Cx ax 71 - 1 + n C2 a 2 x n ~ 2
+ ( - l) r n Cr a r x n ~ r +... + (- l) n a n.
12.13 Examples
(i) Find the coefficient of x° in the expansion of (2x —Bjx) ls.
The general term is
i3Cr ^_£^
r
(2£c) 18 -' = 18a '( -3)r213 ral8 ~ ar
-
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 84/454
12.13] series 421
where the unwritten terms all contain no power lower than x*. On ignoring all
such terms, we have
32 + 5. 16(x- 3a; 2) + ^ 8x 2 (l - Qx) + ^^4z*+ ...
= 32 + 80* - 160a 8 - 440« 8 + . .
after collecting like terms.
(iii) Find the numerically greatest term in the expansion of(l —3*)' if x = J.
The terms in this expansion are alternately positive and negative, but thenumerically greatest term will be the same as the corresponding term in theexpansion of (1 + 3a;) 7
. If the latter expansion is
u 1 + u i x + u 3 x 2 + ...+u B x 7,
7 / 7then = _ _ _ (toy / (3*)*- 1
u r r (7-r)v
' / (r- 1)1 (8-r)v '
8-r= 3xr
= .- if x = l.r 4
Now u f+1 ^ u r according as u r+1 ju r ^ 1, i.e. according as
3(8 -r)
4r1, i.e. 24- 3r gi 4r, i.e.
3f $r.
Hence if r ^ 3, u r+1 > u r , i.e. w4 > u a , u a > u 2 and u. 2 > u v If r > 4, thenu r+1 < u r . i.e. m5 < u it m6 < w6 , etc. These inequalities show that w4 is greater
than the other terms. Thus the 4th term is the greatest. Its value is
7 Cs(-i) 3 = -35x(f)3.
(iv) Prove n Gr _ Y + n Gr = n+1 Gr .
This can be verified directly, or obtained from the identity
(l + x)(l+x)n
= (l+x)»+\in which the coefficient of x T on the right is n+1 Cr . On the left, terms involving
x r will arise from 1 x n Cr x r and x x C^ x r ~ x, so the total coefficient is n Gr + n GT -x.
The result follows.
When the coefficients n Gr in the expansion of (1 +x) n have been calculated,
the above relation shows how to obtain those in (l+x) n+1. The following
scheme, in which each number is formed by adding the two immediately aboveit, is called Pascal's triangle:
(l+x)° 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 85/454
422 SERIES [12.2
Exercise 12(a)
Write out the expansions of
1 (3*-2) 4. 2 (x+l/x) 5
. 3 (l-x){l+x) i.
4 Expand ( 1 + 2x —x 2)
6 in ascending powers as far as the term in x l.
Write down and simplify the
5 coefficient of x s in (2 —a;2
)6
. 6 coefficient of a;10 in ( 1 \x 2 + x) 19
.
7 coefficient of x~ 20 in (x 3 - 1 /2x 2)
1B.
8 term independent of a; in (2a; 2 —1 fx)12
.
9 6thtermin(3£c+l/£c) n. 10 coefficient of x 3 in (2 + x - 3a; 2
)7
.
11 Evaluate correct to 4 places of decimals (i) (1-04) 5;
(ii) (0-98) 5.
12 Find r if the coefficient of x r in ( 1 + x) 20 is twice the coefficient of x f ~ x.
13 Find the greatest term in the expansion of (5 + 4a;) 11 when x = f
.
14 Find the greatest coefficient in the expansion of (5 + 4a;) 11.
15 Obtain an identity by equating coefficients of x r in
(l + 2a; + a;2 )(l+a;) n = (l+a;) + 2
.
16 Consider the coefficient of x r in ( 1 + x) m( 1 + x) n = ( 1 + x) m+n to prove
mCrn C + mCr _ x
n C1 + ...+ mG n Cr = ™+n Cr (r^m,r^n).
17 By considering the coefficients of x n in ( 1 + x) n( 1+ x) n = ( 1 + x) 2n
, prove
c2
+ c2
+ c2
+...+c2
= ^L,where c r denotes n Cr .
18 Prove
(1 +x) n+1 -x n+1 = (l+x) n + x(l + x) n - 1 +...+x r {l +x) n ~ r + ... +x n.
Deduce an identity by equating coefficients of x r.
19 Show that (2 + ^3) 5 + (2 —JS) 5 is rational, and find its value.
20 Prove that
vn(n— 1) 7 n x
n(n—l)(n —2) /
x + n(x + y)+v
t
'
(x + 2y)+ -(x + 3y) + ... to (w+1) terms
= 2 n ~\2x + ny
12.2 Finite series
The reader will already have met arithmetical and geometrical
progressions, and perhaps other simple series. We now extend thi
work.
12.21 Notation and definitions
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 86/454
12.22] series 423
If u r = a r x r, then the series is called a power series in x.
Later we shall write s = lim s n provided this limit exists, and call7l->00
s the sum to infinity of the infinite series T,u r . For example, the sum of
the first n terms of the geometrical progression
1, x, x 2, x 3
, ... (x 4= 1)
l-x n
*» = t^;and if \x\ < 1, then x n -> when n-^ao (2.72), so s n -> 1/(1 —a).
12.22 General methods for summing finite series
Given a series, our problem is to find a formula for s n , the sum of
the first n terms. The methods (l)-(3) listed below will be illustrated
in this section.
(1) Derivation or integration of a known finite power series and its
sum-function (followed perhaps by substitution of some particular
value for x).
(2) The difference method. If a function /(r) can be found so that
u r ^f{r+\)-f{r),
then by taking r = n, n —1, n —2, . . ., 2, 1 in turn we have
u n -i =f(n)-f(n-1
)>
«/(»- )-/(» -2),
« 2 =/(3)-/(2),
and %=/(2)-/(l).
By ddi g IX f( + l) f(l)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 87/454
424 series [12.23
12.23 Series involving binomial coefficients
As our standard form of the binomial theorem we take
(l+x) n = l+ n C1 x + n C2 x 2 +...+ n Cr x r +...+x n .
Used thus, the numbers
1 _ nfj nf] nf) 1 _ nfl
are called binomial coefficients, and are sometimes written
. C). 0' G) (:>
and when the index n is evident from the context and is the same f
all, they are abbreviated to
c 0> c l> c 2» '••» Cn-
Thus (1 + x) n = c + qa; + c 2 a;2 + . . . + c n x n
.
The following methods are useful in dealing with series involving
binomial coefficients:
(a) Express the given series as a combination of two or mor
binomial expansions.
(6) Obtain the given series by derivation or integration of
identity based on the standard binomial expansion (i).
(c) Construct a function in which the given series is the coefficient
of a certain power of x, and evaluate this coefficient in another way.
Examples
(i) Sum c + 2c 1 x + 3c i x 2 + ... + (n+l)c n x n.
Method (a)
The sum = (c + c 1 x + c 2 x 2 + ...+c n x n) + (c 1 x + 2c z x i + ...+nc n x ).
The first bracket = (1 + x) n. The second is
n(n— 1) „ n(n—\){n —2) „nx + 2-±- —-x* + 3 £ -x* + ...+nx n
{ (n-l)(n-2) . ,)= nx\\ + {n-l)x + ^- xt+.^+x - 1)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 88/454
12.23] series 425
Derive both sides wo x:
c + 2c 1 x + 3c 2 x 2 +... + (n+l)c n x n = (1 +x) n + nx{l+x) n ~ 1,
which gives the same result as before.
(ii) Sum c + 2c 1 + 3c 2 +... + (n+l)c B .
This is not a power series., but it can be obtained by putting x = 1 in ex. (i)
c + 2c 1 + 3c a + ... + (n+l)c B = 2 - 1 (n + 2).
(iii) Sum c + ic x + ic 2 + ... +—̂ — c„.n +
Method (b)
Integrate both sides of identity (i) from to 1
[ c x + fax* + $c t x* +... + - — c n a;n + 1 l
1
= [— j—(l +*)»+ 1 ~|1
,
L n + 1 Jo [n + 1 Jo
i.e. c + £c x + Jc 2 + . .. c n = -j- (2»+» - 1).n+1 n+1
Method (a)
_ n n(n— 1) n(n— 1)...2.1The given sum = 1 + h-^-r —-+...+ — ^ ——6 1.2 1.2.3 1.2...n(n+l)
1 (n+1 (n+l)n (n+l)n(n-l)\=
nTT\ l~ + ~r2~ + 1^3 +
= J_{( l + 1) »+i_l
}n+l1
(2»+ 1 -l).n+1
(iv) Sum 0^ + 0^ + 0^ + ... + c n _ 1 c B .
Method (c). Consider
(c + c 1 a; + c 2 a;2 + ... + c B a B )(c + c 1 :c+...+c B a;
n) = (l+x) n (l + x) n
= (l+a;) 2 .
Coefficient of x n ~ x on the left-hand side is
*o n— i I i n— 2 + • • • + c n _i c = Cq Cj + Cj c 2 + . . . + c B _j c B because c r — <?„_,..
Coefficient of x n_1 on the right is
(2n)
(n-l) (n+l) '
which is the value of the required sum.Ex. 12 (a), no. 17 is another illustration of Method (c).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 89/454
426 series [12.2
3 Prove c x + 2c 2 x + 3c 8 x 2 + . . . + nc n x n ~ x = n( 1 + x) n_1, and deduce the sum
c 1 + 2c 2 + 3c 3 +...+nc n .
4 Find CJ-2C2 + 3C3 -... + ( -l) n_1 nc n .
5 Prove c + 3c x + 5c 2 + ... + (2w + l)c„ = (n+ 1) 2 n . [Method (a); or wr
backwards and add, as for summing on a.p.; or derive x(l + x 2)
n.]
6 Prove 2 + 3c x o; + 4c 2 « 2 + . . . + (n + 2) c n x n = (1 +«) - 1 {2 + (n + 2)a;}.
7 Prove c c r + CiC r+1 + c 2 c f +2 + . . . +8 Using the identity (l+x) n (l —x) n = (l-a; 2
) , prove that when w is ev
What is the value if w is oddl
9 Prove „ . „ , , „ , , , _ a _ (2n-l)\cl + 2cl + Scl+...+ncl = {(n-1) } 2
10 Sum c c 1 + 2c 1 c 2 + 3c 2 c 3 + ...+nc n _ 1 c n .
11 Find a;2 x z x*
r2 Co+ n Ci F4 Ca°
(w'
and deduce that
Co <h c 2 . , , 1U 2»+ 2 -n-3—+ —+ —+ • ..to(n+l)terms =1.2 2.3 3.4 (n+l)(n + 2)
*12 Prove
Ci_
K_ ...
+ (
_ i)n-i Cn = A +J+
i. + ... + I.
[c x + c 2 x + . . . + c n x n ~ x = {(l+x) n - l}/x; integrate from - 1 to 0.]
13 (i) Find the sum of the coefficients in the expansion of (1 + 3a;) 6. [Writ
(l + 3#) 6 = a + a 1 x + ...+a 6 x 6, and put a? = 1.]
(ii) Calculate a + a 2 + a 4 + a 6 and a i + a z + a s- LSee no - 2
*14 Let (l + a; + £t;2
)
n = a + a 1 x + a 2 x 2 + ...+a 2n x 2n.
(i) Deduce other expansions by writing ljx, —a; in place of x, and pro
a r = a 2n -r-
(ii) Deduce theexpansion of ( 1
+x 2
+# 4
)
n.
(iii) Use the identity ( 1+ x 2 + x*) = ( 1 + x + x 2) ( 1 - x + x 2
) to prove that
al-a 2 + a\-...+a 2n = a n .
(iv) Calculate a + a 3 + ...+ a 2n -i«
( v) Calculate a + 2a x + 3a 2 +... + ( 2n + 1 ) a 2n .
12.24 Powers of integersn
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 90/454
12.24] series 427
n(2) 2> 2
- First method. From the identityr=l
(2r + 1)3 - (2r - l) 3 s 24r 2 + 2,
we have by putting r = 1 , 2, . ..
, w and adding
(2rc+l) 3 -l 3 = 24f> 2 + 2w,r=l
/. 24 S r 2 = Sn z + 12n 2 + 4n,r=l
and 2> 2 = + 1) (2n + 1).
r=l
Second method. Using
(r+l) 3 -r 3 s 3r 2 + 3r+l
and summing for r = 1, 2, . . ., n, we have
(rc+l) 3 -l 3 = 32r 2 + 3£r + rc.
r=l r=l
From (1) this becomes
n 3 + 3n 2 + 3n = 3£r 2 +fw(tt + l) + n,r=l
which leads to the result just found.
(3) Sr 8. We have
r=1+ 1)}
2 - {(r - 1) r} 2 = 4r 3.
Summing this for r = 1, 2, . . ., n, we get
{n(n+l)} 2 -0 2 = 42^,r=l
so S»* = i»a (»+l) a
.
r=ln
Observe that this result is the square of 2r=l
The sum could also be obtained by using the expansion of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 91/454
428 SERIES [12.2
12.25 'Factor' series
(i) Sum 1.2 + 2. 3 + 3. 4 + ...+w(n+l).
The general term is u r = r(r+ 1). Consider
r(r+l)(r + 2)-(r-l)r(r+l) = r(r + l){(r + 2)-(r- 1)}
= 3r(r+l) = Zu r .
This is a suitable difference relation, and by summing for r — 1, 2, ...,n,
32r(r+l) = w(ra+l)(n + 2)-0,r=l
i.e. £ r(r+l) = £n(n+ 1) (w + 2).
r=l
(ii) Sumton terms 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ....
The general term isf wr = r(r + 1) (r + 2). Consider
r(r + 1 ) (r + 2) (r + 3 ) - (r - 1 ) r(r + 1 ) (r + 2)
= r(r+l)(r + 2){(r + 3)-(r-l)}
= 4r(r+l)(r + 2) = 4w r .
nHence 4 2 r(r+ 1) (r + 2) = n(w+l)(w + 2)(ra + 3)-0,
r=l
i.e. |; r ( r+ i)( r + 2) = in(n+l)(w + 2)(w + 3).
r=l
The same method can be used for any series in which the terms consist
the same number of factors and the first factors in each term form an a
having the same common difference as the successive factors in each term
To obtain a difference function f(r +1), insert an extra factor at the end of
rth term. Observe in exs. (i), (ii) how the sum can be written down fromform of the general term.
Other series may be reducible to this type.
(iii) Sum 1 .2.3 + 2.3. 5 + 3.4.7 + ... to n terms.
u r = r(r+l)(2r+l)
= r(r+l){2(r + 2)-3}
= 2r(r+l)(r + 2)-3r(r+l).
/. 2 ** r = 22 r(r+l)(r + 2)-32 r(r+l)r=l r=l r—1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 92/454
12.26] series 429
n n n n
r=l r=l r=l r=l
= 2 x £n 2 (n + 1)2 + 3 x \n{n + 1) (2n + 1) + |n(n + 1)
by the results in 12.24, and this reduces to the expression just found.The second method is inconvenient if u T is of degree higher than 3 in r, unless
nwe know formulae for 2 f
-4* etc.
r=l
12.26 'Fraction' series
(1) Examples.
o illi) tfwm —+ —+ —+... tow terms.
1 . ^5 Z . o o . 4
1 1 1
r(r+l) r r+1by partial fractions, and this decomposition is of the form f(r) —f(r + 1). Thedifference method is therefore applicable, so that on putting r— 1,2, ...,n
and adding, 11 ny\u t = = —
.
r=i 1 n+1 n+1
Sum T^ + ^ + z^ +-
tontervm -
l
u r = r(r+l)(r + 2)
Partial fractions are less suitable here because their use would lead to three
fractions. We may decompose u r into two fractions by omitting the last factor:
1 l= {r + 2)-r
r(r+l) (r+l)(r + 2) r(r+l)(r + 2)*11 n
Hence = 2 T\ u„1.2 (n + l)(n + 2)
f
and the required sum is .
H 4 2(n+l)(n + 2)
The terms of the series just considered are the reciprocals of those illustrated
in 12.25. The same method as in ex. (ii) here can be used to obtain a difference
function f(r), viz. write down u r and omit the last factor in the denominator.This gives u r in the form /(r) —f(r + 1 ) which, although not exactly the difference
considered in 12.22 (2), does enable the method to be used.
Other series may be reducible to the above.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 93/454
430 series [12.26
Since 1 1 _ _ 1 1
rT3~r + 4 ~ Vr' ^ r ~~4~n + l'
a- 1 1 2Since = = 2w r ,
(r + 2)(r + 3) (r + 3)(r + 4) ( r + 2)(r + 3)(r + 4)
n 1 ihence 2Y.w r = .
r _l 3.4 (n + 3)(n + 4)
After reduction, we find
V _ v _ V 5 2n + 5
riP'r-l' r=l^ 24. 2(n + 3)(n + 4)'
(2) Direct use of partial fractions. This method will sum all ' fraction
series summable by the difference method, although often less easily.
Example
(iv) Sum T^ +2̂ r5 + si^ + '- t0ntermS -
2r+l ABC- + —T + -
r r(r+l)(r + 3) r r+1 r + 3'
and by the usual method (4.62) we find A = J, B = C = —f.
2 3 5
6w r =-
H ,r r+1 r + 3
andn n i w 1 n 1
62*. = 22- + 32 --5Sr=i r-ir r =ir+l r rir+3
n 1 n+1 l n+3= 22- + 3S i -5S -
r=l*' r =2* r=i r
/ n 1\ / n 1 1 \
*( , + * + * + ^r) + »(* + * + Sr +S+i)
/ » 1 1 1 1 \
\ r = 4 r + n+l + n + 2 + n + 3/
3 5 5 52(l + i + l) + 3(i + i) + -— — — —
n+1 n+1 n+2 n+337 2 5 5
n+1 n+2 n+3» 37 1ZuU r — —- —-
r=1r
36 3(n+l) 6(n + 2) 6(n + 3)
To sum this series by the method of 12.25 we should write u T as
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 94/454
12.27] series 431
Thus 2 3 2r
(r + 2)(r + 3) (r+ 1) (r + 2) (r + 3) r(r+ 1) (r + 2) (r + 3)'
and each fraction can be dealt with separately.
Success of the 'partial fraction' method in this example depends on the fact
that the sum of the numerators of the three partial fractions is zero, so that then J
major part 2 - °f tne sum cancels out. This will always be the case when ther=4 r
degree of the numerator of u r is at least two lower than that of the denominator.
(3) Sum to infinity. The series in 12.24, 12.25 clearly have no
limiting sum, but those in exs. (i)-(iv) above do possess such a sumto infinity (12.21), viz.
(i) i, (ii) i (iii) a, (iv) ft.
12.27 Some trigonometric series
(1) Series of sines or cosines of angles in a.p.
(i) C = cosa + cos(a+/tf) + cos(a + 2yff) + ...+cos{a + (n-l)/ff}.
Multiply both sides by 2 sin then since
2 sin £/?tt r = 2 sin %/3 cos {a + (r - 1) ft}
= sin {a + (r - J) fl} - sin {a + (r - f ) 0}
by using one of the formulae for products into sums, and this expression is of
the form/(r + 1) —f(r), we have by summing for r — 1, 2, . . ., n:
2 sin \p G = sin {a + (n - £) fi}- sin {a -
= 2cos{a + £(w-l)/?}sin£n/?
by converting the difference into a product.
sin-JnyffC = coa{* + $(n-l)/3}
sin£/ff
(ii) S = sina+sin(a+yff)+sin(a + 2/
ff) + ...+sin{a + (w-l)^}.
The result S = sin{a + £(n- l)yff}Sm
^fsinf/J
can be obtained in various ways:(a) Put a —£7r for a in ex. (i). (This shows that the multiplier 2sin£/ff for
finding G must also suit S.)
(b) Multiply both sides by 2sin£/? (the same factor as for G).
( ) Derive the result of ex (i) wo
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 95/454
432 series [12.27
(2) Other useful differences. Results like
tan0 = cot0-2cot20,
cosec 26 = cot 6 —cot 26,
tan 6 sec 26 = tan 26 —tan 6
are easily verified, and can be used to sum suitable trigonometric
series.
Example
(xv) Sum tan - sec + tan - sec - + tan - sec - + ...ton terms.2 4 2 8 4
6wr = tan-sec —.
If we write 0/2 r for 6 in the last difference just mentioned, we see that
6 6u. = tan - —- —tan —
.
r2 r_1 2 r
n Q:. 2 u r = tan 6 —tan —
.
r =1 2
The sum to infinity is tan d.
Exercise 12(c)
Find a formula for each of the following sums.
1 l 3 + 2 3 + ... + (2n + l) 3. 2 l 2 + 3 2 + 5 2 + ... + (2w-l) 2
.
3 l 2 —2 2 + 3 2 —4 2 + ... to n terms if n is (i) even; (ii) odd. Give a formulawhich includes both cases.
4 Prove that the sum of the products in pairs (without repetitions) of tfirst n integers is -^n(w 2 —1) (Bn + 2). [If s n is the required sum, then
(n \2 n
Z') =2*„+2>2
.]
r=l / r=l
5 Expand (r + l) 4 —r 4. Using the formulae for Sr, 2r 2
, deduce 2 rS-
r=ln
6 (i) By writing r 2 = r(r+ 1) —r, obtain 2 r2 by using 12.25.r=l
n(ii) Writing r 8 = r(r 2 —l)+r = (r— l)r(r+ 1) +r, obtain 2 f 3
-
r=l2/i
7 Calculate 2 * (*•+ 1).l
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 96/454
12.28] series 433
Sum the following series to n terms, and find the sum to infinity when it exists.
10 l a .2 + 2 2 .3 + 3 2 .4 + ....
11 3.5.7 + 5.7.9 + 7.9.11 + .... [Method of 12.25.]
I s l 3 + 2 3 l 8 + 2 8 + 3 8
12 1.4.7 + 2.5.8 + 3.6.9 + .... 13 - + —̂—+ +....
1 1 1 1 1 114 —+ —+ ^^ + --- 15 ir-^ + ^r^+-,
1.4 4.7 7.10 3.5.7 5.7.9 7.9.11
„ „ 2r+l 1 4 716 2 . 17 + 1- h....
r(r+l)(r + 2) 3.5.7 5.7.9 7.9.11
Use partial fractions to find the following sums, and also the sum to infinity,
n i n r +\18 S 7~T~o\* 19 Sr f i r(r + 2) r ti r(r + 2) (r + 3)
>S«m the following to n terms.
20 cos sin 20 + cos 20 sin 30 + cos 30 sin 40 + ...
[cos rd sin (r + 1) = £{sin (2r + 1) + sin 0}.]
21 cos 2 + cos 2 20 + cos 2 30 + . . .. [cos 2 = 4 + £ cos 20.]
22 cosec 20 + cosec 40 + cosec 80 + . . .
23 tan0 + 2tan20 + 4tan40 + 8tan80+....
24 sec 2 0+4sec 2 20+16sec 2 40 + 64sec a 80+.... [Use no. 23.] .
25 sec sec 20 + sec 20 sec 30 + sec 30 sec 40 + .... [tan(r+ l)0-tanr0 = ....]
26 Prove that tan -1 (r + 1 ) —tan -1 r = cot -1( 1 + r + 2
) , and hence sum
cot 1 3 + cot- 1 7 + cot 1 13 + . . . + cot- 1( 1 + n + ra a
).
What is the sum to infinity?
12.28 Mathematical Induction
This is a general principle for proving a given statement whichinvolves a positive integer n.
LetTC
be such a statement. For example,<f> n might be 'n(n+ 1) is
always divisible by 2 or 'the sum to n terms ofl.l + 2.2 + 3.3 + ...
is (n+l)\-V.If by assuming the truth of <j) k we can prove the truth of
<f> k+1
(i.e. if the statement for any particular integer always implies the
corresponding statement for the next integer), and if <$> x is known to
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 97/454
434 SERIES [12.28
Examplesn
(i) Prove 2 r% —Wn + 1) (2n + 1).
r=l
Suppose that, for some integer k,
k£r 2 = i*(Jfc+l)(2Jfe+l>,
r=l
This is the induction hypothesis.
fc+ 1 fc
Then £ ^ 2 = > 2 + (&+l) 2
r=l r=l
= + l)(2fc+l) + (&+l) 2 by the induction hypothesis,
= £(fc+l){fc(2fc+l) + 6(fc+l)}
= £(fc+l){2fc 2 + 7fc + 6}
= $(&+l)(fc + 2)(2A; + 3),
which is similar to the induction hypothesis, but with k + 1 instead of k. Hencif the result holds for n = k, then it also holds for n = k + 1.
When n = 1, the result is true because the left-hand side is l 2 = 1 and thright-hand side is $ . 1 . 2 . 3 = 1.
Hence by Mathematical Induction the statement is true for all positive
integers n.
(ii) Prove that 3 2n + 7 is always divisible by 8.
Write f(n) — 3 2n + 7, and consider
f(k+l)-f(k) = (32 *+ 2 + 7)-(3 2 * + 7)
— 32fc+2_ 32*
= 3 2 *(3 2 -l) = 8.3 2 *.
Iff(k) is divisible by 8, this relation shows that f(k+ 1) is also divisible byAlso/(l) = 3 2 + 7 = 16, which is in fact divisible by 8. Hence the result follows
by Induction.
(iii) Prove the binomial theorem by Induction.
Suppose the theorem holds for some particular value n = k:
{x + a) k = x k + k C1 x k - 1 a + ... + k Gr x k - f a r +...+a h.
Then in the expansion of (x + a) k+1 = (x + a) (x + a) k, the coefficient
a-fc-r+iig( forr _ 1,2,...,^;)
k Cr a r + k Cr _ 1 a r = k+1 Cr a r
by 12.13, ex. (iv). This expression is also correct when r = or k+ 1. Hence
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 98/454
12.28] series 435
Remark. Mathematical Induction applied to the summation of a
series is equivalent to the difference method. For to prove that, for
all positive integers n,^ + ^ + + ^ _
mwe assume that, for some k,
+ ...+U k =f(k),and then show that
u x + Uz+ ...+u k+1 =f(k+l).
Since u 1 + u 2 + ...+u k+1 = (u 1 + u 2 + ...+u k ) + u k+1 =f(k) + u k+1 ,
this is equivalent to showing that
«*« =/(*+ )-/(*).
so that/(r) is a suitable difference function.
Exercise 12(d)
Prove the following results by Mathematical Induction.
1 1 + 3 + 5 + .. . + (2n-l) = n 2.
2 1.1 + 2. 2 + 3. 3 + . ..ton terms = (n+l) -l.3 l 2 + 4 2 + 7 2 + ... + (3n-2) 2 = %n(Gn 2 -3n- 1).
, 8 12 16 , . mx , 14 ——-——+-—-... to n terms = ^ + ( —1)
n_1
3.5 5.7 7.93 v
2ra + 3
5 (i) n(n + 1) (w + 2) is divisible by 6; (ii) n 3 + 2n is divisible by 3.
6 (i) 9 - 1 is divisible by 8; (ii) 9 n - 8n - 1 is divisible by 64.
7 a?2 -1 + ?/2n-i jg divisible by x + y.
8 If 2m x = a + 6, 2u 2 = b + u 1 , and 2u n+2 = u n +u n+1 (w ^ 1), prove
3w„ = a{l - ( - m+ 6{2 + ( - £)»},
and find limw„.n->oo
9 Prove
cos sec + cos 20 sec 2 + . . . + cos n0 sec =s
|
n^
1 * ^_ j
sin 6/ cos
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 99/454
436 SERIES [12.
12.3 Infinite series
12.31 Behaviour of an infinite series
n(1) Convergence. If s n = 2 u r an( * um exists and has the value
r=l n-><»
we defined s to be the s«m to infinity of the infinite series T,u r (12.21).
We also say that the series Hu r converges (or is convergent) to s, anwrite
00
s = y£u rr=l
or 5 = ^ + ^2 + %+....
It will be clear from the definition that s is not a 'sum' in th
ordinary sense of 'the result of adding a number of terms', but is th
limit of such a sum. If we attempt to treat infinite series like finite
ones (i.e. without consideration of convergence), then paradoxical
results may arise.
For example, suppose x > and consider the series
1 « 1 o 1
l+x +-
+ x* + —+xa
+ - + ....X Xz XT
One is tempted to regard this as the sum of two infinite g.p.'s
„« ,111l+x + x 2 + x*+... and - + - + —+ ...,X Xs X3
whose sums to infinity are (see end of 12.21)
1and
llX 1
1 —x 1 —1/x x—\'
which add up to zero. We thus appear to have a series of positive terms whosum to infinity is zero. The explanation is simply that the first g.p. converges(i.e. possesses a sum to infinity) only when \x\ < 1, while the second convergesonly when
|
l/x\ < 1, i.e. \x\ > 1; there is no value of # for which both converge,and hence the original series has no sum to infinity.
Another example is
i+£+i+i+i+*+-= (i+i+£+ -) + £(i
from which + = +
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 100/454
12.32J series 437
(2) The infinite g.p. 1 + x + x 2 + x z + ....
If x =f= 1, then s n = (1 -x n )/(l -x). Hence by 2.72
(i) if —1 < x < 1, then x n -> when n->oo, and so sTC
-> 1/(1 —
(ii) if x>
1, then x n -» oo and so sw
->+
oo; we say $n
is properly
divergent to +oo;
(iii) if a; < —1, then # n -> + oo when n is even and x n -+ - co when
% is odd : s n oscillates infinitely;
(iv) if x = —1, the series is 1 —1 + 1 —1 + ..., so that s n = if n
is even and s n = 1 if n is odd: sTC
oscillates finitely (between and 1).
If x = 1, the formula for s n is meaningless, but the series becomes
1 + 1 + 1 + . . ., so that s n = n and s n -> + oo when n->oo:s n is properly
divergent to+
oo.
(3) Divergence. In this book we shall not give a detailed study of the
behaviour of infinite series, and it will usually be sufficient if weemploy the term 'divergent' to mean 'not convergent'. Thus our
'divergence' will cover proper divergence to +oo, proper divergence
to —oo, finite oscillation and infinite oscillation.
We abbreviate 'S« r is convergent' totyLu r c'; similarly, '£w r d'
means ( Hu r is divergent (i.e. not convergent)'.
12.32 General properties
(1) IfZu r converges, thenMmu n = 0.n—><x>
For by hypothesis s n -+s when n -> oo; and since u n = s n —s n _ vtherefore u n -> s —s = when n->oo.
(2) The converse of this result is false : if u n -> 0, the series 1>u r maynot converge.
Example
2(l/r) is divergent.
We have i + i > i + i =
i+£+*+i>£+i+£+i = h
i+^+..-+^>i% = i, etc.,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 101/454
438 series [12.32
Given a positive integer n>\, a positive integer p can be found so tha
2 J '- 1 < n < 2 P, and therefore (since all terms of the series are positive)
S^p-i < *n ^ sa*»-
When n -> 00, also 2p
00, i.e. p ^ cc; hence s n -> cx> because Sg*- 1 °o« Thshows that the series uiiuu.sometimes called the harmonic series, is (properly) divergent (to + 00), althoughu n — 1/n -> when n -> 00.
Remark. We have shown that %n -> does not imply convergence
of T,u r ; but */ u n -+> wAew -> 00, 2w r 6e divergent (otherwise (
would be contradicted).
Thus Sr/(r + 1) d because ww
= n\{n + 1) -> 1 when «- -> 00.
(3) Convergence or divergence of a series is unaltered by
(a) removing a finite number of terms from the series;
(b) multiplying every term by a non-zero constant.
These facts are clear from the properties of limits (2.3). Property
(a) is useful when the first few terms of a series behave irregularly,
and also shows that any test for convergence which we shall give need
apply only 'for all n ^ m\ where m is a fixed number; i.e. from som
definite term of the series onwards.
(4) If1iU r ,Sv r both converge, to sums s, t respectively, then T,(au r + bv
converges to as + bt, a and b being constants.
For if _ » _ »
r=l r=ln
then 2 (a>u r + bv r ) = as n + bt nr=l
-> as + bt when n -> 00, by 2.3, (ii).
Similarly, if one of 2v r converges and the other diverges, then
H(au r + bv r ) diverges. However, if both diverge, T,(au r + bv r ) mapossibly converge, e.g. if u r = r + 2~ r
, v r — r, a = 1, b = —1; roughly
speaking, the divergent parts may cancel out.
(5) If s n steadily increases when n increases, then T,u r either converges
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 102/454
12.4] series 439
The behaviour of the series considered in 12.2 can be determined
directly because a formula for s n can be found; cf. 12.26 (3). Whenno such formula is known, we resort to tests for convergence or
divergence. Although these may showthat the series converges, they
do not help us to evaluate its sum to infinity.
We recall that (2.71) the statement 'lims n = s' means that if any»->co
positive number e however small is given, then a number m (in general
depending on e) can be found such that, for all n ^ m,
s —e < s n < s + e.
12.4 Series of positive termsWe suppose all terms of our series are positive in this section. Series
whose terms are all negative can be included by first removing the
factor - 1 (see 12.32 (3) (6)).
12.41 Comparison tests
In these we compare the given series 2w r with a series T>v r whose
behaviour (c or d) is known. Roughly, a series which is less term by
term than a convergent series is also convergent, and one greater than
a divergent series term by term is divergent.
(1) Test for convergence.
If 2iV r c, and
either (a) u n ^ cv n for all n ^ m, where c is a positive constant,
or (6) lim {ujvj = 1^0,n—>oo
then also lLu r c.00
Proof of (a). If 2 v r = t, then since all the terms v r are positive,r=l
v 1 + v 2 + ... +v n < t for all n.
By hypothesis,
Wm + Um+1+---+ Un < C{v m + Vm+1 +...+V n )
< c(v 1 +...+v m +...+v n )
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 103/454
440 series [12.4
Proof of (b). Given e > however small, there is a number m suthat u
l —e < —< l + e for all n ^ m.v n
The right-hand inequality shows that
u n < (1 + e) v n for all n ^ m.
Taking c = l + e in (a), the result follows.
(2) Test for (proper) divergence.
If 1>v r i>, and
either (a) u n ^ cv n for all n ^ m, where c is a positive constant,
or (b)lim (ujv n ) = I > (but not I = 0),fn-*-<x>
then 1>u r d.
Proof of (a). Since T>v r d, then (see 12.32 (5))
v m + v m+1 + . . . + v n oo when n -» oo.
By hypothesis,
«fn+^m+i + •••+«» > c(» m + t; m+1 +...+f;ft )
-> oo when n -> oo.
.*. s n = ^ + . . . + u m + . . . + u n -> oo when n->co,
i.e. Sw r d.
Proo/ of (b). From the left-hand inequality in the proof of (1) (b),
u n > (l —e)v n for all n ^ m.
If Z > 0, then Z —e > for all positive e sufficiently small; we mtake c = I —e in (a), and the result follows.
(3)Standard
comparison series are(i) the g.p. Zaf, which c if < x < 1 and d if x ^ 1 (12.31 (2));
(ii) the harmonic series S(l/r) which d (12.32 (2)).
Another is E(l/r p); for various values of p this gives a whole family
of series, which we now consider,
(hi) X(l/r p) c if p > 1 and d if p ^ 1.
/ X 111 1 , .W 5 « =i^
+ 2^ + 3^ + ••• +^» there bein g n terms,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 104/454
12.41] series 441
the inequality is clear since the first, second, third, . . . terms in s n have
been replaced by brackets containing 1, 2, 4, . . . positive terms. Making
an upper estimate for the contents of each bracket, we have whenp > 0:
*n < Jt+ (p+p) + (&+ - + p) + - (» brackets)
1 2 4 8, x=
I?+ p +
4^ +8^
+ - (n terms)
= 1 +2^1+ (2^i)
2
+ (g^l)3+ - <» terms >
={l
- (^i)
71
} /{* ~ 2^}0n summin
gthe G ' p
1
l-(i) 2 '- 1for all n if > 1,
since then the common ratio (£)p_1
is less than 1.
Hence when p > 1, s n is bounded; so by 12.32 (5) the series c.
(b) The case p = 1 gives the harmonic series already investigated
in 12.32 (2).
(c) If p < 1, then mP < n when n > 1, so that IjnP > 1/n. Henceby comparison with S(l/r), S(l/r p
) d whenp < 1.
Alternatively, if0<p< 1 then (without referring to the harmonic
series)
11 1 1 ,
s„ = - —h- —h ... H > nx —= -> 00 when w -> co.n IP 2 p n v n p
If p < 0, then clearly s n -» 00. Hence S(l/r p) d when p < 1.
Examples
(i) Examine the series
5 7 9
Here
1.3.4 2.4.5 3.5.6
2n+3n(n + 2)(n + 3)
[When n is large, « n = 2n/(n.n.n) = 2/n 2; so for large n, «„ behaves like 2/n 2
.
It i therefore likely that Ew c and we try the comparison test for convergence ]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 105/454
442 series [12.41
Alternatively, using the 'limit' form of the test, and taking v n = l/w a
n^oo v n n-yoo \n(n + 2) (n + 3)/ n 2/
before,
i
Hence Z« B c because- Jjv n c.
„ . 1 1 + 2 1 + 2 + 3(n) Mixamme —-\ —H \-....x
'1
2 8 3 3
_ l + 2 + ...+w _ £n(n+l) _ n+1n w3 w8 2n 2
[When n is large, wn = n/2n 2 = l/2n, so that probably 2w„ d.]
We have ,n ltt - > 2^
=&i
f ° rallM '
so if v,, = 1/n, then u n > %v n . Therefore 2w n diverges with S« n .
^ftemotM* ^ /n+l/l\,hm —= lim I——- /-) = \,
TC_oo w» n->oo \ 2n 2/ n/
and the same result follows.
Exercise 12(e)
Show that the following series do not converge because u n -+> 0.
i f+f+ H.... 2 l±f -l^ + l^?.a; a;2
a;3
3 S1
V(r+1)-Vr*
Using the result of 12.41 (3) (iii), state which of the following series converge.
6 » + ++*+.... 7 -1+- -+-^+....
Use the comparison test to ascertain the behaviour of the following series.
s i+i+^+^+^+.-. 9 ^ + ^ +jJL+....
1 2 3 4 5 610 1 1 h-... 11 1 1 K...
2 aT
3 2 4 2 1.2.3 2.3.4 3.4.6
n 13 S „*
. 14 s£tl.r+1 V( r 2 -2r) 3 r +l
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 106/454
12.42] series 443
1 8 If Sw r c, prove that Ew a and 2{w r /( 1 + u r )} also c. [Use the comparison test.]
19 IfZw*c, prove Z(w r /r) also c. r(w„--\ ^ 0, therefore 2—r
|_\ ?*/ w J
11,0 (i) Verify that - < — when r > 2.
r 2 (r— l)r
» 1 w 1 1Deduce that s n = £ - < 1 + £ 7 —= 2 —< 2.
r=lf a r=2 (r-l)r n
(This shows that 2(l/r 2)
converges and has sum to infinity a < 2.)1111,(ii) Prove —< < — when r ^ 1,v
' (r+1) 2 r r+1 r*
and deduce that
1 1 1 » 1 „ 1 111 + 2i+--- +
(^I)i+
»<
r S^<1 +
25+ --- +
^-(This shows that l/(n+ 1) < s-s n < 1/n. Taking n = 100, we see that the first
hundred terms give s correct to only two decimal places. It can be proved that
8 = ^n 2: see 14.34, ex. (ii).)
*21 If Sw r c, prove u n+1 + u n+2 + . . . + u n+v -> when n -+ 00, where p is any
fixed positive integer.
12.42 d'Alembert's ratio test
The tests in 12.41 required an auxiliary series Ev r ; that now to
be stated involves only the given series itself.
1iU r is convergent if
either (a) u n+1 /u n < k < 1 for all n ^ m, where k is constant,
or (b) lim (u n+1 ju n ) = Z < 1.
n-*-ao
HtU r is (properly) divergent if
either (a') u n+1 ju n ^ 1 for all n ^ m,
or (&') lim (u n+1 /u n ) = 1>1.n->ao
Proofs
(a) By hypothesis,
u m+l ^ k u m>
u m+z < ku m+1 s$ k 2 u m from the previous line;
u m+3 ^ k u m+2 ^ from the previous line;
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 107/454
444 series [12.4
which converges since < k < 1 by hypothesis. Therefore Sw r co
verges, since the first m terms u 1 + u 2 + ... +u m do not affect
behaviour.
(b)Given
e> 0,
there isa number m such that
l-e < < l + e for all n ^ m.
Since I < 1, we have l + e < 1 for all e sufficiently small. Taking
k = I + e in the right-hand part of the inequality, the result follow
from (a).
(a') By hypothesis,
um+l ^
um>
um+2 ^
um+l ^
um>
e ^ c -
Hence for n ^ m we have u n ^ u m , so that i* n -I* when n ->
proving non-convergence of The series.must actually be properly
divergent since it consists of positive terms (12.32 (5)).
(&') Since I > 1, we have Z —e > 1 for all e sufficiently small. Tleft-hand part of the inequality in the proof of (6) then shows
U^±1>1 for all n > m,
and the result follows by (a').
Remarks
(a) The complete condition (a) is essential : the result may be fals
if we merely have^±1<1 for all n > m.
Thus although E( l/r) d,
* /i <1 foralln.u n n+l/ n n+1
No fixed k independent of n can be found for which
^i- 1 < k and k<l
because n/(n + 1) can be made as close to 1 as we please by taking
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 108/454
12.42] series 445
when the 'limit' form is inconclusive. For a power series it is usually
best to treat this exceptional case from first principles.
{y) No conclusion can be drawn from non-existence of the limit of
u n+il u n- Thus for the seriesf
1 1 i i 1 12
+42
+2 3 +
4 4 +2 B +
4«+ * ''
successive values of u n+1 /u n are
Jl 9 _L 93 JL 95 I 9723' » 2 5 ' 2 7 ' 2 9 '
* '
so that un+1
jun
oscillates infinitely. The series is nevertheless con-
vergent (because, roughly, it is the sum of two convergent q.p.'s):
I 1 1 1 1 12 ^42 ^2^^ 4* ^ ^
2 2n_1 i 2 ™
a-royi-an2 2 4 2
->f+T£ when n -> co;
andj ^+1 = ^ + 22^1^1^+° when ™~>°0-
Hence the series converges, and has sum to infinity Observe also
that for tljis series u n does not steadily decrease to zero when n -> 00
Example
Examine the series 1 + 2x + Zx 2 + 4a; 3 + . . . for all positive x.
Ifx = 0, the series is 1 + + + . . ., which converges to the sum 1.
If x 4= 0, then since u n = nx n ~ x,
w„+i n+1= x -> x when n -> 00.u n n
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 109/454
446 series [12.43
When x = 1 , the test gives no information; but then the series is 1 + 2 + 3 +which clearly d.
Hence the series c when < x < 1, d when x ^ 1. (See Ex. 12 (/), no. 12
a method of finding the sum to infinity.)
Exercise 12(/)Test the following series.
2 2 3 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 3
1 1+Tl
+2i
+3i
+ '- 2 * + * + * +
3 If a and 6 are positive, prove that
q+1 (a+l)(2a+l) (a+ 1) (2a+ 1) (3a+ 1)
6+1+
(6+1) (26+1)+
(6+1) (26+1) (36 + 1)+ '
converges if a < 6 and diverges if a ^ 6.
Test the following, assuming x to be positive.
4 1+r.
+ii
+Si
+ 5i-2
+ +374
+ --
a;2
a;3 x* 1 2 3
8 a;+2 3a;
2 + 3 3a;
3 + 4 3a:
4 + ....
9 l + (l + 3)a: + (l + 3 2 )a: 2 + (l + 3 3 )a: 3 + ....
a;2
10 + +a+l a: + 2 x + %
1.3 1.3.5 1.3.5.711 (i)ix + -—x 2 + -———x3 + ———-xi + ... (aj+l).
2.4 2.4.6 2.4.6.8 '
*(ii) By showing that
1.3.5... (2n-l) 1.2.4... (2n-2) _ 1
2.4.6... (2n)_ >
2.4.6... (2n) ~ 2n'
prove that the series in (i) diverges when x = 1.
*12 By deriving the identity1
l+a; + a;2 +...+a: n =
1—x 1—x
obtain a formula for 1 + 2a? + 3# 2 + . . . + nx n ~ x, and hence verify from fir
principles the conclusions of the worked example in 12.42.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 110/454
12.44] SERIES
is rapidly convergent when \x\ is small, since
\—x n x n
447
and|x
|
n is small for small n. It converges less rapidly when x is just
less than 1. On the other hand, Ex. 12(e), no. 20 (ii) shows that
1,(1 /r 2) converges slowly.
These notions are necessarily vague since the terms ' a good approxi-
mation', 'fairly small n' have not been specified; they are relative
and not absolute notions, and can become precise only after we have
selected some definite series by which to fix our ' standard of rapidity '.
However, they are useful in a descriptive way.
The essence of the comparison test for convergence (12.41 (1)) is
that if 1u r is term by term less than a convergent series cLv r , then
1u r will converge. We may say that( 1u r converges at least as rapidly
as Hv r; ' and if lim (ujv n ) = 0, that '1u n converges faster than 1v n \
Similar language would describe relative rates of divergence.
d'Alembert's test for convergence consists fundamentally of com-paring the given series 1u r with a g.p. If Hu r happens to converge less
rapidly than any g.p., the test is ineffective; this is the case with
Z(l/r 2) (and indeed with any of the series T,(l/r p
) for p> 1), and is
usually so when lim (u n+1 /u n ) = 1.
Tests of greater delicacy than d'Alembert's can be formulated, but
no finality can be attained since it can be shown that, however
delicate the test, a series can be constructed for which that test is
ineffective. In 12.44 we give a test which is of no fixed standard of
delicacy, and which deals particularly easily with series like 2 (l/r p),
S{l/r(logr) p} for which the ratio test is indecisive.
12.44 Infinite series and infinite integrals
The definitions of 'sum to infinity of a series' (as the limit of a
certain 'finite' sum, 12.21) and 'value of an infinite integral' (as the
li i f h di l h t
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 111/454
448 series [12.44
(1) The Maclaurin-Cauchy integral test.
If f{x) is continuous and steadily decreases to zero for x ^ 1, theoo /*oo
2 /(**) an d f(t) dt either both converge or both diverge. When they conr=l
JlVer 9*> /-co co /-co
S/(r)< f(t)dt+f(l).Jl r=l Jl
Proof. Since /(a;) steadily decreases to zero, we have f(x) > for
n fxx ^ 1 , so that 2 fix)> f(t)dt are increasing functions of n,x respectively.
(
If r < x < r + 1, then/(r+1) </(*)</(#).
Integrating this form r to r + 1,
/(r+l)<j
V+1/(a )& ; </(r).
Summing for r = 1,2, ...,n—l,
im< \
nf{t)dt < S/(r).
r=2 Jl r=l
The argument is illustrated geometrically by considering the sums
the inner and outer rectangles in fig. 124.
/•oo /*n
(a) Suppose f(t) coexists. SinceJ
/(£) eft is an increasing function
of n, it cannot attain its limit; therefore for each n,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 112/454
12.44] series 449
nso that is bounded. Hence (2.77) S/(r) converges, and
r-2
S/(r) ^ f /W*+/(l).r=l Jl
It now follows from the right of (ii) by letting n -> co that
r=l
(6) If S/(r) converges, then
V/(r)<r-l r=l
By the right of (ii), P /(f) iB < £ /(r),Jl r=l
so that j f(t) dt is bounded and therefore tends to a limit, say Z, when
«,-> oo.
SincefJ
/(£) <ft is an increasing function of x, then if n —1 < X < w,
rn-i rx rn
I f(t)dt<jJ(t)dt<jj(t)dL
When X->co, also n oo, and soJ
/(£) <ft -> Z, i.e.
J/(f) <Zf exists.
(c) Since the series converges when and only when the integral
exists, it follows that divergence of one implies divergence of the
other.
(2) The function
$(n)= if(r)- {n
f(t)dtr=l Jl
steadily decreases as n increases, and lies between and f(l) for all n.
Proof. By (ii), n rn
0< S/(r)- f(t)dt<f(l);r=l Jl
f This step is necessary because the fact that j f{t)dt->l when n-+ oo {n being1
f°°a positive integer) does not by itself imply the existence of I f(t)dt (the limit of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 113/454
450 series [12.44
also rn+10(n+l)-0(n) = /(n+l)- f(t)dt <
Jn
by using (i). Hence <p(n) decreases as n increases, but < $(ri) < /(l).
Corollary. It follows that lim <fi(n) exists and is non-negative.
The corollary is particularly interesting when both series anintegral diverge, as in example (i) following.
Examples
(i) Taking/(a:) = ljx in the corollary,
${n) = l
+ £ +£+...+--logn.
n
Hence <fi(n) tends to some limit y (Eider's constant: cf. 4.43 (8)) when n -»
and «S y < 1.
(ii) Discuss the series £ ( 1 /r p) by means of the integral test.
With/(a;) = then if p =j= 1,
f*/(f)* = _I-(l_X-M*)f
while if p = 1,
J/(*) <ft = logX.
If p > 1, the integral tends to l/(p —l), and if < p «S 1 the integral tendsto +oo, whenX -> oo. Hence S (l/r») c if p > 1, D if p ^ 1 (cf. 12.41(3)).
The general theorem also shows that when£> > 1,
1 ™ 1 pp—1 r =l rP p—1
00 JIn fact y\ —> 1, which is a better lower estimate when p > 2.
Exercise 12(g)
1 Prove 2——̂——diverges. 2 Discuss 2*
rlog(2r) r(logr) J '
3 If a > 0, prove that the sum to infinity of
1 1 1
a 2+
(a+l) 2+
(a + 2)2+
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 114/454
12.5] series 451
5 Sketch the graph of y = logx, and show that
/•« n /•»
I logxdx < ^,logr < log x dx + log n.J l r=2 Jl
Deduce the value of lim {(n )1/n
/n}.n-yoo
12.5 Series of positive and negative terms
The special difficulty with such series is that s n is not necessarily
a steadily increasing function of n, so that the principle in 12.32 (5)
does not apply directly.
12.51 Alternating signs (theorem of Leibniz)The simplest kind of series with terms of mixed sign is that in which
the signs are alternately + , —// (i) the terms are alternately + , —
, say
u i ~ u 2 + %—u * + •••
where each u is positive,
i.e. un
steadily decreases to zero,
(ii) u n+1 < u r
(iii) Kmu n =n->oo
then the series is convergent.
Pr °°f s 2n = K - u 2 ) + {u 3- 1* 4 ) + . . . + {u 2n _ x - u 2n ).
By (ii), each bracket is positive. Hence s 2n is a steadily increasing
positive function of n. Also
S 2n = Ul ~ ( U2 ~ Ua) ~ (^4 —Ms)—
• • •—
( u 2n-2 ~ U2n-l) ~ u 2n>
each bracket is positive by (ii), and u 2n > by (i). Hence s 2n < u vTherefore by 2.77 s 2n tends to a limit, say I, when n -> oo.
Further, _s 2n+l —s 2n + u 2n+l>
and since lim u 2n+1 = by (iii), thereforen->oo
lim s 2n+1 = lim s 2n = I.
n—>oo n—><x>
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 115/454
452 series [12.52
Example
1 —£ + i + converges because the terms satisfy all three conditions
the theorem. The argument used in the proof shows that the sum to infinity
lies between \ and 1; for s 2n < u x = 1, and
%i = (l-» + »-» + ...+( 5 ^ I -S;)
><»-»-*•
Also see Ex. 12 (h), no. 8.
If any one of the conditions (i), ( ii ), ( ii i) is omitted, the series may not con
verge. Thus since the series
i + *+i+i+-,
d, c respectively, the 'difference series'
diverges (12.32(4)); conditions (i), (iii) are satisfied by it, but not (ii).
12.52 Absolute convergence
Consider the pairs of series
i + i+i+i + -;
, iii ,iiii 1 k i-i —i—i—i-
2 2 3 2 4 2 ^ -
'AT
2 a 3 2 4 a
The first of each pair converges, by 12.51; but in the corresponding
series where all the terms are made positive, the first diverges (being
the harmonic series) while the second still converges (12.41 (3)).
It is convenient to distinguish between series which remain con
vergent when all their terms are made positive, and those which do not
Definition. If the series TiU r is such thatf S \u r \ converges, then 1iU
is said to be absolutely convergent (a.c).
Observe that nothing has been asserted in this definition about th
convergence of T>u r itself; it is a different series S \u r \(i.e. Ewr with
all its terms made positive) which converges.
Examples
1 + 4+ i not A b + + + + di
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 116/454
12.52] SERIES 453
The importance of absolutely convergent series is (roughly) that
they behave like series of positive terms. For example, compare
Theorems II, III in 12.54.
Although the definition states nothing about the convergence ofEi* r , we can in fact prove that an absolutely convergent series is also
convergent in the ordinary sense. More explicitly
7/2 \u r \converges, then 2i* r also converges.
Before giving the proof of this, we illustrate the underlying idea.
Suppose that the series 2i* r in question is
Ul + U2—U3 + Ui -U 5
-1*6 + 0-W 8 + U9 -U 10 + U11 + U1Z + ....
Consider the following two series:
%+ i* 2 + + i* 4 + +0 +0 + +u 9 + + i* u + i* ia +
+0 +W3 + O +1*5 + 1*6 + + 1*8 + +i* 10 + +0 + ....
The first is formed by replacing all negative terms in the given series
by 0's; the second is obtained by replacing all positive terms by and
changing the sign of the negative ones.
Compare each of these series of positive terms with the series
%+ 1*
2+ 1*3 + 1* 4 + 1*5 + 1* 6 + + 1*8 + 1*9 + 1*io + %i +
%2 +- >
which is convergent by hypothesis. The comparison test (12.41 (1))
with c = 1 shows that each series converges. Hence by 12.32 (4) their
difference (which is the given series) also converges.
General proof. Consider the series
v 1 + v 2 + v s + 1 + w2 + w3 +...,
where we define
(Thus relative to the given series Si* r ,Ei> r is the non-negative part, and
Sw r is the non-positive part with its sign changed.)
Clearly v r ^ |i* r |and wr \u r \. Comparing each of Sv r ,
2t*? r (which
are series of positive terms) with 2 \u r \which is given to be convergent,
the comparison test with c = 1 shows that they converge. Hence
li{v —w converges; i e since u = v —w for all r, Si* converges.
and
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 117/454
454 series [12.52
converges because it is a.c. However, the test is 'one-sided' because
a series which is not a.c. may yet be c ; e.g. 1 —1 + J+...is not a.c,
but is in fact c. Such a series may be called conditionally convergent
(o.c.) or semi-convergent.
Examples
*(iv) The ' triangle inequality 'ffor infinite series.
If YaU t is A.c, its sum to infinity is numerically less than or equal to the sumSlid:
With the above notation we have u r = v r —tv r , \u r \= v T + wr . Also, since
Su r , Hwr converge,00 00 00
r=l r=l r=l00 00
< 2 *V + S wr sincef both these sums are positive,r=l r=l
= S K|.r=l
The device used in this example can also be employed to prove that
\(
b
f(x)dx\ < (b
\f(x)\dx,\J a | J a
where b > a and f(x) is continuous; cf. Ex. 7 (a), no. 5. Define
-f(x) if f(x)<0,f(x) if /(a)>0,
if f(x) =sj 0, if f(x) > 0.
Then/ 1 (a;),/ 2 (a;) are non-negative functions, and
\m\ =f 1 (x)+f t (x), f(x) =A(x)-Mx).Also
f(x)dx\ = f^dx- f z (x)dxI J a
I \J a J a
rb rb
^1 /i(aj)cfa;+ I fi{x)dx, both integrals being non-negative,J a J a
= (
b
{fi(x)+A(x)}dx = (b
\f(x)\dx.J a J a
.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 118/454
12.52] series 455
If x > 0, all the terms are positive and we can use d'Alembert's ratio test:
Un+l _ XnI Xn ~ X _ X
u n w /(w— 1) n
thus since ^n+i < i f or a jj n > 2 Xf
or alternatively, since lim = 0,
the series converges for all positive x.
If x < 0, write x = —y so that y > 0. The series becomesf
* 2 3
By the case just considered, this is A.c. for all positive y, and hence it is also c.
The given series therefore converges for all negative x.
Consequently, the series converges for all x.
N.B.— From 12.32(1) it follows that (cf. 2.74)
x n
lim —= for all x independent of n.n-oo n\
(vi) Discuss the series x——+ —- + ...
2 3 4
for all values of x.
w2 y s y*
First consider the series 2/ + ~2 * ~3 * ~4 + *
where y ^ 0. If y = 0, the series is + + + . . . which converges to sum 0.
If y 4= 0, the ratio test gives
u n+i y n+x ly n n-^±1 = /— = y^-V when n->oo;
u n w+l/n n+1so if < y < 1 the series converges.
The y-series therefore converges for < y < 1; hence the given series in xis A.c. for —1 < x < 1, and thus also converges in this range.
If x = 1, the given series is 1 —| +i
+ which c (12.51).
If x = —1, the series is —1 —| —i —i— which is properly divergent to
—oo (it is —1 times the harmonic series).
If x < —1, each term of the series is negative, but its numerical value is
greater than that of the corresponding term of 1 + + J + . . • . Hence the series
properly diverges to —oo.
If x > 1, then x = 1 + c where c > 0, and
x n = (l+c) n = l+nc + in(n-l)c z + ... > £n(w-l)c 2,
since all the terms of this binomial expansion are positive. Therefore
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 119/454
456 SERIES [12.53
Summarising, the aeries c for —1 < x < 1, and d for x ^ —1 or x > \. Trange —1 < x < 1 is called the interval of convergence of this series.
12.53 The modified ratio test
We introduce here a modification of d'Alembert's ratio test whichmakes it directly applicable to series whose terms are not all positive.
// either (a)u, n+l ^ k < 1 for all n ^ m, where k is constant,
or (b) lim = I < 1,
then Hu r converges.For either condition ensures that S \u r \
c, being what is obtained b
applying the original ratio test to this series. Hence lLu r is a.c., antherefore c.
If EITHER (a') ^ 1 for all n ^ m,
or (6') lim 'n+l = I > 1,
then Ymt is divergent (i.e. not convergent).
(At first sight all we can say is that 2 \u r \d, i.e. that Y,u r is not a.c;
this does not prevent 1>u r from converging.)
Condition (a') implies that \u n \ ^ \u m \for all n ^ m, so that Mn -f»0
when n-^co. Given e > 0, condition (&') implies that there is
number m such that \u n+1 \> (l —e) \u n \
for all n ^ m, and the result
follows from (a') as in the proofs in 12.42.
Examples
(i) Discuss the series of 12.52, ex. (vi) in this way.
If x — the series converges to sum 0. Since u n = ( —l) -1a;
n /n, we havwhen x 4= that
|a;| when n 00.n+l
Hence if \x\ < 1 the series c; if \x\ > 1 the series n. Only the cases \x\ =
.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 120/454
12.54]
If x 4= 0, then from
we find
SERIES
m{m—1) ... (m —n + 1)
457
n + 1
n
-> —re I = \x\ when n oo.
Hence */ |»| < 1 </ie series o; */ |a;| > 1 the series d.
The cases \x\ = 1 cannot be decided by means of the tests at our disposal.
However, it can be proved that
if x = 1, the series c if m > —1
and if x ——1, the series o if m Js
and d if ra < —1;
and d if m < 0.
12.54 Regrouping and rearrangement of terms of an infinite series
When dealing with finite sums it is permissible to group the terms in anymanner by means of brackets, or to rearrange the order of the terms, withoutthereby altering the value of the sum. These properties may not extend to
infinite series, f
Example
(i) The series (1-1) + (1-1) + (1-1) + ...,
i.e. + + + ...,
converges to zero. If we remove the brackets we obtain the series
1-1 + 1-1 + 1-1 + ...,
which diverges since s B oscillates between and 1. If we insert brackets as
l + (-l + l) + (-l + l) + ...,
we obtain 1 + + + . .
which converges to 1.
This example shows that, in general, brackets cannot be removed or inserted
in an infinite series without altering its behaviour or its sum. However, the
following result is easily proved by using the definition of 'sum to infinity'.
Theorem I. // 2« r converges to s, then it will still converge to s when brackets
are inserted in any way.
Proof. Let n x < n a < w8 < ... be any infinite sequence of positive integers,
and writefix n%
= X Mr» h — 2 u r> •••
r—1 r=rii+l
Then we wish to prove that 2^ converges to s.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 121/454
458 SERIES [12.54
Let n v be the first integer of the above sequence which is greater than or equato N. Then (i) holds for all n 2s n v , and so
Tim
2 u r —s
r=l
< e
for all m > p (since the integers n„ +1 , n„ +2 , • . . are a selection from the set of
integers greater than n P ).
Since terms of a 'finite' sum can be grouped in any way,
Hence result (ii) becomes
Tim m2 u r = 2
r=l i=l
2i=l
< e for all m ^ p;
i.e. Y&i converges to s.
The converse of this theorem is false : if a series with the terms groupedconvergent, the series obtained by removing the brackets may be divergent.
This is illustrated by ex. (i), which also shows that there is no general theoremfor divergent series like Theorem I; but see Ex. 12 (h), no. 14.
Example
(ii) If s n denotes the sum of n terms of the series
W+W+i--,and t n denotes the sum of n terms of
1 _l_l_l_i_l_l-Ll 1 1__L A_2 4=13 6 8 '5 10 12 '7
(formed from the first by taking one positive term followed by two negative ones
then the sum to infinity of the second is half that of the first.
Consider
<.»-(i-i)-i+(i-*)-i+(i-A)-A+.-- + (2^ri--4 n _2) 4n
= *-* + *-*+...+1 1
4n —2 4n
The first series is known to converge, say to s; hence when n -> 00, s 2n ->
and therefore t 3n -> %s. Since also
Wl = *3n + 2^T[-*2 S
^ hn+ *= hn +
2nTl ~ 4^T2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 122/454
12.54J series 459
Theorem II. A convergent series of positive terms can be rearranged in anymanner without altering the convergence or the sum to infinity.
Proof. Let Sw r be a convergent series of positive terms, with sum to infinity s.
nLet Zw^ be a rearrangement of Sw r , and write s' n = 2 u '
r-
r=lEach term of Zt^ appears somewhere in Zwr . Hence for a given n, there is
na number m such that s' ^ s m. Since 2 u r is a steadily increasing function of w
r=l(all u r ^ 0), hence s m < s and so «^ < s. Since is also a steadily increasing
function of n (because all u'T
3s 0), therefore by 2.77 s' n tends to a limit *' wheres' ^ s. Thus ~Lu'
rcertainly converges, and its sum is s'.
Similarly, since each term of Zwr appears somewhere in Hu'r , the preceding
argument will prove that s < s'. Consequently s' = 8.
N.B. —Observe that we could not prove s ^ s' first because we do not know
whether Hu' r converges or not until we have proved s' n < *.Theorem III. An a.c. series can be rearranged in any manner without altering
the absolute convergence or the sum to infinity.
Proof. If Hu'r
is a rearrangement of 2w r , then certainly 2>u'r
is A.c. since
2 \u'r \
is a rearrangement of £ \u r \, and Theorem II applies.
We use the notation v r , wr oi 12.52, and its extension^, w' rfor the rearranged
series Hu'r
. Then clearly Hv'r , Ett/ are respectively the rearrangements of Sv r ,
TiW r entailed by the rearrangement lLur
of Zwr . Since T,v r , Ewr are convergent
seriesf of positive terms, Theorem II gives
00 00 00 00
S < = 2 Vr and S w'r
= 2 wfr=l r=l r—1 r=l
00 CO 00 00 00 00 CO
r=l r=l r=l r=l r=l r=l r=l
We shall not discuss the rearrangement of infinite series any further; but
enough has been said to caution the reader against treating infinite series
analogously to finite ones.
Exercise 12(h)
Determine the behaviour of the following series.
11111 _ i i i_ i I 2 1 h1 8 + 6 7 + Z1.2 2.3
+3.4 4.5
+
3 1-£V2 + W3-£V4+-- 4 £-f+i-f+-&-H+....5 logi+log|+logf+logf+log^+logi|+.-»
6 State which of the series in nos. 1-3 are a.c.
7 Show that 2 {(cos rx) jr 2} converges for all values of x.
8 Under the conditions of Leibniz's rule (12.51), prove u x —u t <s <u x .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 123/454
460 series [12
*12 S^l + i + i+.-. + ^af.
pW = gWi f 1 L^ >wherea £ 11.
Lw„ «„ I
(n+l)a„jr=i
rj
n*13 S— — [The cases \x\ = 2 may be omitted.]
1.3.5... (2n+l)L
*14 If u r ^ for all r, prove that (with the notation of 12.54, Theorem I)
m n m+1if n m s£ w < then 2 < £ u r < S
i=l r=l i=l
and deduce that the converse of Theorem I holds for a series of positive terms.
*15 If Ew r is conditionally convergent, prove that (with the notation of 12.5
|~ n nHv r and ?jw r diverge to +oo. Ifs„ = Tiu r ,t n — 2 \u r \, then s n -> sand +oL r=l r=l
n » ~1
also 2 «V = + S wr = i(«n-*n)-r=l r=l J
*16 If the series 1 —\ + %—\ + \ —... is rearranged as
(taking two positive terms followed by one negative term), prove that
sum of the new series is f times that of the original. [Prove t 3n = s in + £s 2 nO
12.6 Maclaurin's series
12.61 Expansion of a function as a power series
We proved in 6.52 that if f(t) satisfies certain conditions of co
tinuity and derivability for ^ £ < x, then
f(x) = /(0) + xf>(0) + ^/ (O) + . . . + ^-_^/(-i)(0) + Bn (x),
where (see 6.54(1))
fxr
•»•(*) =
_ f(n)(0x) (Lagrange's remainder),n
x^l-d) 71 - 1
(n-1) f(n \dx) (Cauchy's remainder)
and 6 is some function of x and n (in general not the same function
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 124/454
12.62] series 461
continuous for O^t^x; then the conditions for validity of
Maclaurin's theorem hold for all orders. Consider the infinite series
/(0) +
«+ ^/'(0) +
...+^^(0)+ .... (i)
We have s n (x) =/(0) + */'(0) + ... + ^£^/<»-i>(0),
= f(x)-R n (x)
by Maclaurin's theorem. If Rn {x) -> when n-+ao (perhaps only for
some range of values of a;, say \x\ < c), then
s n (x) -+f{x) when n -> oo, for \x\ < c;
hence the infinite series (i) converges and has sum-function f(x) when\x\ < c. We write
/(z)=/(0) + */'(0) + ^ (\x\ <c), (ii)
and call this series the expansion off(x) as a power series in x over the
interval \x\ < c.
This idea will now be applied to obtain series for some of the
elementary functions; the results are important, and will be discussed
in detail in 12.7. We use the results on wth derivatives obtained in 6.6;
only when such convenient formulae are known is direct discussion
of Bn (x) possible.
12.62 Expansion of some elementary functions
(1) The exponential series.
If f{x) = e x, then f
in) {x) = e x for every positive integer n, and
Lagrange's remainder is
Rn (x) = ^e°* (O<0<1).
Since x n jn\ -> when n->co for any fixed value of a; (2.74), therefore
Rn (x) -> when n -> oo, for all x. As/ (r)(0) = 1 for each r,
e*= 1 + *+^ + ^+.. .+£+... (allx).
(2) The sine and cosine series.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 125/454
462 series [12.6
Also f®r \0) = and /(^(O) = ( - 1 y- 1 for each r, so
sin* = ^-^T+^t- - • + (- 1 )r ~ l
( 2 r-l)+ •'
(a//
Similarly
cos*= ^Ji + ^T- •+(- 1 )
r 1
(2r _2)+ ' (aW ^*
(3) T^e logarithmic series.
If /(a;) = log(l+z), then f n \x) = (- l) - 1 ^- 1) /(1 + x) n] a
so fin)
{0) = ( —l) n_1 (n— 1) . We are supposing a; > —1, for otherwise
log (1 + would not be defined in part of the range x ^ t ^ 0.
When ^ x ^ 1, Lagrange's remainder
v n 1
W {l + 0x) n
shows that l-S^) |< - -> when n->oo.
When x < 0, —xj(l + 6x) may be greater than 1, so that Lagrange's
remainder . , N _1 / —x \ n
~n\l+6x)
might tend to —oo when n -> oo (2.73); insufficient is known abou
the behaviour of as a function of n.
Cauchy's remainder can be written
r w / l —f) \ ™-i
^» = <- 1 ) - 1
rTfe(rr^) •
\x\ nso that if —1 < x < 0, \R n ( x ) I
<^ j^j
because (1 —6)j{\ + 6x) is a positive proper fraction and (see 1.14)
\l + 0x\ > \-6\x\ > l-\x\.
Hence Rn (x) when n-+oo. (Cauchy's remainder also covers t
case < x < 1 already treated.) Thus
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 126/454
12.62] series 463
(4) The binomial series.
lff(x) = (l+x) m, then
f n \x) = m(m - 1) . . . (ra - w + 1) (1 + x) m~ n.
If m is a positive integer, Maclaurin's formula terminates whenn = m+l, and gives the usual binomial expansion containing m+ 1
terms. If m is not a positive integer, then f{n \x) will be continuous
when n > m only if x > —1.
Cauchy's remainder can be written
When |g| < 1,
(m- 1) ... (m-n+ 1) „ ,
a„ = - —̂—: x n -> when n -> oo,n (n-1)
by 2.75. Also (1 —0)/(l +#r) is a positive proper fraction, and
( (l + bl)™- 1 if m > 1,
(l + ftc) 1 - 1 < J11
[(1-IjcI)™-1 if m < 1.
\Rn
(x)\ < |m|(1 ±
[a; )™— 1 when n-+co.
Hence.„ . . m(m —1) _
(l + *)m = l + mx+—^ —J* 2 *...
+m(m-l).„(m-r + l)^
+ (M<J)
If m is a fraction with even denominator, (1 +x) m has two values
which are equal and opposite. Here we intend the positive value, since
the sum of the series when x = is clearly + 1.
As in (3), Lagrange's remainder would cover only the range
^ x < 1. We omit consideration of the cases x = ± 1.
(5) Gregory's series for tan -1 x.
If f(x) = tan -1 x, then
/< )(») = (-l) - 1 (w-l) (l+* 2 )-* n sin(ncot- 1 a;),
so / (2r)(0) = and /^- (O) = ( - l)' 1 (2r - 2) .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 127/454
464 SERIES [12,63
Hence , ac8 x? , <xr , * 8r-1
,
tan 1 * = *__ + _-... + ( (|*| ^ l).
The value of tan -1 x in the range —\n to + ^n -
is intended (i.e. the principal
value when —1 < x ^ + 1), since when x = the sum of the series is clearly
zero. No more than the above can be proved about the sum because the serie
converges only for \x\ < 1 : see Ex. 12 (h), no. 9.
12.63 Note on formal expansions
In Ex. 6 (6), no. 15 we considered the function y = tan -1a;. Having
proved that it satisfies the differential equation
(1 + a?) y n+2 + 2(n + l)xy n+1 + n(n+l)y n = 0,
we put x = and showed that the Maclaurin coefficients a r = (y r ) xare given by ^ = - n {n + l)a n .
Since a = and % = 1, all coefficients with even suffix are zero
while by successive application of the above recurrence formula
those with odd suffix, we find that
GW-i = ( ~ I) 1 (2n - 2) (n = 1, 2, . . .).
Assuming that y possesses a Maclaurin expansion, we thus obtainfor it the series „ K » r ,
Since this converges for \x\ ^ 1 (see Ex. 12 (h), no. 9), it is reasonable
to expect this series to have y = tan -1a; for its sum-function whe
\x\ ^ 1. However, as we have nowhere considered Rn (x), we hav
not proved by this argument that the series has sum-function tan -1
nor even that tan-1
x can be expanded at all as a power series.
It can be proved that, within its interval of convergence, every power series
is the Maclaurin series of its sum-function. In othqr words, if Ha r x r converges
to s(x) (for \x\ < c, say), then a n = d n) (0)/nl (n = 0, 1,2,...). Assuming this
what we have shown by the above argument is that, if the series (i) converges
to s(x) when \x\ sS 1, and/(£c) = tan -1#, then
s(0)=/(0), «'(0)=/'(0) *W(0) = /<'>(0), ....
These equations do not prove that s(x) is identical with/(a;) for \x\ ^ 1. Fl
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 128/454
12.63] SERIES 465
tinuous in a certain interval, the Maclaurin series off(x) may not converge at
all for that interval.
Thus, to ensure the existence and validity of the Maclaurin expansion of
f(x) in 12.61, it is essential to prove somehow that B n (x) -> when n -> oo, for
all x in the interval concerned. However, despite the cautionary nature ofthese remarks, it is true that for 'ordinary' functions the formal expansionsobtained as above are valid whenever they converge; and with this assurance
the reader may accept them with confidence.
Exercise 12(i)
State the sum to infinity of
3 Assuming the exponential series, state series for ch x and sh x.
Obtain Maclaurin series, stating the range of validity, for the following functions.
4 e^sina;. [See 6.61, (vi).] 5 e~ a coax. 6 cosa;cha;.
d n
7 Prove —{e x coa * cos (x sin a)} = e x 008 * cos (isma+ na),dec
and deduce that for all x,
x 2 x 3
e XC0BCt cos (x sin a) = l + a;cosa + —cos2a + —cos3a + ....
*8 By showing that Rn (x, h) -> in Taylor's theorem, prove that
coa(x + h) = cosa; —nsmjc ——cosa:+— suiir— ...
2 3
for all x and h. [See Ex. 6 (6), no. 24.]
*9 Obtain a Taylor series for sin (x + h).
10 If y = ch (sin -1 x), prove
(l-x*)yi-xy x -y = and (l-x*)y n+i -(2n+ l)xy n+1 = (n a + l)y n .
If ch(sin _1a;) = a + a l x + a i x % -\-
obtain an expression for a 2n , and prove a an+1 = 0.
11 If a; = cos0 and y = cosn# where n > 1, prove (1 —aj2
)y a—xyi + n 2 y = 0.
Assuming that y = o + a t x + a t x 2 + ..., prove
(k+l)(k + 2) a k+2 + (n 2 —k 2 )a k = (k — 0,1,2,... ).
If n is an integer, show that the assumed expansion is a polynomial of degree
n; and if n is even and greater than 2, prove a 4 = ^ —1)* w2 (n 2 —4).
12 If 2/ = cos log ( 1 + x), prove
(l+a;) a2/ n+8 + (2n+l)(l+a;)2/ n+1 + (n a +l)2/ n = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 129/454
466 series [12.
12.7 Applications of the series in 12.62
12.71 Binomial series
/-v r™ •
m(m— 1)...
(m—
r+l). ,
,,(1) The expression — '——^ » often abbreviatedf
I , is called a binomial coefficient. The expansion of (a + x) m can
reduced to the standard one in 12.62 (4) as follows:
{a) if
(6) if
(x\ m1 + -I =etc;
(a\ m
1+-I = etc.
Examples
(i) Write down the general term and the first four terms of the expansion
(1 + 2a;)-3 in ascending powers of x, stating when it is valid.
There will be an expansion in ascending powers of a; if \2x\ < 1, i.e. if \x\ <and then the (r + l)th term is
t-»)(-«)-(-»-r+D(2xy
. <-ir«:«-tr + 2)
if Iif\
- ( _ i)r(r +
^+ 2)
2 r x r = ( - l) r 2 y - 1 (r + 1) (r + 2) x r.
1.2
We can obtain the first four terms by writing r = 0, 1, 2, 3 successively
thisformula:{1 + 2x) -s = 1 _ 6x + 24 x *-80x* + ... (\x\ <
(ii) .Find <7&e 9£ft term in the expansion of(l —4x)~ 2 if\x\ > \.
Since [4a?j > 1, the expansion can be made only if we expand in powers ofl/x,
i.e. in descending powers of x.
i-^)- = (i-i) w- s =i i(i-i) '.
and the 9th term in this is (putting r = 8 in the general term)
1 (-2)(-3)...(-9) / 1\ 8 2.3...9/1X 10 9
\4seJ 8 \±x)6a; 2 8 \4xJ 8 \4a:/ (4«)10
(iii) Calculate ^102 correct to four places of decimals by using the binomial series
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 130/454
12.71] series 467
Since we require the result to be correct to 4 places, we must work with
5 places; and owing to the factor 10, (1-02)* must be found to 6 places. Cal-
culating the terms shown, we find
(1-02)* = 1 + 0-01 -0-000,05 + 0-000,000,5+...
= 1-009,950,5...,
the next term clearlyf being too small to influence the sixth place. Hence
V102 = 10-0995.
(iv) Expand ( 1 + x + x 2 + jc3
)-6 as far as the term in x*.
Since 1 + x + x 2 + x 3 = ( 1 - a^)/( 1 - x), the given expression is
(l-a;) 5 (l-a: 4 )~ 6 = (l-5a;+10a; 2 -10a; 3 +...)(l + 5a; 4 +...)
= l-5*+10a; 2 -10a; 3 + ...
on neglecting all terms in x* and higher powers.
( v) Find the coefficient of x r in the expansion ofl/{(2 —x)(l + 3x)}in ascending
powers of x, stating the condition of validity.
By resolving into partial fractions we find
1 11 3 1
(2-«)(l + 3a0 ~ 72-£C+
7 1 + 3*
= ^(i-4^)- 1 +f(i + 3»)- 1.
The first bracket can be expanded in ascending powers of x if \%x\ < 1,
i.e. |a;| < 2; the second can be so expanded if |3a;| < 1, i.e. \x\ < §. Hence both
can be expanded if \x\ < \, and then the coefficient of of is
1 (-l)(-2)...(-r) / IV 3 (-l)(-2)...(-r)
14 r \ 2) 7 r\
= *<*>' k - 3)- = \ - ( - sr *} •
(2) Summation of series reducible to binomial expansions.
In the result
(l- a; )^=l + (-3)(-^) + - : 4^(-^) 2 + 3
1 72
4 3 5(- a; )
3+ -
, n 3.4 , 3.4.5 ,
which is valid when \x\ < 1, let us put x = \. The series becomes
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 131/454
468 series [12.71
which can be written « A „ A K3
3.4 3.4.5
Our result above shows that the sum to infinity of this series
(l-i)-3 = 8.
Conversely, many series of this form (in which the factors in the
numerator and denominator of each term are in a.p., while the
number of such factors is the same but increases as we proceed along
the series) can be reduced to binomial expansions, and hence their
sum to infinity written down.
Examples
(vi) Find the sum to infinity of1 1.3 1.3.5
4+
I78 4.8. 12+
The factors in the numerators form an a.p. with common difference 2, andthose in the denominators have common difference 4. We begin by dividingeach factor in the numerator of each term by 2, and each factor in the denomin-ator by 4: lis. i a &
1_i
(l)+iT2
(l)2 ~r2f3 (l)3+ - -
The factors in the numerators now ascend by the common differencewhereas for a binomial series they descend by 1. This can be adjusted here bintroducing signs as follows:
and this series is clearly the expansion of ( 1 + x) m with x = £ and m = —Hence the required sum to infinity is ( 1 + = ^/f = \ ^6.
, „ t1 1.3 1.3.5 1.3.5.7
(vu) -H 1 1 h...' 3 3.6 3.6.9 3.6.9.12
1 12. lii JL 2. & Z= f(f) + ^(f) 2 + ff|(f)
8 + ^(l)* + ...
= {l+^(-|) + Z |^(-f) 2 + i
1
2
f 3 f(-|) 3 + -.-}-l
= ( - )-*- = V3-L
Exercise 12(J)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 132/454
SERIES 469
Find the named terms in the following expansions.
8 8th term in (1 - 2a;)- 8 if \x\ <\. 9 10th term in (1 - 3a;)- 2 if \x\ > £.
10 What is the first negative coefficient in the expansion of (3 + 2a;)* if |a;| < f ?
[Consider the sign of ar+1
/ar
.]
* 1 1 If u r is the (r + l)th term in the expansion of ( 1 + x) m, \x\ < 1, show that
u r \ r }
Deduce that when r becomes greater than m+ 1, then u r+1 /u r< according
as a; > 0; and hence that, after a certain stage in the expansion, the terms are
alternately positive and negative if x > 0, but all have the same sign ifx<0.
Find the numerically greatest term or terms in the expansion of
12 (1 +x) 21 ' 3 when x = f . [Use the argument in 12.13, ex. (iii).]
13 (1-x)- 10 whena; = |. 14 (1 +x)~* when x = \.
Use the binomial series to calculate correct to four places of decimals
15 (4-08)*. 16 V98 -
17 Expand ( 1 + x + 2a; 2 )-* as far as the term in x*.
State the condition that the following can be expanded in ascending powers of x,
and find the coefficient of x r in the expansion.
2 + 3a; x18 „ „ , . 19(l-a;)(l + 2a;) 6-a;-a; 2
a;2
1 T _ l-x l
{l-x)*(2-z)' 1 +x + x 2 \_~ 1 -a; 3J
'
*22 (l+a;+a; 2 + ...+a; m- 1)
B if r <m.23 Find the coefficient of x 2r and of x 2r+1 in the expansion of
/j±=. W <I. [Writer -^.]Find the sum to infinity of
1 1.3 1.3.5 , 1 1.4 1.4.724 1 +
8+
8Tl6+ 8Tl04 + -- 25 1 -4 + 4T8-4XT2 + --
4 4.7 4.7.10 JJ_ 3.4 3.4.526
20+
20T30+
20.30.40+
2T4+
2.4.6+
2.4.6.8+ *
28 Verify that when \x\ < 1,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 133/454
470 SERIES [12.72
*29 By writing Pascal's triangle (12.13, ex. (iv)) as 1
shown here, we observe that the nth vertical column 1 1
gives the coefficients in the binomial series for (1 —x)~ n. 12 1
Justify this rule by proving 13 3 1
(rwr--/)- (r)1 4 6 4 11 5 10 10 5
12.72 Exponential series
(1) Irrationality of e. Taking x = 1 in the series of 12.62 (1),
111 1e=1 + H +
2+
3+ - + H +
From this it is possible to calculate e to any specified degree of
accuracy (see the example in 6.53).
Since this series consists entirely of positive terms,
,1 1 1
1 2 n\
The error in this estimate is
1 1 1+ , . + , , „„ + ...
(n+l)\ (n + 2)\ (n + 3)\
=(n+l)\{
1+n + 2
+(n + 2) (n + 3)
+ )
<* + i)\{
1 +n~+l
+(n+l) 2+ )n +
1
(n+1) l-l/(»+l)
1 n+1 _ 1
(n+l)\ n n\n'
by summing the g.p.,
These results can be used to prove that e is an irrational number,
i.e. that e cannot be expressed in the form p/q where p, q are integers.
For suppose if possible that e = p/q; then from the above inequalities
with n = 11
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 134/454
12.72] series 471
where r , q\ q\
is an integer, and so is p.{q— 1) . Our conclusion is that the integer
p.(q— 1) lies between / and I+l/q, which is impossible since 1/q is
a proper fraction. Hence e cannot be written as p\q for any pair of
integers p, q; i.e. e is irrational.
(2) a x, chx, shx.
If a > and m = log a, then a = e m and
m2 x 2 m3x 3 . „a x = e™* = l+mx + ——H-^r-+... for all a;,
i.e. o* = 1 + a; log a + ^ (log af + —(log a) 3 + . . . (all x).
From the definitions chx = %(e x + e~ x), shx = %(e x —e~ x
) and
ch._ 1+ + + ... + ^_^ + ...,
(aU*).
8h ' = ,+ 3 + 5i + ' W )(3) Series reducible to exponential series. The first step is always to
write down the general term of the given series, and then put it into
a suitable form.
Examples. „ . I 2 2 a 3 a
(l) Sum to infinity —+ —+ —+
.
2 3 4
Here T(r+1)
The numerator r 2 = (r+ \)r —r = (r+l)r —(r+ 1) + 1,
1 1 1and so u. = (-- — if r > 1.r
(r-l)l r\ (r+1)
00 oo 2.00 1 00 1
=
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 135/454
472 series [12.73
(ii) Calculate « (r + 2)2
Since (r + 2)2 = r 2 + 4r + 4 = r(r- l) + 5r + 4,
1 5 4+- if(r-2)l (r-l)l rl
ooJ}2
GO
r=l 1 r=2
= 9 + e + 5(e-l) + 4^e-l-^= 10e-4.
Exercise 12(k)Give the coefficient of x r in the expansion of
1 6 **+ 2. 2 i±^. 3
g, + te + 1. 4 ±f .
e a e x e 2x
5 Write down the series whose sum to infinity is (i) 1/e; (ii) e 2; (iii) (e + 1/e)
.Find the sum to infinity of each of the following series.
32 33 3 4 42 44 466 3 1 1- .... 7 H 1 1
f- ....2 3 4 3 5 7
, 2 3 4 1 1+2 1+2+38 H 1 1 h .... 9 —+ -— + ———+ ....
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 5 7 =° ~'
12 S
2 2.4 2.4.6 r =i(r+l)
r=l(r + 2)r
12.73Logarithmic series
(1) There are several important forms of the result
{](^ tJC^
log(l+*) = *-- + ---+... (-1 <x^ 1).
(a) Replacing x by —x,
x 2 x 3£C
4
log(l-z)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 136/454
12.73] series 473
. _ 1 + X Xs X5. , _
.
i.e. ^ l ° 8 T^x= x+
s+ ~5 + - (~ 1<x<1 )'
(c) In (6) write , ,
1+x . y —1=y,
i.e.
x= -
—-.
1-x y y+1
The condition —1 < x < 1 becomes y > 0, and
(d) In (6) put1+x p+l . 1— i.e. x =l-# p ' ' 2^ + 1'
Then 1log ( p + 1 ) - log p = 2 {—+ 3 +
, (2i>+l) 5 +
and the left-hand side is defined only if p > 0, which corresponds to
the condition < x < 1 under which (6) certainly holds.
The series (b), (c), (<?) are more rapidly convergent than either the
standard series or (a) separately; (c) is used for calculating natural
logarithms, and (d) for calculating logarithms of consecutive numbers.
Example
(i) Find the coefficient of x r in the expansion of log ( 1 —a; + a;2
) if |*| < 1.
l+x z
log(l-a; + a:a
) = log- = log(l+* 3 )-log(l+ar).1+x
We have log(l+ar») = a?8 - —+ —-... + (- l)
r_1 —+ ...
2 3 r
and log(l+a:) = + -... + (- I)' 1 —- - ....
If r is not a multiple of 3, the coefficient of x r is ( —l) r_1 /r.
If r is a multiple of 3, the coefficient of x r is
(2) Series reducible to logarithmic expansions.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 137/454
474 series [12.73
(iii) Sum to infinity 111+
275+
377+
r(2r+l)
1 2
r 2r+l
2 2
on using partial fractions,
2r 2r+l'
where the denominators are now consecutive numbers. Then
•^»{»-»+«-*>+- + (s-5Tl)}->
2{1 —log 2} when n->
oo,
since log2 = 1 —£ + £-;£+....
The sum of the series is therefore 2 —log 4.
(iv) Find the sum to infinity of
whenever it converges.
x x* x 3
l72+
273+
374+
x r 1 1 \. = = x r
[ ) .
r{r+l) \r r+ljoo oo/i 1 \
_ » x r 1 « x r+1
r =l r x r=1 r+l
provided that each series converges (12.32(4)), and when —1 ^ x < 1 this
the case because the first is —log ( 1 —x) and the second is —( I fx) {log ( 1 —x) +
Hence oo /l \V u. = |--l)log(l-a;)+l when - 1 s$ x < 1.
r=l \« /
When x = 1,
u. = =, s n = 1 -> 1 when n -> oo,r
r(r+l) r r+1 w+1
and the sum is 1.
It is easily verified that the series does not converge unless —1 < x ^ 1,
the problem has been solved completely.
(v) Sum to infinity 111
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 138/454
12.73] series 475
and we find by the usual method that A = \, B = —\, G — \. Hence
£ 1 *
2r 2r+l 2r + 2
= l/±_ L_V2\2r 2r+lJ 2\2r+l 2r + 2/
1 n / 1 1 \ 1 w / 1 1 \A Sn=
2 r? x \2?~ 2r~+l)~
2 r ?i \27+I~ 2r + 2j
-i(log2-l)- |(log2-l + £) when n -> oo,
= f-log2.
Exercise 12(/)
-Find <Ae coefficient of x r and give the first four terms in the expansions of the
following, together with the conditions of validity.
1 log(l-4a;). 2 log(2 + *). 3 log(l+a;) 2.
1 + x +4 log(l + 5a; + 6a; 2
). 5 (1 -a;)log(l +x). 6 log .
7 log(l-a; + a;2 -a; 8
).
8 Expand log ( 1 + 2x + 3a; 2) as far as the term in x l
.
9 If |a;| > 1, expand log(l+a;)-loga; in powers of 1/x, giving the general
term.10 Taking x = \ in 12.73(6), prove log 2 = 0-6931472 correct to 7 places
of decimals.
11 Taking x = \ in series (6) and using no. 10, prove log 10 = 2-3025851.
12 Use series (d) and no 10. to prove log 3 = 1-098612.
1 3 Prove 2 log 7 + log 2 = 2 log 10 —a, where
<r = 0-02 + i(0-02)2 +i(0-02) 3 + ...,
and deduce that log 7 = 1-945910.
Find the sum to infinity of the following series.Ill 1 _1_ _1_14
T72~2T2 2 +3T2 5 15
173+
373 s +573*
+
x 2 X* x* 111,g >_> + ».... 19 +
1.2 2.3 3.4 1.2.3 3.4.5 5.6.7
i i i r j i i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 139/454
476 series [12
24 If y — 2x* —1, prove (under conditions to be stated) that
1 1 1 _ 2 2 2
i^*2»* + 3a« + y + 3?/3 + 52/
6 + *'
25 If —J7r < a < prove
sin 2 a + £sin 4 a + ... + -sin 2n a + ...
n. 2 3 sinHa 2 n + 1 sin 2n ia
= 2 2 sinH<x + 7T± -+-- + —+....
2 to
x 3 x 6 I 2x \26 Iff{x) = x + -+- + ... and \x\ < 1, prove/
1
^—^1 = 2/<<r).
12.74 Gregory's series and the calculation of nIf we put x = 1 in the result of 12.62 (5), we obtain
^=1-* + *-*+...,
a relation discovered by Leibniz. This series converges very slowly (see Ex. 12(
no. 4) and is impracticable for calculating n.
A better method, given by Machin, depends on the result
4 tan 1 £ - tan- 1 ^9 = Jar,
which we now prove. Let a = tan -1-J,
so that tana =\
and
2 tan 2atan 4a =
1 —tan 2 2a_ 4 tana IV ( 2 tan a 1
2~|
~ l-tan 2 a/ |_~ \l-tan 2 aj J
which is a number just greater than 1. Hence 4a is just greater than \ir; if
write 4a = \ti + tan -1 x, then1 + x
£|£ = tandzr + tan-1
*) = y-—and a; = ^ ¥ .
Thus on putting x = \, in Gregory's series we have
II 1 1) i
1 1
izr-4J--—
+g gf .
...J | 239 3 23g3+
It can be shown that 6 terms from the first bracket and 2 from the second g
7t to eight decimal places; while 21 and 3 terms from the respective brackets
give ir to 16 places.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 140/454
12.81] series 477
by an application of Maclaurin's or Taylor's theorem as in 12.61, the
remainder term R gives the error in the approximation (see 6.53);
but owing to the indeterminate nature of the number 6, an estimate
of R has to be made in practice. When R cannot be obtained explicitlybecause of difficulty in calculating f
{n) (x), or when the sum-function
of the given series is not known, the method in 12.72 (1) can be used.
Examples
(i) If we
then the error is (see 12.62 (3))
(i) Ifwetake log(l+z) = x -— + —-... + (- l)n —
2 3 n
and
(n+l)(l + 0a) n+1
x n+lWhen x > 0, 1 + 6x > 1 and so |-R„+i(a;)| < .
Whena;<0, \l + 6x\ > l-d\x\ > 1- \x\ - 1+x,
|i2» + i(^)|< (n+1l
)(
l
1+a;)n+1.
(ii) Ifwetake e x = 1 + x +X
- + ... +X
2 (n-1)
the error is (see 12.62(1)) E n (x) = (x n /nl)e 9x. When x < 0, e 9x < 1 and
|i2 n (a?)| < |#|n
/tt. ; but if a; > 0, e 9x < e x and all we can assert is that
\B n (x)\ <—e x,
n
which is of no help since we are trying to approximate to e x.
The error is „ „ ,
n\+
(n+l)+
(n + 2)\+ '
_ xn
/ , x x * \~n\ \
+ w+l +(n+l)(n + 2)
+ ' /'
and when x > this is less than
x n / x x 2 \ _ x n 1
wl\+ n+l +
(n+l) 2+' J
=nll-xl(; n+1)
if x < n + 1, on summing the g.p. Thus if x > and n > x —1, the error in theapproximation is less than
x n n+1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 141/454
478 series [12.8
For when n> m,
K+a |<* K+1 |,
K+s| < * K+2I < & K+l|> etC '
The error after n terms is
u n+l + u n+2 + Un+Z + • • • >
which is numerically less than or equal to (cf. 12.52, ex. (iv))
Kn+ll +\u n+2 1 +
|mtc+3| + •*•
< |t Wl |(l+* + *»+...)
1
= U, n+1 1-&
on summing the g.p., since < k < 1.
Another useful result is based on Leibniz's rule (12.51).
If for all n > m the terms of a series alternate in sign and steadily
decrease to zero in numerical value, the error in taking s == s n (n >cannot exceed the modulus of the first term neglected.
Let the series be
u 1 -u 2 + u 3 -... + (-l) m- 1 u m + {-l)^u m+1 +...,
where for all n > m, u n > and u n+1 < u n . The error after n term
in > m) is / , x„ r ^( - 1 )» {u n+1 - u n+2 + u n+z - . .
.}.
The argument in the proof of Leibniz's rule shows that, for n fixed
u n+l ~ u n+2 + u n+3 ~ • • •
converges to a limit En , where < E n < u n+1 . Hence the numerical
value of the error does not exceed u n+1 .
Example
(iii) Consider ex. (iii) in 12.71: we wish to show that all terms after
fourth in the expansion of ( 1 + 0*02)* cannot influence the 6th place of decimals.
The general term is
u r+1 = i --^ 1}((H)2r (r;*l).
v\
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 142/454
12.82] series 479
the terms steadily decrease numerically. Hence the error is numerically not
greater than4 —A —£ -S
1(0-02)4
*•-*•-§.-# 3.5
4(0-02) 4 = 6-25 x 10- 9
.
2*4
12.82 Formal approximations
The following examples illustrate methods of obtaining approxi-
mations, but no error estimate is made.
(i) Ifxis small, find the best approximation for log ( 1 + x) which has the form
i \ax
(a) By expanding both sides of
ax x(l+ax)W1 + bx'
{' 1 + bx+cx 2
'
axlog(l + a;) =
1 + bx
when x is small, we have
x-$x 2 + %x3 - ... = ax{l-bx + b 2 x 2 -...)
= ax —abx 2 + ab 2 x z ——This will hold approximately for all small x if a = 1 and ab = \, i.e. b = |.
The expansions differ in their x 3 -terms since ab 2 4= h Hence
2x
log ( 1 + x)== i-
correct to order x2
.
Ji + X
(b) A similar method could be used, but the following is more convenient.
rromx(l + ax) = (l + bx + cx 2 )log(l+x),
x+ax 2 = (1 + bx + cx 2)
{x-%x 2 +\x z -lx l + ...)
= x + (b-$)x 2 + {c-\b+\)x* + {-\c + \b-\)x l + ....
We can obtain three equations for a, b, c by equating coefficients of
a = 6-|, = c-\b + \, = -ic + i6-i
from which a = 6 = 1, c = \. Hence
and since it can be verified that, for these values, the coefficient of x 5 on theright is non-zero, this approximation is correct to order x*.
(ii) Prove(
1+ I) _.(,_£+j
iL + £)).If 2/ = (l + l/n)», then
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 143/454
480 series [12.83
Writing exp (x) = e* for ease of printing, we have
*— { 1 -L + £t +0$))
=e[
i+ {-i +3s-«
+o(^)}
+ ^{-i + i +o(^)F
+o (^)]
= e
[1 -^ + 2^ + °(^)]-
(iii) If p is small, prove that a root of the equation e x + x = 1+p is approxi-
mately \p - -^p 2.
For a first approximation we expand the left-hand side as far as terms in
1 + 2x = 1 +p, .'. x = \p.
For the second approximation, expand as far as x 2 :
l + 2x + $x* = 1+p, i.e. 2x{l + \x) = p.
Using the first approximation x = \p, this becomes
2a*l + ip) =p,
so x = \p{ 1 + 1^)- 1 = ip - &p 2.
12.83 Calculation of certain limits
Example„. , e x -l-xFind lim
0 «--log(l+aO
x*We have e x = 1 + x + —+ a» 8
,
£ I
where a = ^ + ^+| + ....
113 4 5
<31 / \x\ Id 2 \
3 l-iHif 1*1 < 4.
xSimilarly log(l + a?) = x ——+bxz
,
where \b\ < + i T + iir+ —
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 144/454
12.83] series 481
Hence e x -l-x ix* \ l(x 2. J
i + ax, -> 1 when x -+ 0.
The above argument is often given incompletely as follows:
e x —1 —xMm = limx _ »-log(l + a;) x ->o x
i
2i+ -
= lim — = 1.
x-+0 » + •••
The result is easily obtained by two applications of l'Hospital's rules (6.9).
Exercise 12(m)
Prove the statements in nos. 1-4.
1 The error in taking log{(w+ l)/n} == 2/(2n+ 1) is less than
1
6n(n+l)(2ra+l)*
2 The remainder after n terms of
,1 1 1
1+Ii
+2i
+8i
+ -
lies between (H —̂— | — and\ n+l/w \ nf n\
3 If |aj| < 1, the error in taking
„ 1+x x sa;
2 1
i lo g^ =? Z + —+ ... +;1-x ' 3 2n-l
is less than the numerical value of a:2n+1 /{(2w + 1)(1— x 2
)}. Putting n = 2,
prove that log 1 1 == 2 log 3 + 0-20067 correct to 5 places of decimals.
*4 The error in taking
**l-*+*-... + <-D-^is numerically less than l/(2n+ 1). Deduce that the first 50 terms of the series
give \it correct to only two places of decimals.
5 Use the expansion of (1 —-^r)~* to find <J2 correct to 7 places of decimals.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 145/454
482 SERIES
8 e x/*J(l + 2x) = 1+x 2 —f#
3. Write down the corresponding approximation
for l/{e x j(l-2x)}.
9 log 1 + e x)} = \x + \x 2 correct to order x 3
.
10 ( 1 + xy-+ x = 1 + x + x 2 + ix z. [Take logarithms.]
x x* r4
11 = 1 - - + . [Method of 12.82, ex. (i) (6).]e x -l 2 12 720.
w \ / j
12 Find an approximation of the form a + bx for (8 + 3»)*/{l + ( 1 —x) 6 (4 + #)
x being small.
13 Find an approximation of the form a + bx + cx 2 for 1/{(1 —x)<s/(l+x)},
x being small.
14 Find approximately the small positive value of x which satisfies
(1+x)6 = 1-03(1
-xf.15 Neglecting x*, prove that e^logfl+a;) = —log (1 —x). Hence find
approximation to the root of e x log ( 1 + x) = £ which lies between and 1
16 If p is small, prove that x = p —p 2 is an approximate solution of x e x —17 If p is small, prove that a root of «log£c+a; = 1+p is approximately
1 + \p, and find a closer approximation. [Put x = 1 + h, where h is small.]
Calculate the following lirftits.
_ a;-log(l+a;) trx a x —l,
18 lim
^'
. 19 lim (a > 0).
x-+0 x a:->0
Miscellaneous Exercise 12(h)
n 1 2 n
1 Prove y = —r= or (n —r) «.
2 Prove (c + c 1 + ... + c„) 2 = 1 + »»01 + 2 C 2 + . . . + 2 <7 2B .
3 Calculate eg + + . . . + c 2, and prove
c 2 + 2c 2 +...+rac 2 = £n(c 2 + c 2 +...+c 2 ).
4 (i) Verify the identity
(l+x}» = l+x{(l+x) n - x + (l+x) n - 2 + ... + (l+x) + l},
and use it to prove n Gr+1 = »- 1 Cr + n ~ 2 Gr + n ~ 3 Gr + . . . + r Cr for < r < n.
*(ii) Conversely, assuming this relation, prove the binomial theorem.
5 For the series (l) + (3 + 5) + (7 + 9+ll) + (13 + 15+17 + 19) + ...,find
(i) the number of terms in the first r— 1 brackets;
(ii) the first and last terms of the rth bracket;
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 146/454
SERIES 483
Find the sum to n terms and to infinity of
1 1 1 3 56 1 + T+2 +
l + 2 + 3+ ' * 7
2.3.4+
3.4.5+
4.5.6+
8 If r > 0, prove tan-1
(l/2r8
) = tan-1
(2r+ 1) - tan1
(2r- 1). Hence find
9 If n straight lines are drawn in a plane so that no two of them are parallel
and no three concurrent, the number of regions into which the plane is divided
is denoted by f(n). Prove f(n+ 1) —f(n) = n+l, and deduce the expression
for/(n).
10 Prove that (l + 2cosa: + 2cos2a; + ... + 2cosna;)sin£a; = sin.(n + %)x.
^ , , fw sin(n + i)a5 ,Deduc^thatt :
—: dx = it
Jo sm$xwhen n is a positive integer or zero. What is the value when n is a negative
integer?
11 (i) Prove
sin no: (1— = 2cos(n— l)a; + 2cos(n —3) a: + ... + (
suix [2 cos x
according as n is odd or even. Deduce that
%7T sin nx•71
Jo
dx = n or
q 8W.Xaccording as n is an odd or even positive integer.
(ii) Prover n /sin na;\ 8 _
Jo \sina;/
for all positive integers n. [Square the relation in (i), and use Ex. 4 (Z),no. 30 (i).]
sin0 6 6 612 Prove that = 2»cos-cos- ... cos-.
Deduce the values of
n 6 « 1 6 . « 1 6(i) Slog cos- ; (ii) S ^ tan ^5 ( m) S ^tan-.
r=l ^ r=l z z r=l z z
Use Mathematical Induction to prove the following (nos. 13-16).
13 l 4 -2 4 + 3 4 -... to w terms = ( - l) n 1 in(n 3 + 2n 2 - 1).
d n
14 (x*- 1 e 1 ) = ( - l) n eW«/af»+ 1.
dx n
1 1 1
15 If U» = nTi + nT2 + - +*n>
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 147/454
484 SERIES
16 If u n+% —(a + /?) u n+1 + <xfiu n — for w > 1 , then
(a -/?)«„ = (a - 1 - yff - 1) w2 - ayff(a»- 2 - /?»- 2
) u v
17 If s n denotes the sum of n terms of
x 2x 2 4a* 8a 8 16a; 16
+ ^ + ^—: + t— + r— r. + • • •
,
1 + a 1+a; 2 1+cc* 1+* 8 1+a; 1
prove that s n = xj{\ —x) —mx mj{\ —x m) where m = 2 and x =t= 1. Deduce that
the series converges when |a| < 1. [Either use Induction, or take logarithms
and derive the identity obtained from
1 _ 1+x _ (l+a:)(l + a;2
) _1-x ~ 1-x 2 ~ 1-x 1 J
18 Assuming that 1 + —+ ^ + ... - ~,2 a 3 Z 6
•provethat
1 ^ ,111W 1 + 3i +52
+ - = ¥ ; (U) 1 -2 2+ 3i-ii + - =
12-
19 (i) Find the coefficient of a:4 and of x* in the expansion of
(l+x+x st +x 3 + x i)
a.
(ii) How many solutions in non-negative integers has the equation
(a) a + b + c = 4; (6)a + 6 + c = 7?
20 In how many ways can a total of 10 be thrown with three dice of different
colours, the faces being numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6? [We require the numberpositive integral solutions not greater than 6 of the equation a + b + c — 10
This number is the coefficient of x 10 in the expansion of
(x + 2 + x 3 + x* + x 6 + a;6
)3
-]
21 If a;2 +px + q = has roots a, /?, prove that (for a range of x to be stated),
-log(l+px + qx 2) = {<x + P)x + \{a?+p 2 )x* + \(a*+P 3 )x 3 +....
22 A circular arc subtends an angle 6 at the centre of the circle, and a, b,
are the lengths of the chords of the arc, off of the arc, and of \ of the arc, respec-
tively. Find numbers x, y, z independent of d, a, b, c such that the length of thearc is approximately ax + by + cz, correct to order 6 e
. [Use the series for sin x.}
Find the sum to infinity of
„_ , 3 3.9 3.9.15 nA _ r + 223 l + r + r-rr + r-rr-^7+-— 24 S-
8 8.16 8.16.24 r(r+ l)3 r
^ 2 4 6 8 ,23425
3+
6l+
7+
9+ -' 26 ^Tl + irzi^'
9 915 9 15 21
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 148/454
SERIES 485
32 S- — (-l^x^l).r(r+l)(r + 2)
/v»4 /y»8 /yil2 /y*3 /yi7 /yillJU JU »V •*/ *Mj U/
33 M 1+35+51+15 + -' < >3 + 7l
+lTl
+ --
34 If p > 1, prove
2 2 , »+l 2 2
Taking p = 26, 31, 49, calculate log 5 to 3 places of decimals. [Choose a, 6, c so
that a log f£ +6 log |K clog f£ = og5.J
35 Denoting by nP r the number of arrangements of n unlike things taken r
nat a time, prove 1 + 2 ^r = the largest integer less than e (n ). [Use Ex. 12 (m),
r=lno. 2.]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 149/454
486
13
COMPLEX ALGEBRA AND GENERALTHEORY OF EQUATIONS
13.1 Complex numbers
13.11 Extension of the real number system; <J(—1)
Consider the six equations
If we knew nothing about fractions or negative numbers, we should
only be able to assert that (i) and (iv) are both satisfied by x = 3, anthat the others have no solution (i.e. that we could find no natural
numbers which satisfy these).If we are subsequently acquainted with fractions (i.e. if our lis
of numbers is extended by admitting rational numbers), we can sa
that (i) and (iv) are satisfied by f , while (ii) is satisfied by f . The others
would remain insoluble.
Not until signed numbers are introduced can we solve (iii) bx = —f ; and then (iv) is found to have two solutions ± f . We still have
no solutions for (v), (vi).
To enable us to say that (v) has a solution (the necessity for doingthis was indicated in 1.11), we introduce the number *J2 which ca
be proved (see 1.11) to be non-rational. Even then, (vi) has no solution.
It will now be clear that what can be said about solutions of equa-
tions (i)-(vi) depends entirely on what we are prepared to call
'number'. In other words, the possibility of solving a given equation
depends on how far the concept of ' number ' has been extended. Fractional
and negative numbers enable all linear equations with integral
2x = 6,
2x = 5,
2x + 3 = 0,
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
x 2 = 9,
x 2 = 2,
x 2 +l = 0.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 150/454
13.12] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 487
the meaning of 'number', so that a question like 'Does *J(—1) exist?
is futile until we specify what kind of 'numbers ' we are going to workwith.
Hence we have two alternatives: either (a) we leave ^( —l) as ameaningless symbol; or (b) we generalise still further the concept of
'number' to include such expressions as this. It is clear that, unless
we choose (6), we can never have any complete theory even of quad-
ratic equations. To arrive at our generalisation we follow the historical
sequence of development; we use the symbol i as an abbreviation
(introduced by Euler) for ^( - 1) in 13.12, 13.13.
13.12 First stage: formal development
At first i was regarded as something mathematically disreputable
whose use, nevertheless, gave results quickly and simply to problems
which could be solved more laboriously by other (respectable) means.
The procedure was formal: i was treated like an ordinary algebraic
symbol (with the peculiarity of satisfying i2 ——1), and was used in
the spirit of 'press on and see where we get'. Cardan (1501-76) was
probably the first to do this.
Accordingly we should have (a, b, c, d being 'ordinary numbers'):
(a + bi) + (c + di) = (a + c) + (b + d)i (i)
by regrouping and taking out the factor i;
(a + bi) (c + di) = ac + adi + bci + bdi 2
= (ac —bd) + (be + ad) i (ii)
by first multiplying out the brackets, and then using i 2 = —1 and
grouping.
Also, if a + bi = c + di, then a —c = (d —b)i. Squaring both sides
gives (a —c) 2 = —(d —b) 2, which would assert that a positive number
is equal to a negative number and is a contradiction unless both are
zero, i.e. a —c = and d —b = 0. Hence
if a + bi = c + di, then a = c and b = d. (iii)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 151/454
488 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.13
ordinary numbers and expressions weref called real when contrast
was desirable.
This intuitive approach, however unsystematic it may appear, di
in fact lead to many advances because it produced results whichcould be verified subsequently by orthodox means.
13.13 Second stage: geometrical representation
In the spirit of 13.12 we see that if any real number a is multiplied
by i, we obtain an imaginary number ia; multiplying again by i, wget iia = i
2 a = —la = —a, which is again a real number. Thus tw
successive multiplications by i convert a real number into its negative.
— 4 \ J. ^-a O a x
Fig. 125
Consider now the geometrical representation of this result. Suppose
for definiteness that a is positive, and let OP be the corresponding
segment of the a;-axis. Then two multiplications by i have the effect
of rotating OP, originally along the positive asaxis, through two right-angles (say in the counterclockwise sense, to agree with trigonometrical
conventions) to position OP'. It is therefore reasonable to interpret
one multiplication by i as turning OP counterclockwise through on
right-angle. Hence the imaginary number ia is represented by a poin|;
P at distance a, measured along Oy (fig. 126). Similar considerations
apply when a is negative.
This geometrical representation was published in 1806 by Argand,
although others had the idea a little earlier. In it we are regardingnot as a number at all, but as an operator which rotates lines Ocounterclockwise about the origin O through a right-angle. (Observe
that ordinary numbers can also be interpreted as operators in the
process of multiplication: the 2 in 2a as the operator which doubles
the length of OP and preserves the sense; the —2 in —2a as the
operator which doubles the length of OP and reverses the sense;
and so on )
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 152/454
13.14] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 489
length a along Ox, followed by a turn counterclockwise through one
right-angle and a step of length b parallel to Oy, we end up at what
we should refer to in graphical work as the point (a, b), say Q (fig. 127).
Although the interpretation of * as an operator and Argand'srepresentation of a + bi both have important applications, the signi-
ficant thing at this stage is that we are led away from the vague
'imaginary expression' a + bi towards the familiar and precise idea
P
ia
\\
a P X a
Fig. 126 Fig. 127
of the coordinates of a point (a, b) in a plane, i.e. a pair of numbers
a, b taken in a definite order. It is from this notion that we can re-
construct the theory of 'imaginary' numbers on a logical basis.
13.14 Third stage: logical development
(1 ) Our aim now is to make a fresh start by setting up and developing
an algebra of ordered number-pairs^. That is, we begin with the definite
idea of a pair of numbers, and as far as possible try to retrace our
steps to get at * indirectly. This approach is contained in the work of
Gauss (1777-1855) and others.
We write our number-pairs, usually called complex numbers, as
[a, b] where a, b are ordinary (real) numbers. As we are about to invent
a new kind of algebra, we can make the rules as we please provided
they do not contradict each other or lead to contradiction. However,
our purpose is to make the new algebra as much like ordinary algebra
as possible; and so, with a view to preserving the structure of the formal
results (i)-(hi) of 13.12, we define the fundamental operations with
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 153/454
490 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.14
(b) Addition of number-pairs.
[a, b] + [c, d] is to mean [a + c, b + d],
(c) Multiplication of number-pairs.
[a, b] x [c, d] is to mean [ac —bd, be + ad].
Since subtraction is the opposite of addition, we can define
[a, b] —[c, d] to mean the number-pair [x, y] such that
[x,y] + [c,d] = [a,b].
By (6) this gives [x + c, y + d] = [a, b],
which by (a) implies
x + c = a and y + d = b;
hence x = a —c, y = b —d,
so that [a, b] —[c, d] = [a —c, b —d].
Similarly, the quotient [a, b] -r- [c, d] can be defined in terms
multiplication to be the number-pair [x, y] such that
[x, y] x [c, d] = [a, b].
By (c) this gives [xc —yd, yc + xd] — [a, b],
and so by (a) xc —yd = a and yc + xd = b.
If c, are not both zero, we can solve these simultaneous equations
for x, y: , , , 7* ac + bd _bc —adX =
~& + ¥' V =~c? + d?'
Hence if [c, d] # [0, 0],
r n r Vac + bd bc-ad~][a,6] + fcfl-L ?Ta? ,^ T? J.
(2) By using the above definitions we can show that complexnumbers obey all the laws of ordinary algebra. For example,
*/ [ a > x t c > ^] = [0j °L ^ eri t a> ^] or t c
> ^] or w*W &e [0, 0].
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 154/454
13.14] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 491
Hence at least one of the real numbers a 2 + b 2, c 2 + d 2 must be 0; and
this implies a = = b, or c = = d, or both. The result follows.
See also Ex. 13 (a), nos. 19-25.
(3) Application of definitions (b), (c) to number-pairs of the form
[a,0],[c,0]gives [M ] + [c,0] = [a + e.0],
[a, 0] x [c, 0] = [ac, 0].
Apart from the presence of the brackets and the second part in
each pair, these results are exactly like the laws of addition and
multiplication of the ordinary numbers a, c: the laws of combination
of complex numbers [a, 0] and real numbers a are structurally the same.fOwing to this fact, we agree to abbreviate [a, 0] to a, and in particular
we write 1 for [1, 0]. (There is a precedent for this: we agree to write
2 for +2, etc., because the (unsigned) natural numbers and the
positive signed numbers behave exactly the same algebraically.)
In definition (c) let us now choose a = 0, c = 0, b = l,d = 1. Then
[0, l]x[0, 1] = [-1,0],
i.e. [0,1? = [-1,0];
and according to our agreement about abbreviation of the right-hand
side, this can be written r _ , n9 ,
[0, l] 2 = - 1.
Thus in the algebra of number-pairs there is an element whose square
is equal to —1, viz. [0, 1]. Let us abbreviate [0, 1] to i; then we have
number-pairs i and —1 for which i2 = —1.
By definition (6),
[a, 6] = [a, 0] + [0,6]
= [a, 0] + [b, 0] [0, 1] by definition (c),
= a + bi by our abbreviations.
If we now rewrite definitions (a), (b), (c), replacing [a, b] by a + bi,
etc., we recover the results ( ii i) , ( i) , (ii) respectively in 13.12; but now
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 155/454
492 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.15
Since [b, 0][0, 1] = [0, 1][6, 0], as is easily verified, we can write
[a, b] as a + ib instead of a + bi when convenient. Our conventions
amount to writing a for a + Oi, i for + li, and bi for + bi.
(4) Conclusions. In the algebra of real numbers ('ordinary algebra
V( —1) does not exist. In complex algebra (the algebra of ordered
number-pairs) there are pairs abbreviated to i, —1 which do satisfy
i 2 = —1, so that this pair i has the property which*J(
—1) would hav
(if it existed) in real algebra.
Correct results in complex algebra are obtained by applying th
laws of ordinary algebra to the number-pairs in their abbreviated
form a + bi, with the replacement of i2 by —1 whenever it occurs.
That is, the intuitive work of 13.12 is correct, provided we realise
that we are handling abbreviations for pairs.
Remark. The relations 'less than', 'greater than' are not defined
complex algebra; e.g. it is meaningless to write 3 + 2i < 4 + 5i.
particular, the terms 'positive', 'negative' cannot be applied
complex numbers.
13.15 Importance of complex algebraComplex algebra provides a method for proving results of real algebra.
This is so for two reasons.
(i) A single equation in complex algebra is equivalent to twequations in real algebra, by definition (a) in 13.14. Hence pairs
results can be obtained from one calculation, thus making for economy.(ii) From any general relation between complex numbers there c
be obtained a special case by taking the second parts of all numbers
to be zero. Because of the exact correspondence between complexnumbers [x,0] and real numbers x (13.14(3)), we deduce a relation
in real algebra.
These remarks will be illustrated in this chapter and the next.
Complex algebra offers generality and completeness. For example, wcan assert that in complex algebra every quadratic equation has twroots (possibly equal).
Since complex numbers arose from the attempt to solve all quadratic
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 156/454
13.16] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 493
has n roots (i.e. the roots are themselves complex numbers). Thuscomplex algebra has a finality which the real number system lacks,
and no further generalisations can be obtained in this direction.
13.16 Further possible generalisations of 'number'
(1) Ordinary algebra is 1 -dimensional, i.e. any real number can be repre-
sented by a point on a line, say the axis of x.
Complex algebra is 2-dimensional, since a complex number is representedby a point in a plane, with reference to two axes.
Is there a 3-dimensional algebra —an algebra of ordered triplets [a, b, c]?
Hamilton (1805-65) considered this problem and showed that no genuine'algebra' could be constructed, although a system of elements (which may becalled vectors) of the form ai + bj + ck where a, b, c are real numbers and i, j, kdenote [1,0,0], [0,1,0], [0,0,1] would obey some of the usual laws, and is
useful in 3-dimensional mechanics., for example.However, Hamilton did construct an algebra of ordered quadruplets [a, 6, c, d]
or quaternions, in which all the usual laws are obeyed except that xy =# yx. Wecould similarly think of an 'algebra' of n-vectors [a x ,a 2 , ...,a„] or even of
infinite sequences [a v a 2 , a 3 , . . .].
(2) Further, we may consider arrays with more than one row, e.g.
where the elements are real numbers. With suitable laws of combination, thealgebra of rectangular arrays or matrices would be obtained. Although such analgebra was originally investigated for its own sake, it is now widely used,
e.g. in theoretical physics and much geometry. Nor is there need to restrict
the elements to be real.
The reader must seek elsewhere for development of these suggestions.
Exercise13(a)
Simplify and express in the form X+Yi:1 (2 + 7i) + (3 + 4*). 2 (2 + 7*)-(3 + 4i). 3 (2 + 6t) + (5-3t).
4 (2 + 6i)-(-5 + 3*). 5 (3 + 5t)(2 + 3i). 6 (4 + 5i) (4- 6»).
7 (3 + 5i)-j-(2 + 3»). 8 (6 + 5*)/(3 + 2*).
9 ( 1 + i) 2, and hence ( 1 + i)
1, ( 1 + i)«.
10 (l+*)(l + 2i)(l + 3i). 11 (cos0 + *sin0)(cos0 + isin^).
12 (cos0 + isin0)/(cos0 + *sin0).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 157/454
494 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.2
14 If Z = X+ Yi and Z = (z + l)l(z—\) where z = x + yi, express X, Yterms of x and y.
15 Complex numbers z u z 2 are given byi
z1
=R 1 +
i(oL, z2
=R 2
——g,Ill
and z is denned by - = —I—
.
Z Zi z%
Find the values of o» for which z is of the form x + 0*.
16 If J(a + bi) = x + yi and x > 0, prove x % —y % = a 2 and 2xy = 6. Henceexpress ^/(3 + 4i) in the form x + yi.
17 Express (x + yi) 3 in the form X+ Yi. Write down the correspondingexpression for (x —yi) 3
.
18 Prove {£( - 1 ± i V3)}3 = 1.
B?/ direct appeal to the definitions (a)-(c) in 13.14(1), verify that complexnumbers satisfy the following algebraic laws.
19 [a, b] + [c, d] — [c, d] + [a, 6] (commutative law for addition).
20 [a, 6] x [c, c?] = [c, d] x [a, 6] (commutative law for multiplication).
21 ([a, 6] + [c, cZ]) + [e,/] = [a, 6] + ([c, cZ] + [e, /]) (associative law for addition).
22 ([a,b]x[c,d]) x[e,f] = [a,b] + ([c,d]x[e,f]) (associative law for multi-
plication).
23 ([a, 6] + [c, d]) x [e, /] = [a, 6] x [e, /] + [c, rf] x [e, /] (distributive law).
24 [a, 6] + [a, 6] + . . . tow terms = [a, 6] x [w, 0], each being equal to \na, nb].
25 By using the multiplication rule, verify that —i = [0, —1] satisfies
x*+l = 0.
26 Consider ordered number -pairs {a, 6} of integers (positive, negative
zero, but with 6 4= 0) which satisfy the following laws:
(a) {a, b) = {c, d} if and only if ad = be;
(b) {a, 6} + {c, d} = {ad + be, bd};
(c) {a, 6} x {c, d} = {ac, bd}.
Obtain expressions for {a, 6} —{c, d} and {a, 6} + {c, d}. Verify that this algebrais isomorphic to (i.e. the same in structure as) the algebra of rational numbers(fractions). (We could define fractions abstractly in terms of integers in thi
way.)
13.2 The modulus-argument form of a complex number
13.21 Modulus and argument
We i 13 13 h h l b + + b
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 158/454
13.21] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 495
When x + yi is so expressed, and r is restricted to be positive (cf. 1.62),
then r is called the modulus and 6 the argument of x + yi, respectively
written \x + yi| , arg (x + yi)
.f We may think of x + yi as ' the number r
in direction 6\ a generalisation of the idea of 'directed number' as
presented in elementary algebra.
It is customary to write z forx + yi, and to write r = |z|, = argz;
z may be called the number of the point P in Argand's diagram, and
sometimes P is called the affix of z.
Frequently it is necessary to express a complex number, given in
the form x + yi, in terms of its modulus and argument. From equa-
tions r = +J{x* + y*) (iii)
since r is restricted to be positive; and
cos0:sin0: 1 = x:y: + j(x 2 + y2
), (iv)
which gives a unique value of 6 in the range —it < 6 < + tt. Any value
differing from this by any positive or negative integral multiple of
2n would give the same point P and consequently is a possible value
of argz. Thus argz is a many-valued function, and we define its
principal value to be that in the range —ttkO^tt. (The single
equation tan# = yjx does not determine argz because it gives twovalues for 6 in this range.)
Examples
(i) Express (5 + i)/(2 + Zi) in modulus -argument form.
5 + i _ (5 + i)(2-U) _ 13-13t _2 + 3*
~(2 + 3i)(2-3i) ~ 4 + 9 ~ *'
We require r, such that rcos0 = 1, rsin0 = —1. Hence r = +<J2, and is
given by cos0:sin0:l = 1: —1:^/2; the principal value of the argument is
therefore —\n. The required result is
{cos ( —\n) + i sin ( —In)}.
(ii) Express 1 —cos —i sin in modulus-argument form.
1 —cos0— *sin0 = 2sin 8 £0 —2isin£0cos£0
= 2 sin £0 (sin £0 —*cos£0)
= 2sin£0 {cos ( \d - \n) + * sin (|0 - \n)}.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 159/454
496 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.2
In numerical cases like ex. (i) the modulus and argument can usually
be written down easily after drawing a sketch.
We remark here that the complex number z, represented by t
point P(x,y),
can also be associated with the displacementOP
in t
sense from towards P. Given the axes, there is an exact correspond-
ence between the complex number x + yi, the point P(x,y), and t
vector OP. Also see 13.32.
13.22 Further definitions, notation, and properties
(1) We agreed in 13.14 (3) to abbreviate a complex number z of t
form x + Oi to x. It is customary to go further and call z ' real ',
although
this double use of 'real' is most unfortunate. Similarly a numberthe form + yi is shortened to iy and called purely imaginary.
If z is 'real', then it is represented by a point on the x-axis; aargz = or tt according as z (i.e. a;) is positive or negative.
If z is purely imaginary, it corresponds to some point on the y-axis
and arg z — ± \n according as y < 0.
(2) Real and imaginary parts. In the complex number z = x+yi
x is called the real part (or first part) and is sometimes written x = 8%{zand y is called the imaginary part (or second part), written y = J(z)
The process of deducing from the relation z x —z 2 that x x= x % a
Vi = 2/2 i s called equating real and imaginary parts, respectively.
If z lf z 2 are expressed in modulus-argument form as
r(cosd + ismd), s(cos0-Msin^),
then from r(cos 6 + i sin 6) = s(cos <p + i sin <j>)
it followsby equating real and imaginary parts that
r cos 6 = s cos <j> and r sin 6 = s sin <j>.
Squaring and adding gives r 2 = s 2, so that r = s since r, s are positive.
The two equations now become
cos d = cos<f),
sin 6 = sin <j>,
so that in general 6, <f> differ by some integral multiple of 2ir. If 6,
denote the principal values of argz argz 2 then 6 =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 160/454
13.23] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 497
(3) Conjugate complex numbers. Given a complex number z = x + yi,
the number x —yi obtained by changing the sign of i is called the
conjugate of z and is written z (or sometimes z* when the previous
notation is required to denote 'average value'). Conjugate complexnumbers have the following properties.
(i) The product zz = (x + yi) (x —yi) = x 2 + y* = |z|2 is 'real'.
(ii) The sumz + z = (x + yi) + (x-yi) = 2x = 20t(z) is 'real'.
(iii) The difference z —z — (x + yi) —(x —yi) = 2yi = 1iJ(z) is purely
imaginary.
(iv) \z\ = |z|; but (for principal values) argz = —argz, except
when z is 'real and negative', i.e. of the form x + Oi where x < 0.
In the a;y-plane the points which represent z, z are images in the #-axis.(v) If z = z, then z is 'real
'; if z = —z, then z is purely imaginary.
If z x = z a , then x x = x 2 and y x = y % \ hence x 1 —iy 1 = x 2—iy 2 , i.e.
z x —z 2 . The process of deducing from z x= z 2 that z x
= z 2 is called
taking conjugates.
Finally, the definition of 'conjugate' shows that z x + z z= z x + z 2 ,
(z x z 2 ) = z x z 2 , (z x \z 2 ) = z x \z 2 , (z) = z.
(4) Properties of\z\. From the relation \z\ 2 = zz in (3) it follows that
I ^1 ^22 = Z X Z 2^ Z l Z i) ~ Z 1 Z \' Z 2 Z 2
=|
Z l|2,
l^l2.
Hence\
z i z %\ =|
z i|-| z 2|>
since both sides are positive by definition. Similarly, if z 2 #= 0,
Zl|
2
r= (Zl
) (Zl
) = Zl * 1 = lZl
l
2
Z 2| \ Z 2/ \ Z 2/ Z 2 Z 2 \
Z z\2>
IZ
\Z I
— =z 2\ |
Z 2|
13.23 The cube roots of unityf
If z is a number whose cube is + 1, then z 3 —1 = 0, i.e.
(z-l)(z 2 + z+l) = 0;
hence either z - 1 = or z 2 + z+ 1 = by 13 14 (2) From the latter
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 161/454
498 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.23
Also, cosfTr = —| and sin \-n = —\ ^3, so the second root
cos f 71 + i sin f n. It is also w, as is clear from the original formula for
^ ow(jfi — (cos f 77 + i sin f it)
2
= cos 2f 7T —sin 2 §7r + 2i sin §7r cos §7r
= cos jn + i sin f /r.
Hence the roots of z 2 + z + 1 = can be written z = to, w2. There a
thus three cube roots of + 1 in complex algebra, viz. 1, (o, a>2
. Threlations „ , 2 . , , A 2 _
often simplify calculations.
Example
Direct expansion shows that
a b c
c a b = a 3 + 6 s + c 8 —3abc.
b c a
The operation c x c x + c 2 + c 3 reveals the factor a + b + c.
Since the expression on the right can be written
a 3 + (bw) 3 + (ceo 2)
3 - 3a(b(o) (co 2),
similar reasoning reveals the factor a + bo) + co) 2. Likewise, since the expression
is also a 3 + (6w 2)
3 + (cw) 3 —3a(6w 2) (ceo), a + 6w 2 + ceo is a factor.
We now have three complex linear factors, so that any further factor mube numerical. Comparison of the coefficients of a 3 shows that it is + 1. Hence
a s + b 3 + c s -3abc = (a + b + c) (a + bo) + cco 2) (a + ba> 2 + c(o).
By comparing this result with
a s + b 3 + c 3 -3abc = (a + b + c)(a 2 + b 2 + c 2 -bc-ca-ab)
(see 10.22 (2), example; or Ex. 11 (a), no. 20), it follows that
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 -bc-ca-ab = (a + bw + cio 2) (a + b(t)
2 + co)).
Exercise 13(6)
Express in modulus -argument form:
1 l+iy/3. 2 1-*V3- 3 4 1-i.
6+iJ3 2+i5 (l + + 6 V
7 (l+i)^
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 162/454
13.3] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 499
12 If|
(z - 1 )/(z + 1 ) |= 2, prove that the point P which represents z lies on the
ciTcle ^+^+^+1 = 0.
13 If w = z/(z + 3) where w = u + iv and z = x + iy, and if z lies on the circle
(x + 3)2
+ y2
= 1,
find the locusof
14 Prove that 1 a) to2 1 1 1
to 2 1 to = 0, 1 to w2
0) w2 1 1 to 2 to
15 Prove to2n + to + 1 = 3 or according as n is or is not a multiple of 3.
16 Express x 3 + y3 as the product of three linear factors, and deduce the factors
of x 2 -xy + y2
. [Method of 13.23, ex.]
17 Prove (a + <ob + w2 c) 3 - (a + to 2 6 + wc) 3 = - 3i • (6 - c) (c - a) (a - 6). [Use
factors of x 3 —y3
.]
18 Prove that (a 2 + ah + 6 2) (a;
2 + a*/ + «/2
) can be written in the form
[Use tf + ab + b 2 = (a- <ob) (a - (o 2 b), etc.]
*19 Prove that (a 3 + b 3 + c 3 -3abc)(x 3 + y3 + z 3 -3xyz) can be written in the
form X3 + Y3 + Z 3 —3X YZ, where either
(i) X = ax + by + cz, Y = cx + ay + bz, Z = bx + cy + az,
or (ii) X - ax + cy + bz, Y = cx + by + az, Z = bx + ay + cz.
[In (i), (a + ba) + <xo*)(x + y<o 2 + z(o) = X+ Ya) 2 + Z(o, etc.]
*20 If a r (r = 1, 2, 3) denote the cube roots of - 1, prove
(l+xx^x^Dil+x^ + x^Dil+x^+x^al) = (l+x 3 )K
[A typical factor is ( 1 - tc8 a 3
)/( 1 - xa) = ( 1 + « 3)/( 1 - aa).]
21 If the equations x 3 = 1, gkc s + 6a; + c = have a common root, prove
a 3 + b 3 + c 3 -3abc = 0.
[One of the three roots 1, to, to 2 of a:3 = 1 satisfies the other equation, so
(a + b + c) (aw 5 + bo + c) (aw 10 + ba> 2 + c) = 0.]
13.3 Applications of the Argand representation
13.31 Geometrical interpretation of modulus and argument
If z is represented by P, then \z\ = J(x2 + y
2) is represented by OP.
Also .
=|
(a? x —» a ) + - y 2 ) |
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 163/454
500 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.32
If is the principal value of arg z, then it is given by
cos 6 : sin 6 1 = x : y : *J(x2 + y
2)
and is the angle of turn from the direction Ox towards the direction
OP, which can be written L {Ox, OP). Similarly, arg (z x—z 2 ) is the angle
defined by
cos 6 : sin 6 : 1 = x x - x 2 : y x - y 2 : <J{(x x- x 2 )
2 + (y x - y 2 )2
},
and represents the angle of turn from Ox towards P2 PX , written
L(Ox,P %Px ).
Examples (some loci)
If P x is the fixed point z x and P is the variable point z, then
(i) the locus \z —z x \
—cis the circle with centre P x and radius c ;
(ii) the locus arg(z —z x ) = ex, is the half -line P X P for which /_(Ox,P x P) is
(The other half is given by arg (z —z x ) = n + a.)
(iii) If P x , P 2 are fixed points z x ,z 2 , the locus \z —z x \
= \z —z 2 |is the perpen-
dicular bisector of the line P X P 2 - For PP X = PP 2 , and the result follows by purgeometry. Alternatively, it can be proved algebraically from
(x-xJt + iV-Vi)* = (z-*a) 2 + (2/-2/ 8 )a
by simplifying.
(iv) If P, Q are the points z, 2z + 3 —4i and P moves on a circle of centre anradius r, find the locus of Q.
Write w - 2Z + B-U. Then tt> - 3 + 4» = 2z, so
|w-(3-4*)| = \2z\ = 2r
since \z\ = r. Therefore Q lies on the circle of centre (3, —4) and radius 2r.
13.32 Constructions for the sum and difference of z lf z 2
(1) Sum. Let Px , P2 correspond to z x , z 2 , and complete the parallelo-gram P2 OPx P3 . Then
x 3 = projection of OP3 on Ox
= projection of OPx + projection of PX P3
= projection of OP\ + projection of OP2 f
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 164/454
COMPLEX ALGEBRA 5013.33J
Observe that the construction for P3 is the familiar parallelogram
law for compounding ('adding') two displacements OP v OP 2 . Tothe sum of two complex numbers corresponds the sum of the associated
vectors.
(2) Difference. Since z x—z 2
= z x + ( —z 2 ), we first construct the
image P 2 of P2 in 0, which represents —z 2 . The above sum-construc-
tion performed with Px ,P 2 will give P4 ,
corresponding to z x—z % .
y,
^ /L
//
//
X
.J/
p*
p*
Fig. 129
As OP± is equal to, parallel to, and in the same sense as P2 Pl5 wecan represent z x
—z 2 by the displacement P 2 P v
13.33 The triangle inequalities
By applying the theorem that 'the sum of two sides of a triangle is
greater than the third side' to triangle OPx P3 , we have
OP3 ^OP x + Px P3 ,
i.e.f OP3 ^OP x + OP2 ,
and hence |z, + z 2 \ ^ \z t \ + \z 2 \.
From this we deduce the following, exactly as for real numbers
\z x -z 2 \ > \\z x \-\z 2 \\,
|z 1 + z 2 | ^ ||^l| I^H'
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 165/454
502 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.34
with equality when and only when z is ' real and positive i.e. of the form x +where x 2s 0. (Similarly J{z) < |z|.) By 13.22(3),
h + Z 2 |
2 = (Zl + Z2)(2l+2 2 )
= %\Zx
-\- Zg
+Zj Z
2-f- Z
2Z
2
= Iz^ + ^z^R |z 2 |*
since z x z 2 and Z\Z % are conjugate complex numbers. As M{z x z 2 ) < |ziZ 2 |,
KI 2 +2M 2 | + N 2
= (Nil + W) 2» since ^1 = . |z 2 |
= \z t \. |z 2 |.
Therefore \z x +z 2 | < ja^J + |z 2 |,
positive signs being chosen because the modulus of a complex numberpositive by definition. Equality occurs if and only if z x z 2 is 'real and positive',
i.e. zx
= a 2 z2
where a is 'real'.
The other results can also be established similarly.
13.34 Constructions for the product and quotient of z„ z 2
It is convenient to use the modulus-argument form.
(1) Product. Let z x — r(cos 6 + i sin 6), z 2 = s(cos<f> + i sin (j>), so that
Px ,P2 have polar coordinates (r, 0), (s,
<f>).Then
zx
z2
= rs(cos 6+
i sin6)
(cos(p +
i sin <j>)
= rs{(cos 6 cos <j> —sin sin 0) + *( sm # 008 ^ + 008 # sin (j>)}
= rs{cos (0 + <p) + i sin ((9 + <j>)}.
Therefore z x z 2 is represented by the point which has polar coordinates
{rs,d + (f>).
To construct this point, let A be the point whose polar coordinates
are (1,0). Draw triangle OAPx , and construct triangle OP2 P3 directly
similar to
OAP1(fig. 130). Then
§i=
6J'80 op s = o Pl .OP^ rs .
Also x6p 3= #ap 2 + p 2 6p 3 = a*5p 2 + ^0Pi = <p + e.
Hence P3 is the required point.
The above calculation verifies the result \z 1 z 2 \= Iz-J . |z 2 |, and also
shows that (cf. the end of 13.22 (2))
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 166/454
13.34] COMPLEX ALGEBRA
and the principal values are
503
arg Zi = arg z 2 = f n, arg {z x z 2 ) = - § n.
Weobserve that multiplication of a complex number z
2by
r(cosd + i&md) turns the corresponding vector OP 2 through angle
and multiplies its length by r.
(2) Quotient. If z 4 = z 1 /z 2 , then z x = z 4 z 2 , and so we can use the
product-construction in (1), making Px take the role of P3 there.
We therefore construct triangle OPx P2 , and then make triangle
OP^A directly similar to this (fig. 131).
Alternatively, the construction can be obtained from
Zj _ r cos 6 + i sin
z 2 <scos0 + isin0
_ r (cos# + isin#) (cos0 —isin^)
s (cos <j> + i sin $) (cos<f>
—i sin ^)
r (cos cos <j> + sin sin 0) + i(sin cos —cos sin <j>)
~ s cos 2<p + sin 2
= - {cos (6 - <j>) + i sin (0 - (j>)}.
s
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 167/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 168/454
13.35] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 505
It is easy to prove that, if the centre is O, the radius OH of the circle is given by
OH* = OA. OB.
For since AH/HB = AK/KB, it follows that AHjAK = HB/KB, and so
OA-OH OH -OB . 20 _ 2 OHOA + OH~ OH+ OB'
i e* 20H~ 20B
by properties of equal ratios, which gives the result.
Fig. 134
We can now show that the circles in (a), (b) cut orthogonally (see 15.66(1)).
If T is a common point, then OT 2 = OA . OB. By the converse of the tangent-
chord theorem, OT touches the circle (a). Hence the radius GT of (a) is per-
pendicular to OT, and so touches (6) at T. Thus the tangents to (a), (6) at Tare perpendicular, i.e. the circles are orthogonal.
*(ii) Prove that the triangles P^P^P^, P 4 P S P 6 are directly similar if and only if
Zi 2 2 Z 4 Z s
(a) If the condition holds, then by taking moduli, P 1 PJP 3 P 2 = P4PJP 6 P 6 ;
and by taking arguments and using the Remark in 13.34,A A
•f8-P 2-^*1
=P 6-P &P
and are in the same- sense. Hence by the test 'common angle and containing
sides proportional', triangles P^^P^P^, P 4 P 6 P 6 are directly similar.
(6) Conversely, if the triangles are directly similar, then the above tworelations hold, so that (z 1
—z i )((z 3 —z 2 ), (z 4 —z 5 )l(z 6—z 5 ) have the same modulus
and the same argument. They are therefore equal.
The condition can be written
2„-2
= 0, i.e.
z 1—z 2
Z4-Z5 Z 6- Z 5 = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 169/454
506 COMPLEX ALGEBRA
Exercise 13(c)
1 Indicate in a diagram the points representing £(z x + z 2 ), z x + 2z 2 , z x—2z 2
2 If collinear points Px
, P2
, P3
are such that PxP
2= 2P
2P
3, find the relation
between z x , z 2 , z 3 .
3 Write down the complex number represented by the point dividing P X
in the ratio k : I.
4 What is the locus of P if 2 < |z + 1 - 2i\ < 3?
5 Find the greatest and least values of (i) \z —4| if \z\ ^ 1; (ii) |z + l|
|z-3| ^ 5.
6 Prove that |z + z 2 |
2 + |zi-z 2 |
2 = 2 {| z i|2 + \
z s\2
} (i) geometrically, (ii) alg
braically. [For (i) use the theorem of Apollonius on triangle OP 3 P 4 in fig. 129
7 (i) If |zj. + z 2 | = \ z i~ z a|» prove that argz x and argz 2 differ by \it or(principal values intended), (ii) If arg{(z 1 + z 2 )/(z 1 — 2 )} = \n, prove |Z]J = |z
[Treat geometrically.]
8 Verify the following construction for the roots of z 2 —2az + b 2 = 0, whea, 6 are real and < a < b. With the origin O for centre, draw a circle of radius
From the point A on Ox at distance a from O draw a perpendicular to Ox cutting
the circle at P, Q. Then P, Q represent the roots.
9 Verify the, following construction for *Jz. Let A be (1,0); produce PO to
so that OB = 1. Through O draw a line parallel to AB to meet the circle PAin Q and R; these are the required points.
10 Given the points representing z x , z 2 , construct those representing the twvalues of V( 2 i z 2)-
11 P x is any point, and on the circle on OP x as diameter points P 2 , P 8
chosen so that PxOP 2 = P 8 OP 8 = <}>. Prove z\ cos 20 = z x z z cos 2 0.
12 If G is the centroid of triangle P X P 2 P 3 and 4z x + z 2 + z 3 = 0, prove that
bisects P x (?. [Use Ex. 15 (a), no. 1.]
13 If A is real and z = 4A + 3*(1 —A), prove that P lies on a straight lin
As A varies, prove that the least value of |z| is 2-4, and interpret geometrically.
14 If z x — 2 = z 4 —z 3 , prove that P x P t P i P l is a parallelogram and that
point \{z x + z 2 + z 3 + z 4 ) is its centre.
15 Show that the point P 2 , where z 2 = (l+AiJz and A is real, lies onperpendicular at P x to OP x . Find A if argz 2 = argZj^ + i^r, principal value
being intended.
16 If z x , z 2 are the roots of z 2 —az + a? = 0, where a is a complex number, prov
that the points z x , z 2 are the vertices of the equilateral triangles drawnopposite sides of the line 0.4.
17 ABO is equilateral, with sides of length 1 and centroid at O. If A repre
t what d B C t? Show th t the sum of th three numbers
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 170/454
13.4] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 507
20 Interpret geometrically the equation
*21 On the sides of triangle ABC are drawn triangles BOX, CAY, ABZdirectly similar to each other. Prove that the centroids of ABC, XYZ coincide.
[By 13.35, ex. (ii) and properties of equal ratios,
x —c y —a z —b So; —Sa
b —c c —a a —b '
so Hoc = Sa.]
*22 For any complex number z prove that the triangle with vertices zz x , zz 2 ,
zz z is directly similar to the triangle with vertices z lt z 2 , z 3-
23 If P1P3 and P 2 P 4 are equal and perpendicular, the sense of rotation from
P X P S to P 2 Pi being clockwise, prove z 1 -iz 2 -z z + iz i = Q, and conversely.
[|z 4 -z 2 | = Iza-Zilandargftzs-ZiV^i-Sa)} = + \tt* Hence (z 3 - Zi)/(z 4 - «,) = <•]
24 On the sides of a plane convex quadrilateral, squares are drawn externally.
Prove that the centres of these squares are the vertices of a quadrilateral whose
diagonals are equal and perpendicular. [Let the vertices in clockwise order be
Zi, z 2 , z s , z 4 . The centres of the squares are £(z x + 2 ) + |i(z 2 - z x ), etc. Use no. 23.]
25 By considering the modulus of the left-hand side, prove that all the roots of
z n sin na + z n_1 sin (n —l)a + ... +zsina = 1
lie outside the circle |z| = -J.
[1 = |z n sinwa + ...+zsina| < |z|»+ ^l -^ ... + |z|. If a root z satisfies
|z| < \, then for this z, 1 < (£)n
+ (i) -1
+ . . .
+ & = 1 - {\)n
, a contradiction.]
13.4 Factorisation in complex algebra
13.41 'The fundamental theorem of algebra'
We remarked in 13.15 that complex numbers cannot be generalised
by attempting to solve equations of degree higher than 2. This is a
consequence of the following theorem.
In complex algebra the polynomial equation
p(z) = p z n +p 1 z n ~ 1 + . . . +p n = (p Q *0) (i)
has AT LEAST ONE TOOt.
This result, known also as d'Alembert's or Gauss's theorem, has
not yet been proved by any strictly algebraical argument. We shall
assume it here; the reader may later study a proof which depends on
the complex integral calculus.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 171/454
508 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.4
In complex algebra the equation (i) has exactly n roots.
Proof. By the fundamental theorem there is a root z —<x x , i.e.
The equation (i) is therefore equivalent to
Po(*n ~ «?) +Pi(z n ~ 1 - a? 1
) + . . . +p n - 1 (z - cc x ) = 0;
i.e. since z —ol 1 divides each bracket, to
(z-<x 1 )f 1 (z) = 0,
where f x (z) is a polynomial of degree w-1 in z, whose first term
PqZ 71-1 (as is clear by starting the division).
Again by the fundamental theorem, f x (z) = has a root z = a 2 (n
necessarily distinct from ol x ), and by similar reasoning
/i(z) = (z-oc 2 )f z {z),
where 2 (z) is a polynomial in z of degree n —2, beginning with p z n
Continuing thus, we find
p(z) = (z- ai )(z-a 2 ) ... (z-a^J/^z),
where n-1 (z) is a polynomial of degree 1 in z, and begins with p z;
must therefore be of the form p z + k, or p (z —cc n ) say. Therefore
P(z) = Po( z ~ a i) (2 - a 2 ) . . . (z - a J.
This shows that p(z) has n factors linear in z; or equivalently, tha
the equation p{z) = has n roots a l5 a 2 ,...,a n (which may or m
not all be distinct). Also, (ii) shows that these are the only values o
which make^>(z) zero; for if /? is such a value, then
i>o(A-ai)(A-a 2 )-(/?-aJ = 0,
and since p 4= by hypothesis, at least one of the factors fi—cx,^
f}—cc 2 , fi —a n must be zero (13.14(2)), i.e. /? coincides with an
Hence p(z) = has exactly n roots.
If the roots are not all distinct, (ii) takes the form
p(z) = p^z - tj** ( - a )»« ( - a ) * (i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 172/454
13.43] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 509
the notation has been chosen so that fi x = oc x , /? 2 = a 2 , then (iv) can be
wittenp(z) = p (z - a x
) »* (a - a 2)«* . . . (z - a*)**, (v)
It now follows that mr = n r (r = 1,2, ...,&)• E.g. if 7% < n x , then from (iii) and
(v) we should obtain, after dividing outp
(z —oc x )mi
:
(z - oc x )n^ (z - a 2 )
n « . . . (z - a ft )n * = (z - a 2 )
TO > . . . (z - a fc )m*,
which is impossible since the left-hand side is zero when z = cc x but the right-
hand side is not.
13.43 Principle of equating coefficients
We can now deduce results for complex polynomials corresponding
to Theorem II and its corollaries in 1 0. 1 3. The enunciations and proofs
are the same. In particular, the 'principle of equating coefficients' is
valid for polynomials in complex algebra.
Example
Solve the following three simultaneous equations in z x , z a , z 3 , where a x , a %, a 3 are
all different:
^rr + -^r+-^T- 1 =(y = 1 ' 2 ' 3 )-
c^ + A, a^ + Af a 8 + A,
Consider the expression
When expanded, it is a polynomial in A of degree 3, with leading term —A3.
The given equations imply that this expression is zero when A = Alt A2 , A8 .
Hence it must be identical with
-(A-A 1 )(A-A a )(A-A 3 ).
Putting A = —a x in the identity, we have
(a 2- a x ) (a 3 - a x ) z x
= ( - 1)4 (a x + Ax ) (a x + Aa ) {a x + A3 ),
which gives z x . Similarly the substitutions A = —a 2 , A = —a 3 give z a , z 3 .
13.44 Repeated roots and the derived polynomial
The definitions of 'repeated factor', 'repeated root' in 10.43 are
retained for complex polynomials. Continuing to write
p(z) ss p z n +p 1 z n ~ 1 + ... +p n ,
we define the derived polynomial of p(z) to be
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 173/454
510 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.45
where h is complex (say h = g+irj) and h means that £ and n\ tend to ze
separately and in any manner.' There are difficulties underlying this procedure;they can only be fully examined in dealing with general functions of a complexvariable, a subject which may be studied at a later stage.
From the definition given it is straightforward to verify the usua
rules of the differential calculus, and in particular the product rule
in this 'differential calculus of complex polynomials'. The theorems
on repeated roots given in 10.43 remain valid in complex algebra
since their proofs are exactly as before.
13.45 Equations with 'real' coefficients; conjugate complex roots
(1)// the coefficients
p,
p ly p nin the polynomial p(z) are 'real',
and if a + fii (where fi =f= 0) is a root ofp(z) = 0, then its conjugate a—is also a root.
Proof. The condition for a fii to be a root is p(a + fii) = 0, i.e.
Po(a+Pi) n +p 1 {oc + /3i) n - 1 + ...+p n „ 1 (cc+j3i)+p n = 0.
On expanding the binomials and replacing i 2 by —1 whenever
occurs, this equation can be written
P + Qi = 0,
where P, Q are real polynomials in (a, fi).
This condition is equivalent to the separate equations P = 0, Q =Hence also P —Qi = —0* = 0, which (because p(z) has real coefficients)
is equivalent to the statement p(a —fii) = 0, i.e. a— fii is a root
p(z) = 0. See Ex. 13 (d), no. 7 for an alternative proof.
If the coefficients in p(z) are not all real, the argument breaks dowat the last step. For example, if p(z) is the linear polynomial z —(1 +then clearly z = 1 + i is a root of p(z) = 0; but 1 —i is not a root since
p(l-i) = (l-i)-(l + i) = -2i # 0.
The correct statement in the general case is that a fii is a root
p(z) = 0, where p(z) is the polynomial obtained from p(z) by changing
the sign of i in all the coefficients. For if p(oc + fii) = P + Qi, then wmust still get a true result by changing the sign of i everywhere on both
sides f (because the equality was obtained by using only the property
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 174/454
13.45] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 511
Conjugate complex roots occur to the same order.
For if p{z) = has an r-fold root z = a (yff 4= 0), then it also has
a root oi-fii. Remove the factor (z-a,-fii)(z-oc+fii) from p(z),
obtainingf x
(z), say. Then/^z) = has an (r- l)-fold root a+fii, and
therefore also a root <x—fii; and by removing the corresponding factors
from/ 1 (z) we obtain 2 (z), say. Proceeding thus, we arrive at a poly-
nomial f r (z), where a +fli is not a root of f r {z) = 0; hence a—fii cannot
be a root (otherwise its conjugate a +/3i would be a root). Thus a fti
is also an r-fold root of p(z) = 0.
Example
Prove that the equationft* 6 2 6 a
x —a x x —a 2 x —a n
has n roots in real algebra if a l9 a 2 , . . ., a n are all different, the Vs are non-zero, and4= 0.
Consider the corresponding equation in complex algebra, the a's, 6's and k
all being real. Denote any rootf by a + fii; then a —/?* is also a root, and hence
r=1r
\oc—f}i —ar a+/3i —a r )
n*
%=1 (a-a r )a +^ 2
Since the sum is non-zero, we have /? = 0. Hence all the roots are of the form
ct + Qi. In real algebra there are thus n roots.
(2) There is a theorem in real algebra on surd roots of an equation
with rational coefficients which can be proved by an argument like
that in (1).
If the polynomial equation p(x) = (in real algebra) has rational
coefficients and if x = a + b*Jc is a root (where ^c is a surd), then also
a —b^jc is a root.
Proof. The condition for a + b Jc to be a, root of p(x) = is, whensimplified, of the form P + Q ^jc = 0, where P, Q are rational numbers
or zero. This implies that P = and Q = 0, for otherwise if Q =f= the
surd yjc would be equal to the rational number —P/Q, which is a
contradiction. Since
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 175/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 176/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 177/454
514 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.5
By inspection, the coefficients will be integers when h = 3 (this is the smallest
such value). The new equation is then
2/4 -42/ s + 54y+135 = 0,
where y = 3x.
(ii) Find the equation whose roots are the squares of the roots of
3x 3 -x* + 2x-B = 0.
Write the given equation as
x(3x 2 + 2)=x* + 3,
and put y = x*: yfy(3y + 2) = y + 3.
Squaring, y(9y* + 12y + 4) = y* + 6y + 9,
i.e. 9y a + 1 It/ 2 - 2y - 9 = 0.
Remark. Strictly, we should show that every root of equation (c) is the squarof a root of equation (a),f as follows. If y satisfies (c), then (by reversing
working) it satisfies one of the equations
±*Jy.(3y + 2) = y+S.
Thus either +*Jy or —*Jy satisfies (6), i.e. the given equation (a). In eithe
event, y is the square of a root of (a).
Further examples of the transformation process are given in 10.32, ex.
and Ex. 10(c).
Exercise 13(d)
The algebra is complex.
1 Prove that the equation
z 2 z 3 z1+i +
2i+ 3T + - + ^=
has no repeated roots.
2 Solve z 4 —4z 2 + Sz —4 = 0, given that 1 + i is a root.
3 Given that 2 + ^/3 is a root of x 9 —2a; 2 —7x + 2 = 0, solve the equationcompletely.
4 Prove that w is a repeated root of 3a; 6 + 2a; 4 + x 3 —6a; 2 —5x —4 = 0, ahence solve the equation.
5 One root of x« + x 5 -$x*-10x 3 -9x 2 +x+l = is *J2 + J3. Find all
roots.
6 ' The linear equation az + b = with real coefficients a, b has a root aand therefore also a root <x~fii: two roots for an equation of degree 1.' Explainthis apparent paradox.
7 (i) Verify that (z - a —/?i) (z —a (ii) = z 2 —2az + a 2 + ft2
, where a, /? are re
L + b b h i d i d h d d d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 178/454
13.6] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 515
(iii) If a is a root of p(z) = 0, show by putting z = a in the identity f
p(z) = (z 2 - 2<xz + a 2 + /? 2) q{z) + az + b
that act + 6 = and aft = 0. If /# 4= 0, deduce that a = and 6 = 0, and hence
that z —a—fiiia also a root of p(z) = 0.
*8 Prove the theorem about conjugate surd roots in 13.45(2) by a methodsimilar to that of no. 7. Also prove that such roots occur to the same order.
9 Ifa,# y, S are the roots of x* +px 3 + qx 2 +rx +s = 0, find Zafiyia+fi+y).
10 One root of a;4 +px 3 + ga; 2 + rx + s = is equal to the product of the other
three. Prove ( ps + r) 2 = s(q + s + 1 )2
.
* 1 1 Find the sum of the cubes of the roots of x 5 + x 2 + x —1 = 0.
Solve the follouring equations.
12 x 3 —5a; 2 —16* + 80 = if the sum of two roots is zero.
13 xi
+ 3x 3 -5xi
-6x-S = if the sum of two roots is -2.14 x* - 2x z - 2 1* 2 + 22a; + 40 = if the roots are in a.p.
15 Increase the roots of x s + Sax 2 + Bbx + c = by k, and find for what value
of k the new equation contains no quadratic term. (This process is called
'removing the second term from the given equation'.)
16 Find two substitutions of the form y = x—k which remove the third term
from x 4 + 4a; 3 —1 8a; 2 —100a; —112 = 0, and use one of them to solve the equation.
17 Find a substitution y = kx which will transform the equation
8a; 4 + 8a; 8 -18a; 2 -16a; -3 =
into one with integral coefficients of which that of the leading term is + 1.
18 If a, f$, y are the roots of x 3 +px 2 + qx + r = 0, find the equation whoseroots are (i) a(fi+y), /3(y + a), y(x+P); (ii) (a- l)/a, (/?- (y- l)/y.
19 If the roots of x n —1 = are 1, a x , a 2 . . n _ 1? prove that
{l-a 1 )(l-cc 2 )...(l-cc n ) = n.
[Construct the equation whose roots are 1 —1, 1 —a lf ....]
*20 If a, /?, y are the roots of x 3 +px + q = 0, form the equation whose roots are
1,7 7* *fi7 p ay pa
[y + 2 = (fi* + y 2 + 2/?7)//?7 = a 2 /^ = - a 3/q = pa\q + 1.]
13.6 Factorisation in real algebra
13.61 Roots of the general polynomial equation
(1) We have proved that complex roots of an equation with real
coefficients occur in conjugate pairs (13.45 (1)). Since
(z-a-j3i)(z-a + fii) = (z-a) 2 + /?2
,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 179/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 180/454
13.62] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 517
of generality we can assume that h, k are integers with no commonfactor and that k > 0. Then
so ^ = - (pJi 11 - 1 + p 2 h n ~ x k + ... +p n k n ~ 1)
k
= an integer.
Hence h n jk is an integer, so that k = 1 . Thus the rational root is in fact
an integer h. Since - ,„ ,, ,
~
/. p n = - hih -1
+ Pl hn
-* + ... +p n - 1 ),
and so h is a factor of
(2) Change of sign of a polynomial.
If the polynomial p(x) is non-zero when x = x x and when x = x 2 , then
the number of roots ofp(x) = between x x and x 2 is
odd ifp(x^), p(x z ) have opposite signs,
and even or zero if p{x^), p(x 2 ) have the same signs.
These results are 'intuitively obvious' properties of all continuous
functions (cf. 2.65). For a polynomial p{x) they can be proved as
follows.
By result (vii) in 13.61,
2>(a) = p (x - a x ) {x-a 2 )...(x- a k ) g(x),
where g(x) is a product of factors of the form (#-&)2
+ c2
, or else (in
the case when p(x) consists entirely of linear factors) is 1. In either
event, g(x) is positive for all values of x.
If p(Xj), p(x 2 ) have opposite signs, the linear factors cannot be all
absent, and (a? x—a x ) (x x
—a 2 )... {x 1 —a k ), {x 2—a ± ) {x 2 —a 2 )... (x 2 —a k )
must have opposite signs. Now x t —a,x 2—a have like signs unless a
lies between x x and x 2 . Hence an odd number of a 1} a 2 , . .
.
, a k lie between
x and x
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 181/454
518 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.62
Examples
(i) Let p s be the numerically greatest coefficient (or one such coefficient
two or more are numerically equal) in
p(x) = x n +p 1 x n ~ 1 +... +p n .
Then Ip^-i + .-.+p^x+Pnl ^ \p 1 \.\x\»- 1 +... + \p^ l \.\z\ + \p n \
< \p s \{\x\ n -i + ... + \x\ + l}
If |a;| > 1 it follows that
p(x) -1x n
Given any positive proper fraction, e.g. \, we shall have |i? g |/{|a;| —1} ^ § if
is such that \x\ > 2| p s \ + 1 = K', say. Hence if K > K\
p{x) = x n (l + d) for all \x\^K, where \0\ < J.
This shows that p(x) has the same sign as x n for all x ~$t K and all x < —i
we say that p(x) is dominated by for large (positive or negative) x. Thup(if), p( —K) have opposite signs if n is odd, and the same sign if n is evensince K can be as large as we please, we have proved the theorem in 13.61 (2).
The symbols p{co), p{ —<x>) are customarily used to denote '#>(i£), p(—Kwhere K is arbitrarily large'.
(ii) Solve the example in 13.45 (1) by a 'change of sign'' argument.
We may suppose the notation to be chosen so that a x < a % < . . . < a n . Consider the polynomial
p(x) = (x - a x ) (x - a 2 ) . . . (x - a n ) f(x)
= bl{x-a 2 ) ...{x-a n ) + b\{x-a 1 )(x-a s ) ... (x-a n ) + ...
+ b%(x - a x ). . . (x - a n _ ) + k(x - a x ) (x - a 2 ) . . . (x - a„).
When x takes the values
—00 a x a a ... 0 n-\ a n + °°»
p(x) has the same sign as
k(-l) n (-1) 1 (-1) - 2... -1 +1 k.
In this sequence there are exactly n changes of sign, whether k is positive
negative. Hence p(x) = has at least n roots. Since p(x) is of degree n whek =|= 0, it cannot have more than n roots. The number of roots is therefore
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 182/454
13.62] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 519
Examples
(iii) Find the number of roots of x* - 2a; 3 + 6a: 2 - 10a; - 8 = in real algebra, andlocate them between consecutive integers.
Writing p(x) =x l - 2x* + 6a; 2 - lOx - 8,
then p\x) = 4a; 3 - 6a; 2 + 12x - 10 = 2(x - 1) (2a; 2 - x + 5),
the factor x —1 being discovered by trial.
Hence p'(x) = has one root in real algebra. By 6.23(3), p(x) = cannot
have more than two roots; and if p(x) = actually has two roots, the root x = 1
of p'(x) = must lie between them. We therefore consider the sign of p(x)
X —CO 1 +00
Sign of p(x) + - +
Thus p(x) = has two roots, one less than 1 and the other greater than 1.
By trial we find that p(0) < 0, p( —1) > 0, so there is a root between and —1.
Similarly we find p(2) < 0, p{3) > 0, so the other root lies between 2 and 3.
(iv) Find the range of values of k for which the equation
p(x) = x*-2Qx 2 + 4:Sx-k =has 4 distinct roots.
p'{x) = 4(a; 8 -13a;+12) = 4(a;-l)(a;-3)(a; + 4).
Possible roots of p{x) = must be separated by roots of p'(x) = 0, viz. —4, 1, 3.
x |-oo —4 1 3 +oo
Value of p(x)\
+oo -352-A; 23-A; -9-k +oo
In order that p(x) = shall have 4 distinct roots we require there to be four
changes of sign in the above sequence; the signs must therefore be
+ - + -+.This will be so if and only if -9 < k < 23.
The reader should sketch the graph of y = x* - 26a; 2 + 48a;, which has a maxi-
mum at x = 1 and a minimum at x = 3 (and at x = —4). The line y = k cuts the
curve in four distinct points if and only if this line lies between the levels of thesetwo turning points.
(v) Prove that the equation d^x^—l^/dx 1 = has 4 distinct roots which all
lie between —1 and + 1.
Putting f(x) = (a;2 -l) 4
, then f(x) = has roots +1, —1 each four-fold.
Hence/'(a;) = has roots +1,-1 each three-fold (by 10.43) and a root x = abetween +1,-1 (by Rolle's theorem). Then f(x) = has double roots +1,-1,a root ft between —1 and a, and a root y between a and + 1. Similarly, f '{x) =has simple roots +1, —1, and roots between —1 and fi, ff and y, and y and + 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 183/454
520 COMPLEX ALGEBRA
Exercise 13(c)
The algebra is real.
Find the rational roots (if any) of the following equations.
1 3a^-lla; 2 + 9a;-2 = 0. 2 2a: 4 + 5a; 8 + 14a; 2 -3a;-54 = 0.
3 3a; 4 - 4a; 3 + 6a: + 5 = 0.
Determine the number of (real) roots of the following equations, and locate e
between consecutive integers.
4 x* + 2x 2 + Sx-l = 0. 5 x«-x 3 + x 2 -2 = 0.
6 « 5 -2a: 3 + a;-10 = 0.
7 If a t < a 2 < a 3 < a 4 < a 6 < a 6 , prove that the equation
(x —a 1 )(x —a 3 )(x —a 5 ) + k 2 (x—a 2 )(x—a i ) (x—a e ) =
has 3 distinct roots for any real k.
8 If a > 0, 6 > and p < q, prove that al(x—p) + b/(x —q) = x has thr
roots a, ft, y such that a. <p < ft <q<y.n i
9 If a x , a z , a n are all different, prove that the equation 2 =r=l x-a r
exactly n—1 roots (i) by considering changes of sign of
n ip(x) = (x —a x ) ...(x —a n ) S ;
r=\ x —a r
(ii) by applying Rolle's theorem to f(x) = (x —a t )... (x —a n ).
[We may assume a x < a 2 < . . . < a n without loss of generality.]
10 (i) If p n < and n is even, prove that the equation
p(x) =p x n +p 1 x n - 1 +...+p n =
has at least one positive and at least one negative root.
(ii) Prove that the number of positive roots of p(x) = is odd if and onif p n < 0.
Determine the number of roots of the following equations by first finding the ze
of the derived polynomial ; and locate each between consecutive integers.
11 x i + 4x 3 -Sx 2 -l = 0. 12 8a; 8 -5a 4 -40a; 8 - 50 = 0.
13 Prove that x z + 3a; —3 = has only one root a, and hence that
x* + 6a; 2 -12a; -9 =has just two roots.
14 If a > 1, prove x 5 —5a*ar + 4 = has 3 roots. What happens when a <
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 184/454
13.7] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 521
has 3 roots if r lies between pq— 2(p2 —q)a and pq —2(p t —q)fi. [By long
division, f(x) = (x—p) (x* —2px +q) + 2(q —p 2) x + (pq —r), so
/(a) = 2(q -p*)* + {pq - r), etc.]
1 8 Prove that x* + ax + b = has 3 distinct roots if and only if 276 a + 4a 8 < 0.
*19 Use the argument in ex. (i) of 13.62 to prove that p(x) = has every root
numerically less than 1 + \p g \. [If aisaroot, —x n = p 1 x n ~ 1 + ... +p n ; by taking
moduli, \x\ n < \p t \{\x\«- l}l{\x\ - 1} if \x\ 4= 1. If \x\ > 1, the right-hand side
< b«|-M n /{H-l}> so 1 < |p,|/{|a;| - 1}, i.e. \x\ < l + \p t \. Thus any root
numerically greater than 1 must be numerically less than 1 + \p,\.]
*20 Replacing 'numerical value' by 'modulus', verify that the results of
13.62, ex. (i) and no. 19 hold in complex algebra, even when the coefficients
p r are not real.
13.7 Approximate solution of equations (further methods)
We have already explained Newton's method (6.73), which applies to equa-tions in general. The following method also has this advantage, although it
usually does not give an approximation of a required order as quickly as
Newton's.
13.71 The method of proportional parts
For a straight line, the increment of the ordinate is proportional to theincrement of the abscissa. For a curve, a small arc will usually not depart far
from the chord joining its ends, so that over this arc the ratio
(increment of ordinate)/(increment of abscissa)
will not differ much from the gradient of the corresponding chord.
These geometrical considerations lead to the ' principle of proportional parts '
the increment of any continuous function is approximately proportional to the
increment of the variable, the range of this
variable being small. An analytical formula-
tion and an estimate of the error are given
in Ex. 6(e), no. 15.
Suppose now that numbers a, b have beenfound such that /(a) = A > 0, f(b) - B < 0.
Geometrically, the points (a, A), (6, B) are onopposite sides of Ox, and preferably close to
Ox (a wise choice of a, b will secure this). Theline joining these points has equation (b,B)
AFig. 135
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 185/454
522 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.7
ExampleFind the root of x z —2x —2 = correct to 3 places of decimals.
By trial we find/(l) = —3,/(2) = 2, so there is a root between 1 and 2.
this root is 1 +h, then by 'proportional parts'
/(2)-/(l) J(l + h)-f(l)
2-1 ' (l + h)-l'
and since /(l +h) = 0, this gives 5 = S/h, i.e. h = 0-6.
A better approximation is therefore x = 1-6. Since
/(l-6) = -l-l, /(l-7) = -0-487, /(l-8) = +0-232,
the root actually lies between 1-7 and 1-8. If the root is 1-7 + h, then
/(l-8)-/(l-7).
/(l-7 + ft)-/(l-7 )
1-8-1-7 ' (l-7 + fc)-l-7'
0-719.
0-487
so that h = 0-0677, and a better approximation is x = 1-768.
Applying the process once again,
/(l-8)-/(l-768) ^ /(l-768 + ft)-/(l-768)
1-8-1-768 h0-241 ^ 0-009
1,e 032 h
since /(1-768) = 0-009. Hence h = 0-001195, and x = 1-76919 = 1-769 to thrplaces of decimals. (Taking a = 1-768, 6 = 1-8, c = 1-769 in Ex. 6(e), no.
shows that the error is less than 0-0002.)
13.72 Horner's method
Suppose that the equation p{x) = has a root 2-76 .. . and has no other rwhose integral part is 2. Thenp(2), p(3) have opposite signs; this fact, discovered
by trial, gives the first figure of the root.
The first figure 2 is now removed from subsequent calculations by diminishingthe roots of p(x) = by 2. The new equation then has a root 0-76 .. .. To avodecimals, we multiply the roots by 1 0, so that the new equation has a root 7 • 6
The figure 7 is discovered by showing that the last equation has a rbetween 7 and 8. The roots are then (iiminished by 7, and next multiplied byThe figure 6 is then found by trial. The process is repeated until the required
number of decimal places has been found.
Example
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 186/454
13.73] COMPLEX ALGEBRA 523
By trial, this has a root between 7 and 8. Diminish the roots by 7 by puttingz = y —1, i.e. y = z + 7; we get
2 3 + 51z 2 + 6672 -487 = 0.
Multiply the roots by 10:
2 s + 510z 3 + 66,7002 - 487,000 = 0.
By trial this has a root between 6 and 7. Diminish the roots by 6, putting
t = 2 —6, i.e. 2 = t + 6; we obtain
t 3 + 528* 2 + 72,928* - 68,224 = 0.
Multiply the roots by 10:
t 3 + 5280* 2 + 7,292,800* - 68,224,000 = 0.
The process can be continued; but since the numbers in the last two terms are
large incomparison with those
inthe other terms,
clearlya good
approximationis given by6 * 7,292,800*-68,224,000 = 0,
i.e. t = 9.
Hence the required root is x = 1-769.
Remarks
(a) The method used in the last step gives a rough estimate for the trial root
when applied at the previous stage: 66,7002 —487,000 = gives 2 = 7. Actually
this is too large; writing
0(z) = 2 3 + 5102 2 + 66,7002 - 487,000,
we should find that 0(7) and 0(8) have the same sign. This indicates that weshould calculate 0(6), which is found to have the opposite sign. Although this
estimate is rather rough, it is better than none, and often saves much futile
trial. Estimates thus made increase in accuracy the further we have got in theprocess; in fact we may approximately double the number of significant figures
already obtained by using this 'division estimate '.
(/?) Horner's method will also give rational roots. Since these can always betested for exhaustively (13.62(1)), they should be removed from the equationbefore applying the method. The same applies to repeated roots: see 10.51,
ex. (ii).
(y) To approximate to a negative root, first change the sign of all the roots (by
putting y = —x), and then approximate to the corresponding positive root of
the new equation.
(S) Case of nearly equal roots. If two roots lie between consecutive integers
n and n + 1, then p(n) and p(n +1) have the same sign, and detection of these
roots is difficult; more refined methods than 'change of sign' are required.
Assuming that these roots have been approximately located, Horner's methodcan still be used.
(e) Although the method applies in principle to equations in general, its
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 187/454
524 COMPLEX ALGEBRA [13.7
Given a cubic x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c = 0, whose roots are a, /?, y (say), we construct
the cubic whose roots are a 2, /?
2, y
2 by putting y = x 2: the equation becomes
*Jy{y+*>) = -(cm/+c),
and by squaring,y
3
+(26 - a 2
) y2
+(6
2 - 2ac)y
- c 2 = 0,
i.e. ^-f^ + By + C = 0,
where A = 26-a 2, B = b 2 -2ac, O = -c 2
.
If the root-squaring process is applied n times, we obtain an equation whroots are a 2 *, ytf
2 , y2 . Suppose that |a| > |/?| > |y|; then for n sufficiently larg
a 2 will be very large compared with /?2 * and y 2 , so that a 2 is approximately
'minus the coefficient of the quadratic term ' in this equation.
Since /?2 is large compared with y
2 , the coefficient of the linear term will
approximately (a/?) 2 . Similarly the constant term is approximately —(a/?y)
Example
Solve x 3 —2x —2 = in complex algebra.
Here a = 0, 6 = —2, c = —2. Proceeding step by step, we construct
following table.
A = 26-a 2 B = b 2 - 2ac G = -c 2
a 2 -4 4 -4a 4 -8 -16 -16a 8 -96 -256a 16 -9216 -49,152 -65,536
By trial the given equation is found to have a root a near 1-7; and this is
only real root (e.g. see Ex. 13(e), no. 18). Since ctfiy = 2, it follows t
yffy = 2-r 1-7 = l«2,i.e.r 2 = 1-2 where/? = r(eos# + *sin0), y = r(cos0 —isin#)
hence r == 1-1. Thus a > r = |/?| = |y|.
From the theory just explained,
a 18 = —J. = 9216, whence a = 1-7692;
and a 16 (r 2)
16 = -G = 65,536, so r = 1-0632.
Referring now to the given equation and considering the sum of its roo
a + 2rcos0 = O, from which cos 6 = -0-83215 and 6 = 146° 19'. Henr(cos 6 ± i sin 6) can be found. The three roots are approximately
1-7692, - 0-8847 ± 0-5896*.
Exercise 13(/)
The algebra is real.
Solve the following equations approximately, correct to at least 2 places of decimals
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 188/454
COMPLEX ALGEBRA 525
8 x = e~ x [three places].
9 10* = 20x [2 roots, each to three places].
*10 x x = 1*5. [This has a root between 1 and 2; write the equation asa; log a; = log 1-5.]
*11 Find the smallest positive root of x = tan -1 a:, correct to four places ofdecimals.
*12 Find the smallest positive root of sin a; = tha;, correct to two places ofdecimals.
* 1 3 If e is small, prove that 6 + sin 6 cos 6 = 2e cos 6 has a small root which is
approximately e —£e s. [Use Newton's method; assume the series for sin x, cos x.]
*14 Show (graphically or otherwise) that f(x) = 1 + x~ 2 —tana; = has a rootnear x = K, where K = ^n + nn and n is a large positive integer. Prove thata better approximation is K+ A where f(K) + \f'(K) = 0, and that A = 1/2K 2
.
Find an approximation correct to terms of order l/K*.
*15 Prove that large roots of seca;= 1 + 1/a; are given approximately byx = 2rm where n is a large positive integer. Show that a better approximation is
x = 2nn ± \j^J{mr). [Assume the series for cos 6.]
Miscellaneous Exercise 13(g)
1 If c is real, and the number (1 + i)/(2 + ci) + (2 + 3*)/(3 +i) is represented
in the an/-plane by a point on the line y = x, prove c = —5±*J21.2 If c 2 + s 2 =l, prove (1 + c + *s)/(l +c —is) = c + is, and write down a
similar result for(
1
+ s +ic)/( 1
+ s —ic)
3 If Z 2 + ra 2 +n a =l and m+ m = (l+l)z,
l + im 1+iz
4 If z = r(cos0+isin0) and a = p(cosa+tsina), calculate \z —a| 2 in termsofr, p, 6, a. Deduce that |1 -az\*- |z-a| 2 = (1 -r 2
) (1 -/> 2).
5 If |zi-«,| < £|z 2 |, prove (i) |af x | > i|z 2 |; (ii) l^ + a, > f |z 2 |.
6 The number z is represented by a point on the circle whose centre is 1 + 0*
and radius is 1.
(i) Represent the number z —2, and prove (z —2)/z = i tan (argz).(ii) Construct the point representing z 2
, and prove that
(a) |z 2 —z| = |z| and (6) arg(z— 1) = arg(z 2) = f arg(z 2 —z).
7 (i) If P x , P 2 represent z x , z 2 , and the line P x P a is turned through a positive
right -angle about P t into the position P-iP^ prove that P 3 represents
Zl + ^Zjj-Zx).
(ii) Two opposite vertices of a square are 1 + 2i, 3 —5i. Find the numbersof the other vertices.
8 (i) If Jc is a real constant, interpret z + k(z 2—z ) geometrically.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 189/454
526 COMPLEX ALGEBRA
10 Interpret the following as loci:
(i) |z + 3*|2 -|z-3i| 2 = 12; (ii) |z + K| 2 +|z-H| 2 = 10fc 2
(Jfe > 0);
(iii) arg —- = Jtt; *(iv) |z-z x |- |z-z 2 |
= 1.
z — 2
1 1 The numbers z lf z 2 are connected by the equation z x = z 2 + l/z 2 .
(i) IfP 2 describes a circle of radius a 4= land centre O, show that P 1 describes
the ellipse %1 y2 x
(l+a 2)
2+
(l-a 2)
2=
^ 2'
(ii) If z 2 = r(cos0 + isin0), determine the locus of P x when 6 — \tt andvaries.
12 liu + iv = ajz where a is real, show that the curves in the ay-plane whicorrespond to u = constant, v = constant are (in general) orthogonal system
of circles.
13 If {(z + c)/(z —c)} 2 = (w + 2c)j{w —2c) and c is real, prove that whz = c(eos 6 + i sin 0), then w = 2c cos 0. Hence show that if z describes the circ
|z| = c, then w describes the segment of the a?-axis between ± 2c, once in eadirection.
14 If z, w are represented by P, Q and zw + w —z+1 = 0, prove that whz = cos 6 + i sin 6, then \w\ = ±tan£0 according as =S 6 < 71, —n^d^O.P describes the circle \z\ = 1, prove that Q describes the y-axis, and indicate
corresponding directions of motion.
*15 An ellipse has foci ( + ae, 0) and z x> z 2 correspond to the ends of conjugate
semi-diameters. Prove z 2 +z| = a 2 e 2. [Using eccentric angles, if
z x —a cos (j) + ib sin ^ then z 2 = ± (a sin<f>
—ib cos 0).]
* 16 If w = (z 2 + az + 6) /(z 2 + cz + d) and a, 6, c, d are real, prove that the point
z for which u is real lie either on the real axis or on a circle whose centre is onreal axis. [Clear fractions, equate real and imaginary parts, and eliminate w
In the following, a> and w2 denote the cube roots of + 1, w 4= 1.
17 If x = a + b, y = a + bco, z = a + b(o 2, prove that Lx = 3a, ILyz = 3
a*/z = a 3 + 6 3, Sa 2 = 3a 2
, Sa 3 = 3(a 3 + 6 3).
3n18 (i) If f{x) = Ea r af, what does f(x) +f((ox) +f(o) 2 x) represent?
r=l*(ii) Calculate similarly f(x) + (of((ox) + (o z
f(u)2 x) and f(x) + w2/(waj) + o>/(w
19 If 2 + p x z n - x + ... +p n = (z —Oil) (z —a 2 ) . . . (z —a„), prove that
(l + a 2 )(l+a 2 )...(l + a 2) = (l-p 2 +p 4 -...) 2 + (^i-p 8 +P6--) 2
.
[l+p 1 <+i? 2 «2 + ...+p„« n = (1-<M) ... (l-a n £). Put<= ± i, then multiply.]
* 20 Find conditions for z 2 + (a + &*) z + (c + a*) = to have a real root, whea, 6, c, a are real.
21 If = + i a root of 3 +pz + = real) prove a is a real root
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 190/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 191/454
528
14
DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM ANDSOME APPLICATIONS
14.1 de Moivre's theorem
14.11 If n is an integer (positive or negative), then
(cos d + i sin d) n = cos nd + i sin nd ;
if n is rational, then cos nd + i sin nd is one of the values~\ of
(coad + ismd) 11.
Proof, (i) Let nbea positive integer. By direct multiplication,
(cos d + i sin 0) (cos <j> + i sin<f>)
= (cos 6 cos $ —sin d sin<f>) + i(sin d cos <p + cos sin 0)
= cos(0+ 0) +
isin(0+ 0).
Similarly,
(cos d x + i sin d x )(cos 2 + i sin 2 ) (cos 3 + i sin 3 )
= {cos (d x + d 2 ) + i sin (^ + d 2 )} (cos 3 + i sin d 3 )
= cos (0J + 6 i + 3 ) + i sin ((^ + 2 + S )
by two applications of the above result. Proceeding step by step
this way, we find
(cos d x + i sin d x ) . . . (cos 6 n + i sin 6 n ) = cos (20) + i sin (20).
Putting d 1=
2= . . . = 6 n = 0, this becomes
(cos 6 + ism d) n = cos nd + i sin nd.
(ii) .Lei nbea negative integer, say = —m. Then
(cos + i sin 0) w = (cos 6 + i sin 0)~ m
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 192/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 193/454
530 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.1
No further values are given by taking other values of k, because a
other value of k differs from one of the values 0, 1 , 2, . .. , q - 1 by som
integral multiple of q.
Consequently, (cos 6 + i sin 6)vla
has exactly q different values, vthose in (i) given by k = 0, 1, 2, q- 1. Any other set of q integral
values of k could be chosen, provided they give q distinct values of
e.g. we often take k = 0, + 1, + 2, ....
The q values (i) are represented in
the Argand diagram by points
on the unit circle \z\ = 1:
£(Ox,OP 1 )=pe/q,
and arcs PXP2 , P^Pz, Pq -iP q sub-
tend angles 'Znjq at the centre 0. Thus
PXP2 PZ ... Pais a regular g-sided poly- Fi 8- 136
gon inscribed in the unit circle.
Since every complex number z can be written in the form
r(cos#-Msin0), where —tt<6^7t,
the above shows that the values of z plq are
cos I —+ + i sin +-2kn
,)
where k = 0, 1, 2, q— 1 and (as elsewhere in this book) r pli denotes
the positive qth root of r p . They are represented by points equallyspaced around the circle \z\ = r plQ
.
Definition. It will often be convenient to abbreviate cos0 + isin#
to cis0.
14.13 Examples
(i) Solve the equation (z+ l) n = z .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 194/454
14.13] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 531
By taking nth roots of both sides, and using the general result (i) in 14.12,
z+1 / 2kn\ . . / 2kn\'
A , ft= cos|0 + |+*sin +) (k = 0,l,2,...,n-l).
z \ n J \ n )
I 2kn . . 2kn\z I cos 1+* sin 1 = 1,
\ n n )
. / „ . a kn n . . kn kn\l.e.y zl —2 sua 2 h2*sm —cos —I = 1,
\ n n n J
n . . hn ( kn . . kn\and 2%z sin —I cos h*sui —I = 1.
n \ n n J
Hence by the theorem (with index —1)
n . . kn kn . . kn „ , „2*zsui —= cos *sin — (k = 0, 1, 2, ...,n— 1).
n n n^„ , ^ 1 / Jen \If k 4=0, 2 = —( cot 1)
2^\ n J
1 / kn\= --ll + icot— I (k = l,2,...,n-l).
These are the n —1 solutions.
Alternatively, instead of quoting the general theory, we may proceed fromstage (a) above by writing
cos 2kn + * sin 2kn',
hence by de Moivre's theorem,
z+1 2kn . . 2kn= cos H*sin ,
z n n
which takes distinct values for k = 0, 1, 2, . . ., n —1; etc.
(ii) Show that the roots ofz n = 1 can be written 1, a, a 2
From z n = 1 = cos2&7r+*sin2&7r,
2kn . . 2knz = cos Msin ,
n n
which takes distinct values when k = 0, 1, 2, . . ., n —1.
The value k = gives 2=1. Write2n . . 2n
a = cos h*sinn n
for the case k = 1; then since
2kncos — . . 2kn I 2n . . 2n\ k
+ *sin = (cos h*sm — =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 195/454
532 de moivre's theorem [14.13
Compare the brevity of this work with the algebraical treatment of the equation
2 3 = 1 in 13.23. Observe also that
. [2{n-r)7i\ .f 2rn\
a n ~ r = cis |— ———-
—| = cis|27T ——
{2rn\ 2rn . . 2rn —> = cos ism —= oc r
,
n ) n n
and hence a n_1 = a, a n-a = a 2, .... Also see Ex. 14(a), no. 21.
*(iii) If p, q are coprime integers (i.e. have no common factor other than ±1)the q values of (cos 6 + i sin 6) PlQ can be written
cos^(0 + 2for) + *sin^(0 + 2for), (
where k = 0,1,2,
...,q— 1.
These q expressions each satisfy z = cospd+iainpd, and are therefore
values of (cos0+isin0) 1 ' / <1 '. They are all distinct; for if
then as in 13.22(2),
cis -(d + 2k 1 ir) = cis-(0 + 2fc a 7r),
2 3
P(d + 2k 1 n)--(d + 2k z n) = 2mn
? 3
for some integer m, i.e. p(k x—k 2 ) = mq. Since —k 2 \ < q, this shows that
has a factor in common with p, which is impossible becausep,
q are coprime.
Remarks
(a) Since the equation z 9 = cispd has exactly q roots, the set of values of (
must be the same as the set of values of (i), in some order.
(/?) If p, q are not coprime, the function (cos0 + *sin0) 1 ' /9 is understoodmean {(cos0 + isin0) 3>
}1/<r
, and therefore has q distinct values, viz. the values
(i) of (coapd + i smpd) 1 . However, in this case the expression cis {(p/q)(6 + 2kn)
does not take q distinct values, and consequently, does not represent all th
values of (cos0 + isin0) , 'A'. See Ex. 14(a), no. 8.
Exercise 14(a)
1 If x = cis d, y —cis 0, and m, n are integers, prove
1 = 2 cos (md —nd)).yn x m r/
„ . (l + cos0 + *sin0) 8
2 Simplify .. ,, 4•
(cosf —*sin£/)*
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 196/454
DE moivre's theorem 533
8 Write down the six values of (cos + i sin 0)i and the two values of(cos + i sin 0)*. Observe that cis {f(0 + 2ifor)} has only two distinct values, andtherefore cannot completely represent the first function.
9 Simplify (cos0 + isin0) 8 in two ways. By equating real and imaginary
parts, deduce that
cos30 = cos 3 0-3cos0sin 2 and sin 30 = 3 cos 8 sin 6 - sin 80,
and express tan 30 in terms of tan 0.
10 If z = cis 0, express in terms of 0:
(i) \; (ii) z+1-; (iii) z-\; (iv) z + ^; (v) z--~.
Solve completely the following equations.
11 z = -l. 12 (z+l) n + (z-l) n = 0.
13 (z-l) = z». 14 (1+z) = (l-z) B.
15 z 2n —2z n cos ncc + 1 = 0. [First solve as a quadratic in z .]
16 By expanding ( 1 + z) n, where n is a positive integer, and putting z = cis 0,
prove n(2 cos £0) cis \nd = 21 n Gr cis rd.
r=0
n I it\ n
Deduce that S n Cr cos —= 2 n ~* I cos —I .
r= 2w \ 4w/
17 If w is a positive integer, prove ( 1 + *)n + ( 1 —i) n = 2* n+1 cos Jn7r. Writing
(l + a;) = c +c 1 x+c 2 x 2 +...+c n x n,
prove c —c a + c 4 —. . . = 2* cos Jw7T
and c x —c 3 + c 5 —. . . = 2* B sin Jtmt.
18 If a = cisf7r and /? = a + a 2 +a 4, 7 = a 3 + a 5 + a 8
, prove /ff+y = —1 and
/?y = 2. Write down the quadratic having roots fi, 7, and deduce that
. 2n . 4=n . 87r , .sm— +sm —+ sm— = +JV 7 '
7 7 7v
19 If cos0 + cos0 + cos^ = and sin0 + sin0 + sin^ = 0, prove that
cos 30+ cos 3^ + cos 3^ —3008(0 + ^ + ^) = and a similar result for sines.
[Put x = cis 0, y = cis 0, z = cis ^ and use Ex. 10 (/), no. 4 (iii).]
20 What conditions have to be satisfied by z in order that the points repre-
senting all integral powers of z should (i) lie on a circle with centre the origin,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 197/454
534 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.2
14.2 Use of the binomial theorem
14.21 cos m8 sin B 6 in terms of multiple angles (m, n being positive
integers or zero)This transformation is sometimes needed for the integration
circular functions: see 4.82. Writing z = cos 6 + i sin 6, then
- = cos0 —isin#,z
so 2cos0 = z+-, 2*sin0 = z —.
z * z
Also z n = cosw# + isinn0 and l/z n = cosw0 —iainnd, so that
1 1z n +— = 2 cos n6, z n - —=2i sin nd. (
z z n
By means of (i) and the binomial theorem, the given function ca
be expanded in powers of z and 1/z. By (ii) the resulting expansion
can be expressed in multiple angles.
Examples
(i) Express cos 8 in terms of circular functions of multiple angles.
From (i),
(2cos0) 6
= (z+^y
15 6 1= z« + 6z 4 +15z 2 + 20 + —+ -. + -z
z 2 z 4 z 6
=(
a *4) +6 (*<+ ^ +15
(*s
4) +2 °
= 2 cos 60+
6(2 cos 40) + 15(2 cos 20) + 20 by (ii).
.-. cos 6 = -^(cos 6(9 + 6 cos 40 + 15 cos 20 + 10).
(ii) Express cos 6 sin 4 6 in terms of multiple angles.
(2cos0) 5 (2isin0) 4 = ^z + -^ (z-^j*
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 198/454
14.22J de moivre's theorem 535
We observe that coa n d can always be expanded in terms of cosines
because it depends on the expansion of (z+l/z) n. Since sin m
depends on {z—\jz) m, which involves terms like z r +ljz r if m is
even, and terms like zr
—\\zr if
mis
odd,therefore sin m
canbe
expressed in terms of cosines or sines according as m is even or odd.
14.22 cos /18, sin #18, tan /18 as powers of circular functions (n being
an integer)
We now reverse the process in 14.21
cos n& + i sin nO = (cos 6 + i sin 6) n = (c + is) n, say,
= c n +
^c n ~Hs +
j^jc n -*(is)* +
Qc - 3
(i5)3 +
j^jc^is)* + . .
-(2)
cn v+6)
cn_M - -HI®cn ~ is -
(3cn ~* s * + ••) -
Hence cos nd = c n -Qj
c n ~ 2 s 2 +j^j
c n ~^ - . . . (hi)
and sin nO = c^s -(^j
c 3 * 3 + . . . . (iv)
Taking the ratio of sinnfl to cosnd, and dividing top and bottom
of the right-hand side by c n , we obtain
t*nn0 = U/.
V ;
,, (v)
1-t W[%'-.where £ = tan#. WW
The formulae (iii), (iv) can be transformed by means of the relation
s 2 + c 2 = 1 to show that cosw-0 can be expressed entirely in powers of
cos/9, and so on; see for example Ex. 14 (6), no. 20, and ex. (iii) below.
Examples
(i) Express cos 56 and sin 60/sin 6 in terms of cos 6.
cos 56 = c 8 - Q c 8 * 2 + Q cs*
= c 8 - 10c 8( 1 - c 2
) + 5c( 1 - c 2)
2
= 16c 8 - 20c 8 + 5c.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 199/454
536 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.2
(ii) Write down the formula for tan 50. What equation is satisfied by tan
if (a) tan 50 = 0; (6) 56 = Jct? Solve each of these equations.
(a) If tan 50 = 0, then 5t- lOt* + <B = 0, so « = tan 6 satisfies
x 6 -10x z + 5x - 0.
Now if tan 50 = 0, then 56 = m and 6 = \rir, so that tan 6 = tan Jnr, andvalues r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 give distinct values of tan Jttt. Therefore the roots of
above equation are x = (corresponding to r = 0) and
tanf7r, tan-§7r, tan |tt = —tan f 7r, tanf7T = —tan^7T,
i.e. 0, ±tanf7r, ± tan \tr.
(6) If 50 = \t\, then tan 50 = 1 and so
5t - 10« s + 1* = 1 - 10* 2 + 5**;
hence * = tan satisfies
a 5 -5a:*-10:r 8 +10a; 2 + 5a;-l = 0.
But if tan 50 = 1, then 50 = fyr+rn and = ^n+^rn, so that
(4r+l \
and this takes distinct values for r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. The required roots are therefore
a: = tan ( 20~7 (r =
' 1 ' 2 ' 3 ' 4 )-
The equation in (6) could also be solved algebraically by the methodEx. 13 (g), nos. 26-28.
*(iii) Ifnis odd, prove that sinn0 can be expressed in the form
sinn0 = 6 1 s + 6 8 s 8 + ... + b n s n ,
and find b lt b n . Also prove that (r + 1 ) (r + 2) 6 r+a = (r 2 —n 2) b r , and hence find 6
From formula (iv) and the relation c 2 = 1 —s 2,
sinw0 =(^j
(l-s 2 )K«-i) s - f^j (l_ s 2)i(»-3) g 3 + f^j(l- a *)H«-*) 8 *- ....
Since each of n— 1, n— 3, ... is even, this can be expanded as a polynomial i
involving only odd powers of s and having degree n, for
b = ffi i f n
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 200/454
14.23] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 537
Also /n\& = coefficient of a = II = n.
»By deriving the identity ahind = 2 &r s r twice wo 6, we obtain first
ncosn# = 2 r &r*r_lc
r=ln
and then - n 2 sin nd = 2 0(r - 1) Mr-2 c 2 - r& r * r-1*]
r-=l
= S [r(r - 1) 6 r s r a - {r(r- 1) b r + rb r } a']
= X [r(r - 1) 6 r s r - 2 - r a 6 r s r];
n nhence - n 2 S 6 r * r = S[r(r-l) &r s r_a - r 2 6 r a r
].
r=l r=l
Equating coefficients of « r,
- n 2 6 r = (r + 2) (r + 1 ) &r+a - r 2 6 r ,
from which the required relation follows. Taking r — 1, we have
2.3& 8 = (l-n 2 )n, i.e. 6 8 = Jn(l-w 2).
14.23 tan (et + 6 2 + . . . + 6„)
cos(0 1 + 2 +... + 0J + isin(0 1 + 2 + ...+0J
= (cos 6 X + i sin 6 X) (cos 2 + * sm ^2) • • • ( cos @n + * sm ^«)
as in 14.11, proof (i),
= cos 6 X cos 2 . . . cosTO ( 1 + #2) (1 + it 2 ) . . . ( 1+ it n ) where t r
= tan r ,
= cos X cos 2 . . cos Gn {l + iS x + i 2 2 2 + i 3 S 3 +...),
where 2 r denotes the sum of the products of t lt £ 2 ,...,t n taken r at a
time; this last step follows from the argument used in proving thebinomial theorem, 12.11. Equating real and imaginary parts,
cos(0 1 + 1 +...+0 B ) = cos<9 1 ...cos^ n (l-S 2 + S 4 -...), (vi)
andsin(0 1 + 2 +... + n ) = cos tfj... cos tfJSi- 3 +...). (vii)
By division,
tan(0 + + = ^~^^ 5 (™)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 201/454
538 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.
Exercise 14(b)
Express the following in terms of multiple angles.
1 cos*0. 2 sin 4 0. 3 sin 6 0.
4 cos* sin 5 0, 5 cos 6 sin 8 0.
Calculate
'in
6 Jsin 7 0d0. 7 JW0sin 6 0d0.o
sin 4 0cos 6 0d0.
9 Express cos 60 in terms of (i) cos 0; (ii) sin 0.
10 Express sin 70 in terms of sin 0.
1 1 Express cos 70/cos in terms of sin 0.
12 Solve completely the equation cos 50 + 5 cos 30+10 cos 6 = \.
1 3 Solve completely 1 6 sin 6 = sin 50.
14 Prove cos 70/co's = 1 - 2(2 cos 20) - (2 cos 20) 2 + (2 cos 20) 3. Hence prov
that the roots of x 3 - x 2 - 2x + 1 = are x = 2 cos {%(2k + 1) n}, k = 0, 1, 2.
15 If x = 2 cos 0, prove ( 1 + cos 70)/( 1 + cos 0) = (x 3 -x 2 ~2x- l) 2. [Express
in half-angles.]
*16 (i) Give the last terms in formulae (iii), (iv) when n is (a) even; (6) odd.
(ii) State the last terms in numerator and denominator of formula (v) wh
n is (a) even; (b) odd.
17 Write down the expression for tan 30 in terms of t = tan 0. By first solving
tan0 = 1, show that the roots of x 3 —3x 2 —Sx+ 1 = are tan ^77-, tan -^n atan |7T. What are the roots of x 2 —4x + 1 = 0?
18 (i) If a + 2 + 3 + 4 = mr, where n is an integer, state the relation between
h, t 2 ,t 3 ,
£ 4 , where t r = tan r .
(ii) If tan0 1} tan0 4 are the roots of ti + at 3 + bt 2 + ct + d = 0, express
tan (0 X + 2 + 3 + 4 ) in terms of the coefficients. What can be said about t
angles if c = at
19 If tana, tan/?, tany are the roots of ax 3 + x 2 + bx + 1 = 0, prove tha + /? y is an integral multiple of tt.
*20 (i) Prove that cosw0 can be expressed as a polynomial of degree nc = cos0 of the form a„c n + a n _ i c n ~ 2 + ...+a n _ Sr c n ~ 2r + the last term bein
a or a x c according as n is even or odd. (ii) Prove that a n = 2 n_1. (iii) If n is even
put = \n to show that a = ( —l)* n; if w is odd, consider lim (cosn0/cos 0)
prove a 1 = n( —l)^ - 1). (iv) By deriving twice wo and equating coefficients
of c r, prove (r+ 1) {r + 2)a r+2 = (r 2 —n 2 )a r . (v) Hence expand cosn0 (a)
descending powers of c; (6) in ascending powers of c first for n even and the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 202/454
14.31] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 539
nwe have used 2/(r) to denote /(l)+/(2) + ... +f(n), here it is con-
venient to write nn/(r)-/(l)/(2).../(n).
r=l
As with the E-notation, the range of values of r can be omitted whenclear from the context.
14.31 x»-l
We have x n —1 = if x n = 1 = cis2?rr, i.e. if x = cis (2r7r/w). For
r = 1 , 2, . ..
, n it follows that x —cis {2m jn) are distinct factors of x n —1
.
Since r = —k and r = n —k give the same value to cis(2nr/%), wemay use r = 0, —1, —2, . . . instead of r = n, n —1 . n —2, . . .
.
Case (i) : n even. Take r = 0, ± 1, ± 2, ± 1), This gives
\n —1 pairs of factors, together with the single factors corresponding
to and \n; in all, there are 2{\n —1) + 2 = n factors.
The factors corresponding to r = ± k are
/ 2kn . . 2kn\ I 2kn . . 2&7r\
a;— (cos h*sm L x— Icos *sm 1,\ n n /' \ w ft /
and their product is
/ 2knyt
/ . 2&7r\ 2. 2&7T
x —cos + sin ) = # 2 —2#cos hi.\ n J \ n J n
The factors corresponding to r = 0, |w are respectively x—l,x + l.
Hence* n_1 / 2kn \
for n even, x n —1 = (x —1) (# + 1) n I # 2 —2a; cos + 1 (i)
Case (»»): n odd. Take r = 0, +1, ±2, ±£(w— 1); this gives
1 + 2{%{n —1)} = n factors altogether. Arguing as before, we find that
*(n-l)/ 2kn \fornodd, x n -l = (x-l) U [x*-2xcos + 1). (ii)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 203/454
540 de moivre's theorem [14.3
Case (i) : n even. As in 14.31, we wish to pair off conjugate comple
linear factors so as to get a real quadratic product. Now the factors
. 2r-l . 2r'-l
X —CIS 71, X —CIS 71n n
are conjugate if (2r- 1) + (2r'—l) = 0, i.e. if r' = - (r- 1); therefore
with the values , „ ,
r=l, 2, 3, ...,\n
we pair r' = 0, - 1, -2, - {%n- 1).
This gives \n + {l + (\n— 1)} = n factors altogether. The factors
corresponding to r = k, r' = —(k —1) are
/ 2k-l . . 2k-l \ I 2k-l . . 2k-l \X—ICOS 7T + *Sin 7T\, X—|COS TT —l&m 7T\
\ n n J \ n n J
and their product is x* —2x cos {(2k —1 ) njn} + 1 . Hence
i n l 2k —1 \for n even, x n + 1 = II \x % —2xco& tt+ 1 1 .
&=i\ n I
Case (ii) : n odd. We pair off the values
r=l, 2, 3,...,i(n-l)
with r' = 0, -1, -2, -%(n-3).
The value r = \(n + 1) gives 2r —1 = n, to which corresponds the r
factor x + 1. Then as before we have
Hn-l)/ 2k -1 \for n odd, x n +l = (x+l) H \x 2 —2x cos n+l).
k=i \ n J
14.33 x^-lx cos na + 1
The equation x 2n —2x n cos + 1 = is quadratic in x n:
(x n —cos na) 2 = —1 + cos 2 not = —sin 2 na,
.'. x n = cos na ± i sin na.
H h 2 l f hi h
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 204/454
14.33] de moivre's theorem 541
The product of the conjugate factors corresponding to r = k is
[X —cos/ 2kn\ . . / 2k7T\)( I 2/br\ . . / 2kn\)
„ rt / 2kn\ ,= x* —2x cos I a -\1 + 1.
V n J
n-i i / 2kn\ \
:. x 2n -2x n coanoc+l = ]J lx 2 -2xcoa^a + —\ + l\. (v)
Examples
Various deductions can be made from the result (v).
(i) Putting a = 0, we obtain
n—if 2hn \
(rcn - l) 2 = T\W-1xcos +l},
&=ol n )
and if n is even this is equal toin -II 2kn \*
(x-l) 2 (x+l) z n W~2xcos + 1}fc-i I n )
because the values k = 0, k = \n give the factors {x— l) 2, (x+ 1)
2 respectively,
while factors corresponding to k and n —k are equal. Taking square roots (in
which the positive sign is chosen since in real algebra all the quadratic factors
are positive and x n —1, x % —1 always have the same sign when n is even), weobtain formula (i) of 14.31. If n is odd, we likewise deduce formula (ii).
Similarly, by putting a = n/n in (v), we obtain formulae (iii), (iv).
(ii) Divide both sides of (v) by x n:
1 „ «-M 1 n I 2hn\\B
H 2cosraa = TT {a?H 2cos|a + 1}.
*n
*-ol * \ n J)
is0,
2cosn0 —2cosna = H (2cos0 —2cos (oH )},fc=ol \ n })
n-i i / 2kn\\cos nd— cos net = 2 -1 H {cos0 —cos laH )}.
ft=ol \ n J)
(iii) In (v) put x = 1 and a = 2/?:
n—1 i I 2kn\\
x
Putting x = cis 8,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 205/454
542 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.3
To decide the sign of the right-hand side, first suppose < /? < rt\n\ th
each factor on the right is positive, and so is sin nfi. Hence the sign + is appr
priate for this range of /?. As /? increases, sinn/? changes sign whenever /? pass
through a value kn/n, and simultaneously one factor on the right changes
Hence the sign is always + :
n—l / w\= 2 1 n sin(/? + —
fc=0 \ »/
(iv) By taking logarithms of the modulus of each side of this last result
assuming that /? is not zero or an integral multiple of 2n,
n—l I /jfc7j-\
I
loglsinwytfl = (n-1) log 2+ Slog sin(^ + —) .
fc=0I \ n /\
Deriving won—l i lvn\
ncotnfi = S cot IAH I
fe=0 \ nj
(v) de Moivre's and Cotes's properties^
of the circle.
A AX A 2 ... A n _ 1 is a regular n-sided
polygon inscribed in the circle of centre
O and radius a; P is a point such that
OP = x and /.(OP, OA ) = 0.
Since sides of the polygon subtend angle
2n/n at O, we have
L(OP,OA r ) = 6 + 2m /n.
Also, by the cosine rule,
PA* = x 2 + a*-2axcos[d +Fig. 137
( + v)-n-ll 1 2rn\
PAl.PA\...PAl_ 1 = II |a 2 -2aa:cos|0 + —j+a 2
= x 2n - 2a n x n cos nd + a 2n
by a slight extension of formula (v). Hence de Moivre's property:
PA . PA X ...PA n _ 1 = V(«2 - 2a n x n cos nd + a 2n
).
In particular, if P lies on OAQ , then 6 = and so
PA .PA 1 ...PA n _ 1 = \x n -a n\.
AIf OP bisects A n _ x OA^ then 6 = njn, and so
PA^.PA x ...PA n _ x = x n + a n.
These last two results are known as Cotes's properties.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 206/454
14.34] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 543
Hence for r = 0, 1, 2, ...,n —1, sin 6 —sin (rn/n) are distinct factors of sinntf;
consequently n _ , ,
sin n# = &„ ^ ( sin 6 —sin —I. (vi)
r=l\ w/
This can be expressed alternatively as follows. The n distinct values ofsin (m/n) are given by r = 0, ± 1, ± 2, + 1). The factors which corre-
spond to r = k, r = —k are sin 6 —sin (kn/n), sin 6 + sin (kn/n), and have productsin 2 —aw? (kn/n). Hence
«»- >/ foAsin w# = 6 n sin # JJ (sin 2 —sin 2 —I. (vii)
fc=l \ »/Divide each factor following sin# in (vii) by —sin 2 (kn/n); then
sin nd —A sin/^D/ sin 2
(9 \
\A
[~ am? (kn/n))'
where J. is independent of 6 and can be determined by dividing both sides bysin 6 and then letting 6 -> 0. We obtain
. sinn#A = lim —;——= n,d^O sin d
i(n-l) / am 2$ \and so sinw# = nsin0 TT 1 1 —r- tt^ —r~> I • (viii)
fc-L1
\ am^ (kn/n) J
Examples
(i) Comparison of series and product.
By identifying the product (viii) with the expansion of sinw# obtained in
ex. (iii) of 14.22, we have for n odd:
i(n-l) / ]c7t\ns n ( 1 - s 2 cosec 2 —) = ns + %n(l -w 2 )s 3 + ... +& B s B
.
ft=l \ n/
Equating coefficients of the various powers of s gives identities involving
cosec 2 (Jen /n); e.g. from those of s 3,
—n 2j cosec 2 ——£n( 1 —n 2),
ft=l »K»-D Jen
i.e. 2 cosec 2 —= A(n 2 —1) for n odd. (ix)
fc=l w
CO J(ii) Proof thm 2 - = |tt 2
.
If < < J7r, then sin 6 < 6 < tan 6 and so
J- < cosec 2 = l + cot 2 < l+^- a .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 207/454
544 de moivre's theorem [14.3
Writing 11 1s»» = —I h • • • H* p 2 2 m2
and using formula (ix), we have #
7T 2 W2 -1 7r2 n-l
< ^ —< ^ J + **-»Since the series S(l// 2
) is known to converge by 12.41 (3), therefore s m tend
to some limit s when m oo in any manner, and in particular through
sequence —1) for odd n. Letting n -> oo, the above inequality gives
s < |7T 2 ^ s,
so that s = \n*.
Exercise 14(c)
1 Obtain real quadratic factors of x6
—Xs
+1. Byequating coefficients
x B and of x 3, prove that
cos \n + cos | n + cos f 7T = and cos \it cos %n cos ftf = ^.
2 Find the real quadratic factors of x s —4a; 4 +16.
3 Write down real quadratic factors of x 6 + x 5 + x i + x 3 + x i + x+l. [T
expression is (x 7 —l)/{x— 1).]
By substituting ± 1 for x and 2/3 or 2/3+n/n for a in formula (v) of 14.33, pro
the following.n-l l (2r+l)n\
4 cosw/? =2«~ 1
IIsinj^ +-
——].r=0 I 2w )
n—1 I rjjX
5 sinn/? = ( - l)* n 2 n_1 JJ cos —> if n is even.
»-i ( (2r+l)n\6 cosn/? = (-l)*«2 n ~ 1
]J cos{,ff+- ———} if n is even.
7 Obtain a result by deriving no. 4 logarithmically wo /?.
n-l / r7T \
8 Prove 2 cosec 21 /? H—} = w2 cosec 2 n/?.
r=0 \ »/
n_1 f / 2/7r\)9 Prove ch nx —cos na = 2 -1 TT { ch x —cos ( a H }
} . [Divide formular=o I \ w /J
by o;n and then put x = e v
.]
10 Express # n_1/(#
2n —2# n cos noc + 1) as a sum of n partial fractions. [Deriv
(v) logarithmically wo a.]
11 Prove that
1 1 /2r+l \) 1 / lVt 1/ 1 « ™
x n + — = TT {* + —2cos — n\), x n = \ x--\ II |a; + --2cos—x n
r i A\ * \ 2n J) x n
\ x) rJi\ x n
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 208/454
14.4] de moivre's theorem 545
13 (i) Obtain a result from no. 12 (i) by putting = 0.
(ii) By dividing both sides of no. 12 (ii) by sin0 and then letting -> 0,
P rove n-i mVn = +2 - 1
II sin —.
r=l n
14 (i) By deriving no. 12 (i) logarithmically, prove
nt&nnd _ n ~ 1 1
2jsin0 r=: QCOsd —coa{(2r+\)7il2n}'
(ii) What result is obtainable similarly from no. 12 (ii)?
15 With the notation of 14.33, ex. (v), prove that if P lies on the circumference,
then PA . PA X ...PA^^ 2a |sin £w0|
16 Show that the solutions of ( 1 + x) %n + ( 1 - xf n = are
2r-lx = ±i tan n, where r = 1, 2, ...,n.
4nn i (2r—l)n\
Deduce that (l + a;)2n + (l-a;) 2n = 2 FT a;
2 + tan 2 -—r=i \ 4« /
» (2r— 1)ttand hence prove that £ sec 2 = 2n 2
.
r=l 4n*17 Prove that
/ 2r7r\\cosn0 —cosraa = 2 n_1
JJ <cos0 —cos |a + -—}>
r=ol \ w /;
by using Ex. 14 (6), no. 20 and arguing as in 14.34.
14.4 Roots of equations
14.41 Construction of equations with roots given trigonometrically
(i) Form the equation whose roots are cos f n, cos f n, cos § n.
= %n, %Tt, § tt all satisfy cos 30 = — Since cos 30 = 4 cos 3 —3 cos 0, the
equation 4a; 3 —3a; = —£ is satisfied by a; = cos \tj, cos f n, cos f-
. The required
equation is therefore_ + 1 = q
(ii) Form the equation whose roots are cosfTT, cos cos f7T.
Consider the equation cos 40 = cos 30. It is satisfied by
40 = 2mn ± 30,
where m is any integer or zero, i.e. by = \mn (this includes both solutions
obtained from the double sign ± ).
Writing x = cos 0, the equation becomes
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 209/454
546 de moivre's theorem [14.4
(iii) Form the equation whose roots are tan 2 \n, tan 2 § tt, tan 2 \tt, tan 2 %tt.
The equation tan W= is satisfied by 6 = \rm, where n is any integer
zero. Writing t = tan 6, it becomes (see formula (v) of 14.22)
Removing the root t = 0, we see that the equation
<8 - 36* 6 + 126* 4 - 84< 2 + 9 =
has roots i = tan {\mr), where n = 1, 2, . . ., 8, i.e.
+ tan^7T, ±tanf77-, ±tanf7r, ±tan^7r.
Putting x = t 2, it follows that
* 4 - 36# 3 + 126a 2 - 84a; + 9 =has roots tan 2 £7r, tan 2
f7<r, tan 2 \tt, tan 2f7T.
N.B. —Since tan 2 \tt = 3, we may remove the root x = 3 from the
equation, obtaining x s —B3x 2 + 21x—3 = Q, which consequently has ro
tan 2 Aw, tan 2 |7r, tan 2 ±7r.
14.42 Results obtained by using relations between roots acoefficients
If the results of 13.51 are applied to equations like those found
14.41, various trigonometrical relations are obtained.
Examples
(iv) Prove sec f tt + sec %tt + sec fzr = 6, and find sec \tt + sec f tt + sec f 7r.
The equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of that in ex.
will have roots sec f tt, sec %tt, sec § tt. This equation is x 3 —6x 2 + 8 = 0, andsum of its roots is 6.
Since sec \tt ——sec %n, sec %tt = —sec %tt, and sec f tt = —sec f tt, hensec \tt + sec § tt + sec %n = —6.
(v) Calculate tan 2f tt + tan 2
f tt + tan 2f 7T.
From ex. (ii), the equation having roots sec f tt, sec f7r, sec far is
x 3 + 4x 2 -4x-8 = 0.
Putting 2/ = x 2, the equation having roots sec 2
f7r, etc. is
2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 210/454
14.42] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 547
(vi) Prove that cos 3a = 4 cos a cos (a + § tt) cos (a + f 7r).
Consider the equation cos 30 = cos 3a, which is satisfied by 6 = oc + f for
where k is any integer or zero. It can be written
4x3
—Zx —cos 3a = 0,
where x = cos 6, and is satisfied by the distinct values x = cos a, cos (a + f tt)
and cos (a + f tt). By taking the product of the roots, the relation follows.
Exercise 14 (d)
1 Form the equation whose roots are cos \tt, cos \ tt, cos ^n.
2 Form the equation whose roots are ± cos \n, ± cos f tt.
[Consider cos 56 = —1.]
3 By considering cos 30 = cos 26, construct the equation whose roots are
gos%tt and cos£7r. Hence find cos 36°, cos 72° in surd form.
2m4 Show that x = 2 cos
-yy(r = 1, 2, . . ., 5) are the roots of
x 6 + x i -4x 3 -3x 2 + 3x+l = 0.
[Consider cos 66 = cos 56; remove the root x = 2 at the end.]
*5 (i) Construct the equation whose roots are ± 2 sin f 77, ±2sin^7T, ± 2 sin f 77
by eliminating x from y = 2^(1 — 2 ) and the result of ex. (ii) in 14.41.
(ii) Verify that 2 sinf 7r, 2 sin f 7r, 2 sin f rr are the roots of a;3 = + ^7 (a;
2 —1).
[The equation in y obtained in (i) can be written
2/8 = 7(2/2- 1)
2, i.e. y
t = ±Jl(y*-l).
Since 2sinf7r > 1 and 2sinf7T > 1, and also 2sinf7T = —2sin$7r lies betweenand —1, these values of y give y
3 and y2 —1 the same sign.]
Use the equations obtained in exs. (i)-(iii) of 14.41 to prove the following.
6 COS § TT COS %TT + COS f TT COS § TT + COS f 71 COS %TT = —f7 tan 2 \tt + tan 2
f tt + tan 2 %tt = 33 and tan \tt tan f 7r tan %tt = + V3 -
8 sec 2 £77- + sec 2f 7r + sec 2 $7r = 36 and sec 4 \tt + sec 4
%tt + sec 4 \tt = 1 104.
9 Calculate sin 2f zr + sin 2
f 7r + sin 2f tt.
10 Prove sin 3a = —4 sin a sin (a + f tt) sin (a + f 7r). [Consider sin 30 — sin 3a.]
1 1 Prove tan a + tan (a + \ tt) + tan (a + f 7r) = 3 tan 3a.
[Consider tan 36 = tan 3a.]
*12 B id i t 0 = h h i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 211/454
548 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.5
14.5 Finite trigonometric series: summation by C+iSThe method of summing certain trigonometric series which
illustrated in the following examples gives results in pairs, and is als
applicable to infinite series (see 14.66, ex. (i)).
14.51 Cosines and sines of angles in a.p.
Write
C = cos a + cos (a +fi) + cos (a + 2fi) + . . . + cos {a + (n —1) /?}
and 8 = sina + sin(a+/?) + sin(a + 2/?) + ... + s in{a + (n— 1)/?}.
ThenG + iS = cisa + cis (a + /?) + cis (a + 2/?) + ... + cis{a + (w- l)fi}
= cis a + cis a cis /? + cis a(cis /?)2 + . . . + cis a(cis
= cis a{l - (cis^) w}/{l - cisytf}
on summing the g.p., provided cis/? 4= 1, i.e. J3 is not an integral
multiple of 2n. Now|
l-(cis^) n = 1-cisn/?
= 1 —cos nfi —i sin nfi
= 2 sin 2\nfi —2i sin \nfi cos \nfi
= —2* sin ^i/?(cos + i sin
= —2i sin cis
—2i sin cis \nflHence C + iS = cis a —2i sin £/? cis
sin Aw/? . ,1
. „= . ^^ cisla + ln-l /?}.
Equating real and imaginary parts, we obtain
„ sin \nB sin InB . f ,. , x „
C = \% cos {a + $(11 1)0} # = \ C sin{a + |
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 212/454
14.52] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 549
Write
andf
Then
14.52 Other examples
(i) Sum 1 + a; cos 0+ a;2 cos 20 + ... ton terms, where x is real.
G - l+a;cos0 + a: 2 eos20+...+a; n- 1
cos(n-l)0
S= a; sin + a;2 sin 20+ ... +a: n - 1 sin(ra- 1) 0.
C + iS = 1 + a; cis + a:2 cis 20 + ...+ a: - 1 cis (w- 1)0
= l+a;cis0 + (a;cis0) 2 + ... + (£ccis0) n - 1
1 —(*cis0) n=
. ^ on summing the g.p., if x cis 4= 1»1 —X CIS
1 —# n cisw0
1 —x cis
_ (1 —05 cis n0) {l-a cis (-0)}~ (l-a:cis0){l-a;cis(-0)}
to make the denominator real,
1 —a; cisn0 —iccis( —0) +£c n+1 cis(n— 1)0
l —2x cos + x 2
since cis 0, cis ( —0) are conjugate. Taking the real part of this result,
_ 1 —a; cos —a; cos n0 + a3n+1 cos (n— 1)0
1 —2a; cos + x 2
N.B. —If |a;| < 1, then x n -> when w -» oo, and the series has a sum to infinity
^ 1—03 008lrm (7 = .
w _kjo 1 —2a; cos + x 2
given by
If \x\ ^ 1, there is no sum to infinity.
(ii) Prove that sin a + ^ sin (a + /?) + ^ sm ( a + + • • • + sin (a + nf})
= (2cos£/ff) n sin(a + ^/?).
Write C = cosa+^ cos(a+/?)+Q^ cos (a + 2/?) + . . . + cos (a + n/?)
and *S' = sina+^ sin(a+/ff) + ^ sin(a + 2ytf) + ... + sin(a + W/fl).
Then C + t£ = cisa +j^j
cis(a+^)+ ^ cis (a + 2/?) + . . . + cis (a + w/?)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 213/454
550 de moivre's theorem [14
= cisa(l + cis/?) n
= cisa(l + cos/? + *sin/?) n
= cis a (2 cos 2£/? + 2i sin cos £/?)
= cis a (2 cos \fl cis £/?)
= (2 cos \fi)n cis (a + in/?).
.'. S = (2 cos J/?) sin (a + on equating imaginary parts.
Exercise 14(e)
1 Sumsina —sin(a+/?) + sin(a + 2/?) —sin(a+ 3/?) + ... to 2w terms.
S1X1 { Th -J~ X ) $2 Prove 1 + cos0 sec0 + cos20 sec 2 + ... +cosn0 sec 0 = - — —
sin cos
3 Calculate Y. ( | sin 2r0.
r-lW
4 Find (2 cos 0)n -
(^j(2 cos 0) - 1 cos + f^j (2 cos0) - 2 cos 2(9 - ... to (n +
terms.
5 Sum to w terms the series whose rth term is (2r —1) af -1. If a = 2n/n
w is a positive integer, prove that
1 + 3 cos a + 5 cos 2a + . . . + (2n —1) cos (n —1) a = —n.
and 3 sin a + 5 sin 2a + ... + (2n —1) sin (n —1) a = —n cot £a.
6 Find the sum to n terms of sinJ. + (6/c)sin2J. + (6 2 /c 2 )sin3^. + ....
b < c in the triangle .ABC, deduce that the sum to infinity is (c/a) sin G.
7 If is not zero or an integral multiple of n, find the sum to infinity of
sin a + cos sin (a + 6) + cos 2 sin (a + 2/9) + cos 3 sin (a + 30) + . . .
8 If n is a positive integer, prove that
1 + nx cos + x* cos 26+ a:3 cos 30+ ... + x n cosnd = r n cosna,
where r = + A/(l + 2»cos0 + £c2
) and cosa:sina : 1 = (1 +«cos0) :scsin0
Further examples appear in Exs. 14 (/), (g).
14.6 Infinite series of complex terms. Some single-valued fun
tions of a complex variable
14.61 Convergence and absolute convergence
(1) Limit of a complex function of n. If s n = o~ n + ir n , and if o* n ->
d T h > h + h > d i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 214/454
14.62] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 551
and so \s n -(<r + iT)\ = \(<r n -<r) + i(T n -T)\ < |<r n -<r] + |t„-t| < e.
Conversely, if this last condition is satisfied for all n 5s N, then since
|o n-o-| < |(o-»-o ) + *(t„-t)| <e,
we have <r B -> cr (and similarly r n -> r).
(2) For the series 2z r , where z r = a;,. + iy r and a; r , y r are real,
n n nSn = 2 z r = 2 «r + * 2 2/r = ° « + * T»> sav -
r=l r=l r=l
By (1), 5 n tends to a limit if and only if <r n , r n both tend to limits whenn -> oo. Accordingly we give the following definitions.
2z r is convergent if 2# r and Sy r both converge.
If YiX r ,Y,y r converge to sums X, Y, then Z = X + iY is the sum to
infinity of 2z r .
(3) If the series (of real positive terms) S |z r jconverges, we say that
2z r is absolutely convergent (a.c).
It follows that if T,z r is a.c, then lLz r is also convergent in the sense
of (2). For since- \x r \ < J{x? + yf) = \z r \, and S \z r \is convergent by
hypothesis, the comparison test of 12.41 shows that S converges;
i.e. 2# r is a.c. and consequently (by 12.52) also converges. Similarly
ljy r converges, and hence by definition 2z r converges.
14.62 The infinite g.p. l + z + z 2 + z 3 + ...
Write sjz) = 1 + z + z 2 + ... + Z - 1.
If we multiply by z and subtract (just as for a g.p. with a real commonratio), we find that, if z =i= 1,
1 z n
1-z l-z
Putting z = r(cos0 + *sin#), where r > 0, we have
z n = r n (cosnd + iainnd).
Ifr < l,thenlimr n = 0;andsince |r n cosw#| ^ r TC and |rn sin?&0| ^ r n
,
therefore both r n cos nd and r n sin w# tend to zero when n -> oo. Hence
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 215/454
552 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.6
smnd oscillate between ± 1 when n^-oo, and again s n (z) does n
tend to a limit. If z = 1, clearly s n (z) = n.
The g.p. l + z + z 2 + ... therefore converges only if \z\ < 1, and its su
to infinity is then 1/(1 —z). We can write
(1-z)- 1 = l + z + z* + z* + ... (\z\ < 1).
The g.p. is absolutely convergent when the series of modu
l + r + r 2 + ... converges. This is the case when and only wh^ r < l,i.e. \z\ < 1. Hence the ranges of convergence and of absolute
convergence are the same.
14.63 The exponential series
Z Z 2 2 3
1 +l
+2
+3
+ -
(1) Write z = r(cos 6 + i sin 6). Then since the series
1 +Ti + 2
+3
+ -
converges for all r, the series
z z 2 z z
1 +T
+2
+3
+ -
is a.c. for all complex numbers z, and hence converges for all z.
Denoting the sum-function of series (i) by expz, or by exp (z) whnecessary, we have
(z z 2 z n \1 + n + iTi + --- + for all z.
1 2 n\)
Remark. The notation is chosen because of the analogy with t
real series » ,
1 + n +2
+3
+ -
whose sum-function e x is occasionally written expo; for convenience
in printing. We usually avoid writing e z for the sum to infinity
k b k) h h z
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 216/454
14.63J de moivre's theorem 553
(2) By using the definition (ii), it can now be shown that expzobeys the functional law
exp z x x exp z 2 = exp (z 1 + z 2 ), (iii)
just as exp x does in real algebra.
Let |zx| = r lt |z a |= r 2 , and write
z z 2 z n
*»W = l + Tl+
2+ - +
nl'
L Z l Z l Z l\ f, 2 2 2 S Z »\*n(Zl)-*n( 2 a) = + —+—+•..+—} {1 + —+ —+...+ —v u n \ a/
^T
iiT
2T
nlf\ 11 2 ra j
2, 2* 2?= 1 + —+ —+ ...+ —
1 2 w
Z2
2X
22
2*Za
g za
1 111 211 nilw 2 « w2 ^.2 «2a 2 z l z 2 z
lz 2 ,ZLZl
2 1 2I 212 n 2
2t* «>2^n rt-w^fi
+ _2 _|_ _J_2 + -i_L + . . . + J—1,
w l n 2 n n\n\
We now add up these terms 'by diagonals ' : the terms of total degree * (s < n)
1 *iJg
2 2 i2g
2 , 2j
s (s-l) l (s-2) 2 s
1 ( 8 , , , 1
and consequently
= ^ (* + *)•»
2*2°*»( z l)*»( z 2)-*n( z l+ z a) = 2 ( iv
)
p,qP ' '
where the last summation is for all p and q for which p + q > n, p ^ n, q ^ n;
for these are precisely the terms not included in the preceding summation bydiagonals.
In exactly the same way we havepPpQ
s n (r 2 ) * n (r 1 + r 2 ) = £ . ( v)
We know that, when n -»> oo, sjfi) -> e r s s n (r 2 ) -> e r», and s n (r 1 + r 2 ) -+ e ri+r *.
Hence the left-hand side of (v) tends to zero, so also y\ - -> 0.
From (iv),
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 217/454
554 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM [14.6
14.64 The modulus-argument form of exp z
By (iii), expz = exp{x + iy)
= exp x exp (iy).
Now by putting z = x in (i),
expz= +^+|| +
= e x for all x.
Also « n (»y) = 1+^+^- + -.+-1 2 n\
y 2 ,y* \ , : L y 3, y a
=l
i -2 + 4 --rn 2/ 3 + ^ '
where the series in the brackets are finite series. Since by 12.61 (2)
, y%
2/4
cost/ =1-1 + ^-...
, y z y 5
and amy = y __+|__...
for all (real) values of y, we have by letting n-+co that
exp {iy) = lim s n {iy)n—> oo
= cosy + isiny.
Therefore expz = e x (cosy + i sin 3;).
This result shows that exp z is periodic, with period^ 2m. For
exp (z + 2m) = exp {x + (y + 2n) i}
= e x {cos (y + 2tt) + i sin (y + 27r)}
= e x (cos y + i sin y) = exp z.
14.65 Euler's exponential forms for sine, cosine
F
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 218/454
14.66] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 555
First adding, and then subtracting, we find
cos y = f {exp {iy) + exp ( - iy)}, sin y = ^ {exp {iy) - exp ( - iy)},
(vii)
2i
where we observe the factor l/2£, not 1/2, in the last result.
These formulae, often written
cos y = \{e iy + e- iv), sin y = ^ (e iv - er iy
),
are known as Euler's exponential forms. However, they are equivalent
to the infinite series expansions of cosy, siny stated above.
14.66 Examples
(i) Find the sum to infinity of
l+cos0 tan + ^ cos 20 tan 2 6 + ^ cos 30 tan 3 0+....
Write t = tan 0,
tz
t3
C = l+«cos0+ —cos 20 + —cos30 + ...,
2 3
t2
t s
and S= «sin0 + —sin20 + —sin30 + ....
t2 z z t
3 z 3
Then O + iS = 1 +tz+ —+ —+ where z = cis 0,2 3
= exp {tz) for all z and all real £,
= exp (sin + i sin tan 0)
= e sln0 cis(sin0 tan0).
.-. G = e sln0 cos (sin tan 0).
(ii) Trial exponentials: the case of failure. In 5.33(2) we remarked that thetrial method of solving y + ay' + by = by the substitution y — e mx will fail
if the quadratic m2 + am + 6 = has no (real) roots, i.e. if a 2 < 46. Putting
a 2 + 4p 2 = 46, we find that in complex algebra the roots are m = —\a ± ip, so
that by a formal application of 5.32 (2), II, the general solution would be
—e -Ux e ipx + ft g-ipas)
_ e -iax [A(cospx + * sin pa;) + B(cospx —i sinpx)}
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 219/454
556 de moivre's theorem [14.
If u, v are derivable functions of x, and we define the derivative of u + iv
be u' + iv', then
d—{coax + iaiax) = —sinx + icosx = i(coax + ismx),dx
di.e. —le ix
) = ie %x.
dx
More generally, by formula (vi) we have (for real constants a, 6)
e (o+rt) B _ e ax( cos fa _f. I gin fa) —e ax cog fa _j_ 1 g ax 8m fa f
d,\ —{e(a+it)xj — e ax
( a cos fa _ & gin fa) + i e ax (a sin bx + b cos 6a;)
dx= e ax {(a + ib) cos bx + *(a + ib) sin &#}
= (a + ib)4 a+ii)x.
Thus the law d{e mx )\dx = roe M, already known from 4.41 (5) for all real
stants m, also holds for complex ones. Equivalently, we may write
e (a+ib)xd x = —* e (o+t6)a + C)a+ib
where c is a complex arbitrary constant.
This result permits rapid calculation of certain integrals involving cbinations of exponential and circular functions. For example, put
C =j
e ax cosbxdx, S = je ax sinbxdx;
then C + iS = je ax (cos bx + i sin bx) dx
=I e (.a+iU*dx = e (a+ib)x + C
J a + ib
a —ibe ax (cos bx + i sin bx) + c.
a* + b
Equating real and imaginary parts,
„ a cos bx + b sin bx „ asin
bx —b cos bx _G- Z e ax + c L , S = —— e ax + c 2 .
Cf. Ex. 4(e), nos. 28, 29.
A similar method, combined with integration by parts, will apply to
cf. Ex. 4 (m), no. 35.
cos, _
x n e ax fadx;sm
Exercise 14(f)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 220/454
14.67] DE MOIVRE'S THEOREM 557
Find the sum to infinity of the following series.
8 ccsm0 + (x 2 /2 )sm20 + (a:3 /3 )sin30-|-....
9 cos a - cos fi cos (a { ) + ( 1/2 ) cos 2/? cos (a + 2/?) - ...
10 S —see'/? sin r/?. 11 eos0 + —cos30 + —cos50+....r=lT 3 5
12 i^.r=l
13 If w = exp(z/a) where w = u + iv, z = x + iy, and a is real, find the locus
of w corresponding to each of the lines y = 0, y = \Tia in the z-plane.
14 If u + iv = exp (x + iy), find the locus of the point (u, v) in the w-planewhen (i) x = constant; (ii) y = constant. Verify that these two loci cut ortho-gonally.
1 5 Criticise the following argument. ' If y = cos x + i sin x, then
dy—= —sin x + i cos x = *(cos# + isina;) = %y\dx
therefore by 4.41, Remark (a), y = A e ix. Since y = 1 when x = 0, therefore
A = 1. Hence cosaj+isina; = e ix.
i
14.67 Generalised circular and hyperbolic functions
(1) Consistently with formulae (vii), we define
cos z = |{exp + ex P ( ~ * z )}>
sin z = {exp (iz) —exp ( —iz)}, I
and then tanz to be sinz/cosz, etc.
These definitions are equivalent to
cos z + i sin z = exp (iz), cos z —i sin z = exp ( —iz),
(viii)
z 2 z 4 2 6
and also to cos z = 1 —^7 + 77—771 +2 4 o
z z 3 z 5
Sm2=l -3
+ 5 -
(all z). (ix)
Directly from these definitions it can now be shown that the
formulae relating trigonometric functions of a real variable continue
to hold for a complex variable. (The definitions were chosen with a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 221/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 222/454
14.68] de moivre's theorem 559
In any formula relating circular functions of z x ,z 2 , ... we may replace
z l5 z 2 , ... by iz 1} iz 2 , ... and then use results (xii) to translate it into
hyperbolic functions of z x ,z 2 , .... In the course of this translation each
product of two sines becomes i2
multiplied by a product of two hyper-bolic sines. Since the formulae all hold in particular when the variables
are real, we have the justification of Osbom's rule stated in 4.44 (4).
An example of the detailed verification is the following:
ch (A + B) = cos {iA + iB)
= cos (iA) cos (iB) —sin (iA) sin (iB)
= chA chB-i 2 ahA ahB
= ch.A chB + ahA ahB.
Examples
(i) cos (x + iy) = cos x cos (iy) —sin x sin (iy)
= cos a; chy —iainx shy;
sin (x + iy) = sin x cos (iy) + cos x sin (iy)
= sin a; ch.y + icosx shy;
sin (x + iy) sin (x + iy) cos (x —iy)and \mi(x+%y) = ——— = ——r- :
cos (x + ry) cos (x + iy) cos (x —%y)
where we have multiplied top and bottom by the conjugate of the denominator
in order to make the new denominator real. Using the formulae for products
into sums, . . _ . , _sin 2a; + sin 2»2/ sinzaj + ^shzy
tan (x + iy) = —- = —— r——cos 2a; + cos 2*2/ cos2a; + ch22/
(ii) From ex. (i),
|cosz| 2 = cos 2 x ch 2 y + sin 2 x sh 2y
= (l-sin 2 a;)ch 2«/ + sin 2 a;(ch 2 2/-l)
= ch 2 y —sin 2 x
< ch 2 y for all x.
Similarly | cos z| 2 = cos 2 x + sh 2 y ^ sh 2 y for all x.
Thus |sh?/| < |cos2| < chy for all z.
The reader should verify that the same inequalities hold for |sinz|
(iii) Find the equation of the curve described by the point (x, y) when z = x + iy
varies so that sh. z —z is real. Sketch the part of the curve which lies between the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 223/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 224/454
DE moivre's theorem 561
1 3 Expand £(sh z —sin z) in ascending powers of z.
U8eC+iS to find the sum to infinity of
M M sin 26 sin 40 sin 60 n cos 50 cos 96
14 +1
h..- 15 cos0H\-
1-....21 41 61 5 9
Miscellaneous Exercise 14(A)
1 If x —cis a and y = ciafi, prove that
a; -2/ .. , (x + y)(xy-l) sina + sin/?= * tan +(a p) and ,
— — =:—
x+y (x —y)(xy+l) sina —sin/>
2 If the real and imaginary parts of (1 +ix) n are equal, n being a positiveinteger and x real, prove that x = tan {(4r+ l)7r/4n} where r is any integer
or zero. [Put x —cot 6.]
3 Prove
{(cos a + i sin a) —(cos ft + i sin /?)} + {(cos a —i sin a) —(cos fi —i sin /? )}
= An 2 n + 1 sin n |(a-y 5) cos^(a+/?),
where A„ = ( —l)* n if n is even, and An = ( —l)*< n + 1) if n is odd.
4 (i) Solve x 6 + x i +x* + x* + x+ 1 = 0.
(ii) Find the solutions of x6
= 1 for which 1 + x + a;2
=}= 0.
5 If n is a positive integer, show that every root of (z+ l) an + (z— l) 2n =is purely imaginary. If the roots are represented by P x , P a , . . ., P 2n and is the
origin, prove OP\ + OP| + . . . + 0P 2„ = 2n(2n - 1).
6 Show that the roots of (z —l) 5 = 32(z + 1)B are represented by points on a
circle of radius f, and that the roots are
^- 3 + 4i sin ^ ^5 - 4 cos (r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4).
A I 2r7r\ 33 5 / 2m\Deduce that XI I— 3 + 4isin 1 = —— ]J[ (5 —4cos— —I.r=l \ 6 / 31 r=1 \ 5 /
7 If a = cis (27r/n) and n, are integers, prove that 1 + a* + a 2 * + . • . + a (n-1)fc
is equal to n if is a multiple of n, and is zero otherwise. [Sum the g.p. whena* 4= 1.]
8 Express (1 —t 2 )/{(l —ot)(l —bt)} in partial fractions when the non-zero
constants a, b are (i) unequal; (ii) equal. Taking a = ft-1 = cis0 and a suitable
value of t, deduce that if < <j> < \n,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 225/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 226/454
DE moivre's theorem 563
20 Prove that if a is real, the equation exp z = z + a has no purely imaginary-
root. If x + iy (y + 0) is a solution, prove that x> 0. [Use sixxyjy < 1.]
21 If u + iv = (z-l)exp(-*a) + (z-l)- x exp(»a) where z = x+iy and a is
real, find u and v in terms of x, y, a. Prove that the locus of z when v = consists
of a circle with centre (1,0) and unit radius, and a straight line through thecentre of this circle.
22 If exp(w + *«) = rcistf, prove u + iv = logr + i(d + 2nn), where n is any
integer or zero.
*23 If x+iy = cos (u + iv), prove
(l+x) 2 +y 2 = (ch« + cosw) 2 and (1 -x) 2 +y 2 = (chv-cosw) 2.
If a; = cos 0, y = sin0 (0 < < tt) in the preceding, find cosw and cht> in
terms of cos \0, sin \d, justifying the choice of sign when square roots are taken.
24 If u + = coth (x + iy), prove v = - sin 2y/(ch 2x —cos 2y). Show that
iv = {1 - exp (2a; - 241/)}- 1 - {1 - exp (2x + 2m/)} 1
00
and deduce that if x < 0, then « = - 2 2 e 2ra sin 2ry.r=l
25 If to = z 2, sketch in the Argand diagram the path of w when z describes
the sides of the rectangle whose vertices are ± a, ±a + ia (a real), starting at
O and moving counterclockwise.
26 (i) Sketch the graph of y = thx. Show that the equation thas = Aas has
two real non-zero roots if < A < 1.
(ii) Prove that the equation tanz= Az has two purely imaginary roots if
< A < 1; but that if A has any other real value, all roots of the equation are
real.
Find the sum to infinity of
27 cos 2 a + ^ cos 2 2a + ^ cos 3 3a + . . . (a real)
.
28 a?sin0+— sin30 + |-sin50 + ... (x, 0real).3 5
29 Expand eax
cos bx as a powerseries in x. [Consider e ax cis bx = exp (ax
+ibx)
and put a + ib —r cis 0.]
30 (i) By considering exp (a;) + exp {<ox)+ exp (a) 2 x) where w3 = l,w 4= 1. prove
1 + |.+?L + _ + ... = ^{e* + 2 e-** cos (%x V3)} for all real x.
*(ii) What results are obtained by considering
(a) exp (x) + (0 exp ( (ox) + w2 exp (o) 2 x)
(b) exp (a;) + w2 exp (wa;) + (o exp (w 2a;) ?
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 227/454
564 DE MOIVRE'S THEOREMand solve the latter. Writing z' = ze m
, prove that x' = A cos [it, y' = Bainwhere [i
2 = n 2 + k 2 and A, B are real arbitrary constants.
32 s, ijr are the intrinsic coordinates of a point on a plane curve, and x, ythe cartesian coordinates. Writing z = x + iy, prove that
dz ., d 2 z . .,— = e**, —= ik e 1 ^.ds ds 2
[Assume equations (iii) of 8.12.] Deduce that
K~y\ds 2
)+
\ds 2) ) ~d^ds 2 ~dsds 2
'
(Cf. Ex. 8(d), no. 8.)
33 Verify that the formulae for rotation of axes through angle 6 in 15.73can be written z = z' e id
, where z —x + iy and z' = x' + iy' . Deduce fromthe formulae for the reverse transformation.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 228/454
565
15
SURVEY OF ELEMENTARYCOORDINATE GEOMETRY
15.1 Oblique axes
15.11 Advantage of oblique axes
Although it is usual to refer cartesian coordinates to two perpen-
dicular axes Ox, Oy, there are problems in which use of oblique axes
is more convenient. For example, in proving properties of the triangle
by coordinate methods, two of the sides can be chosen for coordinate
axes. The coordinates (x, y) of a point
P are then its signed distances from Oy,
Ox measured parallel to Ox, Oy re-
spectively. The angle xOy (measured
counterclockwise from Ox) is denoted
by a).
In sections 15.1-15.5 we revise the
main results about 'the straight line', Fig. 139
and extend them to the case of oblique
axes when this does not introduce any essential complication. The
reader should observe which results remain the same in form whether or
not the axes are oblique', they are marked by the sign {&>}.
Notation. In Chapters 15-19 we use the convention that Px
has
coordinates (x v yj, and so on.
15.12 Cartesian and polar coordinates
We first obtain the relations analogous to those in 1.62 for rect-
angular axes, taking O as pole and Ox as initial line (fig. 140). DrawPN perpendicular to Ox; then
ON OM MN
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 229/454
566 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.13
Example
If the line PiP 2 is of length r and makes angle 6 with Ox (fig. 141), then
r cos 6 = (a; a - a^) + (y 2 - yj cos w,
rsin# = (y 2 —yi) sin o>.
Fig. 141
15.13 Distance formula
From the above example, or directly from the cosine rule applied
to triangle PX P2 Q (fig. 141),
PX P\ = r 2 = (x 2 - Xj) 2 + (y 2- y x )
2 + 2(x 2- x x ) (y 2
- y x ) cos o).
15.14 Section formulae {to}
These give the coordinates of the point dividing PX P2 in the ratio k
Let P(x, y) be the required point, so that PX P\PP 2 = kjl.
(1) Internal division. With the construction shown in fig. 142
triangles PX PQ, PP 2 R are similar; hence
PP 2 PR
Since PX Q = x —x x and PR = this becomes
from which x=l+k
•
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 230/454
15.15] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 567
In each expression observe that the number k, which corresponds
to the segment PX P, is multiplied by the coordinate of P2 ; while I is
multiplied by that of Pv
(2) External division. Lettering fig. 143 (which illustrates the case
k > I) as in fig. 142, we still have similar triangles PX PQ, PP^R,
so that Pil^M~ PR'
i.e.
from which
Similarly
k =I
~
x =
y =
l-k'
l-k'
Fig. 142 Fig. 143
(3) Summary. In both cases above, k and I were understood to be
positive numbers. However, the result of (2) can be written
x = + x zetc.,
l + (-k)
which is formally the same as that of (1) for division in the negative
ratio —k : I. Hence if we agree that PX P : PP 2 shall be reckoned posi-
tive when P divides PX P2 internally and negative when the division is
external, both cases are covered by the same formulae, viz.
iyi+ty
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 231/454
568 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [1
definition makes no reference to Oy, we have (as for rectangular a
that if two lines with gradients mx , m2 are parallel, then m1= m
they are perpendicular, then mx m2 = —1; and in the general case
angle between them is given by
tan -1 m1 +m 1 m2
*
For cc = d x —6 2 , where
tan 6 X= mx , tan 6 2 = m2 ,
tan 6 X—tan d 2
and so
tana = m1—m2
1 + tan ^ tan # 2 l + mx m2
' Fig. 144
Example
From the example in 15.12, the gradient of PxP 2 i s
(2/2-2/1) sin wtan0 =
(x 2 - x ± ) + (y 2- y x ) cos ft>
'
15.16 Area of a triangle
(1) One vertex at 0. Let the polar coordinates of P2 , P3 be (r 2
(r 3 , 3 ) ; see fig. 145. Then by 15.12,
r 2 cos d 2 = x 2 + y 2 cos (o, r 2 sin d 2 = y 2 sin &>,
and similarly for P3 .
Area of triangle OP2 P3 = £OP 2 . 0P 3 sin P2 OP3
= £r 2 r 3 sin(0 3 -<92 )
= \r 2 r 3 sin # 3 cos # 2—
^2 r 3 cos 3 sin 6 2
= i(^2 + 2/2 cos w ) (2/3 sin w )
- %{y 2 sin w) (# 3 + y 3 cos
= \ sin &>(a; 2 «/ 3 —x 3 y 2 ) after reduction
_ 1- 22/2
2/3
smw.
B h A di h P P d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 232/454
15.16] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 569
(2) Triangle PX P%PZ . We may choose new axes through one of the
vertices, say Px , which are parallel to the original axes Ox, Oy. The new
coordinates of P2 are then (fig. 146)
and of P, are
x % —x % ~ x i> 2/2 — 2/2 Vv
x z= x z~ x i> Vz =
2/3 2/i-
Fig. 145
Fig. 146
By (1), area of P1 P2 -f>
3 is
ft
2/3
sinw = \#2 x \
XZ~ Xl
•Ps—
l
2/2-2/1
Vz-Vi
2/2-2/1
Vz -2/i
sinw
sm<y
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 233/454
570 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15
Example
The points P x , P 2 , P 3 will be collinear if and only if the area of triangle P 1 Pis zero, i.e. */ and only if
x 2 y 2 1 = 0.
#3 2/s 1
15.2 Forms of the equation of a straight line
15.21 Line with gradient m through (x lt y£Assuming the axes are rectangular, let P(x, y) be any point of th
line. Then the gradient is (y —yJKx —Xj), and hence
00 ~~~~
i.e. . y —y 1 = m(x —x 1 ).
This equation, which is satisfied by the coordinates of any point Pthe required line, is what we mean by 'the equation of the line'.
The result has been used in previous chapters when finding equations
oftangents and normals to a curve. It can be written
y = mx + c,
where c = y x —mx v There is no simple analogue for oblique axes.
15.22 Gradient form
( 1 ) Rectangular axes. The above shows that any line with gradient
has an equation of the form y = mx + c. Conversely, any equation
which can be put into the form y = mx + c (where m, c are constants)represents a straight line of gradient m making intercept c on
For when x = 0, the equation shows that y = c, so (0, c) lies onlocus; also {y —c)j(x —0) = m, so that the gradient is constant aequal to m.
(2) Oblique axes. If the line makes angle 6 with Ox and intercept c on Oy,gradient is tan 6; and if P(x, y) is any point on the line, then by the example15.15 its gradient is .°
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 234/454
15.23] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 571
and sin 6y = -r—. a\ x + e '
sin (o) —6)
The equation of the line is therefore still of the form y = mx + c, but now mno longer represents the gradient
ofthe line.
If the equation y = mx + c is given, then m = (y —c)jx, and the expression (i)
for the gradient of the join of P{x,y) and (0, c) becomes msinw/(l +wcosw),which is independent of (x,y). Hence this equation represents a straight line
of gradient
1+m cos (o
clearly it makes ^/-intercept c.
Example
Find an angle between the lines y = mx x + c x , y = m2 x + c 2 , the axes beinginclined at angle a>.
The gradients of the lines are
m, sin o) m2 sin a)
1+miCosw l+m 2 cosa)
By 15.15, an angle between the lines is given by tan _1{(/« 1 —/* 2 )/(l +/* 1 /t 2 )}
unless fixfi 2= —1 (in which case they are perpendicular). After reduction this
is found to be , > .
(m 1 —m2 ) sin to
tan -1, — ;
1
+(m
1+ m
2) cos a) + m1 m2
the lines are perpendicular if 1 + («* 1 + m2 )cosw + m1 m2 = 0, and are parallel
if mx = m2 .
15.23 General linear equation Ax + By + C = {to}
If B =|= the equation can be written y = —(AjB)x —CIB, which
by 15.22 is the equation of a straight line.
If B = but A #= 0, the equation can be written x = —C\A y which
is the equation of a straight lineparallel
to Oy.Since these are the only possibilities, it follows that every linear
equation in x, y represents a straight line.
15.24 Intercept form: line making intercepts a, b on Ox, Oy {to}
Let the gradient form of the equation of the required line be
y = mx + c. Since the line passes through the points (a, 0), (0, b), wenave = ma + and b =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 235/454
572 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15
Example
ABC is a triangle with sides CA, CB along given lines, and 1/CA + lis constant. Prove that AB passes through a fixed point.
Choose the lines along which CA, CB lie
to be Ox, Oy. Let the coordinates of A, B be(a, 0), (0, 6); then by hypothesis 1/a+ljb = k,
where k is constant.
The equation of AB is xja + yjb = 1. Theabove condition shows that this line passes
through the point (\jk,\jk), which is inde-
pendent of a, b.Fig. 147
15.25 Line joining P v P 2 {to}
(1) For rectangular axes, if P(x, y) is any point on the line, then
V-Vi = Vi-Vzry* /y» /y* rv**As 1 1 2
since each expression is equal to the gradient of the line.
(2) This result is also true for oblique axes. For if the required line
y —nix + c, then t/ x = mx x + c and y 2 = mx z + c, so that by subtraction
y-y 1= m(x-x
1) and
y 1-y
i= m(x
1-x
2);
and the equation is obtained by division.
(3) In either case the result can be obtained as follows. Conside
the equationy
yi
y%
= 0.
It is linear in x and y (as is clear by expanding from the first row),
therefore by 15.23 represents a line. It is satisfied by (x^y^) and(x 2 , y 2 )
(since then two rows become identical). Therefore it represents
the line (This form of the equation
could also be seen from the example in
15.16.)
15.26 Parametric form for the line through
(jtj y ) in direction 8
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 236/454
15.27] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 573
Hence the coordinates of any point on the line are expressible in terms
of the parameter r as (x x + r cos 6,y x + r sin 6).
Later we shall use this form in the treatment of conies. There is
no simple analogue for oblique axes.
15.27 General parametric form {to}
More generally, the equations x = at + b, y = ct + d (where a, b, c, d are con-
stants of which a, c are not both zero, and t is a variable parameter) always
represent a straight line. For elimination of t shows that
c(x —b) = a(y —d),
which is linear iax,y and therefore represents some line (by 15.23).
15.28 Perpendicular form
Let the perpendicular from O to the line have length p (essentially positive)
and make angle a with Ox. Then the foot N of the perpendicular has polar
B
P/
N
\P(*. y)
—>-A \ \ x
Fig. 149
coordinates (p,cc). Let any other point P of the line have cartesian coordinates
(x,y)
and polar coordinates (r, 6); then
p = rcos(0 —a) = rcosd cosa + rsin# sina
= x cos a + y sin a,
so that the line has equationx cos a + y sin a = p.
Alternatively, the intercepts on the axes are OA = p sec a, OB —p cosec a,
and the result follows from 15.24.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 237/454
574 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.31
i.e. if h ax,+by x + ct = —̂
r1—•
I ax 2 + by 2 + c
If Plf P2 lie on opposite sides of A (fig. 150), then P divides P\Pinternally and so kjl is positive; hence ax 1 + by 1 + c, ax 2 + by 2 + c hav
opposite signs.
Fig. 150 Fig. 151
Similarly if P\, P2 lie on the same side (fig. 151), kfl is negative anso ax 1 + by x + c, ax 2 + by 2 + c have the same sign.
It follows that the converses of these statements are also true.
Examples
(i) Menelatis's theorem. Let the line ax + by + c = divide the sides P S PP 8 P X , jP]P 2 of the triangle P 1 P 2 P 3 in the ratios k ± : l lf k 2 : Z 2 » k 3 : h' Writing
u n = ax n + by n + c {n = 1,2,3)
we have by (i) above:
Multiplying,
&2
&2 ^3
ij 1% l 3
u 9
'
1.
(ii) Ceva' 's theorem. If lines P 1 QX , P%Qi, P3Q3through the vertices of triangle P 1 P 2 P 3 are con-current at (h, k) and divide P 2 P 3 , P 3 Pi, P\Piin the ratios k t : l x , k 2 : l 2 , k 3 : l 3 , then since the
equation of P X QX is (see 15.25(3))
y
= 0,
Fi 152
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 238/454
15.32] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRYOn multiplying, .
Ki /Cg K3 _ jZj Z 2 Z3
575
15.32 Perpendicular distance of a point from a line
Let d denote the length (essentially positive) of the perpendicular
from Px to ax + by + c = 0, and let the foot be Pa . Then
d^{x % -x x f + {y 2 -y x f. (ii)
Since PX P2 is perpendicular to
we have
ax + by + c = 0,
= -1,
Fig. 153i.e. b{x 2 -x x )-a{y 2 -y x ) = 0. (hi)
Because P2 lies on ax + by + c = 0,
ax 2 + by 2 + c = 0;
and this can be written (analogously to (iii)) in the form
a{x z- x x ) + b(y 2 - x ) = - {ax x + by x + c). (iv)
Square and add (iii) and (iv), using (ii):
d 2 {a 2 + b*) = {ax x + by x + cf.
• a - 1
afti + fyi + ca ~ ±
V(«2 + &2
)
'
where the sign is chosen to make the expression positive: +if
ax x + by x + c > 0, - if ax 1 + by 1 + c < 0. Also see Ex. 15(a), no. 15.
If c 4= and the equation of the line is written so that c is positive,
then a x x + b x y + c will be positive when Px lies on the origin side of
the line, and negative otherwise, by 15.31.
Exercise 15(a)f
1 Prove that the point which divides in the ratio 2 : 1 the median P x Qx of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 239/454
576 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [
3 P is the point (h, k) referred to axes at angle (0. Prove that the line join
the feet of the perpendiculars from P onto the axes is sin (o J(h 2 + k 2 + 2hk co
4 Two fixed lines Ox, Oy are cut by a variable line at A, B respectively;
P, Q are the feet of perpendiculars from A, B onto Oy, Ox. JiAB passes throu
a fixed point, prove that PQ will also pass through a fixed point.
5 If the equal sides AB, AC of an isosceles triangle are produced to E,that BE . CF = AB2
, prove that EF always passes through a fixed point.
Perpendiculars PM, PN are drawn from P onto Ox, Oy. Find the locus of P6 PM+ PN = 2c. 7 OM+ ON - 2c. 8 MN= 2c [use no.
9 From a point P on one side of a fixed triangle, perpendiculars PM,are drawn to the other sides. As P varies on this side, find the locus of the
point of MN.10 Through a fixed point E any two straight lines are drawn to cut one f
line Ox at A, B and another fixed line Oy at G, D. Prove that the locus of
meet of BG, AD is a straight line through O.
11 If a straight line passes through a fixed point, find the locus of the
point of the part intercepted between two fixed intersecting lines.
*12 A line AB of constant length c slides between two given oblique
which meet at 0. Find the locus of the orthocentre of triangle OAB.*13 Using similar triangles, give a proof of Menelaus's theorem (15.31, ex.
« by the methods of 'pure ' geometry.
*14 Using areas, prove Ceva's theorem (15.31, ex. (ii)) by 'pure' methods.
15 Obtain the result of 15.32 as follows. Let ax + by + c = cut Ox, OL, M. Equate \p.LM to the area of triangle P X LM. Verify the result wthe line is parallel to Ox or Oy. (This method could be used when the axes
oblique.)
15.4 Concurrence of straight lines
15.41 Lines through the meet of two given lines {w}
If L,
Uare linear functions of x, y, then the equation
L + kL' =
is satisfied by any point which satisfies both L = and UHence if the lines L = 0, U = intersect, the locus L + kL' = pas
through their common point.
If k is constant, L + kU is linear in x, y, and so L + kU = is t
the equation of some straight fine through the meet of L = 0, L'
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 240/454
15.42] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 577
Conversely, if the linear equation L = can be written in the form
L l -f lcL 2= 0, where h is independent of x, y and L x , L 2 are linear with
constant coefficients, then L = passes through a fixed point, viz.
the meet of the lines L x = 0, L 2 = 0.
Example
The mid-points of the diagonals of a complete quadrilateral are collinear.
If ABGD is any quadrilateral, let AD, BC be produced to meet at E; andBA, CD to meet at O. The resulting figure is called a complete quadrilateral
and AC, BD, OE are its diagonals.
Choose OAB for Ox and ODC for Oy. Call 4(2o, 0), 5(26, 0), (7(0, 2c), D(0, 2d),
and let Mbe the mid -point of OE. Through Mdraw lines parallel to EA, EB;
E
Fig. 154
by the intercept theorem of elementary geometry these will cut Ox, Oy at the
points A'(a, 0), B'(b, 0), C (0, c), D'(0, d), and their equations will be
* V , x ya a be
Thus ikf lies on the lines
dx + ay = ad and ca; + by = 6c,
and therefore also on(dx + ay —ad) —(cx + by —be) = 0,
i.e. (d— c)x + (a —b)y = ad —be.
The mid-points of BD, AC are (6, d), (a, c), and these clearly lie on this last
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 241/454
578 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.4
If two of these intersect, say the second and third, the commopoint (obtained by solving for x, y) is
a 2 b z -a z b 2' a 2 b z -a z bj
This lies on the first line if
M&2 C3- &3 C2)+M C2 a 3- C3 a 2) + C l( a 2&3- a 3&2) = °>
i.e. if
A =61
2 ^2
3 ^3
= 0.
If no two of the lines intersect, then they are all parallel; this meathat (with the notation of 11.31) Cx = C%
= Cz — 0, and so
A = CiCi + CgOa + CgOg = 0.
Hence */ the lines are concurrent or parallel, then A = 0.
Conversely, if A = 0, the point (i) lies on the first line because the
a f b 2 c z -b z c 2 \[ b
fc 2 a z -c z a 2 \ +ca 2 b z -a z b 2
= 0.
This converse argument fails if a 2 b z —a z b 2 = 0; but a similar argumentapplies to the lines taken in a different order unless also
a z b 1—a 1 b z
= and a 2 b z—a z b 2 — 0,
in which case the three lines are parallel. Hence when A = the lin
are either concurrent or else all parallel.Thus the condition A = is necessary and sufficient for concurrence
or parallelism; see also 11.43, Corollaries I (6), (c).
Exercise 15(6)
1 Find the equation of the line concurrent with 2x —3y —3 =x + Sy— 15 = and passing through ( —2, —1); verify that it passes througthe origin.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 242/454
15.5] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 579
5 (i) Show that for all numbers k the equation
2x + 3y-l + k(3x-y + 4:) =
represents a line passing through a fixed point,
(ii) Find the point of intersection of the lines
2x + 3y-l + a(3x-y + 4:) = 0,
b(2x + 3y-l)-c(3x-y + 4) = 0.
6 Find the equation of the line joining the meet of
3x + 4y-l = 0, 2x-3y+l =
to the meet of 3x- 5y + 37 = 0, 5x-2y-8 = 0.
Test the following sets of lines for concurrence.
7 3x-2y + <t = 0, 2x-y-l - 0, 1x-5y+13 = 0.
8 5x + 2y-4: = 0, x-By + 2 = 0, 3x + 8y-6 = 0.
9 (p + l)x + (p-l)y+p = 0, (q-l)x + (q+l)y + q = 0, x = y (p * g).
10 rc-^ + aJ* = 0,x-t 2 y + at* = 0, (^yi + fl-M^ = o(«i + ««) (*i * < 2 )-
11 If the lines x- 2y + 3 = 0, 2x- 3y = 0, ax + y+ 1 = are concurrent, find
the value of a.
12 If the lines ax + 2y+ 1 = 0, bx + 3y+ 1 = 0, ca; + 4?/+ 1 = are concurrent,
prove that a, b, c are in arithmetical progression.
13 Find the condition for concurrence of the distinct fines 3ax + 2y = a 3,
3bx + 2y = b 3, 3cx + 2y = c 3
. [Use theory of equations.]
*14 Find the condition for concurrence of the distinct fines
x sin 3a + y sin a = a, a: sin 3^ + y sin/? = a, xsin 3y + ysm.y —a.
[If (h, k) is the common point, then 6 = <x,fi,y must satisfy h sin 3d + k sin 6 = a,
i.e. 4h sin 3 —(& + 3ft) sin 6 + a = 0. Since the term in sin 2 6 is absent, the roots
sin a, sin/?, siny of this cubic in sin0 satisfy 2 sin a = 0.]
15 (i) If a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0, a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 = 0, a 3 x + b 3 y + c 3 = are distinct
lines, and numbers I, m, n none of which is zero can be found such that
l{a1
x+
b-l y +
c1
)
+m{a
2x
+b
2 y +c
2)
+n{a 3 x + b z y + c z ) = 0, (A)
prove the lines are concurrent or else all parallel.
*(ii) If A = 0, use 11.43, Theorem II to show that numbers I, m, n not all
zero exist such that
a^ + a^m + a^n = 0, 6 1 Z + 6 2 TO + &3 W = 0, c 1 l + c 2 m+ c 3 n =
and hence that (A) holds. Deduce the converse of (i).
15.5 Line-pairs
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 243/454
580 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.
(iii) x 2 + Sxy + 2y 2 + Sx + 5y + 2 = can be written (x + y + 2) (x + 2y + 1)
and therefore represents the pair x + y + 2 = 0, x + 2y+l = 0.
(iv) x 3 + 3x 2 y + 2xy % = 0, i.e. x(x + y)(x + 2y) = 0, represents the three l
x = 0, x + y = 0, aj + 2?/ = 0.
In general, the equation
represents the pair of lines a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0, a %x + \y + c 2= 0. F
if (x, y ) satisfies either of these equations, then it satisfies the original
one; and conversely, if (x, y ) satisfies the given equation, then eithe
a i x o + bxVo + c x = or a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 = or both.
15.52 The locus ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 =
(1) If b = 0, the equation is x(ax + 2hy) = 0, representing a lin
pair.
If b 4= 0, the equation can be written
When (h/b) 2 > a\b, i.e. h 2 > ab, this quadratic has distinct roo
yjx = mx ,ra 2 , and then y = mx x or y = m2 x. Hence if h 2 > ab, th
equation represents two distinct lines through O.
When h % = ab, the equation is (y/x + h/b) 2 = and therefore repre
sents the single line hx + by = 0. We say conventionally that
equation represents two coincident lines, or a repeated line.
When h 2 < ab, the quadratic for yjx has no roots. The original
equation is satisfied solely by the values x = 0, y — 0. Henceh 2 < ab, the equation represents the origin only.
The three general results just given include the case 6 = disposed
of at the start.
The work of 15.5 so far is valid for oblique axes; in the following
shall suppose the axes to be rectangular.
(2) Angle between the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0. If the separate lin
have equations = m = m then the above quadratic f
(a^ + b^ + Cj) (a z x + b 2 y + c 2 ) =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 244/454
15.53] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 581
The required angle is given by
teng=m,-m a 2V(A*-qfe)
b{l+ajb)
2<](h*-ab) a + b
'
provided a + b 4= 0.
If a + b = 0, then Wjmg = —1 and £Ae Zir&es are perpendicular; and
conversely.
(3) Bisectors of the angles between these lines. By expressing equality
of the perpendiculars from (x, y) to the lines y —m1 x = 0,y —mi x = 0,
the equations of the angle-bisectors are
y-m x x _ y-m 2 x
V( +™i) -V( 1 + WD*
Hence the two bisectors have equation
{y-m^f {y-m z x) 2
= Q1+raf l+m|
i.e. (1 +m|) («/-m 1 a;)2 -(l + w&f) {y-m %xf = 0,
i.e. (raf- m|) a;2 —2(m - m2 ) (1 —m1 m2 )xy —{m\ —ml)y'
2' = 0.
If 4= m2 , this reduces to
K + mjj) (z 2 -*/ 2) = 2(l-m 1 ma )a;2/,
i.e. by (i), h(x 2 -y*) = (a-b)xy.
This equation satisfies the perpendicularity condition at the endof (2), as of course it should from elementary geometrical considera-
tions. It can be written
x 2 xy y
a h 6=0.1 1
Th
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 245/454
582 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.53
If s can be factorisedf in the form
s = (A^ + Brf + CJiAzX + Bzy + Cz),
then (i) represents a line-pair. By equating coefficients of the second-
degree terms in (ii),
a = A 1 A 2 , 2h = A X B 2 + Z BX , b = BXB 2 \
so we also have
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = (A 1 x + B 1 y)(A 2 x+B 2 y).
Therefore */ (i) represents a line-pair, then the equation
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = (ii
represents the parallel line-pair through 0.
This fact can be used to calculate the angle between the lines
which is the same as the angle between (iii), found in 15.52 (2).
When h 2 = ab, the lines (i) may be coincident or parallel; for although
this condition implies AX :A 2 —B x \ 2 , these ratios may or may n
be equal to Cx : C2 .
(2) Necessary condition for s = to represent a line-pair.
If (i) represents a line-pair, s can be written in the form (ii); andA x
=j= and A% ^ § (i.e. if a #= 0, since a = AX A 2 ), this means that (
regarded as a quadratic in x, can be solved in the form
Bf C-t Ba Cox =
~A y ~T' x=z ~T y ~T' (lv
Now (i), written as a quadratic in x, is
ax 2 + 2(hy + g)x + {by 2 + 2fy + c) = 0, (
so x = - [ - (hy + g) ± V{(% + g)2 - a(by 2 + 2fy + c)}].
Hence (i) can be solved in the form (iv) if and only if the quadratic
in y under the square-root sign is a perfect square, i.e. if
(h 2 - ab) y2 + 2(gh -af)y+ (g
2 - ac)
is a perfect square. This is so if and only if
2 2 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 246/454
15.53] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 583
Since we are assuming a 4= 0, the condition is
abc + 2fgh - a/ 2 - bg* - ch? = 0. (vi)
If a = but b 4= 0, then equation (i) can similarly be solved as aquadratic in y, and the same condition (vi) is obtained.
If a = 0, b = 0, but h 4= 0, equation (i) is
2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0,
i.e. v + j. x+ l y + lL = o
which, if factorisable, is
H) H) - °-
so that f = -h
,
i.e. 2fgh-ch* = 0,
and this is what condition (vi) becomes when a = b = 0.
These are the only cases that need be considered, since if
a = b = h =
then (i) would not be of second degree. We have therefore shown that
the necessary condition for (i) to represent a pair of straight lines is (vi).
By ex. (ii) in 11.22, (vi) can be written
= 0. (vii)
a h g
A= h b f
9 f c
The determinant A is called the discriminant of s, or of equation (i).
Remark (a). The necessary condition A = is not sufficient for (i)
to represent a line-pair. For A is zero when
a = b=l, c=f = g = h = 0,
whereas x 2 + y2 has no linear factors. (A sufficient condition is in-
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 247/454
584 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15
in 10.21, ex. (ii)). For the general case (i), equations giving the poin
of intersection (sometimes called the centre or vertex of the line-pair)
can be found as follows.
Writing (i) in the form (v), we see that to a given value of y thcorrespond in general two values of x; but if y is the ordinate of
meet P, then (v) will give only one
value of x, viz. the abscissa of P.
Now when (v) has equal roots, that
root is (see 1.31 (&))
so the coordinates of P satisfy Fig. 155
ax + hy + g = 0.
Similarly, writing (i) as a quadratic in y, viz.
by 2 + 2(hx +/) y + (ax 2 + 2gx + c) = 0,
(
at P we havey
= hx+f
i.e. hx + by+f = 0.
Equations (viii), (ix) suffice to determine P as the point (GjC, Fj
see ex. (i) in 11.32 for the notation.
Remark (/?). Since (i) can also be written
(ax + hy + g)x + (hx + by+f)y + (gx+fy + c) = 0,
it follows that the coordinates of P must also satisfy
g%+fy+c = 0.
Equations (viii)-(x) are therefore consistent, and Corollary
of 11.43 gives (vii) as a necessary condition for s = to represent
intersecting line-pair. Compare (2) above, where (vii) was shown to
necessary for any type of line-pair, not necessarily intersecting. A
see 15 73 ex (ii)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 248/454
15.54] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 585
Consider the homogeneous equation in x, y:
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2(gx +fy) (Ix + my) + c(lx + my) 2 = 0.
It is satisfied by the points which satisfy both the equation of the line
and of the locus, and hence it represents some other locus through these
points. Since the equation is homogeneous in x, y, it represents two
lines through O. Hence it must be the equation of the required line-
pair.
Exercise 15(c)
[Rectangular axes.]
1 Find the area enclosed by the lines x2
+ 4xy + 2y2
— and the line x + y = 1
.
2 Show that the area enclosed by the lines
ax* + 2hxy + by 2 = and Ix + my = 1
is <J(h2 - ab)/(am z - 2hlm + bl 2
).
3 Prove that the product of the lengths of the perpendiculars from (x x , y x )
to the lines
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = is ± {ax 2 + 2hx 1 y 1 + by\)IJ{{a-b) 2 + Ah 2}.
4 Find the equation of the lines through which are perpendicular to the
lines ax2
+ 2hxy + by2
= 0. [If (x, y) lies on either of the required lines, then( —y, x) lies on one of the given lines.]
5 Find (i) the angle between, (ii) the equation of the bisectors of the angles
between, the lines 5x 2 + 2xy —4y 2 = 0.
6 If the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0, a'x 2 + 2h'xy + b 'y2 = have the same
angle-bisectors, prove that h(a' —b') = h'(a —b).
7 Show that any pair of lines which has the same angle -bisectors as the pair
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = can be written ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + \(x 2 + y2
) = 0. [Use no. 6.]
Find the equation of the pair of lines, one of which passes through (p, q),
and whose angle -bisectors are x 2 —y2 — 0.
8 Show that the following equations each represent pairs of straight lines;
find the angle between them, and their point of intersection.
(i) 2x 2 + lxy + 3y 2 -4x-ly + 2 = 0;
(ii) 15x 2 + xy - 2y 2 + 3x - y = 0;
(iii) xy-3x + 2y-6 = 0;
*(iv) x 2 + 4xy-2y 2 + 6x-12y-l5 = 0.
9 Write down the equations of those line -pairs through the origin which are
perpendicular to the line-pairs in no. 8. [Use no. 4.]
10 Find the equation of the lines joining O to the meet of x + 2y = 3 with the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 249/454
586 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [1
15.6 The circle
15.61 General equation of a circle; centre and radius
Referred to rectangular axes, the equation of the circle with centr
C(M) and radius r is{x _ hf + {y
_ kf = ^When simplified, this equation is of the form
x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0,
in which the coefficients of x 2 and y2 are equal, and there is no xy-term.
Conversely, by completing the square for the terms involving x a
for those involving y, equation (ii) can be written
(* + <7)2 + (2/+/)
2 = 9'2 +/ 2 -c.
If g2 +f 2 —c > 0, this represents the circle with centre ( —g, —/) a
radius «J(g2 +f 2 —c). If g
2 +f 2 —c = 0, it represents the single poi
( —ff>
—/); and if g2 +f 2 —c < 0, the equation does not represent a
locus.
Example*Referred to oblique axes at angle o), the circle with centre C(h, k) and radius
has equation
(x-h)* + (y-k) 2 + 2(x-h) (y-k) cosw = r a,
which is of the formx 2 + y
2 + 2xy cos (0 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
15.62 Circle on diameter P l P2
Let P(x,y) be any point on the required circle; then PX P ±Pby 'angle in a semicircle'. Since
gradient of PX P = UzMlt and gradient of P2 P = U^ 2
t•C *^
hence Zz* _ lf
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 250/454
15.63] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 587
15.63 Tangent at P x
Let Px (x x , y x ) be a given point on the circle (ii) in 15.61. Then since
the tangent at Px is perpendicular to the radius CPX , and CPX hasgradient (y 1 +f)l{x 1 + g), the equation of the tangent is
i.e. +/) - y\ -fy x + x(x x + g)-x\- gx x = 0,
i.e. xx x + yy x + gx +fy = x\ + y\ + gx x +fy x .
Since Px lies on the circle,
x{ + yl + 2gx 1 + 2fy 1 + c = 0,
and so the equation of the tangent at Px can be written
xx i + VVi + Qx +fV = ~ 9 x x ~fVi - c >
i.e. xx x + yy x + g{x + x x ) +f(y + y 1 ) + c = 0. (iv)
Remark. This result can be remembered by the following rule of
alternate suffixes. 'Write xx for x z ,x + x for 2x, etc., in the equation of
the circle: , . „, sxx + yy + g(x+x)+f(y + y) + c = 0;
and attach the suffix 1 to alternate variables.'
It should be emphasised that this rule is only an aid to memory,
and certainly does not constitute a proof that (iv) is the equation of
the tangent at Px . Other applications will appear in later chapters.
Example
Find the condition for the line Ix + my = nto touch the circle (ii).
The line will be a tangent if and only if the perpendicular from the centre
( —g, —f) to it is equal to the radius *J(g2 +/ 2 —c)
—Ig —mf—n ,, „
i.e., on squaring, (lg + mf+n) 2 =(fl
,2 +/ 2 —c) (Za + m2
).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 251/454
588 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.
For simplicity we consider the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2
, whose centre
the origin. The tangent P2 PX at P2 nas equation
xx z + yy 2 = a 2.
Since Px lies on this line,
#1^2 + 2/12/2 = « 2
which shows that the coordinates x = x % , y = y 2 satisfy the equation
x x x + y x y = a 2,
i.e. that P2 lies on the line xx x + yy x = a 2.
Pi
Fig. 156
Similarly, P3 lies on this same line, which must therefore be
chord P2 P3 . Hence the chord of contact from Px to x 2 + y2 = a 2 is
^1 + 2/2/i = a 2-
The same argument applied to the general circle
x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c =
shows that the chord of contact from Px has equation
xx i + 2/2/i + 9( x + x i) +f(y + 2/i) + c = 0,
i.e. (x 1 + g)x + {y x +/) y + (gx x +fy x + c) = 0.
Remark. The equation xx x + yy x = a 2 has two quite distinct
meanings according to whether Px lies on the circle x 2 + y2 = a
outside it. When Px lies on the circle, it represents the tangent at
when Px lies outside, it represents the chord of contact from Px . Simila
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 252/454
15.65] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 589
As in 15.54, consider the equation-
which reduces to c(x 2 + y 2 ) = (gx+fy) 2 .
It is satisfied by the points common to the circle and line, i.e. by the points
of contact of the tangents from O. It is homogeneous of degree 2 in x, y, andtherefore represents a line-pair. Hence it represents the pair of tangents from 0.
Fig. 157 Fig. 158
(ii) Pair of tangents from P x to x 2 + y2 = a 2
.
When P x is given, let P a be any other point in the plane. Any point on P X P 2
will divide it in some ratio k:
I, and hence will have coordinates
/ lx x + kx 2 ly x + ky 2 \
\ l + k ' l + k )'
This point will lie on the circle if
/ lx x + kx 2 \ 2( ly + ky 2 \ 2 _
\ l + k ) \ l + k J
i.e. (x 2 + y\ —a 2 )k 2 + 2{x x x i + y 1 y 2—a 2 )kl + (x\ + y\ —a 2 )l i = 0. ( v)
This quadratic gives two values for the ratio k : I, which correspond to the points
A, B where the line P X P 2 cuts tne circle; the two values are P X A :AP 2 andP 1 P:PP 2 (fig. 158). Equation (v) is known as JoachimsthaVs ratio quadratic
for the circle x 2 + y% = a 2
.
If P a lies on either tangent from P t , then the points A, B will coincide, andhence (v) will have equal roots k : I, so that
(x 2 + yl-a 2)(xl + y
2 -a 2) = (x^ + y^-a 2
)2
.
This equation shows that the point P 2 (flJ 2 » Vz) nes on * ne locus
(x 2 + y2 -a 2
) (x 2 +y 2 - a 2) = (xx x + yy x - a 2
)2
,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 253/454
590 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.
Let the tangents at the extremities A, B of the chord AB through P x mat P 2 . Then by 15.64, AB has equation
xx 2 + yy 2 = a 2.
Since
P xlies on this line,
x x x 2 + y x y 2 = a2 5
and this shows that P 2 lies on the line x x x+y x y = a 2.
Fig. 159 Fig. 160
If P x lies inside the circle, the locus of P 2 is the complete line, whichentirely outside the circle. If P x lies outside, the locus of P 2 is that part of
line which is outside the circle.
(2) A variable chord through P x meets the circle x* + y2 = a 2 at A, B; P
chosen so that P x , P 2 divide AB in the same ratio (one internally, the other exter
ally), f Show that P 2 lies on the line xx x + yy x = a 2.
Since by hypothesis AP 1 :P 1 B = AP 2 :P 2 B, hence also P X A :^4P 2 = P 1 P:so that A, B divide the line P X P 2 internally and externally in the same rat
say ± k' : V
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 254/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 255/454
592 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15
to both sides the previous equation is obtained; hence by the convers
of the theorem of Pythagoras, triangle C'PC is right-angled at P.
The condition is therefore both necessary and sufficient for orth
gonality.
Example
Prove that in general there is only one circle orthogonal to three given circles.
If the given circles are
x 2 + y2 + 2g r x + 2f r y + c r = (r = 1,2,3),
we require to find g, f, c for which
2^i + 2//i-c = c x ,
2 99i + 2fA- c = c 2»
2^3 + 2// 3 -c = c 3 .ndIf the determinant
A =91 A92 fi
9z fz
is non-zero, then this system of three equations for the three unknowns g,
can be solved uniquely by Cramer's rule (11.41). The condition A 4= me
that the three centres are not collinear (15.16, ex.) and that no two centrcoincide; this is the situation 'in general'.
Exercise 15(d)
1 Write down the equation of the circle through O whose centre is (pProve that the tangent at O is px + qy = 0. [Use ' tangent _L radius '.]
2 Show that the chord of x 2 + y2 = a 2 whose mid-point is (x x , y x ) has equatio
xx x + yy x = x\ + y\. [If P is any point of the required chord, OP x _L PP\.~\
3 Prove that the mid-points of those chords of x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c
which pass through P x lie on the circle (x —x 1 )(x + g) + (y —y 1 )(y+f)[CM±CP 1 .]
4 (i) Find the equation of the chord PxP 2 of x 2 + y2 = a 2
. Deduceequation of the tangent at P x . (ii) Also find the tangent at P x by using Calculu
5 If Ix + my = n touches x 2 + y2 = a 2
, find its point of contact. \xx x + yy x
and Ix + my = n are the same line if x x jl = y x /m = a 2 /w.]
6 Find the condition for y = mx + c to touch x 2 + y2 = a 2
, and deducethe lines y = mx ±a*J(l+m 2
) touch the circle for all values of m.
7 (i) Find the condition for the chord of contact of tangents from P
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 256/454
ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 593
centres at (A, 0), its equation is y = m(x —A) where m is chosen so that the
perpendicular to this line from either centre is equal to the corresponding
radius.]
Prove that the direct common tangents to
(x - a x f + </2 = r\, (x - a 2 )
2 + y* = r\
have equation {(» ]. —r 2 )x —(a^ —a 2 r x )}2 = {(% — 2 )
2 —(r x — 2 )2}y
2.
Find the equation of the transverse common tangents.
10 If the line of centres of
x* + y* + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, x* + y* + 2g'x -r 2fy + c' =
cuts the axes at A, B, show that the circle on diameter AB is
(g-g')U-S')^+y 2) = (gf'-rfHig-rtx-V-Dy}-
*1 1 A variable circle passes through the meet O of two given lines, and makesintercepts OP, OQ such that m.OP + n.OQ = 1. Prove that this circle passes
through another fixed point. [Use oblique axes.]
12 A circle passes through (h, k) and cuts orthogonally the circle
x 2 + y* + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
Prove that its centre lies on the line
2(h + g)x + 2(k+f)y = fc2 + F-c.
13Find
the equation of the circle orthogonal to x 2
+ y2
+2x —
2y +1 = and
# a + y2 + 4x —4y + 3 = and whose centre lies on the line 3x —y —2 = 0.
14 Find the equation of the circle orthogonal to
x 2 + y2 = 5, x 2 + y
2 + 6x+l = and x i + y2 -<ix-4 ty + l = 0.
15 Prove that an angle between the circles
8 = x* + y* + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, s' = x 2 + y2 + 2g'x + 2f
,
y + c' =
(supposed to intersect) is given by2gg' + 2ff'-c-c'
COB 6 =2V(fl' 2 +/ 2 -c)V(9'' 2 +/
,2-c')'
16 If 8 = 0, «' = are the circles in no. 15, prove that s + As' = is also the
equation of a circle for any constant A except A = —1 . What is the interpretation
when A = —1? If s, *' intersect, explain why s + As' = passes through their
common points for all A. (As A varies we obtain a system or family of circles.)
17 If a circle or = cuts s = 0, s' = orthogonally, prove that it also cuts
orthogonally each member of the system s + As' = 0. Interpret the case A = —1
by first showing that the centre of a lies on the line s—s' = 0.
18 Prove that the length of a tangent from P to a 2 + % + 2gx + 2f + c =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 257/454
594 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [1
20 Find the equation of the circle which passes through ( —3, 2) andpoints of intersection ofthe circles 3a; 2 + 3y 2 + 2x—'7y—6 = 0, x 2 + y
2 + y —2
[Use no. 16.]
21 Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the common chordthe circles x 2 + y 2 -2x + 2y + 3 = 0, 5x* + 5y 2 -x + ly-12 = 0.
15.7 Conies
15.71 Definitions
The locus of a point P in a plane such that the ratio of its distanc
from a given point 8 to its distance from a given line d is constant
called a conic.
The point 8 is called the focus, the line d the directrix, and the cstant (denoted by e) the eccentricity of the conic. According as e =
the conic is called an ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola; e is essentially
positive.
If M is the foot of the perpendicular from P to the line d,
definition is equivalent to the relation
SP = e.PM.
The name 'conic' is an abbreviation for 'conic section'. Originallythe ellipse, parabola and hyperbola were obtained as the sections mby a plane drawn perpendicular to any one generator of right circula
cones with acute, right and obtuse vertical angles respectively. La
they were defined by different sections of the same right circular co
the ellipse, parabola and hyperbola being respectively the curves
section by a plane making an angle with the base less than, equal
or greater than that made by the generators. If the cone is a doub
one, the hyperbola will consist of two separate parts or branches.
A plane parallel to the base will give a circular section; one throug
the axis of the cone will give two intersecting lines (the generators
that plane); one touching the cone along a generator will give a sing
line; while a plane through the vertex but not cutting the cone e
where will give a single point. Hence with this approach, a circl
a line-pair, a single line, and a single point are all conic sections.
I b df th t f each plane which gi an lli i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 258/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 259/454
596 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.73
to a simpler equation than others. Hence, when an equation wo o
set of axes is given, it is often desirable to change the axes in order
simplify the equation. This can be done by(a) changing the origin, leaving the directions of the axes unaltered
(a translation of axes)
;
(6) changing the direction of the axes, leaving the origin unaltered
(a rotation of axes);
(c) both together.
Remark. When a problem involves equations of two or more loc
in general it is possible to simplify only one of the equations in th
way; e.g. see 16.12, ex. (ii).
O'
Fig. 165
(2) Change of origin. If the new origin 0' is taken at the point (h,
then the point P whose coordinates were (x, y) now has coordinates
*',*,') given byx ^ x _ h} y> = y - k .
Thus, to change the origin to the point (h, k) we substitute x' + h for
and y' + kfor y: the locus whose equation wo axes Ox, Oy isf(x, y) =becomes f(x' + h, y' + k) = wo axes O'x', O'y'
.
We usually omit the dashes in the new equation, and say tha
f(x,y) = becomes f(x + h,y + k) = 0.
The above work remains valid for oblique axes ; an example occurred
in 15.16(2).
Examples
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 260/454
15.73] ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 597
Referred to the original axes, this equation becomes
(x 2 + y\- a 2) {(x - x x )
2 + (y- y x )2
} = {x x (x - x x ) + y x (y - y x )}\
i.e. (x 2 + y\ - a 2) {(x 2 + y
2 - a 2) + (a;
2 + y\ - a 2) - 2(xx x + yy x
- o 2)}
= {(xx x + yy x- a 2
) - (x 2 + y\- a 2)}
2,
i.e. {x\ + y\- a 2) (x 2 + y
2 -a 2) = (xx x + yy x - a 2
)2
.
(ii) Point of intersection of the line-pair ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
Suppose the lines meet at P x (x x , y x ). Changing the origin to P x , the equation
becomes
a(x + x x )2 + 2h(x + x x )(y + y x ) + b(y + y x )
2 + 2g(x + x x ) + 2f(y + y x ) + c = 0,
i.e. ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2(ax x + hy x + g) x + 2(hx x + by x +/) y
+ (ax 2 + 2hx x y x + by 2 + 2gx x + 2fy x + c) = 0.
Since the new origin is the meet of the lines, this equation must involve only
terms in x 2, xy and y
2 (15.52 (1)). Hence we must have
ax x + hy x + g = 0, hx 1 + by 1 +f = 0,
and ax 2 + 2hx 1 y x + by 2 + 2gx x + 2fy x + c = 0.
The first two equations deterrnine P x . As in Remark (/?) in 15.53 (3), the third
is equivalent to gx x + fy x + c = 0.
Fig. 166
(3) Rotation of axes through angle 6. Let the point P, whose co-
ordinates wo Ox, Oy are (x,y), have coordinates (x',y') referred to
the new axes Ox', Oy', where
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 261/454
598 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15.7
since from triangle OPN', x' = rcos^ and y' = rsin^. Similarly,
y = r sin (0 + <j>) = r sin cos<f> + r cos sin <j>
= x' sin + y' cos 0.
Thus, to rotate the axes through angle we substitute x' cos —y' sin
for x and x' sin + y' cos for y: the locus f(x, y) = becomes
f(x cos —y sin 0, x sin + y cos 0) = 0.
The reverse transformation can be obtained
either by solving the above two equations for x', y', in terms of
or by writing —6 for 6 and interchanging (xr
, y'), (x, y) in tabove equations;
or by considering
x' = r cob {{d + < >)- 6} = y' = rsm{(d + <f>)-6} = ....
Both transformations can be read off from the scheme
x' y'
X
y
cos 6 —sin 6
sin 6 cos 6
(4) Change of both origin and direction of axes. By combining t
substitutions found in (2), (3) we see that, under the most general
change of rectangular axes, the locus whose equation is f(x, y) =becomes », n . „ 7 . n ^ 7 ,
f(x cos a —y sin a + h, x sin a + y cos + k) = 0.
It follows that a change of axes leaves the degree of any poly
nomial equation unaltered. For, instead of the linear function x,we hav
substituted the linear function x cos 6 —y sin 6 + h, and similarly for
to powers and products of linear functions correspond powers aproducts of the same degree.
15.74 Reduction of 5 = to standard forms
By rotating the axes through angle 6, the equation
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 262/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 263/454
600 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY [15
(vii) reduces to By 2 + 20x = 0,
o .
i.e. r =-~fi
x - (v
(c) If A = = and B ={= 0, equation (iv) becomes
By 2 + 2Fy + G = 0,
which represents two parallel lines, a repeated line, or nothing
according as F 2 = BC.(d) IfB = 0, J. 4= 0, F + 0, or */ j? = ^ = 0, A * 0, then by tran
forming equation (iv) by rotating the axes through £tt, we obta
the cases considered in(6),
(c).
We cannot have A = B = 0, for then (iv) would not be of seco
degree, and hence (see 15.73 (4)) neither would (i). Thus all admissible
possibilities have been considered.
It has now been shown that, by a suitable change of axes,
general equation (i) of second degree can be reduced to one of
following standard forms:
^+^ = -1, ccx*+]3y* = 0,
2/ = a±V(a 2 -/?).
Clearly the fourth equation represents nothing; the fifth represents
an intersecting line-pair, a repeated line, or a single point; andsixth represents a pair of parallel lines, a repeated line, or nothing.
The following three chapters are respectively concerned with
first three loci, which will be proved to be ' conies ' in the sense of
definition given in 15.71: see 16.11, 17.12 and 17.13.
Exercise 15(e)
1 By a change of origin, the points ( —1,3), (4, —2) become (a, 5), (3,/?
find a, ^.
2 Find the new equation of the locus x 2 —xy— 6y 2 —Zx +14y —4 = w
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 264/454
ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY 601
6 Change the origin to (1,0) and then rotate the axes through the acute
angle whose tangent is £ , for the equation
43a; 2 - 48xy + 51y 2 + 86a; - 48y + 1 8 = 0.
7 Showthat the
centroid of a lamina, as defined in7.81, does not depend on
the choice of coordinate axes. [Wo the new axes the centroid is given by
and similarly for y'. Thus (x' ,y') is the point (x, y) referred to the new axes.]
1 If the points {at\,at\), {at\,at\), (at\,at\) are collinear, prove that
M3 + M1 + M2 = 0* Conversely, show that when this condition is satisfied the
three points are collinear. [Use theory of equations.]
2 Find the condition that the four distinct points (kt r ,k/t r ), r = 1,2,3,4,
shall be concyclic. Show also that no three of these points can be collinear.
3 Show that a necessary condition for concurrence of the lines
arcos3a + 2/ —acosa = 0, xcosSfi + y —acos/tf = 0, a;cos dy + y —acosy =is cos a + cos /? + cos y = 0, and prove that this condition is also sufficient.
4 If the line-pairs ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0, a'x 2 + 2h'xy + b'y 2 = have a line in
common, prove (ab' -a'b) 2 + 4(ah' -a'h) (bh' -b'h) = 0. [Use 10.42(1).]
5 If one of the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = is perpendicular to one of the lines
a'x2
+ 2h'xy + b'y2
= 0, prove (aa' -bb')2
+ ±{ah' + b'h) (a'h + bh') = 0.
6 If the lines x 2 —2pxy —y2 = and x 2 + 2qxy —y
2 = are such that onepair bisects the angles between the other pair, prove pq = 1.
7 If lx + my + n = and ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = form an isosceles triangle,
prove that h(l 2 —m2) = (a —b) Im. Find also the further condition if this triangle
is equilateral. [The line is parallel to an angle-bisector of the pair, so its gradient—Z/m must satisfy {1 —(y/x) 2 }/(a —b) = (y/x)/h.]
8 If ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = represents a pair of lines meeting at
A, and parallel lines are drawn through O to meet these at B, G, find the equa-
tions of the diagonals OA , BC of the parallelogram so formed. If the parallelogram
is a square, prove a + b = and h(g 2 -f 2 ) - fg(a - b). [OB J_ OG and OA J_ BC]9 Prove that the equation m(x 3 —3xy 2
) + y3 —Sx 2 y = represents three
straight lines equally inclined to one another. [In polar coordinates the equation
is m = tan 30. Writing m = tan 3a, the three lines are 6 = a + \m, r — 0, 1, 2.]
10 If A, B, G are fixed and PA 2 + PB 2 + PC 2 is constant, prove that the locus
of P is a circle whose centre is the centroid of triangle ABC. [Choose O at this
centroid; then Hx A = = 2y^.]
1 1 Find the centre and radius of the incircle of the triangle whose sides are
4x-3y + 2a = 0, Bx- 4y+ 12a = 0, 3« + 4y- 12a = 0.
x' = — I x'dA —— (xcoad + yaiad + h)dA = xcoad + yaind + h,
Miscellaneous Exercise 15(/)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 265/454
602 ELEMENTARY COORDINATE GEOMETRY1 3 Show that the line (x —a) cos 6 + y sin 6 = r touches the circle
{x —a) 2 + y2 = r 2
,
and state the coordinates of the point of contact.
A pair of parallel tangents is drawn to a given circle, and another pairpendicular to these is drawn to a second circle of equal radius. Prove that ediagonal of the square formed by the four tangents passes through a fixed poi
14 All members of a family of circles pass through two given points. Prothat the common chords of these circles and a fixed circle not belonging to
family are concurrent.
15 Write down the equation of the line-pair through P x and P 2 whichparallel to (i) Oy; (ii) Ox. Explain why the locus
(x-x 1 )(x~x t ) + {y-y 1 )(y-y 1 ) =
passes through the vertices of the rectangle formed by these line -pairs,
deduce that this locus is the circle on diameter PiP 2 .
16 If the orthogonal circles
x 2 + y2 + 2g 1 x + 2f 1 y + c 1 = 0, x 2 + y
2 + 2g 2 x + 2f 2 y + c 2 =
have centres A, B and cut at C, D, prove that the circle through A, B, G,
2(x 2 + y2
) + 2( 9 r 1 + g 2 ) x + 2(/ x +/ 2 ) y + (c x + c 2 ) = 0.
If the equation of the circle on diameter CD is written in the form
x 2 + y2 + 2g x x + 2f 1 y + c 1 + X{2( gi -g z )x + 2(/ x -/ 2 ) y + (c x
- c 2 )} = 0,
prove A = —r\\AB 2 where r x is the radius of the first circle.
17 Find the equation of the line -pair joining O to the meets of the li
4a; 2 - 15xy —4ty 2 + 39x + 65y - 169 = and x + 2y = 5. Show that the quadr
lateral having the first pair and also the second pair as adjacent sides is cycli
and find the equation of its circumcircle.
18 Show that the line -pair joining to the meets A, B of the line Ix + mywith the conic ax 2 + by 2 = 1 has equation
(a —I2
) x 2 —2lmxy + (6 —m2) y
2 = 0.
If AOB is a right-angle, deduce that AB touches the circle (a + b) (x 2 + y 2 )
19 Find the equation of the line -pair joining O to the meets of Ix + myand the circle x 2 +y 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0. Hence find the coordinates of
circumcentre of the triangle formed by Ix + my = 1 and the lines
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0.
If the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = vary, but remain equally inclined to
axes, show that the circumcentre varies on a fixed line through O.
20 Explain why the equation
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 266/454
603
16
THE PARABOLA
16. 1 The locus y 2 = 4ax
16.11 Focus-directrix property
Since the equation y2 = 4ax can be written in the form
(x —a)2
+ y2
= (x + a)2
,
any point P{x, y) on the locus is such that SP 2 = PM2, where 8 is the
point (a, 0) and PM is the perpendicular from P to the line x + a = 0.
Hence by the definition in 15.71, the locus y2 = 4ax is a parabola with
focus (a, 0) and directrix x + a = 0.
It is symmetrical about Ox because
the equation is unaltered by replacing
y by —y; Ox is called the axis of the
parabola, and O is the vertex. Without
loss of generality we may always
suppose a > 0; a; is then positive for
all points on the curve. The parabola
meets Oy where x = and hence y = ;
it therefore touches Oy at 0, and Oy is
called the tangent at the vertex.
The chord LL' through S at right-
angles to the axis is called the latus rectum; its equation is x = a, and
it cuts the curve at the points (a, ± 2a), so that its length is 4a.
Remark. The equation y2 = 4ax also shows that the square of the
distance of P(x, y) from Ox is proportional to its distance from the per-
pendicular line Oy. The locus of a point satisfying this condition is
therefore a parabola.
Fig. 167
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 267/454
604 THE PARABOLA [16
Hence each point on y2 = kax has coordinates of the form (at 2
, 2
for just one value of t. Also each value of t determines exactly
point of the curve. The equations
x = at 2, y = 2at
therefore give a proper parametric representation (see 1.61); t
can also be written ±9 n± ,x:y:a = t
2 :2t : 1.
The point P(at 2, 2at) is briefly referred to as the point t of the curv
t is the parameter of P. By using these coordinates, the condition t
P lies on the curve is automatically satisfied without reference to
cartesian equation; cf. the Remark in 16.21.
Examples
(i) Find the condition for the chord joining the points t lf t 2 to be a focal c
(i.e. to pass through the focus).
Any line through the focus (a, 0) has an equation of the form
l(x —a) + my = 0.
This cuts the curve at points t for which
l(at 2 -a)+m.2at = 0.
It will be the chord t^ if the roots of this quadratic in t are t x and < 2 « Since
product of the roots is —1, the required condition is t x t^ = —1.
This necessary condition for a focal chord is also sufficient. For if =then t x and t 2 are the roots of a quadratic equation of the form
pt 2 + 2qt-p = 0,
which shows that the points t x , t 2 lie on the line px + qy —ap = 0, andclearly goes through the focus (a, 0).
(ii) Concyclic points on the parabola. A circlef
x* + y* + 2gx + 2fy + c =
cuts the parabola at points t which satisfy J
aH* + 4aH 2 + 2agt 2 + 4aft + c = 0,
i.e. aH l + 2a(2a + g) t* + 4aft + c = 0.
Since this equation is quartic in. t, a circle and parabola can intersect i
most four points. In real algebra a quartic equation has four, two, or no ro
(some or all of which may coincide); hence (ignoring possible coincidences)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 268/454
16.2] THE PARABOLA 605
Suppose there are four intersections, given by t = t x ,t 2 , t a , t v Then these
numbers are the roots of the above quartic; and since the term in t 3 is absent,
WehaV6h + ** + ** + h = 0.
This necessary condition for concyclic points on the parabola is also sufficient.
In a general way this can be seen because three points of the curve determine
a unique circle, and one condition is required for this circle to pass through afourth point of the curve. In detail, given the four numbers t x , t z ,
t 3 ,t if where
Ht x = 0, consider the circle through t lt t 2 , t 3 : it cuts the curve again at a point
t' t (since a quartic with three distinct roots must have a fourth), and so by the
above' t 1 + t 2 + t 3 + t' l = 0.
Hence t' A= < 4 , and so t v t it t z , t t give concyclic points.
Exercise 16(a)' 'The parabola'' in this exercise means the curve y 2 = 4ax.
1 Find the gradient of the chord t x t 2 .
2 If the point t is one extremity of a focal chord PQ, find the length of PQ.
3 If M is the mid-point of a focal chord PQ, prove that the distance of Mfrom the directrix is equal to $PQ.
4 P,Q,R are points on the parabola such that PQ passes through the focus
and PR is perpendicular to the axis. When P varies on the parabola, prove that
the mid-point of QR lies on the parabola y2 = 2a(x + a).
5 The chord PQ subtends a right-angle at the vertex O. Prove that the mid-point of PQ lies on the parabola y
2 = 2a(x —4a).
6 A circle is drawn on a focal chord as diameter, and cuts the axes at
(x lt 0), (a> 2 , 0), (0, y x ), (0, y 2 ). Prove that x x x 2 - y x y 2 = - 3a 2.
7 (i) Prove that the line Ix + my + n = cuts the parabola in at most twopoints when I 4= 0.
(ii) If there are two common points t x and t 2 , prove that
t 1 + t 2 = —2m/l, t 1 t 2 = n/al.
(iii) If there is only one common point, prove that am 2 = In, and conversely.
8 A circle cuts the parabola at A, B, C, D. Show that the chords AB, CDare equally inclined to the axis. [Use no. 1 and ex. (ii) in 16.12.]
9 Prove that the locus of the centre of a circle touching Oy and the circle
x 2 + y 2 —2ax = is the parabola y2 = ±ax. [If P is the centre, show that
SP = PM for a suitable S and a*.]
10 A variable circle passes through a given point A and touches a given line I.
Prove that the locus of its centre is a parabola, and identify the focus anddirectrix.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 269/454
606 THE PARABOLA [16.2
since y\ = 4ax x and y\ = 4ax 2 . The equation of the chord is therefore
y—Vi = Ix —x-,).
This equation is not symmetrical in the pair of coordinates (x x ,
(x 2 , y 2 ). To make it so, first clear of fractions:
2/(«/i + 2/2) ~ 2/i - 2/i2/2 = 4 «« - 4^1-
By using the condition y\ = ±ax x again, this simplifies to
lax - (y x + y 2 )y + y x y 2 = 0.
Remark. To obtain (ii) we have appealed once to the condition
y\ = 4ax 2 that P2 lies on the curve, and twice to y\ = 4ax x . Contrast
the directness of the work in 16.22, where the use of parameters
automatically ensures that Px ,P2 lie on the curve.
For another way of proving (ii), see Ex. 16 (6), no. 1.
16.22 Chord t xt 2
(1) Since the gradient of the chord is
2at x -2at 2 2at\ —at\ t x + 2
'
the chord has equation2
y-2at x = 7—7- (x-atl),t, l~r t 2
i.e. x-%(t x + t 2 )y + at x t 2= 0.
(2) Alternatively (using the theory of quadratics) let the required
chord be| Ix + my + a = 0. This line cuts the curve at points t for whilt
2 + 2mt+l = 0.
Since the fine is the chord t x t 2> this quadratic in t must have roots
and t 2 , so t x + t 2 = —2m\l and t x t 2 = \\l. Hence
^ — and Tfb —— ^- ?
t x t 2 2 t x t 2
d h i d h d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 270/454
16.23] THE PARABOLA 607
(3) Alternatively, since the numbers t x ,t 2 are the roots of
t2 -{t x + t
2 )t + t x t 2 = 0, ( iv )
we may use the parametric equations x : y : a = t2
: 2t : 1 to substitutefor t
2, t and thereby construct the linear equation
x - Wi + h)y + at ih = °-
This represents the required chord t x t 2 because it cuts the curve at
the points t given by (iv), i.e. t = t x and t = t 2 .
16.23 Tangent at P x
For curves other than the circle, the tangent is defined as a limit:
the tangent at Px is the limit of the chord PX P2 when the point P2 tends
to Px along the curve; but see 16.25.
(1) The tangent at Px to y2 = Aax is therefore obtainable from
equation (ii) by letting y 2-> y v and is
4ax-2y 1 y + yl = 0.
Since y\ = 4ax v this can be written
yy x = 2a(x + x 1 ). (v)
Observe that this can be written down from the equation y2 = ±ax
by applying the 'rule of alternate suffixes' (see 15.63, Remark).
(2) Alternatively, the gradient of the tangent at Px can be found by
calculating dy/dx when x = x x , y = y x . Thus from y2 = 4ax,
« dy , dy 2a2y = 4a and = —dx dx y
and the tangent at Px has equation
2a.y-yi = —(x-xi)>
which is equivalent to the limit of (i) when y 2-> y x , and reduces to
(v) above.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 271/454
608 THE PARABOLA [16.
(2) Alternatively, the gradient can be obtained by calculus:
dy _ dy jdx 2a 1
dx=
dtj dt=
2ai=
l'
and then the equation written down as
y —2at = ^(x —at 2).
Geometrically, the parameter t is the cotangent of the angle
made by the tangent-line at the point t with the ic-axis ; for tan i/r =
16.25 Tangency and repeated roots
For a curve whose equation is a polynomial in (x,y), the simu
taneous solution of this , equation and that of the chord P1 P2 leads
equations for x and y containing the factors
(x - x x ) (x - x 2 ), (y - y x ) (y - y 2 )
respectively, or to an equation in a parameter t containing
(*-*i)(*-f.).t
Since the equation of the tangent at Px is the limit of the equation
the chord P1 PZ when P2 tends to P1 along the curve, hence if
equation of the tangent is solved with the equation of the curve,
will give equations for x, y containing the factors (x —x x )2
, (y —yor an equation for t containing (t —t x )
2.
Thus tangency corresponds to repeated roots, and is often dealt w
thus rather than by direct appeal to the limit definition. For examplethe line Ix + my + n = meets the parabola where alt 2 + 2amt + n =and will be a tangent if and only if this quadratic has equal root
i.e. if am 2 = In; cf. Ex. 16(a), no. 7.
More generally, if two loci cut at P1 and P2 , and P2 is madeapproach P2 along one of them, then the limit of the other will tou
the first at Px because they have a common tangent there. For example
if t % t in ex. (ii) of 16.12, the limiting circle will touch the parabola
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 272/454
16.26] THE PARABOLA 609
16.26 Examples
(i) The tangents at t lt t 2 meet at the point {at 1 t 2 , a(t ± + 2 )}.
This result can be verified by direct solution of the equations
x —hy + at l = 0, x —t 2 y + at\ = d.
Alternatively, these two equations express that t t and £ a are the roots of the
quadratic in t
at 2 -ty+x = 0,
y xso that - = U + t z and - = t x
t 2 ,
a a
giving the required intersection (x, y).
The coordinates can be remembered by an ' extension ' of the rule of alternate
suffixes applied at at*, 2at.
(ii) The orthocentre\ of the triangle formed by three tangents to a parabola lies
on the directrix.
The tangents at t lt t 2 meet at (af 1 « 2 .a(<i + * 2 ))- Tiie perpendicular from this
point to the tangent at t z has equation
h x + y —aih + t^ + t^t^,
and this line meets the directrix x = —a where y = a^ + ^ + t^ + t^t^. Thesymmetry of this result shows that the other two perpendiculars meet the
directrix at this same point, which must therefore be the orthocentre of the
triangle of tangents.
(iii) (a) Find the condition for y = mx + cto touch the parabola y2 = 4ax.
(b) If this line also touches the circle x 2 + y* = r 2, prove that
a 2
m* + m2 —- = 0,r 2
and hence find the equations of the common tangents to the parabola and the circle
x 2 + y2 = $a 2
.
(a) The line y = mx + c cuts the curve y2 = 4ax at points for which
(mx + c) 2 = 4ax,
i.e. m2 x 2 + 2(mc -2a)x + c 2 = 0.
The line will touch the curve if and only if this quadratic in x has equal roots, i.e.
(mc-2a) 2 = m2 c 2,
ai.e. c = —
.
mHence for all m 4= 0 the line y = mx + a/m touches y
2 = 4ax.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 273/454
610 THE PARABOLA [16.2
(6) Similar methods will give the contact condition for the line and circ
but it is simpler to equate the radius r and the perpendicular from the cent
(0, 0) to the line mx —y + ajm = 0:
ajmT = ± V(m 2 +l)'
from which the equation for m follows.
Taking r 2 = \a 2, the equation becomes
mi + m2 -2 - 0, i.e. (m 2 - 1) (m 2 + 2) = 0,
so that m = + 1. The common tangents are thus
y —x + a, y ——x—a.
(iv) Tangents from P x ; the chord of contact.
From a given point P x at most two tangents can be drawn to the parabola.For the tangent at the point t will pass through (x lf y x ) if
x i ~ tyi + a t 2 = 0,
and if y\ > 4mx x this gives two values t = t x , t 2 ; i.e. there are then two poin
the tangents at which pass through P x .f
The argument used in 15.64 will show that the chord of contact of tangentsfr ° mPli8
yy 1 = 2a{x + x 1 ).
(v) Pair of tangents from P x .
The condition for the pointl lx x + kx 2 ly x + JcyA
\ l + Jc ' l + Jc )
to lie on y2 = 4tax reduces to
(yl- 4aa 2 ) h 2 + 2{ Vl y % - <La{x x + x %)} U + (y
2 - AaxJ I2 =
(JoachimsthaVs ratio equation for the parabola).
The argument in 15.64, ex. (ii) shows that the pair of tangents from P x
equation{y 1 y-2a(x 1 + x)} 2 = (y
2 -4ax 1 )(y2 -4ax).
Exercise 16(6)
1 Verify that, when simplified, the equation
{y-yi)(y-y*) = y2 -*ax
is linear in x and y ; and that it is satisfied by the points P lt P 2 on the parabola.
Deduce the equation of the chord PxP 2 .
2 Deduce from equation (iii) in 16.22 that t x t % is a focal chord if and o1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 274/454
THE PARABOLA 611
5 Find the equation of each of the tangents from ( —2a,— a) to y2 = 4ax.
6 The ordinate of the point P on the parabola is PN, and the tangent at Pmeets the axis at T. Prove that the vertex bisects TN.
7If the tangent at
Pmeets the axis at T, prove SP = ST.
8 (i) If PM is the perpendicular from a point P of the parabola to the
directrix, prove that the tangent at P bisects angle SPM. [Use no. 7 and pure
geometry.](ii) Deduce the property of the parabolic reflector: rays from a source of
light at S leave the surface in a beam parallel to the axis. [Angle of incidence
= angle of reflection.]
9 If the tangent at P meets the directrix at Z, prove SZ _L SP.
10 PQ is a variable focal chord; UP is the tangent at P, and QU is parallel
to the axis. Find the locus of the mid-point oiPU.
1 1 Show that any one of the following statements implies the other two.(i) PQ is a focal chord;
(ii) tangents at P and Q are perpendicular;
(iii) tangents at P and Q meet on the directrix.
12 If P, Q are the points t x ,t v and tangents at P, Q meet at T, prove that
triangle TPQ has area \a 2 (t 2 —t^) 3. If this area is always 4a 2
, and the locus of T.
13 (i) If the chord t x t % subtends a right-angle at the point t, prove that
+ -M a ) + 4 = 0.
(ii) If the circle on chord PQ as diameter cuts the parabola again at Hand K, prove that the chords PQ, HK make equal angles with the axis.
14 A circle cuts the parabola at A, B, C, D; tangents at A, B meet at T, andtangents at G,D meet at T'. Prove that the axis bisects TT'. [Use 16.12, ex. (ii).]
15 A circle passes through the vertex of the parabola and cuts the curve
again at A, B, G. The tangents at B, G meet at T. Find the ratio in which ATis divided by the axis.
16 (i) If a circle touches the parabola at A and cuts it again at G, D, prove that
the tangent at A and the chord GD are equally inclined to the axis.
(ii) If circles touch a parabola at a fixed point, prove that the commonchords not through this point are parallel.
*17 (i) If G -> A in no. 16 (i), then by 8.42 (2) the limiting circle is the circle
of curvature of the parabola at A. If A is the point t lf prove that the remaining
intersection D has parameter —3£ x . What can be said about the inclination of
the tangent at A and the chord AD1(ii) A circle cuts the parabola at A, B, C, D. If the circles of curvature at
these points cut the curve again at A', B' , G', D' respectively, prove the latter
points are also concyclic.
*18 If t x #= t 3 in ex. (ii) of 16.12, and t 2-> t x and < 4
-+3 , the limiting circle
touches the parabola at < and at t (double contact) Prove that the chord of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 275/454
612 THE PARABOLA [16.
21 Prove that the pair of tangents from T(x l9 y x ) cuts Oy at points A, B suthat the mid-point of AB is M(Q,\y x ). [Use ex. (v) of 16.26.] If P, Q are tpoints of contact of these tangents, prove SM _[_ PQ. [Use the chord of contactfrom T.]
22 If tangents are drawn to the parabola from points of a given line, provthat the corresponding chords of contact are concurrent.
*23 Prove that tangents at the extremities of a variable chord throughmeet on the line yy x = 2a(x + x 1 ). [Method of 15.65(1).]
*24 A variable chord through P x meets the parabola at A, B; P 2 is chosenit so that P x and P 2 divide AB (one internally and the other externally) in t
same ratio. Prove that P 2 ^ es on * ne l me VVi — 2a(x + x 1 ). [Method of 15.65(2);
use the ratio quadratic in 16.26, ex. (v).]
*25 Defining the polar of P x wo y% = 4a* to be the line yy x = 2a(x + x t ), prov
thatif
the polar of P x passes through P 2 , then the polar of P a passes throughWhat is the polar of the focus?
*26 Use the ratio quadratic (16.26, ex. (v)) to obtain the equation of t
tangent at P x . [Since P x lies on y2 — 4ax, the ratio quadratic has one root k =
the other root gives the remaining intersection of PxPa with the curve. If P x
is the tangent at P x , this intersection must coincide with P x , and k = is
repeated root. Hence y x y% —2a(x t + x t ) = 0, which gives the locus of P 2 .]
16.3 Normal
16.31 Normal at the point t
Since the tangent at the point t has gradient l/t, the normal there
has gradient —t. Hence the equation of the normal at t is
y —2at = —t(x —at 2),
i.e. tx + y = 2at + at s.
Example
Prove that the normal at t meets the curve again at the point —t—2/t.
If the other intersection is the point s, then the normal at t is also the chorts, so that
gradient of normal at t = gradient of chord ts,
2i.e. —t =
t + s
from which s = —t —2/t. Also see Ex. 16 (c), no. 4.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 276/454
16.32] THE PARABOLA 613
curve such that the normals from them pass through (x, y ). Ignoring
coincidences, a cubic has either one or three roots; therefore either
one or three normals can be drawn from a given point. Also see
Ex. 16(c), no. 15.
Suppose that the normals at the points t x ,t 2 ,
t 3 are concurrent at
(x, y ). Then these numbers are the roots of the cubic
at 3 +(2a-x )t-y = 0. . (ii)
Since the term in f2 is absent,
fi + <a + 'a = °- (iii)
Three points on the curve which are such that the normals at them
are concurrent are called conormal points. Hence (iii) is a necessary
condition for the points t x ,t 2 ,
t 3 to be conormal. The point of con-
currence is given by
2a-x Q = dLt x t 2 , y = at x t 2 t z . (iv)
The necessary condition T,t x = Ofor conormal points is also sufficient.
In a general way this is clear because only one condition is needed for
concurrence of three lines. In detail, given t x ,t 2 ,
t 3 , we can define
numbers x and y by equations (iv) above; then, provided
h + t 2 + t 3 = °>
we see that t lt t 2 ,t 3 are the roots of the cubic (ii), which expresses that
the normal at each of the corresponding points passes through (x, y ).
If two roots of the cubic (ii) are equal, then two of the three normals from(x , y ) coincide. If t 2 = t s , then t x = —2t 2 , and (x , y ) is given by (iv) as
x -2a + Zat\, y = -2at\.
By 8.53, ex. (i), these equations show that (x ,y ) lies on the envelope of the
normals (i.e. the evolitte) of the parabola. From any point on this locus only twodistinct normals can be drawn.
Three normals from a point can coincide only when < x = < 2 = t 3 , i.e. when each
is zero (since 2^ = 0); and then (iv) shows that {x ,y ) is the point (2a, 0).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 277/454
614 THE PARABOLA [16.3
(ii) Find the equation of the circle through the feet of normals which are ccurrent at (h,k). (See also 19.7, ex. (i).)
The feet of the three normals are the roots of the cubic
at s
+ (2a-h)t-k = 0.
If the required circle is x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, its meets with the curvsatisfy (cf. 16.12, ex. (ii))
aH* + (4a 2 + 2ag) t 2 + laft + c = 0.
Since by ex. (i) t = is one such meet, therefore c = 0, and the other three aregiven by
at* + (4a + 2a) * + 4/ = 0.
The cubics (v), (vi) now have the same roots, and so
4a + 2g = 2a-h, 4/ = —k.
The required circle is therefore
x 2 + y2 - (h + 2a) x - \ky = 0.
(iii) (a) Prove that the normal at P x has equation 2a(y —y x ) + y x (x —x t ) = 0.
(6) Hence prove that the feet of the normals from (h, k) to the parabolaon the curve xy + (2a —h)y —2ak = 0.
(a) By 16.23 the tangent at P t has gradient 2a/y lt so the normal at P x hgradient —yJ2a, and its equation is
y-yi = - y
f{x - x J'
(b) Let P x be the foot of a normal drawn from (h, k) to the curve. Then sinc(h, k) lies on the normal at P x ,
2a(k-y 1 ) + y 1 (h-x 1 ) = 0,
which shows that P x lies on the locus
2a{k-y) + y{h-x) = 0.
Exercise 16(c)
1 PN is the ordinate of a point P on the parabola, and the normal at P cuthe axis at G. Prove that NG = 2a.
2 The tangent and normal at P meet the axis at T, G respectively. ProvT8 = SG.
3 The line through the mid -point Mof a focal chord PQ and parallel to taxis meets the normal at P in V. Find the locus of V.
4 If the normal at t meets the curve again at s, find s in terms of t by sustituting x = as 2
, y = 2as in the equation of the normal and either (a) factorising
the cubic in t or (6) observing that the resulting quadratic in * necessarily h
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 278/454
16.4] THE PARABOLA 615
(iv) Show that normals at the extremities of a focal chord can never meet on
the curve.
6 Prove that the normals at the extremities of all chords of the form
x + ky + 2a = meet on the curve. Show that all such chords pass through a
fixed point, and give its coordinates. [This line cuts the curve whereat 2 + 2akt + 2a = 0, so that t x t 2 = 2.]
7 Find the equations of the three normals from (15a, 12a) to y2 = 4ax.
8 Show that two of the three normals from (5a, 2a) to y2 = 4tax coincide.
9 Prove that the centroid of the triangle formed by conormal points lies
on the axis.
10 PQ is a chord of a parabola drawn in a fixed direction. Prove that the locus
of the meet of the normals at P and Q is a line which is itself normal to the
parabola. [If t lf t 2 are the extremities, then
2/(«i + h) = m, i.e. t 1 + t 2 + {- 2/m) = 0;
hence the normals at t x , t 2 meet on the normal at the (fixed) point —2/m.]
11 If normals at P, Q, B are concurrent, and the chords PP', QQ', BR' are
parallel to QB, BP, PQ respectively, prove that the normals at P', Q', B' are
also concurrent.
12 Prove that the normals at t lt t 2 intersect at the point (a;, y), where
x = a{t\ + t x t 2 + t\ + 2), y = - atitjfa + 2 ).
[Solve directly; or eliminate t 3 from S« x = and equations (iv) in 16.32.]
13 A variable chord PQ subtends a right-angle at the vertex. Tangents atP, Q meet at T, and the normals at P, Q meet at N; Mis the mid-point of PQ.Find the loci of T, N, M.* 14 If Cr is the centre of the circle through the feet of normals from P r , prove
that when P ly P 2 , P 3 are collinear, then so are Glf C2 , G3 , and conversely.
[Use ex. (ii) of 16.32.]
15 Show that y2 = 4ax meets the locus in 16.32, ex. (iii) (6) at points P(x,y)
for which y 3 + 4a(2a —h)y —8a 2 k = 0. Deduce that at most three normals can
be drawn to the parabola from a given point (h, h).
16.4 Diameters
16.41 General definition
The locus of the mid-points of a system of parallel chords of a conic
is called a diameter of the conic.
The parallel chords are sometimes called ordinates to the diameter.
In 17.63 the above definition will be reconciled with the usual meaning
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 279/454
616 THE PARABOLA [16.4
therefore the equation of the diameter bisecting chords of gradient
Thus the diameters of a parabola are straight lines parallel to the axi
Also see Ex. 16 (d), no. 6.
Example
Prove that the tangent at the extremity P of a diameteris parallel to the chords which the diameter bisects.
The diameter y = 2a jm meets y2 = 4ax where
x —aim 2, i.e. at the point P(a/m 2
, 2a/m). The tangentat P (which is the point 1/m) has gradient
1/(1 /m) = m,
and is therefore parallel to the chords of gradient m. Fig. 168
Exercise 16 (d)
1 Write down the equation of the diameter of y2 = x which bisects chord
parallel to 2x— 3y+ 1 = 0.
2 Write down the gradient of the chords of y2 = 2x which are bisected
the diameter 2y + 3 = 0.
3 Prove that tangents at the extremities of any chord of a parabola meetthe diameter which bisects this chord.
4 V is the mid-point of a chord QQ' of a parabola, and TQ, TQ' are tangents.Prove that the parabola bisects TV.
*5 Prove that the circle drawn on a focal chord as diameter touches thedirectrix. [Use no. 3.]
6 By considering the ^-coordinate of the mid-point of the chord y = mxof y
2 = 4ax, show that the locus of the mid-points of chords of gradient mthe line y = 2a /m.
Miscellaneous Exercise 16(e)
1 A point is such that its distance from a fixed line is equal to the length
the tangent from it to a fixed circle. Prove that its locus is a parabola. Locatthe focus and directrix when the given line touches the circle.
2 Obtain the equation of the circle through the points (p, 0), (q, 0), (0, r).
A circle passes through a fixed point, and the chord cut off by it from a givline is of constant length. Prove that the locus of its centre is a parabola.
3 Two parabolas have a common axis and their concavities are in oppositesenses. If any line parallel to the common axis meets theparabolas at P, Q, provthat (provided the latera recta are unequal) the locus of the mid -point of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 280/454
THE PARABOLA 617
7 G is the centroid of a triangle inscribed in a parabola; G' is the centroid of
the corresponding triangle of tangents. Prove that GQ' is parallel to the axis,
and that the parabola divides GO' in the ratio 2:1.
8 The normal at P meets the parabola again at Q, and the axis divides PQin the ratio k:l. Prove that the ^-coordinate of P is 2ka/(l —k). For what value
of k is P an extremity of the latus rectum?
9 Normals at the ends of a focal chord PQ cut the curve again at P', Q'.
Prove that P'Q' is parallel to QP and that P'Q' = 3QP.
10 If normals at P, Q meet on the curve, prove that the meet of tangents at
P, Q lies either on a line parallel to Oy, or on the locus y\x + 2a) + 4a 8 = 0.
11 A,B,C,D are concyclic points on the parabola; AB is a focal chord; AG is
the normal at A. Show that the axis divides BD in the ratio 1 : 3.
12 Find the locus of a point P(h, k) such that two of the normals drawn from
it to the parabola y 2 = 4ax are perpendicular.13 Prove that three normals cannot be drawn from (h, k) to y
2 = lax unless
h > 2a. [Prove f(t) = at 3 + {2a —h)t —k is steadily increasing for all t if h «S 2a,
so that f(t) = has just one root.]
14 Prove that chords of y2 = 4ax which subtend a right-angle at the point t Q
of the curve all pass through the point (a(t 2 + 4), - 2at ). (Cf. Ex. 19 (c), no. 2.)
*15 A variable triangle is inscribed in y2 = 4ax so that two of its sides touch
y2 = 4bx. Prove that the third side touches y % = lex, where (2a —b) 2 c = ab 2
.
[Use the condition km 2 = In for tangency of Ix + my + n = and y2 = Ikx.]
16 Given a line I and a point £ not on it, a variable line is drawn through Sto meet I at V. A line p is drawn through V perpendicular to SV. Prove that
p touches a parabola having S for focus and I for its tangent at the vertex.
[Choose I for 2/-axis, and the perpendicular to it through S for a;-axis; let these
meet at O and p meet SO at T. If p has equation Ix + my + n = 0, then
OV —-n/rn and OT = w/Z. By geometry OV2 = TO. OS, so am 2 = nl where
a = OS.]
17 Show that the line through P x in direction (15.26) cuts y2 = 4ax at
points for which r is given by
r 2 sin 2 + 2(y x sin 6 - 2a cos 6) r + (y2 - 4ax x ) = 0.
(This is called the distance quadratic for y2 = 4ax because it gives the distances r
from P x of the points of the parabola on the line through P x in direction 6.)
18 Prove that the chord of y2 = 4ax whose mid-point is (x x , y±) has equation
yy x—2ax = y\ —2ax x . [For the required chord the roots of the distance quadratic
are equal and opposite, so y x sin 6 —2a cos 6 = 0, which detemiines cos 6 : sin 6.
The equation x —x x : cos 6 = y —y 1 : sin 6 of the chord becomes
{x-x 1 )jy 1 = (y-yjfia.-]
19 Deduce from no 18 that (i) the locus of the mid-points of chords through
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 281/454
618 THE PARABOLA22 Using no. 17, obtain the equation of the tangent at P v [Two roots r =23 Obtain the equation of the pair of tangents from P x . [Equal roots r.]
*24 Show that (3x + 4y)2 = 54a; —53y + 29 represents a parabola as follows.
(i) Verify that the equation can be written
(iii) If PM, PN are the perpendiculars from P(x, y) to the (perpendicular)
lines 3x + 4=y + 1 = 0, 4x-3y + 2 = 0, (a) shows PM2
= 2PN. By the Remarin 16.11, the curve is a parabola of latus rectum 2, having axis 3x + 4y + 1 =and 4x —3y + 2 = for tangent at the vertex.
(iv) For points on the curve, (a) shows that 4x —3y + 2 ^ 0; hence the curvis on the origin side of 4x —3y + 2 = 0, i.e. lies below this line. Sketch the curve*25 Sketch the parabola (x + 2y) 2 = 56x + 12y— 184, giving the equationthe axis and the coordinates of the vertex.
*26 (i) If ab = h 2, then the terms of second degree in
form a perfect square, say (px+ qy)
2. Prove by the method of no. 24 that, unles
g :f = p :q, the equation represents a parabola whose axis is parallel to px + qy =(ii) In the exceptional case show that the equation can be written
(px + qy + X) 2 = A2 —c where g = Xp and / = Xq. This represents a pair of parallel
lines, a repeated line, or nothing according as A2 ^ c. (Algebraically, a parallel
line-pair is thus a degenerate parabola.)
*27 Show that the curve whose parametric equations are
x - at 2 + 2bt, y = ct 2 + 2dt (ad 4= 6c)
is a parabola. [Eliminate t, and use the result of no. 26 (i).]
28 A curve is given parametrically by x =f(t)/h(t), y = g(t)jh(t). Prove th
the chord joining the points t,t + e has equation
(3x + 4y + k) 2 = (6k + 54) x + (8k - 53) y + (k 2 + 29).
(ii) By choosing k so that the lines
3x + 4y + k = 0, (6k + 54:)x + (Sk—53)y + (k 2 + 29) =
are perpendicular, express the equation in the form
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c =
x y 1
f(t) g(t) h(t) =0.
f(t + e) g(t + e) h(t + e)
Deduce that the tangent at the point t has equation
x y 1
f(t) g(t) h(t) =0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 282/454
619
17
THE ELLIPSE
17.1 The loci
17.11 SP = e.PMWe now consider the locus denned by 8P —e.PM (e > 0, e 4= 1),
where8
is a given point and
Mis the foot of the perpendicular from
P to a given line d (15.71). Choose 8 for origin, and let the given line
then have equation x = k (k > 0). The equation of the locus referred
to this set of axes is therefore
On ' completing the square ' with the terms involving x, this becomes
i.e.
x 2 + y2 = e 2 (x —k) 2
,
x 2 (l - e 2) + 2e 2 kx + y
2 = e 2 k 2.
d
Fig. 169
e 2 k \ 2
1-e 2/
+e 4 F e 2 k 2
(l-e 2)
2 + l-e
(l-e 2)
:
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 283/454
620 THE ELLIPSE [17.1
Omitting dashes, the equation of the locus becomes
V-e*)x*+y* = ~.
17.12 Focus-directrix property of ^+p=In the equation x 2 y 2
we can assume that a > and b > 0, and also that a #= b (otherwise
would be the equation of the circle with centre and radius
Without loss of generality we can therefore always assume a > b >Equation (ii) will be the same as equation (i) if
9 e j r.9 e ft '
a and 6 = T^-On dividing these we get
1 - e 2 = ~5 , i.e. e 2 = — < 1;a 2 a 2
hence < e < 1.
Wo the new (dashed) axes, S has coordinates
and the equation a; = A; becomes
_ e 2 & & _ a
Hence (ii) is the locus of a point whose distance from 8(ae, 0)
e times its distance from the line x = aje, where b 2 = a 2 (l —e 2) and
< e < 1. Therefore (ii) is the equation of an ellipse whose eccentricity
is e, whose focus is S(ae, 0), and whose directrix is the line x = aje.
17.13 Focus-directrix property of -= —v= =a 1 b 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 284/454
17.14] THE ELLIPSE 621
(iii) is the equation of a hyperbola of eccentricity e, focus S(ae, 0), and
directrix x = a\e.
In equation (iii) we may assume a > and b > 0; but we must
allow a $ b, because (iii) is not symmetrical in x and y like(ii).
17.14 Second focus and directrix
For both curves the condition SP = e.PM is expressed by
(x-ae) 2 + y2 = e 2 (--xY
which shows that the distance of P(x,y) from the point S'( —ae,0)
is e times its distance from the line x = —aje: S'P = e.PM'.
Hence both curves have a second focus S'( —ae, 0) and a corre-
sponding directrix x = —aje.
17.15 Further definitions
From the equations, both curves are clearly symmetrical about the
£c-axis and about the «/-axis. The origin is the centre of each.
The ellipse meets Ox at the points A (a, 0) and A'( —a, 0), and meets
Oy at B(0, b) and B'(0, —b). AA', BB' are called the major and minor
axes of the ellipse; their lengths are 2a, 2b respectively. The points
A, A' are called the vertices of the ellipse.
The hyperbola cuts Ox at the points A(a, 0) and A'{ —a, 0); but it
does not cut Oy. AA' is called the transverse axis; it has length 2a.
The points A, A' are the vertices of the hyperbola.
For either curve, the chord through S or S' at right-angles to AA'
is called a latus rectum.
We now consider the ellipse in detail, and leave the hyperbola
until Ch. 18.
i.e. x 2 —2aex + a 2 e 2 + y2 = a 2 —2aex + e 2 x 2
.
By adding 4:aex to both sides, this becomes
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 285/454
622 THE ELLIPSE [17.1
so that —a < x < a for all points on the curve. Similarly —b^y^bfor all points on the curve. Hence the ellipse lies in the rectangle whosides are x = ±a, y = ±b.
When x = a, the equation shows that y%
\b2
= 0, which hasrepeated root y = 0. Hence the line x = a touches the ellipse at A {a,
it is the tangent at the vertex A. Similarly the line x = —a touchesthe ellipse at A'; and y — ±b touch it at B, B' respectively.
Since e < 1 , therefore ae < a and so S lies between O and A ; similarly
S' is between and A'. Also aje > a, so the directrices cut Ox at point
D, D' beyond A, A' respectively. We have
OS = OS' = ae,
OD=
OD'= - . (iv
B
B'
Fig. 170
17.17 Circle and ellipse
When b = a, the equation (ii) becomes that of the circle with centr
and radius a; but equation (i) cannot represent a circle for any choic
of e and k. Hence a circle cannot be defined by the focus-directrix
property, and therefore is not a 'conic' in the sense of the definition
in 15.71; in particular, a circle is not a special {or degenerate) ellipse.
We may consider the ellipse represented by (ii) when b -> a. Trelation b 2 = a 2 (l —e 2
) shows that e->0; hence by (iv), S andapproach O and the directrices recede along the a;-axis. The ellipse
t d b i l i f i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 286/454
17.2] THE ELLIPSE 623
Thus the circle with centre and radius a is the limit of the ellipse;
and the equation of this circle is certainly the limit when b -> a of
the equation of the ellipse.
17.2 Other ways of obtaining an ellipse
17.21 Auxiliary circle
The circle on diameter AA' is called the auxiliary circle of the
ellipse. Its equation is 2 2 _ 2x -\-y —a .
Fig. 171
Let the ordinate NP of any point P on the ellipse be produced to
cut this circle at Q. Then P, Q are called corresponding points on the
ellipse and circle. Since 9 „
PN = y = -J{a?-x*)
i.e.
= ^(OQ*-ON*) = ^QN,
PN : QN = b:a.
Conversely, an ordinate QN to a circle of radius a is divided at P
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 287/454
624 THE ELLIPSE [17.2
Example
The elliptic trammel.
Through P draw the line parallel to QO to meet Ox, Oy at jB, R'; thPR' = Q0 = a. From the similar triangles RPN, OQN,
PR _ PNQO ~ QN'
and hence PR = b.
If a rod PRR' has pegs on its under -side at R, R', and these pegs are madeslide in perpendicular grooves AOA', BOB', the point P will trace an ellips
whose major and minor semi-axes are PR', PR respectively.
17.22 Focal distances
The lengths SP, S'P are the focal distances of the point P on t
ellipse. Since SP = e.PM and S'P = e.PM' (fig. 170),
SP + S'P = e{PM + PM') = e.DD' = e(^j = 2a.
Hence the sum of the focal distances of a point on the ellipse is 2a (t
bifocal property).
Conversely, the locus of a point P such that SP + S'P —constant
an ellipse with foci S, S'.
Proof. Choose the mid-point of SS' for origin, and take Ox alon
S'S; then let S be (c, 0) and S' be ( —c, 0). Supposing that
SP + S'P = 2a,
any point P(x, y) on the locus satisfies
V{(* - c) 2 + y2
} + <J{(x + c) 2 + y2
} = 2a,
i.e. <J{(x + c) 2 + y 2} = 2a- J{{x - c) 2 + y
2}.
Squaring, (x + c) 2 + y2 = (x - c) 2 + y
2 + 4a 2 - 4a *J{(x - cf + y2
},
i.e. 4a J{(x - c) 2 + y2
} = 4a 2 - 4ca.
Again squaring,
a\x 2 - 2cx + c 2 + y2
} = a 4 - 2a 2 cx + c 2 x 2,
h ^jx 2 + 2 = 2 - 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 288/454
17.23] THE ELLIPSE 625
h 2 = a 2 -c 2. If e is its eccentricity, then since a 2 -b 2 = a 2 e 2 by 17.12,
we have c = ae. Hence S, S' are the points ( ± ae, 0), i.e. the foci.
Example
Mechanical description of the ellipse:'pin-construction' '.
Fix pins S, S' at distance 2ae apart. Tie the ends of a string of length 2a at
S and S'. A pencil point P moving so that the string S'PS is kept taut will trace
the ellipse with foci S, S', eccentricity e, and major axis 2a.
17.23 Orthogonal projection of a circle
Given two planes a, a' which intersect in a line I, consider per-
pendiculars dropped from points of a onto a'. If the perpendicular
from P in a has foot P' in a', then P' is called the orthogonal projection
of P on a'. If P lies on a locus 2 in a, then the corresponding locus
of P' in a' is called the orthogonal projection of S on a'.
Fig.172
We now obtain formulae relating the coordinates of P and P'.
Choose the common line I for a;-axis in both planes, and take any point
on it for origin. Draw lines Oy, Oy' in a, a' at right-angles to Ox.
Wo these axes, suppose P{x,y) in a projects into P'(x',y') in a'. If
6 is the angle between the planes a, a', i.e. between Oy and Oy', then
a;' = x and y' = y cos 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 289/454
626
Choosing 6 so that cos 6
THE ELLIPSE [17
= bja (b < a), this equation becomes
x' 2 y' 2,h— = 1
a 2 ^ b 2
Hence the ellipse — = ]
a 2 o 2
is the orthogonal projection of a circle of radius a onto a plane makiangle cos -1
{bja) with the plane of the circle.
If we rotate the plane xOy about Ox until it coincides with pla
x'Oy', we obtain fig. 171 of the ellipse and its auxiliary circle.
17.24 General properties of orthogonal projection
( 1 ) Effect on angles. A line projects into a line, since Ix + my + n = becomlx' + m sec 6y' + n — 0. This line and its projection cut Ox at the same poiviz. {—nil, 0), and make angles <j>, <j>' with Ox, where
tan 6 = —— and tan 6' = —-.m msec
tan 0' = tan cos 6.
Hence parallel lines project into parallel lines, but in general angles are changeHowever, a line perpendicular or parallel to Ox projects into another such
(2) A tangent to a curve projects into the tangent to the projected curve at
corresponding point. The tangent to y = f(x) at (x lf y^) is
y-Vi =f,(^i)'(x-x 1 ),
and projects into (y' —y'J sec = f'(x'j) . (x' —x'j),
i.e. y' - y[ = /'(a£) cos 6 . (x' - x[).
This is the tangent at (x[, y[) to the curve y' = f(x') cos 6, which is the projectionof y =f(x).
By (1), a normal does not in general project into a normal.
(3) Effect on lengths. If PQ in a has length r and makes angle <j> with Ox,its projection P'Q' on a' make angle 0' with Ox. Through O draw OP x equalparallel to PQ; then P 1 is (rcos0, rsm<j>) and so its projection P'
t is
(r cos 0, r sin (j> cos 0)
.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 290/454
17.3] THE ELLIPSE 627
Hence, in general, lengths are changed by orthogonal projection; they are con-
served only on lines parallel to Ox.
Formula (i) also shows that the ratio of lengths on parallel l ines (or on the
same line) is unaltered; in particular, mid-points project into mid-points. On
intersecting lines the ratio of lengths is altered.
(4) Effect on areas. Since
orthogonal projection reduces areas in the ratio cos 6:1.
(5) By means of these results and that in 17.23, properties of the ellipse can
be deduced from certain properties of the circle by orthogonal projection.
In general only central properties can be obtained in this way; we cannot expect
to prove focal properties thus, since foci are foreign to the circle (see 17.17).
Example
PN is the ordinate of P; the tangent at P meets the major axis at T. Prove
ON.OT = OAKFirst sketch the corresponding figure for the circle. In it, OP _L PT, and by
geometry ON.OT = OP 2 = OA2, which can be written ON .OA = OA-.OT
and involves the ratios of lengths on the same line.
If the figure is projected orthogonally onto a plane through the line OT, this
relation will hold for the new figure, and is the required property of an ellipse;
for since PN JL OT, the ordinate PN to the circle will project into an ordinate
to the ellipse.
N.B. —For the circle it is true that ON.OT = OP 2, but this cannot be
generalised into a property of an ellipse because the lengths concerned donot he along the same or parallel lines.
P
T
Fig. 173
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 291/454
628 THE ELLIPSE [17.32
angle of P). Then x = ON = acos0; and since NQ = asin^, we hav
y = {b\a)NQ = bsm<j). Hence the coordinates of each point on t
ellipse x 2la
2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 can be expressed in the form (acos^, ftsin^).
As increases from to 2n, Q describes the auxiliary circle anddescribes the ellipse. Two values of
<f>which differ by an integral
multiple of 2n give the same point of the ellipse.
Conversely, for each the point (a cos <}>, b sin<fi)
lies on the ellipse,
as is clear by substituting in the equation. The point whose coordinates
are (a cos 0, 6 sin(f>)
is referred to as the point<f>.
17.32 The point t
By putting t = tan \<$ in the coordinates of the point 0,
1 —t2 2t
z = acos0 = aj-^, 2/ = 6sin0 = 6j-j-^.
Hence for each t, the point/ 1-t 2 2bt_\
\a
i+t 2 >l+t 2)
lies on the ellipse x 2 \a 2 + y2 \b 2 = 1 ; we refer to it as the point t.
Each value oft determines just one point of the ellipse ; but the point
A '( —a, 0) is not given by any value of t, although it can be obtained
as the limit when t->oo.
This algebraic representation can also be obtained directly; f
sincey
2
b 2
t y\° l-xla .
therefore 1^/5—57* -'
Hen*, (l-|):g:( 1+ ?)
and so 1 = (1 -f 2) : 2* : (1 + Z
2).
a b
Example
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 292/454
17.32J THE ELLIPSE 629
Since this is quartic in t, a circle and ellipse can cut in at most four points; the
actual number of intersections will be 4, 2, or (some of which may coincide),
since a quartic has 4, 2 or no roots.
Suppose the above circle cuts the ellipse at the points t lf t 2 , t 3 , t t ; then these
numbers are the roots of (ii). Since the coefficients of J8
and t are equal, therefore
Now by 14.23, (viii),
-i^^i^. <Ui »
which is zero by the above condition. Hence S$0 X = nn for some integer n(positive, negative, or zero). Thus */ the points X , a , 3 , 4 of the ellipse are
concyclic, then 20 x = 2mr.
This necessary condition for concyclic points is also sufficient: see Ex. 17 (a),
no. 11.
Exercise 17(a)
' The ellipse'' means the locus x 2 /a*+y 2 /b* = 1.
1 Find the length of a latus rectum of the ellipse.
2 With the notation of 17.15, P is any point on the ellipse and the perpen-
dicular from P to AA' has foot N; prove that PN Z :A'N.NA = OB*: OAKFind a similar relation involving N', the foot of the perpendicular from Pto BB'.
3 If
Pis the point (x,
y)on the ellipse, prove SP = a —ex and S'P = a + ex.
4 Use the bifocal property to prove that BS = BS' = a.
Given an ellipse and its major and minor axes AA' ', BB', construct the foci
S, S' geometrically.
5 A rod AB moves with its ends on two fixed perpendicular lines; P is fixed
in the rod, and BP = a, PA = 6. Find the locus of P.
6 Prove that the gradient of the chord 6<j> is —(b/a) cot \(d + <f>).
7 Prove that the gradient of the chord < < a is —b(l —* 1 * 2 )/a(« 1 + * 2 ).
8 Show that the locus of the mid-point of SP is an ellipse whose centre is
the mid-point of OS. State the lengths of the semi-axes.
9 Prove that the mid-point of the chord 6$ has coordinates
(a cos £(0 + 0) cos $(0-0), b sin £(0 + 0) cos $(0-0)).
10 Find the locus of the mid-point of the chord 00 when (i) + = 2a;
(ii) — = 2a, where a is constant.
1 1 Prove that the condition E0 X = 2nn is sufficient for the points V 2 , 8 , 4
of the ellipse to be concyclic. [The circle through<f> v 2 , 3 cuts the ellipse again
at 04 ; prove 0£ —4 is a multiple of 2n, so that 0^ and 4 give the same point.
Cf. 16.12, ex. (ii).]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 293/454
630 THE ELLIPSE [1
* 1 5 (i) Find the point where the circle of curvature at ^ meets the ellipse aga(ii) If the points
<fi lt <fi 2 , <p z , <j> t are concyclic, and the circles of curvaturethese points cut the ellipse again at <j>' v <f>' ,
<j>'3 , <fi' v prove these points are
concyclic.
*16 With coordinate axes as in 17.23, show that the orthogonal projectionthe parabola y
2 = 4nax is another parabola.
*17 Prove that the tangent to the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2 at the point (a cos 0, asin0
has equation #cos0 + 2/sin0 = a. By projection deduce the equation oftangent to the ellipse at the point
<f>.
*18 Mis the mid-point of a chord HK of an ellipse whose centre is O; OMmethe ellipse at P; N is the mid-point oiPH; and ON, HK meet at Q. Prove tOH bisects the chord which passes through P and Q. [In the circle figure,
the orthocentre of triangle OPH.~\
*19 The chord PQ has mid-point M; the tangents at P, Q meet at T. Prothat O, M, T are collinear. If this line meets the ellipse at R between andprove OM.OT = OB 2
.
*20 Deduce the area of the ellipse with semi-axes a, b from that of a circle
radius a.
Further examples using orthogonal projection appear in Ex. 17 (d).
17.4 Chord and tangent
17.41 Chord P,P 2
The line joining P1 and P2 has equation
Since P r and P2 lie on the ellipse,
^ + and -2 + p-L
By subtracting and then rearranging,
y\-y\ = x\-x\b 2 a 2 '
so that ~——= —5 — 1.x 2 -x x a 2
y 2 + y t
The equation of the chord PjP 2 therefore becomes
b 2 x 2 + x t*« T *1/ \
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 294/454
17.42] THE ELLIPSE 631
Alternatively, consider the equation
{x-x x ){x-x %) (y-y 1 ){y-y 2 ) , a/2
,
a 2 b 2. a 2 b 2 '
When simplified it is linear in x and y, and therefore represents a line.
It is satisfied by the points (x v y x ), (x 2 , y 2 ) on the ellipse, and so must
be the chord PxP 2 .
17.42 Chord 6<£
The chord joining (a cos <j>, b sin <p) and (a cos 0, b sin 0) has equation
, . , &(sin0-sin0) ,y-bam.6 = -j „ ^ (a: - a cos g>)y Y a(cos0-cos0) v Y
_ 26cos£(0 + 0)sin£(0-0)- - 2arinlf/9-nA) sin^-^) ( ^
(# —acos0),
2a sin %{6 + <f>)sin £(0 - <p)
6cos|(0 + 0)a sin £(0 + 0)
i.e.
-cos + <j>) + 1 sin \{d + <j>) = cos $ cos £(0 + 0) + sin sin £(0 + <j>)
= cos {0- £(0 + 0)},
i.e. -cos£(0 + 0)+|sin£(0 + 0) = cos£(0-0). (ii)
17.43 Chord f t f a
The line ux + vy + 1 = cuts the ellipse at points t for which
1 —t2 2t
i.e. (l-ua)t 2 + 2vbt + (l+ua) = 0.
This line will be the chord t x t 2 if the above quadratic has roots t x
and t 2 , and then1+ua _ 2vb
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 295/454
632 THE ELLIPSE [17.
The required chord is therefore
U-¥2)^ + (*i + * 2 )f= 1+M 2 -
Alternatively, the chord t x t 2 cuts the ellipse at the points given
t = t v t = t 2 which are the roots of the quadratic (t —t x ) (t —t 2 ) = 0,
*2
-(*i + y* + M2 = 0-
Consider the equation constructed from (iv) by substituting
*2 :*:lfrom (i) in 17.32:
(i-g-(* 1+ y| + M2 (i +
3= o.
It is linear in x and y, and so represents a line. It cuts the ellipse
points t given by (iv), i.e. at t = t x ,t 2 , and therefore is the chord t x
VJM Tangent at P t
This can be obtained by making and y 2-> y x in equation
giving2?h.2m = _ 9
a2
^ 62
a2
1
^'
since Px lies on the ellipse. The tangent at Px is therefore
which can be written down by the usual 'rule of alternate suffixes'.
Alternatively, equation (v) can be found directly by calculus.
17.45 Tangent at 4>
Letting 6 ->(J)
in equation (ii), we obtain
x v-cos ^+^sin^ = 1. (a r
b
This could also be obtained directly by calculus. Cf. Ex. 17 (a), no.
17 46 Tangent
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 296/454
17.47] THE ELLIPSE 633
Alternatively, this can be found by using the theory of quadratic
equations, or by calculus, or as a particular case of the result in
Ex. 16 (e), no. 28.
17.47 Examplesx 2 y 2
(i) Condition for y = mz+c to touch —+— = 1.
The line cuts the ellipse at points for which
x % (mx + c)* _a 2
+6 2 ~ h
i.e. (a«m 2 + 6 2) x* + 2a 2 mcx + a 2 (c 2 - 6 2
) = 0.
The line will touch the ellipse if and only if this quadratic in x has equal
roots, i.e. = o2(a2m2 + ft2) (c2 _ ft2))
i.e. c a = a%i 2 + 6 2.
Hence for all values of m the lines
y = mx± V(a 2m2 + 6 2)
touch the ellipse.
(ii) Locus of the intersection of perpendicular tangents : director circle.
If a tangent found in ex. (i) passes through the point (# >2/o)> then
y —mx ± V(a 2 m2 + 6 2),
i.e. {x* - a 2) m2 - 2x y m+ (y\ - 6 2
) = 0.
Since this is quadratic in m, in general two tangents can be drawn from a given
point (x , y ) to the ellipse. The roots mlf m2 are the gradients of such tangents.
These tangents will be perpendicular if ml m2 = —1, i^ if
» 2 -a 2
i.e. if (x , y ) lies on the locus
x*+y 2 = a 2 + 6 2.
This is a circle concentric with the ellipse, and having radius A/(a 2 + 6 2) = AB
(fig. 170). It is the locus of points from which perpendicular tangents can be
drawn to the ellipse, and is called the director circle of the ellipse (by analogy
with the parabola, for which the corresponding locus is the directrix: see
Ex. 16 (6) no. 11 (ii), (iii)).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 297/454
634 THE ELLIPSE
Exercise 17(b)
1 Use equation (i) in 17.41 to prove that the mid-points of all chords of ggradient m lie on the line y = —b 2 x\a 2 m.
2 Find the condition for the chord 6<f> to pass through the centre ofellipse.
3 Prove that 6<}> is a focal chord if and only if ± e cos £(0 + 0) = cosVerify that this is equivalent to tan yd tan £0 = (e —l)/(e + 1) or (e + l)/(e
4 Prove that the chord PP' of the ellipse and the chord joining the co
sponding points Q, Q' of the auxiliary circle meet on the major axis. Deda property of tangents at corresponding points P, Q.
5 If 6 + = 2a, prove that the chord d^> is parallel to the tangent at a,
conversely.
6 For a system of parallel chords prove that the sum of the eccentric anof the extremities is constant.
7 Find the envelope of the chords joining points of the ellipse wheccentric angles differ by a constant. [Let the angles be
<f>—a,
<f> + a>;
chord is (x/a) cos <j> + (y/b) sin = cos a, which is a tangent to the elli
x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = cos 2 a.]
8 Prove that lx + my + n = touches x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 if and only
a 2l
2 + b 2m2 = n 2. [Method of 17.47, ex. (i); or compare with 17.45, equation
9 If m is the gradient of a common tangent to the circle x 2 + y2 = c 2 and
ellipse x 2 /a 2 +y 2 /b 2 = 1, prove m2 — (c 2 — 2 )/(a 2 — 2 ). Deduce that four commtangents exist only if b < c < a.
10 Prove that tangents from ( —2, —3) to 4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36 are perpendicular.
1 1 PN is the ordinate of a point P on the ellipse, and the tangent at P mthe maj or axis at T. Prove ON .OT = a 2
, and obtain the corresponding properfor the minor axis. (Cf. 17.24 (5), ex.)
A12 The tangent at P meets the directrix at Z. Prove PSZ is a right-angle.
1 3 (i) If Q is the point of contact of the other tangent from Z in no. 12, prgeometrically that PSQ is a straight line.
(ii) Deduce that tangents at the extremities of a focal chord meet oncorresponding directrix.
14 Prove that the focal radii SP, S'P are equally inclined to the tangent a
(Cf. 8.14, ex. (iv); and also Ex. 17 (c), no. 3.)
15 If, p, p' are the lengths of the perpendiculars from the foci S, S' to
tangent, prove that pp' = b 2.
16 Using the similar triangles SPY, S'PY', prove p/r = p'/r', where Yare the feet of the perpendiculars in no. 15 and r —SP, r' = S'P.
17 From nos. 15, 16 and the bifocal property r + r' = 2a deduce that the (
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 298/454
THE ELLIPSE 635
19 The chord PQ subtends a right-angle at the vertex A(a, 0). Prove that PQpasses through a fixed point on the major axis. [Use equation (iii) in 17.43.]
20 Prove that the chord joining the points given by the roots of ut 2 + vt + w =has equation (w —u) x/a + vyjb + (w + u) = 0.
21 Prove that the tangents at the points t x , t 2 meet at (x, y), where
1 —x/a _ 1+xja _ yjb
[Use equation (vii) in 17.46, and theory of quadratics.]
22 Write down the equation of the chord of contact from ( 1 , 2 ) to \x 2 + $y2 = 1
and deduce the equations of the tangents from this point.
23 The chord PQ of the ellipse x z /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 touches the circle x 2 + y
2 = c 2.
Prove that the tangents at P, Q meet at a point T on the ellipse
x 2 y 2 _ 1
o*+
6* ~c 2
'
[The chord of contact from T(x lt y x ) to the ellipse touches the circle; use no. 8.]
24 Prove that the tangents at the extremities of a variable chord through P x
meet on the line xxja? + yyjb 2 = 1. What follows by taking P x at a focus?
*25 Given the points Pv P 2 , prove that the point dividing Px P2 in the ratio
k : I will be on x 2 /a 2 + y 2 /b 2 = 1 if
(^iHH^iHHM- 1 )''- -
(Joachim8thaVs ratio quadratic for the ellipse).
*26 By taking P1 on the ellipse, deduce the equation of the tangent at Pv[See Ex. 16(6), no. 26.]
27 Obtain from no. 25 the equation of the pair of tangents from P v [See
15.64, ex. (ii).] Deduce the equation of the director circle of the ellipse by using
the condition for these lines to be perpendicular (15.52 (2)).
*28 A variable chord through P t cuts the ellipse at A and B, and P a is chosen
so that P x and P 2 divide AB (one internally and the other externally) in the
same ratio. Prove that P 2 lies on the line xxjat + yyjb 2 = 1. [Method of
15.65(2).]
*29 (i) Denning the polar of P x wo a;2 /a 2 + y
2 \b 2 = 1 to be the line
a 2+
b 2 ~ L '
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 299/454
636 THE ELLIPSE [17
17.5 Normal
17.51 Equation of the normal
The reader should verify that the normals to the ellipse at Plt
and t have respective equations
x-x 1 ==y- yi
x x \a 2 yjb 2 '
ax sec <j> —by cosec = a 2 —b 2,
2atx - b( 1 - t2
) y = 2(a 2 - b 2) . (i
1
+1
17.52 Conormal points
The normal at t passes through the point (h, k) if
2ath -b{l-t 2 )h = 2(a 2 - b 2)
* (1 ~ ^ ,
i.e. bkt* + 2(ah + a 2 - b 2) t z + 2(ah -a 2 + b 2 )t-bk = 0. (i
Since this equation is quartic in t, at most four normals can be drawfrom a given point (h, k) to the ellipse; and (apart from coincidences)
there will be either 4, 2, or no such normals.
Suppose that the normals at t v t % ,t 3 ,
i 4 meet at (h, k); then these
numbers must be the roots of (iv). Since the term in t 2 is absent, anthe constant term is minus the coefficient of £
4, we have
Y>t x t 2 = and t^t^ = —1.
These necessary conditions for the points t v t 2 ,t z ,
£ 4 of the ellipse
be conormal (i.e. such that the normals at them are concurrent) ca
also be shown to be sufficient. This is reasonable, because two indepen-
dent conditions are required in order that four lines shall pass through
the same point.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 300/454
17.6] THE ELLIPSE 637
Exercise 17(c)
1 The normal at P meets the major axis at G, and PN is the ordinate at P.
Prove that 00 = e 2. ON. What is the corresponding result for the minor axis?
2 Prove that SG = e.SP.
3 Use no. 2 to prove SG/S'G = SP/S'P, and hence that PG bisects SPS'.
Deduce that the tangent at P is equally inclined to SP, S'P. (Cf. Ex. 17 (6),
no. 14.)
4 Find the locus of the mid -point of PG.
5 Prove that 3x —y—l = is a normal to 2x 2 + 3y 2 = 14, and find the
coordinates of its foot.
6 If to + my + n = is a normal to x 2 /a 2 + 2 /b 2 — 1, prove that
a 2
+b 2 _ (a 2 -6 2
)2
7 PN, PN' are the perpendiculars to the axes from a point P of the ellipse
x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1. Prove that NN' is always normal to a fixed concentric ellipse,
and give the equation of this curve.
*8 (i) If the perpendicular from the vertex A to the normal at the point <j>
meets the ellipse again at the point <p', use Ex. 17 (6), no. 5 to prove <j)' = 20.
(ii) Deduce that the perpendiculars from a vertex to four concurrent
normals meet the ellipse again in four concyclic points.
*9 Prove that the circle through any three of four conormal points cuts the
ellipse again at the point diametrically opposite to the fourth. [If <f>' t arediametrically opposite, then ft = 4 + 7r by Ex. 17 (6), no. 2. Since
S0 X = (2w + 1) n, therefore $ x + <j> 2 + 3 + ^ = (2n + 2) n.~]
10 Prove that the feet of normals drawn from P x to x 2 ja 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 lie on the
curve (a 2 —b^xy + b^x —a 2 x x y = 0. Verify that this locus passes through P x
and the centre of the ellipse. [Method of 16.32, ex. (iii) (6).]
*11 Prove that the curves a 2x x y = (a 2 —b 2 )xy + b 2y x x and b 2 x 2 + a 2
y2 = a 2 6 2
intersect at points for which y satisfies
b 2 (a 2 x x y)2 = 6 2
a:2 {(a 2 -6 2
)2/ + 6Vi}2 = a 2 (b 2 -y 2 ){(a 2 -b 2
)y + b 2y x }\
and that to each root of this quartic in y corresponds a single x given by{(a 2 —b 2 )y + b 2
y x } x = a 2 x x y. Deduce that in general four normals can be drawnfrom P x to the ellipse.
17.6 The distance quadratic
17.61 The line through P1 (« 1 , y^) in direction 6 (15.26) has parametric
equations Q . Q^ x = x x + r cos a, y = y x + r sin a.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 301/454
638 THE ELLIPSE [17.6
This quadratic in r gives the (signed) distances from Px of the point
on the ellipse which he on the line through P\ in direction 6, andcalled the distance quadratic for the ellipse.
Example*
Newton's theorem.
The product of the roots of (i) is
(x\ y\ \ // cos 2fl sin 2 0\
K +// \~a?~
+~b*~)'
For chords Pj^QR, P x Q'R f drawn in direc-
tions 6, d' it follows that
P 1 Q.P 1 RP 1 Q'.P 1 R' P t
_ / cos 2 6>' sin 2 0'\ //cos 2 6 sin 2 0\ Fig. 174
which is independent of and Hence if chords P X QR, P X Q'R' are drawthrough P x in fixed directions d, d', the ratio P X Q .P X R:P X Q' .P X R' is
dependent of P x .
In particular, when P x is at the centre the ratio becomes OK2: GIT 2
, whethe radii OK, OK' lie in directions 6, 6'. Hence Newton's theorem:
P X Q.P X R _ OK*P X
Q' ,P X R' ~ 0K' %'
It is a generalisation of the 'product property ' of chords of a circle, and reduceto this property when b = a. Also see Ex. 17 (d), no. 16.
By letting R -> Q and R' -+ Q' we see that the ratio of the tangents fromis equal to the ratio of the parallel radii.
17.62 Chord having mid-point Pt
If the chord through P1 in direction 6 is bisected at Pv then troots of the distance quadratic will be equal and opposite, so that
b^cosd + a^sind = 0.
This determines the direction cos 6 : sin of the chord which is bisected
at P, . Its equationx ~ x i = y-Vx
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 302/454
17.63] THE ELLIPSE 639
17.63 Diameters
If the chord (ii) above has gradient m, then m = - b^x^ahf^ Hence
the mid-points of all chords of gradient m satisfy
• 6 2
^ a 2mCf. Ex. 17 (b), no. 1. According to the definition in 16.41, this locus is
the diameterf bisecting all chords of given gradient m. It is a straight
line which passes through the centre of the ellipse, and is thus a
'diameter' in the usual sense.
Examples
(i) Tangents at the extremities of a diameter are parallel to the chords which
the diameter bisects (the ordinates to the diameter).
Let P 1 be a point where the ellipse is met by the diameter which bisects all
chords of gradient m; then y 1 = —bhc^ahn.
The tangent at P x (17.44) has gradient —ft^/a 2 ^, i-e- ™- The result follows.
(ii) Tangents at the extremities of any chord meet on the diameter which bisects
that chord.
Let the chord PQ have gradient m, andlet the tangents at
Pand
Qmeet at
0»i>2/i)- Since PQ is the chord of contact from (x^y^), its equation is
xxJaP+yyxlb 2 = 1, and hence its gradient is m = —b^xja^. Therefore {x lf y x )
lies on y = —b^xjahn, which is the diameter bisecting PQ.
(iii) The sum of the squared reciprocals of two perpendicular semi-diameters is
constant.
Choosing O for pole and Ox for initial line, the ellipse x 2 /a 2 +y s /b 2 = 1 has
polar equation/cos 2 sin 2 0\ ,
(^- + -H = 1 -
If P on the ellipse has polar coordinates (r lt X ), then the coordinates of anextremity Q of the perpendicular semi-diameter are (r 2 , X + \ir), where fromthe equation,
1 ^ cos 2^7\~~ a*
+6 2
1 cos^ + ^tt) sin^ + iTT) sin 2 ^ cos 2 ^and -r = 1— = — 1 ——.
r| a 2 6 2 a 2 6 2
1111Addmg, _ + _ = _+_
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 303/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 304/454
17.64] THE ELLIPSE 641
Choose OP, OD for axes of x and y, and then let Q be the point (x, y). Since
PV.VP' = {OP-OV)(OP + OV) = a\-x\
where a x = OP, the above equation becomes (on writing b x = OD)
a\ —x 2 a\
a\+
b\•
This has the same form as the standard equation of the ellipse, which corre-
sponds to the choice of the perpendicular conjugate diameters OA, OB for
coordinate axes.
Exercise 11(d)
1 Write down the equation of the diameter of 2x 2 + Sy 2 = 1 which bisects
the chords parallel to 2x —%+ 3 = 0.
2 Write down the gradient of the chords of 3a; 2 + %2 = 2 which are bisected
by the diameter y = Zx.
In the following, OP and OD are conjugate semi-diameters whose other extremities
are P', D'.
3 If P is the point in fig. 176, show that the eccentric angles of D, P', D',
Q, Q' can be taken as<fi + %7T,
<J) + tt, ^> —\tt, <j> + a, $ —a respectively. Writeout in full the coordinates of P, D, P', D'
4 If P(a cos <j>, b sin 0) and D(— asin^, ftcos^) are extremities of equal
conjugate diameters, prove that tan a = 1. Deduce that the equations of
the equi-conjugate diameters are y = ± bxja, and show that they lie along the
diagonals of the rectangle which circumscribes the ellipse. State the length
of OP.
5 Prove that OP 2 + OD2 = a 2 + b\
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 305/454
642 THE ELLIPSE
8 Prove PS. PS' = OD2. [Use Ex. 17 (a), no. 3.]
9 The two chords joining any point of the ellipse to the extremitiesdiameter are called supplemental. Prove that supplemental chords are parall
to conjugate diameters.
10 (i) Prove that the lines px 2 + 2rxy + qy 2 = are conjugate diametersx 2 /a 2 + y
2 /b 2 = 1 if and only if pa 2 + qb 2 - 0.
(ii) Find the condition for Ix + my + n = to be the join of extremitiestwo conjugate diameters of x 2 /a 2 + y
2 /b 2 = 1. [Use 15.54.]
(iii) Prove that the chord joining the extremities of conjugate diametersan ellipse touches another ellipse. [Use Ex. 17 (6), no. 8.]
11 If a tangent to the ellipse cuts the director circle at U, V, prove thatO V lie along conjugate diameters.
Nos. 12-15 are easily solved by orthogonal projection.
*12 QR is a diameter, and P is any point on the ellipse. The tangent at Q mePR at T. Prove that the tangent at P bisects TQ.
*13 OP, OD are conjugate semi-diameters; the tangent at P meets theof the ellipse at Q and R. Prove PQ.PR = OD2
.
*14 PQ is a diameter and HK is any chord; PH, QK cut at X; PK, QHat Y. Prove that XY is parallel to the diameter conjugate to PQ.* 1 5 By projecting a circle and a circumscribing square, prove that the tangentat the extremities of conjugate diameters PP', DD' form a parallelogramconstant area 4ab. (Cf. no. 6 (ii).)
*16 Prove Newton's theorem (17.61, ex.) by projection. [When writtenthe form
^ p^, p ^Rt
OK' OK ~ OK' ' OK'
it involves ratios of lengths on parallel lines.]
* 1 7 If parallel chords P x QR, P 2 Q'R' are drawn through the fixed points P x
prove that the ratio P^.P^-.P^Q' .P 2 R' is independent of the direction.
[Use the distance quadratic]
*18 Prove that the mid -points of variable chords through P x he on
xx l|
yy 1 _ x 2 y 2
a 2 b 2 ~ a 2 b 2
'
Show that this is an ellipse whose axes are proportional to those of the origina
ellipse and whose centre is (%x lf ^y ± ).
*19 Use the distance quadratic to obtain the equation of (i) the tangent
Pi [two roots r = 0]; (ii) the pair of tangents from P x [equal roots r],
*20 Obtain the equation of the chord having mid-point P t from the ra
quadratic in Ex. 1 7 (6), no. 25. [If the chord is AP X P 2 , the roots k : I are the rati
P X P 8 : P a P 2 and P X A : AP Z , and hence are I = 0, kjl = —£.]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 306/454
THE ELLIPSE 643
3 Prove that the tangents at the ends of a latus rectum are concurrent with
the major axis and corresponding directrix.
*4 P, Q are the points 6, $ on the ellipse x 2 /a 2 +y 2 /b 2 = 1, and the tangents
at P, Q meet at T. Prove that triangle TPQ has area
[The corresponding area for the circle is 2A0PT —A0PQ; use projection.]
5 Y is the foot of the perpendicular from S to the tangent at P. Prove OPand SY meet on the directrix corresponding to S.
6 Circles with centres S, S' pass through a point P on the ellipse. Prove that
the common tangents to these circles touch the auxiliary circle, and that their
points of contact with this circle lie on the common chord of the original circles.
[Use pure geometry and the bifocal property.]
7 S is a given point inside a given circle of centre O and radius a; Y is avariable point on the circumference, and p is the line through Y perpendicular
(i) Choosing OS for #-axis, let p meet Ox, Oy at T, T'. Explain why tri-
angles TYO, TST' are similar, and prove OY.TT' = OT.ST'.(ii) If S is (c, 0) and p has equation Ix + my + n = 0, prove that the equation
in (i) reduces to a 2 l2 + b^m 2 = n 2
, where 6 2 = a 2 —c 2.
(iii) Deduce that p touches an ellipse having S for focus and the given circle
for auxiliary circle.
*8 Give the result corresponding to no. 7 (iii) when S lies outside the given
circle. What happens when S lies on the circle?
9 Find the common tangents to x 2 +y 2 = 25 and a;2 /169 + y
2 /16 = 1.
10 The centre of an ellipse coincides with the vertex of a parabola, and they
have a focus in common. Prove that the common tangents meet the commonaxis at its intersection with the other directrix.
1 1 (i) Prove that two tangents can be drawn from P t to x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 if
and only if x 2fa 2 + y
2 /b 2 - 1 > 0. [Use 17.47, ex. (i).]
(ii) From the ratio quadratic (Ex. 17 (6), no. 25) prove that if
then P x and P a lie on opposite sides of the ellipse. (Accordingly, the set of points
P x for which x\ja 2 + y\jb 2 —1 > is the outside of the ellipse.)
12 Using the contact condition c a = aha 2 + b 2 for the line y = mx + c and the
ellipse x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1, show that the equation of the pair of tangents from
P(* 1 ,y 1 ) can be written (y t x— x y)2 = a^y —y^ + b^x —Xj) 2
.
Let these tangents cut Ox at E, F. Find the locus of P (i) if PE, PF are per-
pendicular; (ii) if EF has fixed mid -point (k, 0).
13 TP, TP' are tangents to the ellipse. Find the equations of the line-pairs
ab sin 8\(<f>
—6) sec J(0 —6).
to S Y.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 307/454
644 THE ELLIPSE
16 Prove that points whose chords of contact are normals to the ellipse
x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 lie on the curve a«/x 2 + b 6
/y2 = (a 2 -b 2
)2
.
17 If the normal at P meets the major and minor axes at Q, Q', and if OFthe perpendicular from the centre O to this normal, prove that PF.PO =and PF.PG' = a 2 .
1 8 If the normal at an extremity of a latus rectum passes through an extremityof the minor axis, prove that e 4 + e 2 —1 = 0.
19 P and Q are variable points on x 2 /a 2 + y 2 /b 2 = 1 such that the mid -poinof PQ lies on x 2 /a 2 + y
2 /b 2 = k 2. Prove that the tangents at P, Q meet at a poin
T on x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1/k 2
. [The chord of contact from 2 7(ar 1 ,y 1 ) is the same li
as the chord PQ having mid-point (x 2 , y 2 ), where x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = k 2
.]
20 The tangents to x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 - 1 at P and Q meet at T{h, k). Obtain t
equation of the line-pair OP, OQ. Find the locus of T when the diameters OOQ are {i) perpendicular; (ii) conjugate. Show that these two loci meet at fopoints which are the vertices of a rectangle.
21 OP, OD are conjugate semi-diameters of the ellipse. The circles witdiameters OP, OD meet again at Q. Prove that Q lies on the curve
2(x 2 + y2
)2 = a 2 x 2 + b 2
y 2.
22 Lines are drawn through O perpendicular to the tangents from P 1
x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1. If these lines are conjugate diameters of the ellipse, prov
that P x lies on the curve a 2 x 2 + b 2y
2 = a* + b*. [Use the equation of the pair
tangents in no. 12.]
Show that eachof
the following equations representsan
ellipse,and find
the centre,
semi-axes, eccentricity, foci, and directrices.
23 &x + 2)2 + \(y-l) 2 = 1. 24 8x 2 + 9y 2 - lQx-Qy = 63.
25 3(x-y+l) 2 + 4:(x + y-l) 2 = 12.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 308/454
645
18
THE HYPERBOLA
18. 1 The hyperbola ^ - p = 1 ; asymptotes
18.11 Form of the curve
We now resume the discussion, begun in 17.13-17.15, of the
hyperbola ^ 2 oi2
7i -£ = i- »
x 2 y 2
From the equation, ^ = 1 4-p > 1,
so that \x\ $s a for all points on the curve; i.e. no part of the curve lies
between the lines x — ±a. Further, since
y 2 =6 2 a 2 '
we see that when x ~> + cc or x -> —oo, then also y -> ± oo. The curve
is therefore unbounded.
When x — a, the equation gives y2 /b 2 = which has the repeated
root y = 0. Hence the line x = a touches the hyperbola at A {a, 0): it
is the tangent at the vertex A . Similarly, the line x = —a is the tangent
at the vertex A'{ —a,0).
Since e > 1, we have ae > a and aje < a. Hence S lies on OAproduced beyond A ; and if the directix x = aje cuts Ox at D, then Dlies between O and A. Similarly S' lies on OA' produced beyond A',
and D' lies between and -4'.
18.12 Asymptote: general definition
We P b h f di
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 309/454
646 THE HYPERBOLA [18.
ellipse x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b* = 1 because for every point P1 on this curve
have ^ a and \y x \^ b.
(2) An asymptote of a curve is a line such that the distance o
point P1 of the curve from this line tends to zero when Pt-> oo alo
the curve.
In this definition, 'distance' may mean the usual 'perpendicular
distance' or the 'oblique distance' measured. parallel to some fix
direction, e.g. the y-axis. The informal use of the term 'asymptote'
in 1.41, Remark (a), is consistent with our definition.
18.13 Asymptotes of the hyperbola
If P1 lies on the curve, then x{ \a % —y\\b % = 1 and so
M=7(M)-The perpendicular distance of P1 from the line xja —yjb = is
which by (ii) is equal to
When Px-> oo along the curve, this expression tends to zero. Hen
the line xja —yjb = is an asymptote to the hyperbola (i). Similarly
the line x/a + y/b = Qis an asymptote.
The equation of the asymptotes, regarded as a line-pair, is therefore
a 2 6 2
Alternatively, the equation (i) can be written
6 / a a \*y = ±
aX
\1 -^) '
If y = mx + c is an asymptote to the part
b I a 2 \*y = +-x[l —- ,
th h X
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 310/454
18.14] THE HYPERBOLA 647
and this will tend to zero when x -» oo only if c = and bja —m = 0. Hencethe line y = bx/a is an asymptote. Similarly, y = —bxja is an asymptote to
the other part ^ /a2 \ i
y = —aX
\
l-x*)
'
Since
for any point on the hyperbola, therefore y2 < y\\ hence the, hyperbola
lies entirely within that double angle between the lines y = ± bx/a which
contains the x-axis.
The angle between the asymptotes is 2tan _1(6/a). Figures 177,
178, 179 illustrate the cases a < b, a = b, a > b respectively.
When b = a, the asymptotes are perpendicular and the curve is
called a rectangular hyperbola. The equation (i) becomes x 2 —y2 = a 2
;
and the eccentricity, given by b 2 = a 2 (e 2 —1), is e = <J2.
Fig. 177 Fig. 178 Fig. 179
18.14 The bifocal property: SP-S'P= ±2a
If P lies on the branch which
contains the focus 8, then
S'P-SP = e.PM'-e.PM
= e.MM'
=•(¥)
M'
y
M
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 311/454
648 THE HYPERBOLA [1
Conversely, the locus of a point P such that S'P —SP = 2a is
branch of a hyperbola having foci 8, S' and transverse axis of length
viz. that branch which contains S.
Proof. The algebra of 1 7 .22 shows that, with thesame
choiceof
ax
a 2 a 2 —c 2
From triangle P8S' we have PS' < PS + 88', i.e.
2a = PS'-PS <SS' = 2c,
so that a < c. Hence we can write b 2 = c 2 —a 2, and the equation
comes that of the standard hyperbola (i). Since b 2 = a 2 (e 2 —1),
have c2
= a2
+ b2
= a2
e2
, and so c = ae. Therefore 8, 8' are the point( + ae, 0), i.e. the foci. Finally, since SP < S'P, P lies on the brancwhich contains S.
Example
Mechanical construction of a hyperbola.
A rod APB is movable about the fixed end A, and a string BPG passinthrough a small ring P which slides along the rod is tied to the other end Bto a fixed point G. If the string is kept taut,
prove that in general P moves on one branch C '
'
of a hyperbola with foci A, G.Let I be the length of the string. Then
BP+PG = l. Since
AP = AB-BP = AB-(l-PC)= (AB-l)+PC,
therefore AP —PC is constant, viz. AB —I.
If AB =# I, the locus of P is that branch of
a hyperbola with foci A. G which encloses G. Fig. 181
If AB = I, then AP - PG, and P lies on theperpendicular bisector of AG.
18.2 Properties analogous to those of the ellipse ^+p= 1
Since the equations of the ellipse and hyperbola differ only in
sign of 6 2, it follows that many properties of the hyperbola can
written down from the corresponding results for the ellipse by replacing
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 312/454
18.3J THE HYPERBOLA 649
(ii) Tangent at Px : = L
(ui) Normals Pl :
^+^= 0.
(iv) The contact condition for y = mx + c is c 2 = a 2™2 —6 2 provided
\m\ < bja. The condition remains significant when m = ± bja, for then
c = 0; but the lines y = ± foc/a do not cut the hyperbola anywhere
(see 18.13).
(v) If —bja < m < b\a, the lines
y = mx ± *J(a2 m2 —b 2
)
touch the hyperbola.
(vi) Director circle. The locus of the intersections of perpendicular
tangents to the hyperbola is the circle
x 2 + y2 = a 2 —b 2
provided a > b. If a < 6, there are no perpendicular tangents.
(vii) Chord of contact from Px :
a 2 b 2
(viii) Pair of tangents from Px :
x l_yl_A 3L_t_A = (xx i_yyi_iY
a 2 b 2J [a 2 b 2 ) [a 2 b 2
J'
(ix) Chord having mid-point Px :
xx i Wi _ x l yl
a 2 b 2 a 2 b 2 '
(x) Diameters. The mid-points of all chords of gradient m lie on
y = Wxjahm. The properties of diameters stated and proved for the
ellipse in 17.63, exs. (i), (ii) remain true for the hyperbola.
(xi) Conjugate diameters, y = mx and y = m'x are conjugate if
and only if^ 2
mm' = -5.a 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 313/454
650 THE HYPERBOLA [18
Analogously to the treatment in 17.32, put t = thf^; then
1 + t 2, 2t
x = a - y = b- -
1 —T 1 —T
If t is now unrestricted, these equations represent the whole of
curve except the point A'( —afi
0); but this can be obtained by lettin
t -> oo. (If t still denotes th \$, it can take only values betwe- 1 and + 1.)
18.32 The point t
The general representation above can be found directly. For si
the equation can be written
IHH(Hf xja-l y/b
therefore ._ = ~- —- = t, say.y/b x/a + 1
J
Hence
(H:
:
fi
+1
H: < :1 '
i.e. -:|:1 = (l + t*):2t:(l-t*).a b
Each value of t except t = + 1 gives just one point of the curve;
each point of the curve except A'( —a, 0) corresponds to just
value of t. We refer to the point
/ 1+t 2 2bt \
\ a i-t*'l-t 2)
as the point t.
18.33 The point <j>
The equation (i) is also satisfied by x = a sec $,y = b tan <j> for all
We refer to (a sec (j>, b tan 0) as the point
If we put t = tan \<f>, we obtain the point t in 18.32.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 314/454
18.4] THE HYPERBOLA
we may put x_ y ^ xyla b tb
From these we find
x
These equations represent the whole of
the curve; t = +l gives A(a, 0), and pt = —1 gives A'( —a, 0). When t increases
from —oo to +oo, the parts traced are:
P'A't < -1 A'Q'-1 < t PA< t < 1
Fig. 182
AQ1 < t
651
18.4 Chord, tangent, and normal
To each of the preceding representations corresponds a standard
form of equation for chord, tangent, and normal. By methods already
illustrated in Ch. 17, the following results can be obtained.
Chord 6$: -cos£(0-0)-|sin£(0 + 0) = cos %($ + </>).
kh- (i+M 2 )|-(*i+yf = -m 2 .
Tangent at 0: -sec0— ^tan^ = 1.
t: (l+t 2 )--2t%= l-t 2.
a o
Normal at $ : ax cos <j) + by cot<f>
= a 2 + b 2.
1-t 2 't: 2atx + b{l + t*)y = 2(a 2 + 6 2
)
The reader should verify these; also see nos. 13-15 of the following
Exercise, which contains examples similar to those already given for
the ellipse together with some properties of the asymptotes of the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 315/454
652 THE HYPERBOLAof P. [Let u = velocity of sound, v = velocity component of the shot parallel
to AB; then
AP AB PB , An nn (AB \\-n = 1 , so that AP—PB =u[ n I = constant.]
u v u \ v )
3 Find the locus of the centre of a circle which touches externally two givecircles whose centres are A, B.
4 (i) State the order in which the hyperbola is traced by the point
/ 1 + t 2 2bt \
i-t 2)
as t increases from —oo to + oo.
(ii) What is the condition for the points t lt t 2 to (a) lie on the same branch;
(6) be diametrically opposite?
5 P, P' are the points <p, — on the ellipse x2
/a2
+ y2
/b2
= 1 whose verticesare A, A'. If AP meets A'P' at Q, prove that the locus of Q is the hyperbolax 2 /a 2 -y 2 /b 2 = 1.
6 If the points 6, <j) are the extremities of a focal chord of x 2 / 2 — 2 /b 2 =prove that
1 _ e l + etan \d tan \<p = or .
7 Prove that Ix + my + n — touches x 2 /a 2 —y 2 jb 2 = 1 if and only
aH 2 -b 2m2 = n 2.
8 (i) The tangent at any point P of the hyperbola meets a directrix at
Prove that PZ subtends a right-angle at the corresponding focus.
(ii) Deduce that tangents at the extremities of a focal chord meet on t
corresponding directrix.
9 Y is the foot of the perpendicular from S to the tangent at any point Pthe hyperbola. Prove that Y lies on the circle x 2 + y
2 = a 2 (the auxiliary circle).
10 Prove that the foot F of the perpendicular from a focus to an asymptotelies on the auxiliary circle and on the corresponding directrix.
[OF = OS cos FOS = ... = a; also OS.OD = a 2 = OF 2, so ODF is a right-
angle.]
1 1 The line joining the focus S to the point P on a hyperbola is parallel toasymptote. Prove that this asymptote, the directrix, and the tangent at
are concurrent.
12 The point P on the hyperbola is such that the tangent at P, the latu
rectum through S, and an asymptote are concurrent. Prove that SP is parallel
to the other asymptote.
With the representation in 18.34, obtain the equation of
13 the chord t x t 2 . 14 the tangent at 15 the normal at t.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 316/454
18.5] THE HYPERBOLA 653
19 Show that the feet of the normals from P x to x %la % —y i \b % = 1 lie on thecurve a 2 y(x x —x) + b 2 x(y 1 —y) = 0.
20 If the points t lt t 2 ,t 3 , £ 4 are concyclic, prove S(f 1 + * a < 8 * 4 ) = 0.
18.5 Asymptotes: further properties
18.51 Lines parallel to an asymptote meet the hyperbola only once.
Any line parallel to the asymptote x/a + y/b = has equation
x y-+f = k.a b
It meets the hyperbola at points t for which
l+t 2 2t
l-. t2 + l-t 2 ~ '
i.e. (l + t)2 = k{l-t 2
),
i.e. * = -l or 1+* = jfc(l-J).
Since t = —1 gives no point of the curve, there is a unique inter-
section given by t = (k— l)/(k + l). A similar result holds for lines
parallel to x\a —y\b = 0.
18.52 The equation of the tangent at Px tends to the equation of anasymptote when Px
-> oo along the curve.
The equation xx x \a 2 —yy x \b 2 = 1 of the tangent at Px can be written
a b2
x x x x'
where - —=1 i e —=a 2 b 2
' a 2 x\'
The last equation shows that when Px-> oo, then y x /x x bja or —b\a.
The hmit of the equation of the tangent at Px is thus either
# V x y—£ = or +J = 0
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 317/454
654 THE HYPERBOLA [18.5
according to the definition in 18.12, but not according to that abovbecause the equation of the tangent may have no limiting form whPx
-> oo.
18.53 The family x 2 \a 2 —y2 \b 2 = k of hyperbolas has the same asymptotes
for all k.
For the equation can be written in standard form as
y2
=ka 2 kb 2 '
and the asymptotes have equation
^_ll_ ie t-t-oka 2 kb 2 ' a 2 b 2 ~ '
which is independent of k.
Example
In the quadratic which gives the meets of x 2 /a 2 —y2 /b 2 = k with the
Ix + my + n = 0, the coefficients of x 2 and x are independent of k. Hencesum of the roots is independent of k. Taking k = 1, 0, it follows that the a;-c
ordinate of the mid -point of any chord of the hyperbola x 2 /a 2 —y
2 jb % = 1 is
same as the as-coordinate of the mid -point of the same chord of the asymptotesx 2 /a z —y
2 /b 2 = 0. The same is true of the ^-coordinates since Ix + my + ngives y uniquely in terms of x. Consequently, */ the line meets the hyperbolaP, P' and the asymptotes at Q, Q', then PP' and QQ' have the same mid-point
Since PM = MP' and QM - MQ', therefore PQ = P'Q'. In particular,when P' P this becomes PQ = PQ'; i.e. the part intercepted on a tangentthe asymptotes is bisected at the point of contact.
18.6 The conjugate hyperbola
18.61 Definitions
In 17.15 we defined the transverse axis to be the intercept AA' maby the hyperbola on Ox. Although the curve does not cut Oy, it
now convenient to consider the points -6(0,6) and B'(0, —b) on th
axis of symmetry and (analogously to the ellipse) to call BB' t
conjugate axis of the hyperbola.
Two hyperbolas are said to be conjugate when the transverse a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 318/454
18.62] THE HYPERBOLA 655
IS
b 21. (ii)
For, with Oy for #-axis and Ox' for y-axis, the equation of the con-
jugate hyperbola is x 2 jb 2 - y 2 ja 2 = 1 . On rotating these axes clockwisethrough a right-angle to positions Ox, Oy, the equation becomes
y2 \b 2 -x 2 \a 2 = l,i.e. (ii).
The two hyperbolas have the same asymptotes, viz.
x 2 y 2
a2
b2
°* (iii)
Remarks
(a) Equation (iii) difiFers from (i) by the same constant that (ii)
differs from (iii). If we transform these equations by a change of axes
(15.73), this relationship will be preserved.
(/?) The equation of any hyperbola whose asymptotes are
a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0, a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 =
fax + brf + cj (a 2 x + b z y + c 2 ) = A,s
where A is constant; for this equation differs only by the constant Afrom the equation of the asymptotes, viz.
{a 1 x + b 1 y + c x ){a 2 x-\-b %y + c z ) = 0.
By writing —A for A, we obtain the equation of the conjugate
hyperbola.
I
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 319/454
656 THE HYPERBOLA [18.6
The argument which leads to property (xi) in 18.2 can be applied to
andgives
the same conclusionindependently
ofk:
y = mx and y—
m'xconjugate diameters of each of the hyperbolas (iv) if and only if mm' = b 2
The result stated concerns the cases k = + 1, —1.
(ii) Intersections of the hyperbolas with conjugate diameters.
The diameter y = mx cuts hyperbola (i) if and only if \m\ < bja. The c
jugate diameter y = b 2 x/a 2 m cuts (i) if and only if \b 2 /a 2 m\ < b/a, i.e. \m\ >Hence of two conjugate diameters, only one meets the hyperbola.
The other meets the conjugate hyperbola. For if y = mx cuts (i), then |m| < b
in this case \b 2 /a 2 m\ > b/a, so that y = b 2 x/a 2 m cuts hyperbola (ii).
(iii) Extremities of conjugate diameters.
The points of intersection are called the extremities of the diameters, despit
the fact that only one pair can lie on each curve.
If P(a sec <j>, b tan<fi)
is an extremity of one diameter, then m = b tan (j>/a sec
Hence the conjugate diameter has gradient m' = 6 a /a 2m = 6 sec <j> la tan <j>,
its equation is y = m'x. It cuts the conjugate hyperbola where
i.e. where x = ±atan0 and hence y = ±6 sec<fi.
Thus P(a sec <j>, 6tan0) a
D(a tan 0, b sec (j>) are extremities 6f conjugate semi-diameters.
1 If e, e' are the eccentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate, prol/e a +l/e' 2 = 1.
OP, OD are conjugate semi-diameters of the hyperbola x 2 /a 2 —y2 /b 2 = 1. Pro
the following.
2 OP 2 ~OD 2 = a 2 -b\3 The mid-point of PD lies on an asymptote.
4 PD is parallel to an asymptote. 5 The area of triangle OPD is %db.
6 Prove that the tangents at the extremities of a diameter are parallel
the conjugate diameter.
7 Prove that the tangents at the extremities of two conjugate diametersintersect on the asymptotes.
8 Deduce from nos. 6-7 that tangents at P, D and their diametrically
opposite points P', D' form a parallelogram of constant area 4a6, whose vertices
li th t t
Exercise 18(6)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 320/454
18.7] THE HYPERBOLA 657
12 Find the equation of the hyperbola whose asymptotes are x —2y + 1 =and dx-y + 2 = and which passes through the point (0,1). [18.61,Remark (yff).]
*13 Given that the equation 2x % —5xy —By 2 + x + lly —8 = represents a
hyperbola, find the equations of the asymptotes and the equation of the con-jugate hyperbola. [Choose A so that 2a; 2 - 5xy - 3y* + x + 1 ly A = representsa line -pair.]
18.7 Asymptotes as (oblique) coordinate axes
18.71 xy = c 2
The product of the perpendiculars from a point Px on
Fig. 184
to the asymptotes x/a + yfb = 0, xja —yjb = is
<H
+y± 3h_yx *±_y\
a b a b _a? 6 2
\a i+ b 2) \a*
+b*) a 2 6 2
1
~ ± 1
because x\/a 2 —yf/b2 = 1.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 321/454
658 THE HYPERBOLA [18
i.e. Px satisfies, , . a?b 2
x y sin- 5o) = —
Since o) = 2 tan -1 (b/a),
.2 _ / 2tan^> \
2
_ / 2b I a \ 2 _ 4a 2 6 2Sm &>_\l + tan 2 |o>/ ~[l + b 2
la2
) (a 2 + 6 2)
2 '
and the equation becomesx'y' = J(a 2 + 6 2
).
Omitting dashes, this can be written
xy = c 2,
where c 2 = |(a 2 + 6 2), and is the standard equation of the hyperbola
referred to its asymptotes as (oblique) coordinate axes.
Example
Any equation of the form xy = ax + by + c represents a hyperbola whose asymtotes are parallel to Ox, Oy.
For the equation can be written (x —b) (y —a) = ab + c; i.e. x'y' = abafter a change of origin.
Thus the locus in ex. (iii) (6) of 16.32 is a rectangular hyperbola, knownthe hyperbola ofApollonius of (h, Jc) wo the parabola y
2 = 4ax. See also Ex. 17
no. 10, and Ex. 18 (a), no. 19.
18.72 Parametric representation
The equation xy = c 2 can be written
= *, say,
so that x = ct and y = c/t. For each value of t except t = the po
(ct, c/t), referred to as the point t, lies on xy —c 2; and to each point
the curve corresponds just one value of t. The parametric equations
can also be written ±l) , ±x:y:c = t2 :l:t.
The methods illustrated in 16.22 (2), (3) and 16.24 (1) do not appe
to 'gradient', and can be used in the present case of oblique axes
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 322/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 323/454
660 THE HYPERBOLA3 {(t)} The chord P x P s is c 2 x + x x x 2 y = c 2 (x x + x t )
.
4 {(o) The tangent at P x is xy x + x x y = 2c 2. Could this be written down fro
xy —c 2 by the 'rule of alternate suffixes'?
5 {o)} The chord of contact of tangents from P x is xy x +x x y = 2c 2.
*6 {to} Joachimsthal's ratio quadratic is
(x t y s -c 2 )k 2 + (xy x + x x y-2c 2 )kl+(x L y x -c 2 )l 2 = 0.
*7 {(o) The pair of tangents from P x is 4(^2/ —c 2 )(xy —c 2) = (xy x +x x y —2c
8 The normal at P L i s a ja^ —yy x = x\ —y\.
9 The distance quadratic is
r 2 sin 6 cos 6 + (x x sin + y x cos 0) r + (a? ^ —c 2) = 0.
10 The chord having mid-point P x is xy x + x x y = 2x l y x . [Use no. 9 or no. 3
1 1 The diameter bisecting all chords of gradient m is y = —mx.
12 y = mx, 2/ = m'a; are conjugate diameters if and only if m+ m' — 0.
13 {&>} The conjugate hyperbola is xy = —c 2. [Begin as in 18.71.]
14 Conjugate semi-diameters are equal in length and make complementaryangles with the transverse axis; and the asymptotes bisect the angles betweenthem.
1 5 {(i)} Prove that lines drawn from a variable point P on a hyperbola to atwo fixed points E, F on the curve intercept a constant length on either
asymptote.
16 {(t)} If the tangents at P, Q meet at T, prove that OT bisects PQ.
*17 {(o} A quadrilateral circumscribes a hyperbola. Prove that the li
joining the mid-points of its diagonals passes through the centre of thyperbola.
18 Prove that no two tangents to a rectangular hyperbola can be perpen-dicular.
19 If P, Q, R are points on a rectangular hyperbola such that PQ subtendsright-angle at R, prove that the tangent at R is perpendicular to PQ.
20 Concyclic points.
(i) Show that the circle x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy+d = cuts the rectangular
hyperbola xy = c a at points t for which
c 2 * 4 + 2gct z + dt 2 + 2fct + c 2 = 0.
(ii) If the points t x , t 2 , t s ,t t are concyclic, prove <i< a * 8 $ 4 = 1.
(iii) By considering the fourth intersection of the hyperbola and the circle
through the points t x ,t 2 , t a , prove the converse of (ii).
21 Use no. 20 (ii) to prove that the common chords of a circle and rectangular
hyperbola are equally inclined in pairs to either axis of the hyperbola.
22 If circles touch a rectangular hyperbola at a fixed point, prove that thei
common chords not through this point lie in a fixed direction.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 324/454
THE HYPERBOLA 661
respectively, prove that the mid-points of the chords AA', BB', CC, DD' lie
on another hyperbola having the same asymptotes as the given one.
25 Prove that the circumcircle of triangle t x 1 2 1 3 cuts the rectangular hyperbolaagain at the point diametrically opposite to the orthocentre of this triangle.
[Use 18.73, ex.]
26 If a circle and rectangular hyperbola meet at A, B, C, D, prove that theorthocentres of triangles BCD, CDA, DAB, ABC are concyclic. Prove alsothat the tangents to the hyperbola at G, D meet at a point on the diameterwhich is perpendicular to AB.
27 (i) Prove that the normal at t to the rectangular hyperbola meets thecurve again at the point —l/* 8
.
*(ii) Verify from no. 23 (i) that this is diametrically opposite to the pointwhere the circle of curvature at t meets the curve again.
28 The normal at P meets the rectangular hyperbola again at Q. Prove thatthe mid-point of PQ lies on 4x 3 y 3 + c 2 (x 2 -y 2
)2 = 0.
29 Conormal points.
(i) If the normal to the rectangular hyperbola xy = c 2 at the point t passesthrough (h, k), prove c* 4 —ht 3 + ht —c = 0.
(ii) If the normals at t lt t t , t a , t 4 are concurrent, prove that t l t 2 t 3 t l = —1 and= 0.
30 Prove that four conormal points are also orthocentric, but that fourdistinct conormal points can never be concyclic.
3 1 The axes being rectangular, prove that the equation y = (ox + b)j(cx + d),
c =}= 0, represents a rectangular hyperbolawhose asymptotes are x = —djc,y = a/c. What are the coordinates of its centre? [Use 18.71, ex.]
32 A variable line passes through a fixed point and meets two given inter-
secting lines at P, Q. Prove that the locus of a point dividing PQ in a given ratiois a hyperbola whose asymptotes are parallel to the given lines. [Use obliqueaxes.]
33 A variable chord of xy = c a passes through the fixed point (p,q). Provethat the locus of its mid-point is another hyperbola, and give the equations ofits asymptotes.
Miscellaneous Exercise 18 (J)
1 If o) is the angle between the asymptotes of a hyperbola, prove that its
eccentricity is sec %o>.
2 PN is the ordinate of a point P on x 2 /a 2 - y2 jb 2 = 1 ; NT is a tangent from
N to the auxiliary circle x 2 + y2 = a 2
. If P is the point ^, prove NOT =<f>
andNP:NT = b:a.
3 With the notation in 17.23 and cos# = b/a, what is the orthogonal pro-jection of the rectangular hyperbola x 2 —y
2 = a 2 1 Show that the rectangular
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 325/454
662 THE HYPERBOLA6 B is a fixed point in the plane of a given circle of centre A, and P
variable point on the circumference; BP meets the circle again at Q, andparallel to AQ through B meets AP at R. Prove that the locus of R is an ellip
or a branch of a hyperbola according as B is inside or outside the circle.
7 The tangent at P to x 2 /a 2 —y 2 /b 2 = 1 meets the asymptotes at Q,VQ, VR are parallel to the axes of the hyperbola. Prove that V lies on onethe rectangular hyperbolas xy = ± ab.
8 The tangents at P, Q to a hyperbola meet an asymptote at H, K. Prothat PQ passes through the mid -point of HK. [Use xy = c 2
, oblique axes.]
9 The tangents at two points P, P' on a hyperbola meet one asymptoteQ, Q', and the other at R, R'. Prove QR', Q'R are parallel.
10 For the hyperbola x = %a(t + -1), y = \b(t —£
_1), find the equation of
chord joining the points t given by ut 2 + vt + w = 0.
1 1 Prove that tangents toy
2 = kx at (kt\, kt^ and (kt\, kt2
) meet atpoint (kt^, mh + tj).
The tangent to y2 = kx at any point P cuts the hyperbola x 2 —ty
2 = kU and V. IfQ,R are the points of contact of the other tangents from U, Vthe parabola, prove that the chord QR touches the circle x 2 + y
2 = k 2.
12 Prove that the chord of contact from any point (x lf y x ) on the hyperbolax 2 /a 2 —y
2 /b 2 = 1 to the ellipse x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 touches the hyperbola, and g
the coordinates of the point of contact.
13 A variable chord of x 2 /a 2 —y2 /b 2 = 1 touches the circle x 2 + y
2 = c 2. Pro
that the mid-point of this chord lies on
14 The normal at a variable point P on the rectangular hyperbola xy —meets the asymptotes at Q, R. Prove that the mid-point of QR lies on the cur4x 3
y3 + c\x 2 —y
2)
2 = 0. Explain why this is the same locus as in Ex. 18 (c), no.
15 Prove that the tangent and normal at P on a hyperbola bisect the interior
and exterior angles (respectively) between SP, S'P. [Either prove SO = e
and use pure geometry (Ex. 17(c), no. 3); or use r' —r= ±2a and calculu
(8.14, ex. (iv)).]
16 If F, Y' are the feet of the perpendiculars from S, S' to the tangent a
to the hyperbola, prove that SY.S'Y' = b 2 and that triangles SPY, S'PY'similar. Hence prove that p/r = (b 2 /p)/S'P, where p = SY andr = SP. Dedufrom the bifocal property that the (p,r) equation of the hyperbola wo the focusas pole is b 2
/p2 = 1 ± 2a/r, where + corresponds to the branch enclosing S.
17 If an ellipse and a hyperbola have the same foci S, S' (i.e. are confocal),
prove that they cut orthogonally at each common point P. [The tangents a
are respectively the external and internal bisectors of angle SPS'.]
18 (i) Prove that the equation x 2 /(a 2 + X)+ y 2 j(b 2 + X) = 1 (a > b) represents
an ellipse a hyperbola or nothing according as A > —6 2 —a 2 < A < —b
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 326/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 327/454
664
19
THE GENERAL CONIC; s = ks'
19.1 The locus 5 =
19.11 Scheme of procedure
It has now been shown that the general equation of the second degr
s = ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c =
represents either a conic (in the wide sense of 15.72), a circle, a p
of parallel lines, or nothing; cf. the last paragraph in 15.74. In
chapter it will be convenient to refer to the locus s = as a 'conic',
even when it is a circle or a parallel line-pair.
We begin the chapter by applying to the locus s = the genera
methods for finding chords, tangents, etc. already illustrated
dividually for the parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola. The work will th
be a summary and unification of ' conies ' , and will contain as particularcases many results already obtained for the special standard forms
equation of these curves. Had the general case been treated fir
considerable repetition would have been avoided; but dealing w
the special forms separately increases the appreciation of the method
themselves. Some of our work will apply unmodified when 5
represents a line-pair. The reader should consider whether the result
remain significant in this degenerate case.
The second part of the chapter is independent of the first, andconcerned with a principle which permeates the whole of coordinate
geometry. The student who is pressed for time may turn at once
19.5 etseq.
19.12 Notation
To simplify the writing we introduce the following notation.
W
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 328/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 329/454
666 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [
by Px , for s xx = because Px lies on s = 0; and it is satisfied bsince s 22 = 0. Hence it is the equation of the chord PX P2 .
Letting P2 Px along the conic, we obtain 2s x = s xx as the limit
the above equation, i.e. 2s ± = 0. Hence the equation of the tangents = at Px is s
x= 0.
19.2 JoachimsthaPs ratio equation
19.21 The ratio quadratic for s =
The point dividing PX P2 in the ratio k : I has coordinates
/lx x + kx 2 ly x + ky 2 \
\ l + Jc'
l + k )'
It will lie on s = if and only if
a(lx x + kx 2 )2 + 2h{lx x + kx 2 ) (Z^ + ky 2 ) + b{ly x + ky 2 )
2
+ 2g(lx 1 + kx 2 ) (l + k) + 2f{ly x + ky 2 ) (l + k) + c(l + kf =
i.e. {ax\ + 2hx 2 y 2 + by\ + 2gx 2 + 2fy 2 + c) k 2
+ 2{ax x x 2 + h{x x y 2 + x 2 y x ) + by x y 2 + g{x x + x 2 ) +f(y x + y 2 ) + c}
+ (axl + 2hx x y x + by\ + 2gx x + 2fy x + c) Z2
=i.e. s 22 fe
2 + 2s 12 fe/ + s 11 /2 = 0.
This quadratic in k:l is Joachim-
sthaVs ratio equation for 5 = 0. Its
roots are the values of Px A : ^4P 2 for
the points of intersection A of the
line P]P 2 and the conic. Since the
quadratic will have either two, one,or no roots, f a line meets a conic in Kg- 186
two, one, or no points.
The above work applies even if s = represents a line-pair.
We now make a sequence of deductions from the ratio equation.
19.22 Sides of a conic
When and have opposite signs the product of the roots
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 330/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 331/454
668 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [19.25
19.25 Chord of contact from P,
Method 1. Let the tangents from Px (supposed outside the conic)
touch 8 = at P2 ,P3 . The tangent at P2 nas equation s
2= 0; and sinc
it passes through Pv we have s 12 = 0. This shows that P2 lies on t
line 5 X = 0. Similarly s 13 = 0, so that P3 also lies on s x = 0. Hence t
equation of P2 P3 is s t= 0.
Method 2. The points of contact of tangents from Px satisfy bot
s = and s xl s = s\. Hence they also satisfy s x = 0. Since s x is linear,
st
= is the equation of the chord of contact of tangents from Pv
19.26 Examples; polar of P, wo s =
(1) Tangents at the extremities of a variable chord through P x meet on s x = 0.
Let the tangents at the extremities A, B of such a chord meet at P 2 . Ththe chord of contact from P 2 is AB, whose equation is therefore s 2 = 0. Sincthis line passes through P x , s 12 = 0; and this condition shows that P 2 lies
the line s ± = 0.
(2) Let a chord through P x cut the conic at A and B. The point P a such that
and P 8 divide AB in the same ratio {one internally and the other externally) l
on the line s 1 — 0.
From the hypothesis it follows thatA
andB
dividePiP 2
hithe same
rati
(one internally and one externally). Hence the ratio quadratic must haveroots k : I equal and opposite; this is so if and only if s 12 = 0, which shows thP 2 lies on * t = 0. P 2 is called the harmonic conjugate of P x wo 8=0.
(3) The diagrams in 15.65, with the circle replaced by any conic, show thafor some positions ofP 1 the locus of P 2 in (1), (2) above will be only part of tline « x = 0. We unify these results by making the following definition.
The whole line s t = is called the polar of P t wo s = 0.
Remarks
(a) If P x lies outside s, the polar coincides with the chord of contact from P(/?) If P x lies on s, the polar coincides with the tangent at P x .
(y) In full, the polar of P x is
* = (ax x + hy 1 + g)x + (hx x + by 1 +f)y + (gx x +fy x + c) = 0.
It does not exist if ax k + hy± + g = and hx x + by x +/ = 0; in general there is
unique point P x satisfying these conditions.
(3) The argument shows (without modification) that the polar of P x woline-pair s = is s x = 0. Since
= h ) b f)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 332/454
19.27] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' 669
(£) Reciprocal property. If the polar of P x passes through P a , then the polar
of P a passes through P x . (This is valid for a line-pair provided P a is not the
vertex.) For the polar of P x wo s = is = 0, and this passes through P a if
s 12 = 0; this shows that P x lies on s 2 = 0, which is the polar of P a wo s = 0.
Infig.
187, P X Qis
thepolar of
P 2.
Fig. 188
19.27 Chord whose mid-point is P,
Let the extremities of the chord be A and Pa
(fig. 188) . Then s22
= 0,
and the ratio quadratic has one root 1 = 0. The other root, given by
2k8 li + U11 = 0,
corresponds to the point A ; and since A divides P1 P2 externally in the
ratio 1 : 2, this root must be k\ls= —\. Hence s 12 = «s n , which shows
that P2 li es on * ne locus s x = s n . Since this is linear, and is also satisfied
by Pl5 it is the required chord. Thus the chord ofs = wJiose mid-point
is Px is st
= s
u.
Example
Show that the mid-points of all chorda of s = which pass through P x lie onthe curve s — s x .
Let P 2 be the mid-point of such a chord, which will have equation * a = « aa .
Since the chord passes through P x , « ia = s 2t . This shows that P a lies on the
locus s x = s which, being of second degree, is also a conic; clearly it passes
through P r
Fig. 187
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 333/454
670 THE general conic; s = ks' [19.2
Its equation is also s x = s xx , which can be written
ax x (x - x x ) + h{x x (y - y x ) + y x (x - x x )} + by x (y - y x )
+ g(x-x 1 )+f(y-y x ) = 0.
Hence ax x + h(mx x + y x ) + bmy x + g +fm = 0,
which shows that Px lies on the line
(ax + hy + g) + m(hx + by+f) = 0.
By definition (16.41) this is the equation of the diameter bisecting
all chords of gradient m.
19.29 Conjugate diametersThe diameter bisecting all chords of gradient m has gradient
a + hmh + om
so that a + h(m + m') + bmm' = 0.
The symmetry in m, m' of this relation shows that the diameter
gradient m bisects all chords of gradient m'. Two such diameters
are conjugate.
19.3 The distance quadratic
The line through Px in direction 6 has parametric equations
x —x x + r cos 6, y = y x + r sin 6.
It meets s = at points for which r is given by
a(x x + r cos d)2
+ 2h(x x + r cos 6) (y x + r sin 6) + b(y x + r sin d)2
+ 2g(x x + r cos 6) + 2f(y x + r sin d) + c = 0,
i.e. r 2 (a cos 2 6 + 2h cos 6 sin 6 + b sin 26)
+ 2r{(ax x + hy x + g) cos 6 + (hx x + by x +/) sin 6} + s xx = 0.
This quadratic in r gives the signed distances from Px of the points
of the conic s = which he on the line (i) through Px in direction 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 334/454
19.4] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' 671
which gives the direction cos# :sin# of such a chord. If (x,y) is any point onthis chord, then from equation (i),
cos 6 sm.6'
and so (ax x + hy x + g)(x-x x ) + (hx 1 + by x +/) (y - y x ) = 0.
This is therefore the equation of the chord of s = which has mid -point P x ;
it can be arranged in the form s x = s u (cf. 19.27).
(ii) Segments of a chord.
If the line (i) cuts the conic at Q, R, then by considering the product of the
roots of (ii) we have
P t Q.P x R = r x r 2 =a cos2 d + 2h e g
.
n e + b gin2.
(a) For chords QB, Q'B' through P x in given directions 6, 6', it follows that
P X Q.P X R _ a cos 2 6' + 2h cos B' sin d' + b sin a 6 '
P X Q'.P X R' ~ acos 2 + 2/&cos0sin0 + &sin a '
which is independent of the coordinates of P x . Hence the ratio of the product of
the segments of two chords drawn in given directions through the same point is
constant for all points.
(6) For chords P X QR, P Z Q'R' drawn through P lt P 2 in the same direction 6,
it also follows that „ ^ „ DP X Q.P X R _
P%Q 'P%R *22
which is independent of 6. Hence the ratio of the products of the segments of
two parallel chords drawn through given points P x , P 2 is constant for all
directions.
19.4 Tangent and normal as coordinate axes
Sometimes it is convenient (as for example in 8.42(1)) to choose
the tangent and normal at a particularyj
point for axes of coordinates; this point
thus becomes the origin.
If s = passes through 0, then c = 0.
If «s = touches y = at (0, 0), the equation
ax % + 2gx + c = must have both roots zero,
so that also g = 0. The equation of the conic
is therefore o x
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + f = 0 Fi 8- 189
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 335/454
672 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [19
Choosing axes as above, let PQ have equation Ix + my = 1. (This formequation for PQ is legitimate since the hypothesis that
l PQ subtends a righ
angle at O ' implies that PQ does not pass through 0.)
The line-pair OP, OQ has equation
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2fy(lx + my) = 0,
by 15.54. Since OP JL OQ, then from 15.52 (2)
a + (b + 2fm) = 0.
If a + b 4= 0, then m = —(a + 6)/2/+ 0. Hence Ix + my = 1 passes throug
(0, —2//(a + 6)), which is a fixed point on Oy, the normal at O.
If a + b = 0, then the perpendicularity condition becomes fm = 0. If / =the conic s = is an orthogonal line -pair —excluded by hypothesis; in suchcase every 'chord' subtends a right-angle at O. If m = 0, the equation of
is Ix = 1, which is a line parallel to Oy.
Exercise 19(a)
Write out in full the expressions for &xx , s Xi when s denotes
1 ^ + ^-1- 2 y2 -4ax. 3 xy-cK
*4 (lx + my + n)(l'x+m'y + n'); and if u — Ix + my + n, u' = I'x + m'y+n'show that s ia = ^{u-^u^ + u^u
1
^.
5 Interpret the equation s lx + 2s 12 + s 2iS = 0.
6 Obtain the equation of the tangent to s = at P x (i) by Calculus; (ii) frs« n = si by taking P x on s = 0.
7 Prove that the normal to s = at P x has equation
(2/ - Vx) (o^i + %i + g)~(x- x x ) (hx x + by x +/)
8 Find the condition for the lines px 2 + 2rxy + qyz = to be parallel
conjugate diameters of * = 0.
9 Prove that the line-pair joining O to the meets of x 2 + y2 = r 2
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 1 is
a-^jx 2 + 2hxy+(b-^jy 2 = 0.
Show that these will be conjugate diameters of the conic if
1 _ 2{ab-h 2)
r 2 a + b
Hence obtain the equation of the equi-conjugate diameters of
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 1.
10 Writing u = qx + hy + g v ~ hx + by+f w = gx +fy + c, verify that
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 336/454
19.5] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ksr
673
12 (i) Prove that the equation of the pair of tangents from P x is
{u x (x - xj) + v x {y - y x )}2 = {a(x -xtf + 2h(x - Xl )(y- yi ) + b(y- y^} s u .
(ii) Using no. 10, show that this is equivalent to (s l—s 11 )
2 = (s —2s 1 +8 11 ) $ nand hence to s\ = 8S n .
1 3 A line through O cuts 8 = at P and Q. A point R is chosen on this line sothat OR is (i) the arithmetic mean; (ii) the geometric meanj (hi) the harmonicmean, of OP, OQ. Find the locus of R in each case.
14 K is the point ^ on the ellipse x 2 /a z + yz /b 2 — 1. Write down the equation
of the chord PQ for which KP, KQ are parallel to the axes, and find where it
meets the normal at K. Deduce from the example in 19.4 that chords whichsubtend a right-angle at the fixed point <j> are concurrent at
/a 2 -6 2J a 2 -6 2
. AI ~z — a cos p, ——o sin <p |
.
15 If equation (i) in 19.4 represents lines OP, OQ equally inclined to Oy, use15.52 (3) to prove h +fl = 0. Deduce that if OP, OQ are equally inclined to thenormal to * = at O, then PQ passes through a fixed point on the tangent atO, or is parallel to this tangent.
19.5 Number of conditions which a conic can satisfy
If k is any non-zero constant, the equations
s = ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c =and Ics = Jcax 2 + 2khxy + Jcby 2 + 2hgx + 2kfy + he =
represent the same locus; for if P1 satisfies one, then it also satisfies
the other. Since a, b, c, f, g, h are not all zero, we can always choose hso that one coefficient in ks is 1. The remaining five coefficients (i.e.
the five ratios a:b:c:f:g :h) can be chosen so as to satisfy five con-
ditions, but in general no more. The equations which express these
conditions may have more than one set of solutions but, since theyare polynomial equations, the number of sets will be finite if theconditions are independent.
It follows that a conic can be chosen to satisfy five independentconditions, and that the number of such conies is finite.
Examples
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 337/454
674 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [1
Alternatively, a, b, c, f, g, h can be eliminated from the above equationtogether with s = 0, giving the required equation in determinant form.
An easier way of finding the equation of a conic through five given poiwill be illustrated in 19.64, ex. (i).
(ii) If three of the five points in ex. (i) lie on a line I, then I must be part oconic, which therefore consists of two lines I, V.
For no line can meet a non-degenerate conic in three points (see the footnoon p. 666); and the only line-pair through these five points is I and the lin
which joins the other two.If four of the points are collinear on I, the conic consists of I and any lin
through the fifth point. If all five points lie on I, the conic consists of I andline in the plane. In these two cases of ex. (i) the conic is not unique.
19.6 The equation s = ks'
19.61 Number of possible intersections of two conies
The equations of the two given conies can be arranged in the for
s = ax 2 + 2(hy + g)x + (by 2 + 2fy + c) = 0,
s' s a'x 2 + 2(h'y + g')x + (by + 2f'y + c') = 0.
The coordinates of any common point of these must satisfy
equation in y obtained by elimination of x. Since this equation
in general be quartic in y, there are 4, 2 or no possible values o
(apart from possible coincidences). By eliminating x 2 only, wethat to each value of y corresponds at most one value of x, given
2{(a'h -ah')y + (a'g - ag')} x
+ {(a'b - ab') y2 + 2{a'f- af) y + {a'c - ac')} = 0
Hence, ignoring coincidences, the number of possible intersections
two conies is 4, 2 or 0.
19.62 s = ks'
This equation has already been discussed when s = 0, s' = repr
sent lines (15.41) or circles (Ex. 15 (d), no. 16).
(1) If s = 0, s' = are conies and k is constant, then s = ks' is
the equation of a conic, which passes through the meets {if any) ofs and
For if P satisfies both 5 = and s' = 0, then it also satisfies s =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 338/454
19.63] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' 675
viz. k = s n ls' u (assuming that P± is not on s' = 0: see the Remarkbelow). For this k, the conies <r and s = ks' have five points in common,and hence coincide (19.5, ex. (i)).
Exceptions to the last statement may arise when three of the fivepoints are collinear. Since Px is an arbitrary point of a, Px need notbe collinear with any two of A, B, C, D. If A, B,C are collinear, thens, s' must be of the forms txfi, ay where a = is the line ABC and
fi = 0, y = are lines through D (19.5, ex. (ii)). Every conic throughA,B,C,D then consists of a == and a line = Icy through D. Hence
cr = a(fi-ky) = s-Jcs',
and the theorem is still valid.
Remark. The only conic through the meets A, B, C, D of s and s'
which does not have an equation of the form s = ks' is s' itself. This
exception can be avoided by using As = AV, where A and A' are
independent constants; but usually the equation s = ks' is adequate.
For different k or A : A', the equation s = ks' or As = AV represents
a family or system or pencil of conies through the intersections (if
any) of s and s'.
19.63 Degenerate cases
The results in 19.62 apply when one or both of s, s' degenerate, andthese cases are particularly useful.
(i) s — kecfi. This represents a conic through the meets (if any)
of the distinct lines a = 0, fi = with s = (fig. 190).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 339/454
676 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [19.6
(iii) s = JcotT, where r is a tangent to s. When ft-» t in (i), we hav
a conic meeting s at its intersections (if any) with a = 0, and touching
it at the contact of t = with s (fig. 192).
(iv) s = kaft, where a, ft meet on s. If one meet of a and s coincideswith one meet of ft and s in (i), we obtain a conic meeting s at a poin
on a and at a point on /?, and touching 8 at the meet of a and /? (fig. 1 93
Fig. 196 Fig. 197
(v) s = foxT, where a passes through the contact of r. If one meet
d i i id ith th t t f we obtain a conic meeting
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 340/454
19.64] THE general conic; s=ks' 677
(viii) a/? = ky 2. If S -> y in (vii), we have a conic touching the lines
<x, /? at their meets with y (fig. 197).
(ix) a 2 = ky 2 represents the two lines a = ± ^/fcy, which pass
through the meet of a, y if this exists.In the next two cases s' represents a single line.
(x) s = kcc is a conic through the meets (if any) of s and a.
(xi) s = &t is a conic touching s at its contact with t.
19.64 Examples
The 's = ks principle has already been used for conies in Ex. 15 (/),
no. 15; Ex. 16 (b), no. 1; and in the alternative method in 17.41.
(i) Find the equation of the conic through (3, 0), (0, —2), (5, 0), (0, 1), (15, 6).
The lines joining the first four points in pairs are as follows.
(3,0), (0,-2): |-|-1 = 0; (5,0), (0,1): | + j,_l = 0;
(0,-2), (0,1): x = 0; (3,0), (5,0): y = 0.
Hence any conic through the first four points is (by 19.63, (vii))
This passes through (15, 6) if 1.8 = k. 15.6, i.e. k = The required conic is
therefore ^ _ 3y _ 6){x + 5y _ 5) = 8xy ^
(ii) Find the equation of the circumcircle of the triangle formed by the lines
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = and Ix + my + n = 0.
Let the tangent at O to the required circle be px + qy — 0. Then by 1 9- 63, (iii)
its equation will beax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 — (Ix + my + n)(px + qy)
provided we choose p and q so that
a—pl —b —qm and 2h = mp + Iq.
If we arrange the above three equations in terms of p and q, we have
(Zoj + my + n) xp + (Ix + my + n)yq— (ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2) = 0,
Ip —mq —(a —b) = 0,
and mp + lq —2h = 0
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 341/454
678 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [19.
(iii) Goncyclic points on the ellipse
xl + yl _ ia 2 b 2
The chords0i0 2
and3 4
are a =0,
/? = 0, where
a = - cos £(0 X + 2 ) + - sin £(0 X + 2 ) - cos ^(fa -2 ),
= -cos£(0 3 + 4 ) + -sin£(0 s + 4 )-eos|(0 3 -0 4 ).
The points l5 2 , 3 , 4 will be concyclic if and only if one conic of the syste
a 2 o 2
isa
circle.This requires that the
coefficientsofx
2
and y2
shall be equal, andcoefficient of xy zero. In general it is not possible for the single numbersatisfy these two conditions; but the coefficient of xy is zero if
cos £(0 X + 2 ) sin £(0 3 + 0J + cos J(0 3 + 4 ) sin + 2 ) = 0,
i.e. sin + 2 + 3 + 4 ) = 0,
i.e. <j) x + 02 + 03 + 04 = 2rwr
for some integer «,
The coefficients of x 2 and ?/2 are then equal if
^-
^= k c os
i(0x + 2) cos
|(0 3 + 4) -
^sin
£(0 X + 2) sin
|(0 3 + 4 )
J
= &j-^ cos 2£( 0 + 2 ) + ^ sin 2
J( 0 + 2
)
J cos nn ,
and here the coefficient of k is non-zero.
Hence if S0 X = 2nn, k can be chosen uniquely to satisfy the second condition.
Thus the relation S0 X = 2nn is necessary and sufficient for the points <j> x , 2 , 3
of the ellipse to be concyclic. Compare the example in 17.32.
*(iv) Normals at the extremities of the chords Ix + my = 1, 1'x + m'y = 1 of
ellipse 9 9
a 2 b 2
The conic x 2 v 2
- + f--l = k{lx + my-l){l'x + m'y-l)a 2 b 2
passes through the extremities of the chords, by 19.63, (i). If the normalsthese extremities are concurrent, say at (x^y^), then their feet lie on
(a 2 —b 2 )xy + b 2 y 1 x —a 2 x 1 y =
by Ex 17 (c) no 10 Consequently this conic must belong to the above system
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 342/454
19.65] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' 679
*(v) A conic passes through four given points A, B, G, D on s = and also
through the meet P x of tangents at A, B. Prove that it passes through the meet P 2
of tangents at C, D.
Since the equations of the chords of contact AB, CD are respectively s x = 0,
« 2 = 0, the conic is 8 = A» x * a by 19.63, (i). This passes through P lt so s u = ks n s l2 ;
hence k = l/s 12 , and the conic has equation s 12 s = Clearly this is satisfied
byP 2 .
*(vi) Pascal's theorem. If 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 denote six points
on a conic, then the meets of the lines
12, 45; 23, 56; 34, 61
are collinear.
For suitable k and I, the line-pair (12) (56) has equation
8 = k{25) (16), and the line-pair (23) (45) has equation
s = Z(25)(34). The points X(12,45) and F(23,56) lie onboth pairs, but do not lie on s = or on (25). Hence theylie on the line &(16) = i(34), which passes throughZ(34, 61).
The argument holds even when * = is a line-pair provided that the sets
1, 3, 5 and 2, 4, 6 lie on different lines; the result is then known as Pappus's
theorem.
19.65 Contact of two conies
Although in general two distinct conies intersect in at most four
points A,B,C, D, there may be coincidences of the following types:
AAGD 2-point contact at A (figs. 192, 193),
AACC double contact along AC (fig. 191),
AAAD 3-point contact at A (fig. 194),
AAAA 4-point contact at A (fig. 195).
Since a circle can be determined to pass through only three general
points, we may expect that in general a circle cannot have more than
3-point contact with a conic at By regarding such a circle as the
limit when P A along the conic of a circle touching the conic at Aand cutting it at P, we see from 8.42 (2) that the circle having 3-point
contact at A is the circle of curvature of the conic at A.
A conic having 3-point contact with s = at A is s = Tear, where
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 343/454
680 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' [
Example
Find the circle of curvature of y2 = 4ax at the point t.
The tangent at the point t is t = x —ty + at 2 = 0, and has gradient 1/t.
chord through {at 2, 2at) with gradient —ljt is
y —2at = —-(x —at 2),
i.e. a = x + ty —Sat 2 = 0.
The required circle is
y2 - 4ax = k(x + ty- Zat 2
) (x-ty + at 2),
where k must be chosen so that the coefficients of x 2 and y2 are equal
xy-term is already absent). This gives k = —kt 2 —1, i.e. k = —1/(1 + t2
that the circle is x 2 + y2 _ 2a(3i 2 + 2) x + 4 a% - 3a 2 < 4 = 0.
The centre of curvature at t is therefore (2a + 3a£ 2, —2at s
); and the radius
curvature is found to be 2a(l + £ 2 )*. These results can of course be obtained
the methods of Ch. 8.
Remark. Iif(x) and g(x) are polynomials, then Remark (a) in
shows that when the curves y = f(x), y = g(x) have mth-order conta
at x = a, they have (m + l)-point contact in the sense of the prese
section, and conversely. For general curves the conceptsare
equivalent.
19.7 Equations of a type more general than s= ks'
Iff = 0, g = represent any two curves, their intersections (if any) sat
every equation which can be deduced algebraically from / = and g = 0.
new equation need not be of the form/ = kg; and even when it is, k may no
constant. The problem in 15.54 is of this type.
Sometimes the equations are combined in such a way that the deduction
do not hold for all the common points.
Examples
(i) Circle through the feet of conormal points on a parabola.
The points in question satisfy the equations
y2 = 4ax and xy + (2a —h)y —2ak = 0,
where (h, k) is the point of concurrence of the normals (see 16.32, ex. (iii)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 344/454
19.7] THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks' 681
(ii) Find the equation of conies through the meets, other than the origin, of
s = ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy =
and s' = a'x 2 + 2h'xy + b'y 2 + 2g'x + 2f'y = 0,
where fg' *f'g.The given equations can be written
x(ax + 2hy + 2g) = -y(by + 2f),
x(a'x + 2h ,
y + 2g') = -y(b'y + 2f).
Coordinates other than (0, 0) which satisfy both these equations also satisfy
<r = (ax + 2hy + 2g) {b'y + 2f) - (a'x + 2h'y + 2g') (by + 2f) = 0.
This is therefore one conic through the meets of*, s', and does not pass through O.
Clearly<r + ks + k's' = (i)
also passes through the same points for all k, k'.
If 8, s' meet in three points other than O, then k, k' can be chosen to make theconic (i) pass through two other general points. Hence any conic through thethree points has an equation of this form. The system (i) is called a net of conies.
Exercise 19(6)
Find the equation of the conic through
1 (0,0), (0,1), (3,0), (2,1), (2,-3).
2 (2,3), (-1,1), (4,0), (3, -2), (5,3).
3 Assuming that ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = c and a'x 2 + 2h'xy + b'y 2 = 1 intersect
in four points, find the condition for these points to be concyclic.
4 Find the common chords of x 2 + y2 = 25 and x 2 + xy + y
2 — 36.
5 Two chords are drawn through a focus of an ellipse, and a conic is drawnthrough their extremities and the centre of the ellipse. Prove that this conic
cuts the major axis in another fixed point.
6 (i) Prove that, for any c,
(l+t 2
)(y2 -4ax)
+(x-ty
+at 2 )(x
+ty
+c) =
is the equation of a circle which touches y2 = Aax at the point t.
(ii) PSQ is a focal chord of a parabola. Circles are drawn through thefocus S to touch the parabola at P, Q respectively. Prove that these circles
cut orthogonally.
7 A circle has double contact with ax 2 + by 2 + c = 0. Prove that the chord ofcontact is parallel to either x = or y = 0. [Let the chord be Ix + my + n = 0.]
8 Find the equation of the circle touching the ellipse x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = 1 at each
end of a latus rectum.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 345/454
682 THE GENERAL CONIC; S = ks r
1 1 Write down the equation of the tangent at the point of x 2 ja 2 + y2 jb
and find the equation of the chord through which has the same inclination
Ox as this tangent. Hence show that the circle of curvature at is
and find its centre and radius.
12 Find the circle having 3 -point contact with xy = c a at the point t,
deduce the centre and radius of curvature at this point.
13 Prove that the circle of curvature of ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 2y at
a{x 2 + y2
) = 2y.
*14 Use example (iv) in 19.64 to prove thatif
normals at the ends of the ch
0i0 2 and 3 4 of x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 — 1 are concurrent, then
COS £(0 X + 2 ) COS £(0 3 + 4 ) + COS J(0j -2 ) °OS £(0 3 - 4 ) =
and sin i(0 x + 2 ) sin £(0 3 + 4 ) + cos £(0 X - 2 ) cos £(0 3- 4 ) = 0.
By subtraction, deduce that E0 t = (2n + 1) ir is a necessary (but not sufficien
condition for the points 1? 2 , 03> 04 to be conormal. (Cf. 17.52, ex.)
*15 (i) Write down the equation of a conic circumscribing the quadrilateral
whose opposite sides are the lines a,/?; y, 8.
(ii) If p is the length of the perpendicular from P to the line a = 0, p
that p = constant x a .
(iii) If a conic circumscribes a quadrilateral, prove that the ratio of
product of perpendiculars from any point P of the conic onto two oppo
sides, to the product of perpendiculars from P onto the other two sides
constant (a result due to Pappus).
*16 Show that the feet of normals from (h,Jc) to y2 = 4ax lie on the parab
x 2 + (2a-h)x = iky. [See 19.7, ex. (i).]
*17 Explain why the conic H\(x —t 2 y + at\) (x —t z y + at\) = passes throuthe vertices of the triangle formed by the tangents to y
2 = 4ax at t x , t 2 ,£ 3 .
Find the ratios fc x : k 2 : k 3 for which this conic is a circle, and verify that
circle passes through the focus. State this result as a geometrical theorem.
Miscellaneous Exercise 19(c)
1 A pair of tangents to ax 2 + by 2 = 1 intercepts a constant length 2c onProve that the point from which the tangents are drawn lies on the curve
by 2 (ax 2 + by 2 ~ 1) = ac 2 (by 2 —l) 2.
2 Prove that chords of y2 = 4aa? which subtend a right-angle at (at\,
cos0 —-sin0 —cos 20J
=b
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 346/454
THE GENERAL CONIC; S - ks' 683
4 If ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = represents a line -pair, prove that
the pair (other than the coordinate axes) passing through the meets of these
with the axes has equation ax 2 + 2(2fg/c —h)xy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
5 The lines 6a; 2 + ay 2 = (a + 6 4= 0) meet the conic s = in four points
A, B, G, D. If the diagonals not through O of the quadrilateral ABGD areperpendicular, prove that
a —b h g
h b-a f = 0.
g f o
6 ABGD is cyclic; AB, DC produced meet at E; BG, AD produced meetat F. Prove that the bisectors of angles GEB, CFD are perpendicular. [With Afor origin, let the pair AB, DC bet = px 2 + 2rxy + qy
2 = 0, and BG, AD be * = 0.
Express the condition for t = ks to be a circle, and use 15.52 (3).]
7 Prove that the points of intersection of x 2 —2xy + By 2 + 9x —16y + 24 =and 5a; 2 + 6xy —y
2 —43a; + 60y —62 = are concyclic. [Eliminate xy.]
8 Find the equation of the rectangular hyperbola through the meets of theellipse x 2 /a 2 + y
2 jb 2 = 1 and the line-pair y2 = m2 x 2
. Show that when m = b/a,
this rectangular hyperbola cuts the ellipse orthogonally.
9 A circle through the origin touches the rectangular hyperbola xy = c 2 andmeets it again at P, Q. Prove that the foot of the perpendicular from the origin
to PQ lies on 4acy —c 2.
*10 Obtain the general equation of conies through (3,2), ( —3,2), (2, —3),
( —2, —3). Show that this family contains a parabola, and find its equation.[Use Ex. 16(e), no. 26 (i).]
*11 The normal to y2 = 4oa; at the point P(t) meets the parabola again at
Q(d), and the normal at Q meets the curve again at R. Prove that the equationof the parabola which passes through P, B and touches the given one at Q canbe written
X{y 2 - lax) + (tx + y- at 3 - 2at) (6x + y- ad 3 - 2a6) = 0,
where A = (d —t) 2 /4dt. Prove that its axis is parallel to SN, where S is the focus
of y2 = 4ax and N is the point where the normal at P toy 2 = 4ax cuts Oy. [In
thelast
partuse
6 = —t—2/t.]
*12 Prove that the tangent at P 1 to the conic obtained in ex. (v) of 19.64 is theline joining P x to the meet of AB and CD. [Use Ex 19 (a), no. 4.]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 347/454
684
20
POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC
20.1 The straight line
Polar coordinates and equations have been used in various par
of the book, particularly in calculus applications. The purpose of t
chapter is to obtain and use the polar equation of a conic to pro
geometrical properties, especially focal ones.
Webegin with sho
sections on the straight line and circle, in which we assemble
material required.
20.11 Distance formula
Given two points A(r v X ) and B(r 2 ,d 2 ), the length of AB can
found by applying the cosine rule to triangle AOB (fig. 199):
AB2
= r\ + r\ - 2r t r 2 cos {6 1 - 2 ).
Fig. 199 Fig. 200
20.12 Line joining two points
Let P(r, 6) be any point on AB. If P lies between A and B, th
(fig. 200)^ AQB = ^ AQp + ApaBj
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 348/454
20.13] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 685
Accordingly, since this equation is satisfied by any point (r, 6) of
the line AB, it is the equation of the line.
Remark. The line joining O to the point (p, a) has equation = a.
This fact, already noticed in 1.63 (c), is obvious from first principles.
20.13 Line in 'perpendicular form'
Let the perpendicular from O to the given line have length p andmake angle a with Ox. If P(r, 6) is any point on the line, then fromtriangle ONP we have
p = rcos(0 —a). (ii)
This (cf. 15.28) is the equation of the line in 'perpendicular form'.
Fig. 201
Remark. The foot N of the perpendicular from has polar co-
ordinates (p,oc).
20.14 General equation of a line
When converted to polar coordinates, the general linear equation
Ax + By = C becomes^Aeosd + Bsvcid = —. (iii)
r
Example
Any line perpendicular to (iii) has an equation of the form
CAcoa(d + $7r)+Bsin(d + in) = —
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 349/454
686 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [2
20.2 The circle
20.21 Polar equation
Let P(r, 6) be any point on the circle with centre C(p,a) and radius(fig. 202). From the distance formula (20.11),
a 2 = CP 2 = p2 + r 2 -2prcos(d-oc).
Hence the circle has equation
r 2 —2pr cos (6 —a) —a 2 — 2.
P(r, 6)
Fig. 202 Fig. 203
We notice the following particular cases.
(a) If C lies on Ox, then a = 0; the equation is
r 2 —2pr cos 6 = a 2 — 2.
(b) If O lies on the circle, then p = a; the equation becomes
r 2 —2arcos(6 —a) = 0,
so that r — 2a cos (d —a) represents a circle through O.
(c) If C lies on Ox and O lies on the circle, then a = and p =the equation is then r —2a cos 6, which is easily written down fr
fig. 203.
20.22 Chord P t P 2 oir = 2a cos 6 ; tangent at P t
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 350/454
20.23] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 687
and hencef 26 1 —ex.— —(20 2—a),
i.e. a = X + 6 %.
From (i) we now havep
— 2a cos 61
cos2
> and the equation of the
chord becomes ID n a . n ar cos (0 —
1 —d 2 ) —2a cos X cos u % . (u)
By letting 2 -> 0 we obtain the equation of the tangent at Pv viz.
r cos (0 - 2^) = 2a cos 2 6 X . (iii)
20.23 Examples
(i) Simeon's line.% From any point O on the circumcircle of triangle ABG,perpendiculars are drawn to the sides. Prove that their feet are collinear.
Choose O for pole, and the diameter through O for initial line. The equationof the circumcircle is then r — la cos 6.
Let A, B, G correspond to the values = a,/?,y. Then the chord BC has
equation2^ cos ^ cqs y = r COjg ^Q_p_y^
and hence by the Remark in 20.13, the foot of the perpendicular from O to
BG has polar coordinates (2a cos ft cosy, ft + y). Similarly, the other feet are
(2acosy cosa, y+a), (2acosa cos/ff, oc+fi).
These three points clearly lie on the line whose polar equation is
2a cos a cos ft cosy = rcos(0 —a— ft— y). (iv)
This is known as the Simeon line of O wo triangle ABC.
(ii) Extension of ex. (i). If D is another point on the circumcircle of triangle
ABC, then A, B, G, D can be selected three at a time in 4 ways, and hence there
are 4 Simson lines wo O corresponding to the 4 possible triangles.
By the Remark in 20.13, the foot of the perpendicular from O to (iv) is
(2a cos a cos ft cosy, oc+ft+y). Similarly, if D corresponds to the value 6 = 8,
the feet of the perpendiculars from O to the other Simson lines are
(2acosft cosy cos#, ft+y + S), (2a cosy cos S cosa, y + 8+a),
(2a cos 8 cos a cos ft, 8 a +ft).
Clearly these four points lie on the line
2acosa cos ft cosy cos# = rcos(0 —a— ft— y —8).
This result is likewise capable of extension.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 351/454
688 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [2
Exercise 20(a)
1 Sketch the figures for the eases in 20.12 when P lies on (a) AB produced(6) BA produced. Verify for each that the equation (i) still holds.
2 Show that the area of the triangle whose vertices are A^r^O^), 2?(r 2 ,C(r 3 ,0 z ) is £{r 2 r 3 sin (0,-0,)+ ,^ sin (0 x
-0t ) + r x r 2 sin(0 2 —#1)}. Deduce
condition for A, B, G to be collinear.
3 Prove that the perpendicular from (r lf X ) to the line r cos (0 —a) = plength ± {p - r x cos (d x
—a)}.
4 A variable line through a fixed point meets three given lines at poinP lt P 2 , P 3 . On this line is taken a point P such that
OP ~ OP* OP* OP 3
'
Prove that the locus of P is another straight line.
5 (i) Write down the polar equation of (a) the circle whose centre is (pand which touches the initial line; (6) the circles of radius a which touchinitial line at the pole.
(ii) Explain why the circles r = acos(0 —a), r = 6sin(0 —a) cut orthgonally.
6 Find the centre of the circle r = a cos + b sin 0.
7 If OPQ is a chord of the circle r 2 —2pr cos (8 —a) +p 2 — 2 = 0, prove tOP.OQ = p 2 -a 2
. Deduce the 'product property' that, for chords OPQ, Othrough O, OP.OQ = OR. OS.
8 Let ON be the perpendicular from to the tangent at A^dj) oncircle r = 2a cos 6, and P(r, 6) be any point on this tangent. By expressingin two ways as r cos (6 —26 x ) and r x cos lf obtain equation (hi) of 20.22.
*9 Prove that the normal to r = 2a cos 6 at 6 = a has equation
rsin (2a —6)= asm 2a.
10 Find the equation of the chord joining the points of the circle
r = 2a cos {6 —a)
for which = 6 lt 2 . Deduce the equation of the tangent at V1 1 Two circles meet at O, and a line through meets them again at P,
respectively. Find the locus of the mid-point of PQ.
12 Find the condition for the line IJr = a cos 6 + b sin 6 to touch the cir
r = 2c cos 0.
*13 Prove the Simson line property (20.23, ex. (i)) by pure geometry.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 352/454
20.31] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 689
In figs. 204 and 205, P lies on the same side of the directrix as S.
Fig. 206, where P and S are on opposite sides, will arise when P is onthat branch of a hyperbola which is remote from S. We have
r = SP = e.PM = e.ND
(e(SD-SN)in 204
e{SD + 8N)in 205
e(SN-SD)
in 206
(e(SD-rcoad)
in 204, 205
e(rcoad-SD)in 206
l —ercoad
in 204, 205,
ercoad —l
I in 206,
p M
A\S N D X N S D
M M— r
1
i
s D N x
Fig. 204 Fig. 205
since I = SL = e.SD. Hence
Fig. 206
in figs. 204, 205 - = 1 + e cos 6;T
I- = —1 + ecosd.r
in fig. 206
The last equation represents the branch of a hyperbola remote from S.
M ~^jP^ \(J>r > -
D N ^
Fig. 207
If we replace r by — and 6 by 6 —n ( if we use the t ti f
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 353/454
690 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [20
as for figs. 204 and 205. Hence the equation Ijr = l + ecos#
represent the branch of a hyperbola remote from S if r is allowe
to take negative values.
It follows that, if negative values of r are allowed, then every prop(i.e. non-degenerate) conic is completely represented by Ijr = 1 + e co
(a) If the line DS (in the sense from D towards S) is taken
initial line, this is equivalent to replacing by 71 —6 in the abodiscussion. The equation becomes Ijr = 1 —ecosd; it will completely
represent all proper conies if r is allowed to take negative values.
(/?) The equation Ijr = —1 + e cos 6, obtained from fig. 206,completely represents all proper conies (with the same proviso abo
negative values of r). Indeed, the two equations Ijr = —1 + ecos#
Ijr = 1 + ecosd represent the same conic, but any chosen point of
conic will of course correspond to different pairs of values of r,
the two representations. This fact is used in 20.33, ex. (hi).
(y) The equation of a conic whose major axis is inclined at angle
to the initial fine is Ijr = 1 + e cos (6 —a). For, wo its axis JSD as initi
line, the equation is Ijr — 1 + e cos 6; rotation of the initial line cloc
wise through angle a gives the new equation.
20.32 Tracing of the curve l/r = l+e cos 8
(1) When e = 1, the conic is a parabola whose equation can
Remarks
written
r-= l + cos0 = 2 cos 8 40.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 354/454
20.33] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 691
(2) When e < 1, the conic is an ellipse which is completely repre-
sented by _—n < 6 ^ tt and r > 0.
(3) When e > 1, the conic is a hyperbola. The branch enclosing Sis given by , n .—7r + sec -1 e < 6 < n —sec -1 e and r > 0;
and the branch remote from $ by
n —sec -1e < < n + sec -1
e and r < 0.
The reader should check the above statements.
Fig. 210
20.33 Examples
(i) Eqitations of the directrices,
(a) From the focus-directrix definition, SL = e.SD, so that SD = l/e.
If (r, 6) is any point on the directrix corresponding to 8, then
rcostf = SD = Z/e.
Hence this directrix has equationI- = e cos 0.r
*(b) For central conies we obtain the equation of the directrix remote from
S as follows.
Jl—- -
6' D D'
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 355/454
692 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [20.3
and since l/a = 1 —e 2 (see Ex. 20(6), no. 1), this becomes
A 11 2 \ Zl + e 2
—rcos0 = -i- - —II = .
e\l-e 2/ el-e 2
Hence the equation is r cos 6 = -Hee 2 -l
If e > 1 (fig. 212),
rcostf = SD' = SD+DD'I 2a= -+ —e e
11 2a\s;(
1+ t)
e\ e 2 -l/ ee 2 -l'
since l/a = e 2 —1. The equation is thus the same for each case.
*(ii) Equations of the asymptotes of a hyperbola.
The asymptote whose cartesian equation is y = bx/a is inclined to Oxangle A, where tan A = b/a and hence cos A = aQ(a 2 + b 2
) = 1/e. Thereforeperpendicular from S to this asymptote makes angle Zn— sin -1 (1/e) with O
its length is6 6
Fig. 213
and so its equation is(20.13)
6 = rcos —2n + sin -1.
Since 6 = l/*J(e2 —1), this can be written
rcos | + sin -1 - | = —r~ —rr*\ e) V(e 2 -1)
Similarly j the asymptote y = —6sc/a has polar equation
6 = r cos Id —sin -1 - i e r cos id —sin -1 - 1 = -j~ —
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 356/454
20.34] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 693
If we subtract these equations, we obtain
I V—e cos 6 = e' cos (0 —a),r r
which is the equation of a line. Since it is satisfied by the points (r, 6) whichsatisfy the equations of both conies, it represents a common chord. Clearly it is
also satisfied by the points (r, 6) which satisfy both the equations
I V- —e cos 6 = 0, e' cos (6 —a) = 0,r r
and these represent the directrices corresponding to S, by ex. (i). This commonchord therefore passes through the meet of these directrices.
The first conic is also given by
I- = —1 + e cos 6r
(see Remark (fi) in 20.31). Proceeding similarly, another common chord is
I V—ecos#H e'cos(0 —a) = 0,r r
which also passes through the meet of the same directrices.
20.34 Chord and tangent
Let P,Q
be the points of the conic Ijr = 1+e cos 6 corresponding
to 6 = a, 6 = /?. Since by 20.14 the polar equation of any line can be
written ^.4 cos 0+ 2? sin = —
r
let the required chord have equation
r
Then ^?cosa+
gsina = 1
+ecosa
and pcosfi + qainft = 1 + ecos/?;
i.e. {p —e)cosa + 2sina = 1, (p —e)cos/#+gsin/? = 1.
Solving these,
sina —sin/? 1# m mp-e = -7— : = cosA(a + tf)secA(a-/?)r sm(a-yff) 2V r/ 2V r '
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 357/454
694 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [20.3
6 + sec i(a - /?) cos [d - .
i.e. I- — e cosr
For an alternative method, see Ex. 20 (b), no. 7.
By letting J3 -> a we find that the tangent at the point 6 = a is
- = e cos # + cos (d —a).
For a calculus method, see Ex. 20 (b), no. 24.
Examples
(i) The tangents at the points P, Q corresponding to 6 = a,fi meet at the poT(r, 6), where 6 = %(ot+j3).
For the coordinates of T satisfy
e cos 6 + cos (0 —a) = - = e cos 6 + cos (d —fi),
r
i.e. cos {6 —a) = cos (0
from which 6 = £(a + /?).
Remark. The general solution is d —a = 2nn±(d—fi). The sign + is
admissible since P, Q are assumed to be distinct; the sign — gives
6 = nir + Ha+fi).
Since —n < a < n and —7r < /? < 7T, also —at < £(a + ^n, and so thereno loss of generality by taking n — because any point in the plane canspecified by an angular coordinate which lies between + n.
(ii) With the notation of ex. (i), ST bisects PSQ.If P, Q are not on different branches of a hyperbola (fig. 214),
PST = Ha+fi)-a = Hfi -a)
and TSQ = fi-^a+p) = £(/?-a).A
Hence ST bisects PSQ (internally).
If P, Q are on different branches of a hyperbola, let Q be on the branch remofrom S. Then /? is the angle xSQ', and -|(a + /?) is angle xST', as shown in fig.
PST' = i(a+yff)-a = £(/?-a)
and T'SQ' = fi-\{a+P) = ^ - a),
Aso that ST bisects PSQ externally.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 358/454
20.34] POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 695
Tangents at A and B meet where 6 = \{<x + ft), by ex. (i), and hence
- = cos £(a ft) + cos \{ft —a) = 2 cos \ct cos \ft,r
i.e. at the point (£Zsec £a sec \ft, \{a +/?)). Similarly the other meets are
(£Z sec \ft sec £y , + y )) , (|Z sec \y sec £a, £(y + a))
These three points satisfy the equation
(
a + ft 4. y\^ 2
/'
which by 20.21 (6) represents a circle of radius R = \l sec \a sec £/? sec £y, centre
(R, \(ct + ft + y )), and passing through the pole S.
Fig. 214
(iv) If a variable chord of a conic subtends a constant angle at the focus, then
tangents at the extremities of the chord meet on a fixed conic, and the chord itself
touches another fixed conic.
b d d d l
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 359/454
696 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC [20.
This is the equation of the tangent at a to the conic
I cos B n= 1 + ecos/f cos0,T
whose eccentricity is e cos /? and latus rectum 21 cos {$.
The tangents at the extremities of the chord are
- = ecos0+*cos(0 — - = ecos0 + cos(0 —a —B),r r
and these meet where (by ex. (i)) = a and l/r = e cos a + cos/?. This pointon the conic
^- = e cos + cos B,r
IseoB an.e. — = 1 + e sec B cos 0,
r
which has eccentricity esec B and latus rectum 2Zsec /?.
The conies (i), (ii) have the same focus and directrix as the given one.
Exercise 20(6)
1 If a, 6 are the semi-axes of l/r = 1 + e cos 6 (e 4= 1)» prove that when e
a = Z/(l-e 2) and 6 = Z/V(l-e 2
).
Give thecorresponding results when e >
1.
2 What locus is represented by a = r sin 2 £0? Sketch this curve.
3 What is represented by kjr = a + 6 cos + c sin 0?
4 If P(r 1 , a) is an extremity of a focal chord of l/r = 1 + e cos 0» show tthe other extremity Q has coordinates of the form (r 2 , n+ a). Prove that
J_ J__2SP +
SQ ~ Vi.e. that /&aZ/ i7ie Zaiws reciwm is the harmonic mean of the segments of any fo
chord.
5 Prove that the sum of the reciprocals of the lengths of two perpendicular
focal chords of a conic is constant. Express this constant in terms of e and
6 Prove that mutually perpendicular focal chords of a rectangular hyperbolaare equal in length.
7 Obtain the equation of the chord joining the points of l/r = 1 + e c
which correspond to 6 = a,fi from the result in 20.12.
8 Find the equation of the chord of l/r = l + cos(0 —y) which joins
points 6 = a, /?. Deduce that the tangent at tx is l/r = e cos (6 —y) + cos (0 —
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 360/454
POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 697
12 A chord oiljr = 1 + e cos subtends an angle 2a at the focus. If the bisector
of this angle meets the chord at M, prove that Mlies on the conic
Zcosa , a= 1 + ecosa.cosc/.
r
13 P is any point on a conic with focus S. A line through S making a given
angle with SP meets the tangent at P in T. Prove that T lies on a conic which
has the same focus 8 and corresponding directrix as the given conic.
14 Two conies have a common focus, about which one of them rotates. Prove
that the common chord touches a conic which has the same focus as the given
conies, and whose eccentricity is the ratio of the eccentricity of the fixed conic
to that of the rotating one.
15 An ellipse of eccentricity e and a parabola intersect at the ends L, L' of
a common latus rectum, and 8 is their common focus. If a common tangent
touches them at P, Q respectively, prove that SP, SQ are each inclined to LL'at an angle sin -1 {£(l + e)}. Explain geometrically how the two cases arise.
16. P, Q are the points of the conic l/r=l + e cos 6 corresponding to 6 = ct, fi.
If the tangents at P, Q meet at T, prove that T has coordinates
1 1
H*+P)).\cos £(a -
fi) + e cos £(a fi)
'
17. If P, Q are points on a parabola with focus S, and the tangents at
P, Q meet at T, prove that SP.SQ = ST*.
18 (i) P, Q are the points = a, fi of the parabola ljr=l+ cos 0. Prove thatthe tangents at P, Q contain an angle £ |
a /?|
(ii) Tangents to a parabola with latus rectum 21 contain the constant
angle<f>.
Prove that they meet at a point on a hyperbola having the samefocus as the parabola, and give the latus rectum and eccentricity. [Use no. 16.]
* 19 Prove that the chord of contact of tangents from (r x , 6 t ) to l/r = 1 + e cos d
has equation .^ v „ >.
/ ecosfljj ecos#j = cos^ —^).
[If its extremities are given by 6 = a, ft, the chord is
cos4(a —fi) ^ —ecos#^ =cos^0 —
Use no. 16.]
20 Show that the tangents at the points 6 = a,/i of l/r = 1 +ecos# are per-
pendicular if and only if e 2 + (cos<x + cos/?) e + cos(a —ft) = 0. [Change the
equation of the tangent into cartesian coordinates.]
*21 Prove that the meet of perpendicular tangents to l/r = 1 + ecos0 lies onthe locus 21(1 jr —ecostf) = r(l —e 2
). If e 4= 1, show that this locus is a circle
concentric with the given conic (the director circle) What is the locus when
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 361/454
698 POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC*23 Show that the equation of any line perpendicular to the tangent at
l/r = 1+e cos 6 has an equation of the form
kl—— e cos (6 + in) + cos (6 + \n —a).T
[See 20.14, ex.] If this line passes through the point a, prove that
k = —esina/(l + ecosa).
Deduce that the normal at a has equation
esina I . n= esin0 + sm(0 —a).1 + e cos a r
*24 Prove that the tangent at A(p, a) to the curve r =f(6) has equation
1 1 fdr\ 1-cos(0-a)- —
( —) sin(0-a) =
[If P(r, 6) is any point on the tangent at A, apply the sine rule to triangle Oand use cot $5 = drjrdd (8.14).] Deduce the equation of the tangent to
l/r — 1 + e cos at 6 — <x.
*25 Obtain similarly the equation of the normal at (p, a) to r = /(#), andit to obtain the result of no. 23.
Miscellaneous Exercise 20(c)
1 A, B are the points (r^dj), (r 2 ,6 2 ), and M(r,6) is the mid-point of
Prove that
, „ » ~ „ _ , „ ?\ sin + To sinr = i + r\ + 2r x r 2 cos X - 2 } and tan 6 = -± ^1 2 ricos^ + racos^a
2 A variable line meets n given lines through at P lf P 2 , n respectively.n
If S ( 1 jOP r ) is constant, prove that it passes through a fixed point.r=l
3 Find the equation of the common chord and of the line of centres ofcircles r = 2a cos (6 —a), r = 2b cos(d-fl).
4 Obtain the polar equation of the circle whose diameter is the join
(a, a) and (&,/?).
5 Prove that the chord of contact from (r lt dj) to the circle r —2a cos d
cos 6 cos Qr _ cos (6 — X )
r x r a
[Use the cartesian equation of the circle and chord.]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 362/454
POLAR EQUATION OF A CONIC 699
8 (i) If the tangent to the parabola a = r cos 2 \d at the point P given by6 = a meets the initial line at T, prove ST = a sec 2 \a. —SP.
(ii) Find the equation of the circle SPT.
9 Find the value of a for which the tangent at a to Ijr = 1 + e cos 6 is parallel
to the initial line. Hence find the locus of the ends of the minor axis of thisellipse as e increases from to 1.
10 Prove that the line l/r = a cos 6 + b sin 6 touches the conic l/r = 1 + e cos 6
if and only if (a - e) 2 + 6 2 = 1.
1 1 Two parabolas have a common focus and their axes perpendicular. Provethat the directrix of either passes through the point of contact with the other
of their common tangent.
12 Find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the pole to the line
l/r = e cos 6 + cos (6 —a) when a varies. Interpret the result geometrically.
13 The perpendicular from the focus S to the directrix meets the conic at A.Prove that */ the foot of the perpendicular from S to any tangent lies on the
tangent at A, then the conic is a parabola. [Do not prove the converse result.]
14 A variable chord PQ of the ellipse Z/r = 1 + e cos 6 with focus S is parallel
to the major axis. If its extremities are the points 6 = 2a, 2fi, prove that
cos (a + /?) + ecos (a —/?) = 0.
If the internal bisector of PSQ meets PQ at K, prove that
QTr 2SP.SQ aSK = spTsQ
coaiPSQ '
and deduce that K lies on a parabola whose vertex is S.
*15 PQ is a focal chord of a conic, and its mid-point is M. The normals at
P, Q meet at N. Prove that MNis parallel to the (major) axis. [Use no. 7 (i)
and Ex. 20 (6), no. 23 to prove that r sin 6 is the same for Mand N.]
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 363/454
700
21
COORDINATE GEOMETRY IN SPACE:THE PLANE AND LINE
21.1 Coordinates in space
21.11 Rectangular cartesian coordinates
The method of locating points in a plane by coordinates x, y referre
to two intersecting lines Ox, Oy (15.11) can be extended to points
space. Clearly three axes of reference will be required, and for s
plicity we shall choose them to be mutually perpendicular.
Take any two intersecting perpendicular lines; let them meet a
Fig. 216 Fig. 217
On each select a positive sense, indicated by an arrow, and la
these directions Ox, Oy. Through draw a line perpendicular to b
Ox and Oy (and therefore to the plane xOy), and choose the positiv
sense along it to be the direction of advance of a right-handed scr
turned in the sense from Ox towards Oy, label this direction Oz.
Then we have constructed a right-handed system of rectangular a
Ox, Oy, Oz.f The planes xOy, yOz, zOx determined by these axes
l t ll di l d ll d th di l
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 364/454
21.12] THE PLANE AND LINE 701
edges through be OA, OB, 00 along Ox, Oy, Oz respectively. Thedistances OA, OB, OC can be specified in magnitude and sense bysigned numbers x, y, z, and the ordered triplet of numbers (x, y, z) are
the rectangular cartesian coordinatesof P wo
theaxes Ox, Oy, Oz. In
particular, observe that L has coordinates (0, y, z), M(x, 0, z), N(x, y, 0)
and that A is (x, 0, 0), J3(0, y, 0), C(0, 0, z).
Conversely, given three signed numbers x, y, z, the points A, B, Oon the axes can be determined, and the box then completed. Thecorresponding point P is the extremity of the diagonal through O.
It follows that to each point P in space there corresponds a unique set
of coordinates x, y, z wo the axes Ox, Oy, Oz; and to each ordered set of
numbers x, y, z corresponds a unique point P in space.The three coordinate planes divide space into eight regions called
octants; to each corresponds a distribution of + and — signs in the
coordinates (see Ex. 21 (a), no. 1), the number of such possible sign-
distributions being 2 s = 8. In fig. 217 all coordinates of P are positive.
Finally, observe that A in fig. 217 is the point in which Ox is metby the plane through P drawn parallel to the plane yOz. Hence PAis perpendicular to Ox, so that A is the orthogonal projection of P
on Ox. Similarly, B and C are the projections of P on Oy, Oz respec-tively. The coordinates of a point P are therefore the (signed) lengths
of the orthogonal projections of OP on the axes.
Notation. In the remainder of this book Px is the point whosecoordinates are (x v y v Zj), and so on.
21.12 Other coordinate systems
(1) Cylindrical polar coordinates. We may replace the coordinates (x,y) in
the plane xOy by polar coordinates (/?, <j>), where p = ON and is the angle
z
z
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 365/454
702 THE PLANE AND LINE [2
xON, measured positively in the sense from Ox towards Oy. P is then det
mined by the triplet of numbers (p, <j), z), called the cylindrical coordinates o
(2) Spherical polar coordinates. Further, in the plane zONP the coordinates
p and z can be replaced by polar coordinates (r, 6), where r = OP and 6 is
angle zOP, measured positively from Oz towards ON. P is then determined
(r, 6, 0), the spherical coordinates of P.
4*
Fig. 220
If the sphere in fig. 220 represents the Earth and xOy, xOz are the planes
the equator and Greenwich meridian, then 6 is the colatitude and <p is
longitude of P.
21.2 Fundamental formulae
21.21 Distance formula
Given two points Px and P2 , let the perpendiculars from them to
plane xOy be PXNX , P2 N2. The coordinates of
Nx are (#1,^,0), and of N2 are (x 2 ,y 2 ,0).
Regarded as points of the plane xOy, their
cartesiancoordinates wo axes Ox, Oy are
( x i> Vi)> (*2> y*)> so tn at NX N2 is given by
NX N\ = {x x -x 2 Y + {y x -y 2 )\
Through P2 draw P2 R parallel to N2 NX ;
since P2 B lies in the plane of PXNX and P2 N2 ,
it meets PXNX ,say at R. From the right-angled
triangle P x P2 B,
N,
Fig. 221
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 366/454
21.22] THE PLANE AND LINE 703
21.22 Section formulae
Given two points Pv P2 , let P{x, y, z) be the point dividing PXP2 in
the ratio k:l; then PXP\PP 2 = k\l.
Draw PX NX , P2 N2 , PN perpendicular to plane xOy. Through Pdraw PR parallel to NX N2 to meet P2 N2 at R; and through i\ drawPX Q parallel to N± N2 to meet PN at Q.
Fig. 222 Fig. 223
From thesimilar trianglesPj PQ,PP 2 R we have PQ\P 2 R = P^/PPj.(i) If the division is internal (fig. 222), it follows that
z —z, k
z 2 -z I*
from which z = ^ +^
Za.
l + k
Similarly, by dropping perpendiculars from P lf P2 , P to plane yOz,
we find that x = (Z# 1 + &a; 2 )/(Z + &); and by perpendiculars to planezOx, that y = {ly x + ky 2 )f{l + k).
Alternatively, since N divides ^iVg internally in the ratio k : I andhas the same x- and ^-coordinates as P, the last two results follow
from the section formulae in the plane xOy (15.14).
(ii) If the division is external (fig. 223) we have
z —z x k
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 367/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 368/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 369/454
706 THE PLANE AND LINE [21
sense as PQ (fig. 224). We call OA the unit ray corresponding to
(sensed) line PQ.The direction of OA, and therefore that of PQ, will be determined
by the coordinates of A. Since these coordinates are the orthogonalprojections of OA on the axes Ox, Oy, Oz, hence A is the po
(cos a, cos/?, cosy), where a = xOA, /? = yOA and y = zOA. It
customary to write
I = cosa, m = cos /?, n = cosy,
and call {I, m, n} the direction cosines of PQ (and therefore of anyparallel to and in the same sense as PQ).
Since OA has unit length, the distance formula shows that
Z2 + m2 + rc
2 =l.
Fig. 224 Fig. 225
Remarks
(a) If the line is described in the sense from Q towards P, then
corresponding unit ray through is OA', where A' is the point
(cos (77 —a), cos(7T— /?), cos (it —y)),
i.e. (— cosa, —cos /?, —cosy), i.e. ( —I, —m, —n).
(/?) A line parallel to the plane yOz has a = \tt, so that 1
Similarly, a line parallel to zOx has m = 0, and one parallel to
has n = 0.
(y) In particular, the coordinate axes described in the positive
senses Ox Oy Oz have direction cosines
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 370/454
21.33] THE PLANE AND LINE 707
The angle between the {sensed) lines PQ, BS (intersecting or not) is
denned to be the angle AOB for which < AOB ^ it (fig. 225).
Let AOB = 6; then from triangle AOB, in which OA = 1 = OB,
we have by the cosine rule that
AB2 = 2-2cos0.
Using the distance formula for AB, we also have
AB2 = (l- I')2 + (m- m'f + {n- n') 2
= Z2 + m2 + n 2 + V2 + m' 2 + n' 2 - 21V - 2mm' - 2nn'
= 2 - 2{IV + mm' + nn'),
since by (i), Z2 + m2 + n 2 = 1 and similarly I'
2 + m' 2 + n' 2 = 1 . Comparing
the two expressions for AB2, we find
cos = U'+ mm' + nn'. (ii)
In particular, the directions {l,m,n}, {l',mf,n'} are perpendicular
if and only if IV + mm' + nn' = 0. They are parallel (in the same sense)
if and only if I = V, m = m' , n = n'\ and 'antiparaUel' if and only if
I =—V, m
=—m', n
=—n'.
21.33 Direction ratios
It is often convenient to specify the direction of a line by a set of
three numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines I, m, n.
Any such three numbers are called direction ratios of the line. For
example, the line in the plane xOy which bisects the angle xOy has
a = \n, f$ = \-n, y = \n, so that its direction cosines are {1/^2, 1/^2, 0};
a convenient set of direction ratios for this bisector would be 1 : 1 : 0.
In general, suppose I : m : n = p : q : r;f then I = Xp, m = Xq,n = Xr
where A is determined from equation (i) by
\ 2(p
2 + q2 + r 2
) = 1.
Hence when the direction ratios p:q:r are given, the direction cosines
can be written down as
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 371/454
708 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.33
p, q, r specifying a direction are meant to be direction cosines
direction ratios. We remark that direction ratios do not distinguish
the two senses of a line.
Examples
(i) If 6 is the acute angle between two lines having direction ratios p:q:r,p' : q' : r', then by equation (ii)
a ± {pp ' + qq' + rr ')
COS U ——: : .
V(2>8 + ?
2 + r*) V(P'2 + ?' 2 + r'*)
'
where the sign is chosen so that the expression is positive.
In particular, the lines will be perpendicular if and only if
pp' + qq' + rr' =(the 'perpendicularity condition').
They will be parallel or ' antiparallel ' if and only if p : q : r = p' : q' : r'.
(ii) If P is (x,y,z), the direction cosines of OP are {x/OP,y/OP,z/OP};cos a = x/OP, etc. A convenient set of direction ratios for OP is x : y : z.
(iii) The projections of P x P a on Ox, Oy, Oz are x 2 —cc l9 y 2 —yi, z % —z x . Tha set of direction ratios for P 1 P i is x 2 —x1 :y 2 —y l :z 2
—z 1 .
(iv) The lines OP, OQ have direction ratios I: mm, V : m' : n'. Find direction
ratios for the line OB which is perpendicular to both OP and OQ.Let OR have direction ratios p : q : r. Then by the perpendicularity condition
'* lp+mq+nr = and Vp + m'q + n'r = 0.
Solving these for p : q : r (see 1 1.43 (2)), we have
p:qir = mn'—m'n:nl'—n'l:lm' —l'm.
Exercise 21(6)
1 For .4(3, 2,5),
B( - 1, 6,4),
C(5, - 3,7),
D( - 3,5, 5),
proveAB
||
CD.
2 For A{2, -4, 3), B(3, 2, - 1), C( -4, - 3, 0),D(6, -2, 4), prove AB JL C
3 Prove that the points ( - 5, 2, 7), ( - 9, 3, 6), (3, 0, 9) are collinear.
4 Prove that (2, 3, 0), (1, 5, 2), (3, 7, 1), (4, 5, —1) are the vertices of a square.
5 Find the direction ratios of the lines through O which make equal angles
with the coordinate axes.
6 Calculate the angle between any two diagonals of a cube.
7 Find the angles between the diagonals of a rectangular box whose edge
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 372/454
21.4] THE PLANE AND LINE 709
10 If M is the foot of the perpendicular from N to OP in no. 9, find thecoordinates of M.* 1 1 If the directions p± : q 1 : r lt p a : q 2 : r 2 , p 3 : q 3 : r a are parallel to the same plane,
prove that'
Pi ?i *i
p % q % r 2
Pa ?s r s
= 0.
[They are perpendicular to the normal to the plane.]
*12 Prove that the converse of no. 11 is true. [Use Theorem II of 11.43.]
*13 If Ox, Oy, Oz and Ox', Oy', Oz' are two systems5f, Z? of rectangular axes with the common origin O, ^let Ox', Oy', Oz' have direction cosines (^.w^Wj),
y(l 2 ,m 2 ,n 2 ), (l 3 ,m 3 ,n 3 ) wo S?.
(i) Prove that
andZ* + m*+n* = l\+m\ + n\ = Zf+m» + n§ = 1
i a i s +m a m3 +w 2 W3 = l 3 l 1 +m3 ml +n 3 n 1
(ii) Verify that l 2 , l 3 ), (m^ m2 , m3 ), (n ly n 2 , n 3 ) are
the direction cosines of Ox, Oy, Oz wo £f , and hencethat
+ + ll
= mf +m|+m| = n*+n§+n* = 1
Fig. 226
and m1 n 1 +m 2 n i +m 3 n 3 = n^+n^+n^ = l 1 ml + l 2 m2 + l 3 m3 = 0.
14 Rotation of axes.
(i) If P has coordinates (x, y, z) wo £7 and (x' t y', z') wo Sf , prove that
x' = l l x + m1 y+n 1 z, y' = l 2 x+m 2 y+n 2 z, z' = l 3 x+m 3 y+n z z.
[x' —projection of OP on Ox'; use no. 9.]
(ii) Also prove that
x = l 1 x' + l a y' + l 3 z', y = ml x'+m 2 y' + m3 z', z = n x x' + n 2 y' + n 3 z'.
[Symmetry; or multiply x', y', z' by l lt l %,l 3 in (i), add, and use no. 13 (ii).]
*15 Explain geometrically why x 2 +y 2 +z* = x' 2 +y' 2 +z' 2, and verify this
algebraically.
21 4 The plane
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 373/454
710 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.41
P(x, y, z)
N(pl, pm,
21.41 Equation of a plane in 'perpendicular form'
Let the perpendicular from to the given plane have foot N.ON has length p and direction cosines {I, m, n}, then N is the poin
(pl,pm, pn).
If P(x, y, z) is any point of the plane,
then PN±0N. Hence the direction
given by x—pl:y—pm:z—pn is per-
pendicular to that given by {I, m, n},
and so
(x —pi) l + (y —pm) m+ (z —pn) n = 0,
i.e. Ix + my + nz —p(l 2 + m2 + n 2 ) = p.
The equation
Ix + my + nz = p,
which is satisfied by the coordinates of any point of the plane,
consequently the equation of the plane. We observe that it is linear
in x, y, z.
Fig. 227
21.42 General linear equation Ax+By + Cz + D = Q
(1) Let Pj and P2 be two distinct points which satisfy the abov
equation; then
Ax x + By x + Cz 1 + D = 0, Ax 2 +By 2 + Cz z +D = 0.
Multiply the first of these by + h), the second by kj(l + h), and add
W6get
H^)+B
^)+c
^)+D '
'
which shows that the point dividing PX P2 in the ratio k : I also satisfies
Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. (
Since k : I is arbitrary, this means that all points of the line P^satisfy (ii).
By definition a plane is a locus in space (or surface) such that th
line joining any two points of it lies entirely on the locus; henc
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 374/454
21.43] THE PLANE AND LINE 711
This shows that the direction A : B : C is perpendicular to the direction
x 1 —x 2 :y 1—y 2 :z 1
—z 2 , i.e. to PX P^ for any line PjP 2 in the plane.
Hence the direction A : B : C is perpendicular to the plane.
(3) At least one of the coefficients in (ii) is non-zero. On dividing byit we obtain an equation containing three arbitrary coefficients. This
confirms the geometrical fact that a plane is determined by three
independent conditions.
21.43 Conditions for Ax + By + Cz + D = 0, A'x +B'y + C'z + D' = Q
to represent the same plane
The planes are parallel if and only if their normals are parallel, i.e.
A' B' C' . .
A=B =C
=k (say) '
The equation of the second plane can therefore be written
k{Ax + By + Cz) + D' = 0.
These parallel planes will be the same plane if and only if they have
a point in common, say (x , y , z ); and then
Ax + By + Cz + D = 0, k{Ax + By + Cz ) + D' = 0,
so that Jc{-D) + D' = 0, i.e. k = D'/D.
Hence the planes are identical if and only if
^1/ _ IT _ (7 _ £>'
A ~ B ~ C ~ D'
i.e. if corresponding coefficients are proportional; in general the latter
will not be equal.
21.44 Plane having normal I: mm and passing through P,
By 21.41 the plane with normal in direction l:m:n has an equation
of the form ,,J lx+my + nz = p,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 375/454
712 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.
This relation holds for any point (x, y, z) of the required plane,
therefore is the equation of the plane.
Alternatively, consider the equation (iii). It is linear in x, y, z
therefore representssome plane (21.42(1)), whose normal has dire
tion l:m:n (21.42(2)). It is satisfied by {x x ,y x ,z x ). Hence it is
required equation.
21.45 Plane P,P 2 P 8
Method 1. Suppose this plane has normal I : m : n; then by 21.44
equation is , . . . ,l(x - x x ) + m(y - yd + n(z - z x ) = 0.
The points P2 , P3 must satisfy this, so
l(x 2 - x x ) + m(y 2- y x ) + n(z 2
- z x ) =
and l(x 3- x x ) + m(y s - y x ) + n(z 3
- z x ) = 0.
Ehmination of I, m, n from this homogeneous system of thr
equations givesx ~ x x y-Vx z ~ z i
x% —xx y%~ y\ z% ~ i\
x z~ x i Vz~ Vl Z Z ~ Z l
=
as the equation of the plane P1 P2 P3 .
Method 2. Let the required equation be
Ax + By + Cz+D = 0.
This is satisfied by P x , P 2 and P s , so
Ax x + By x + Cz x + Dz=0,
Axz + Byz + Czz + D = 0,
Ax 3 + By z + Cz z + D = 0.
Elimination of A, B, G, D from this homogeneous system of four equationsgives
x y z 1
x z 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 376/454
21.46J THE PLANE AND LINE 713
21.46 Intercept form: plane making intercepts a, b, c on the
coordinate axes
The required plane passes through the points (a, 0,0), (0,6,0),
(0, 0, c). Any plane through (a, 0, 0) has an equation of the form
l(x —a) + my + nz = 0.
This is satisfied by (0, b, 0), (0, 0, c) if
—al + bm = 0, —al + cn = 0.
Hence al = bm = cn,
so that l\m\n = -\\\-.a b c
and the required equation is
x y z-+ +- = i.a o c
21.47 Angle between two planes
The angle between two intersecting planes (a dihedral angle) is bydefinition the acute angle between the perpendiculars drawn in each to
the common line, and is clearly equal to that between their normals.
Given two planes
Ax+By + Cz + D = 0, A'x + B'y + C'z+D' = 0,
their normals have directions A : B : C, A' : B' : C. The angle 6 between
the planes is therefore given by (see 21.33, ex. (i))
±(AA' + BB' + CC)cose/ =
V (A* + B 2 + C2
) y/(A' 2
+ B'* + C2
)
In particular, the planes are perpendicular if and only if
AA' + BB' + CC = 0.
They are parallel if and only if their normals are parallel, i.e.
A:B:C = A':B':C'.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 377/454
714 THE PLANE AND LINE [2
4 Obtain the equation of the plane through (2, 2, - 1), (7, 0, 6), (3, 4, 2).
5 Find the equations of the two planes through (0, 4, —3) and (6, —4,other than the plane through O, which make intercepts on the axes whose sis zero.
6 If ^1(3, 0, 0), B(2, 3, 0), 0(1, 1, 1), find (i) the angle between planes OOAB; (ii) the angle between line BC and plane OAB.
7 At three points O, X, Y on a horizontal plane, where OX = c = OYXOY = \tt, vertical shafts are sunk to meet a seam of coal at depths p,respectively. Assuming that the coal face is plane, find the angle betweenplane and the horizontal, and the distances from O of the points whereplane meets OX and OY.
8 If A(a, 0,0), B(0,6,0), (7(0, 0,c), P(a,b,c), prove that the angle betweeOP and plane ABC is sin 1 {Bq/p), where p 2 = a 2 + 6 2 + c 2 andg~ 2 = a~ 2 + &~ 2 +Also prove that the distance between the feet of the perpendiculars from
P to ABO is <J{p* - 9g 2), and find the angle between planes PBO, PGA.
9 Find the equation of the plane bisecting P X P Z a * right-angles.
*10 Show that the two detenriinantal equations in 21.45 are equivalent.
1 1 Prove that the plane through P 1 and P 2 which is parallel to the direction
p : q : r has equation
Xo X-i
y-yx z —z 1
= 0.
12 Prove that the plane through P 1 whichis
parallel to each of the directionsp : q : r, p' : q' : r' has equation
x-x x y-y x z-z x
p q r
p' q' r'
= 0.
13 Sides of a plane. Find the value of k : I if the point dividing P-lP 2 in
ratio k : I lies in the plane Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. Deduce that P x , P a are onsame or opposite sides of this plane according as Ax 1 + By 1 + Cz 1 +Ax 2 + By z + Cz 2 + D have the same or opposite signs.
21.5 The line
A straight line in space can be determined by (a) the meet of t
planes ; (6) the join of two points ; (c) a single point together with a
of direction ratios.
We begin most conveniently with case (c).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 378/454
21.52] THE PLANE AND LINE 715
This can be expressed in the formf
x-x 1 ^ y-y 1 = z-z 1 ^.
I m n
These equations are satisfied by any point of the line, and are therefore
the equations of the line.
Notice that two equations are necessary to determine a line in space:
a single linear equation represents a plane. The two equations (i) are
in fact the equations of two planes, each of which contains the line;
G ' g x-x x = y-y x x-x x = z-z x
I m ' I n
represent two such planes.
We refer to (i) as the symmetrical equations of a line.
Example
Equation of the line P X P 2 (case (6) above).
Direction ratios of the line P XP % are x x —x % : y x—
1/ 2 : z x —z 2 . Hence the line
has equations
x-x x y —y x z-z x
2/1 —2/2
21.52 Parametric equations of a line
Putting each of the ratios in (i) above equal to A, we have
x = x x + M, y = y 1 + \m, z = z x + Xn. (ii)
These are the parametric equations of the line through Px in direction
l:m:n, A being the parameter (cf. 15.26$). They are particularly
useful when dealing with intersections of the line with a line, plane,
or other surface.
t If the line is parallel to a coordinate plane, say to yOz, then w = 0. The equation
x—x 1 :y—y 1 :z—z 1 = l:m:0 (i)'
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 379/454
716 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.5
Examples
(i) Find the length of the perpendicular from A(3, 7, —2) to the line
x-10
_ y+8 _z
+5
3 ~ ~~~T'and find the coordinates of its foot N.
The parametric equations of the line, obtained by putting the ratios in
equations equal to A, are
x = 3A+10, y = -4A-8, z = A-5.
Calling this general point P, the direction ratios of AP are
3A + 7:-4A-15:A-3.
APwill
beperpendicular to the given line (whose direction ratios
3:-4: 1) if and only if
3(3A + 7)-4(-4A-15) + l(A-3) = 0,
from which A = —3. Hence the foot N of the perpendicular from A to the
is obtained by putting A = —3 in the coordinates of the general point P;
gives N(l, 4,-8).It now follows that
AN2 = 2 2 + 3 2 + 6 2 = 49, .\ AN = 7.
(ii) Find the image of the point P(3, - 5, 2) in the plane 2x + ly - 3a = 27.
By definition, the image P' of P in the plane is such that PP' is perpendicular
to the plane and is bisected by it.
Since the normal to the plane has direction ratios 2 : 7 : —3, the equation
the normal through P is6 x-Z _ y + 5 _ z-2~2~~
7 ~ -3'
or parametrically „» « oi.oJ # = 2A + 3, y = 7A-5, z = - 3A + 2.
This point will be P', the image of P, provided that the mid-point of Plies on the plane, i.e.
2(A + 3) + 7(|A-5)-3(-|A + 2) = 27,
from which A = 2. Hence P' is the point (7, 9, - 4).
(iii) Find the image of the line
x-2 _ y- 1 _ z + 3__ __5
in the plane x —2y + 3z = 5.
We find (a) the point Q where the line and plane meet; (6) the image P'h f
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 380/454
21.53] THE PLANE AND LINE 717
(6) The method of ex. (ii) shows that the image of P in the given plane is
P'(4, -3, 3).
(c) The line P'Q has direction ratios 1 : 6 : - 1, so its equations can be written
x-5
_
y-S _ g-2
__ ____
_
(iv) Condition for two linen to be coplanar.
Suppose that the lines
x —a y —b z —c x —a' y —b'_z —c'
I m n ' V m' n'
are coplanar. Then either they are parallel, or they intersect.
If they are parallel, then I : m : n = V : m' : n'.
If the lines intersect, then the common point has coordinates
(a + Al, b + Am, c + An) for some A,
and also (a' + pi', b' + pm', c' + fin') for some fi.
Hence there exist values of A and p for which
a-a' + Al-/il' = (U
6 —6' + Am pm' = 0, r (iii)
c —c'+An—pn' = 0J
Elimination of A,
p(11.43, Corollary I (6)) gives the condition
a —a' I I'
b —b' m m' =0.
c —c' n n'
The condition is also satisfied when the lines are parallel, for in this case the
second and third columns of the deterrninant are proportional.
This necessary condition for two lines to be coplanar is also sufficient. Forwhen it is satisfied, then by 11.43, Theorem II, there exist numbers a, /?, ynot all zero such that
C£ (a-a')+ fil+yV = 0,
a(b-b')+fim + ym' = 0,
and a(c c') +fin+ yn' — 0.
If a = 0, then 1 1 m : n = V : m' : n', so that the lines are parallel, and hencecoplanar.
If a 4= 0, the above equations can be written in the form (iii), which showthat, for some pair of values of A and p, the point (a + Al, b + Am, c + An) of the
first line coincides with the point (a' + pi', V + pm', c' + pn') of the second. Thed
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 381/454
718 THE PLANE AND LINE [21
which intersect, we require to express the equations of their commlinef in the symmetrical form.
The planes will not be parallel if and only if not all of
be' —b'c, ca' —c'a, ab' —a'b
are zero. When this is so, let the common line have direction ratio
l:m:n. Then since this line lies in each plane, it is perpendicular
the normal to each plane, i.e. to the directions a\b:c,a' :b' :c' '. Hen
al + bm + cn — 0, a'l + b'm + c'n = 0,
from which (11.43(2))
I m nbe' —b'c ca' —c'a ab' —a'b
'
We now require the coordinates of one point on the line of inte
section. This can be chosen in infinitely many ways; e.g. we may f
the point where the line meets any one of the coordinate planes.
Example
Find symmetrical equations for the line of intersection of the planes
2x-3y+z = 6, 5x + 4y-3z = l.
If the required line has direction ratios I : m : n, then
2l-3m + n = 0, 5Z + 4m-3n = 0,
and hence l:m:n = 5: 11 :23.
Let us find the point where the line cuts the plane x — 0. The y- andcoordinates are given by _ , . „ _
hence y = —5, z = —9, and a point on the line is (0, —5, —9). Symmetrical
equations of the line are therefore
x y+5 z+95
=~TT
=_23
_*
21.54 Distance of a point from a plane
Given a point Px and a plane ax + by + cz + d = 0, let N be the f
of the perpendicular from P1 to this plane. We require to find
P
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 382/454
21.55] THE PLANE AND LINE 719
or parametrically
x —x x + Aa, y = y x + A6, z = z x + Ac.
These expressions will be the coordinates of N if they satisfy the
equation of the plane, i.e. if
a{x x + Aa) + b(y x + A6) + c{z x + Ac) + d = 0,
from which A = _ ^+^+2Y d-
With this value of A we have, by the distance formula,
PXN2 = (Aa) 2 + (A6) 2 + (Ac) 2 = A2 (a 2 + 6 2 + c 2)
Hence PXN = ±
a 2 + 6 2 + c 2
ax x + by x + cz x + d
V(a 2 + 6 2 + c 2)
9
where the sign is chosen so that the expression is positive.
Example
Planes bisecting the angles between two given planes.
JfP(x, y, z) is any point on a plane which bisects an angle between the planes
ax+by + cz + d = 0, a'x + b'y + c'z + d' = 0,
then the perpendiculars PN, PN' to these two planes are equal. Hence
ax + by + cz+d _ a'x + b'y + c'z+d'
^at + tf + c*)~ ±
V(«'2 + &' a + c /2
)
'
and these are the equations of the two bisector planes.
21.55 Areas and volumes
(1) Area of triangle P X P 2 P 3 . Let a, ft, y be the angles between the plane
P X P 2 P 8 and the coordinate planes yOz, zOx, xOy. Then cos a, cob ft, cosy are
the direction cosines of the normal to this plane, and hence
cos 2 a + cos 2ft cos 2 y = 1 . (iv)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 383/454
720 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.5
(0, y 3 , z 3 ) of space. Regarded as points of the plane yOz referred to axes Oy,they have coordinates (y^Zj), (y 2 ,z 2 ), iy 3 ,z 3 ). Hence by 15.16(2),
2/i «i 1
Ax = ± iy
2 z 2 1
2/s z 8 1
Similarly A a = + x 2 z 2
^3 2 3
A3 = ±
2/i
2/s
On substituting these expressions in (v), we obtain a formula for A in termof the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle.
(2) Volume of tetrahedron P P 1 P 2 P 3 . The volume is given by
i x (area of one face) x (perpendicular to that face from the remaining vertex).
If V is the required volume, A the area of triangle P X P 2 P 3 , and h the perpendicular from P to the plane P]P 8 Pg, then
V - \bJi.
The plane P X P %P 3 has equation (see 21.45, Method 2)
x y z 1
2/i 1= 0.
»i
y 2z
2i
XZ 2/3 2 3 1
If we expand this determinant by the first row, we obtain (11.7)
2/1 «1 1 x t *1 1 2/1 1 x x 2/1 2 1
2/2 1 -y x 2 1 + 2 2/2 1 x 2 2/2 2 2 = 0.
2/3 z 3 1 x 3 23 1 ^3 2/3 1 x 3 2/3 2 3
The coefficients of x, y, z are numerically equal to the expressions 2A X , 22A 3 in (1).
The perpendicular distance h of P from the plane P 1 P 2 P 8 is obtained (21.54) by writing x
, y , z Q for x, y, z in the left-hand side of this equation, athen dividing by the square root of the sum of the squares of the coefficients
of x, y, 2:
h= + 2/i «i
Xi 2/2 2 2
»3 2/8 2 3
Using (vi) and (v) we now have
Xa 2/0
-r2V(A» + A» + A«).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 384/454
21.55] THE PLANE AND LINE 721
Example*
With the notation of Ex. 21 (b), no. 13, let I, J, K be the points which have
coordinates (1, 0, 0), (0, 1, 0), (0, 0, 1) wo Ox'y'z'. Then triangle OJK has area J,
and tetrahedron OIJK has volume \.
Referred to axes Oxyz, the points are I(l v m^rtj), J(J 2 ,m 2 ,n a ), K{l 9 ,m 3 ,n a ),
and so
volume OIJK - ±\
1
h ml 1
h ra 2 n 2 1
h ma n a 1
Hence = ±1.
Exercise 21(d)
1 Find the point where the line
x— 1 _ y + 3 _ z —2 ~ 5
~
cuts the plane Zx —2y+z = 8. Also find the distance between (1, —3, 4) andthis point.
2 Find the points where the line through (a, b, c) in direction l:m:n cuts
the coordinate planes.
3 O is the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are the points where the
plane Ix+my+nz = p cuts the coordinate axes, and ia +m a + n a = 1. The
perpendicular at O to this plane meets the coordinate planes at A, B, C. Prove
1 1 13QA + QB + QG~V
4 Find the perpendicular distance of (5, 4, 1) from the line
x-6 _ y+15 _ 2-145 ~ 1 ~ 8
5 Obtain the equations of the line through (1, 2, 3) which meets the line
a; + l _ y-2 _ g + 4~~
2 1 ~ ~Y~
and is parallel to the plane x + 5y+z = 7. Give the point of intersection.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 385/454
722 THE PLANE AND LINE
8 Obtain the equation of the plane which contains the parallel lines
x—1 y+2 _z— 4 x —4 y —3
2=
-3 4 ' 2=
-3
9 Prove that the lines
a-2 _ y-3 _ z + 4 a;-3_2/+l__________ ______
are coplanar. Find their common point, and the equation of the planetaining them.
10 Obtain the condition in ex. (iv) of 21.52 by using Ex. 21 (c), no. 12.
11 Prove that the line 3x + 2y+z = 4, x + y —2z = 1 is perpendicular to
line 2x-y-z = 16, Ix+lOy-Sz = 2.
12 Find the equation of the plane through O which is perpendicular to
common line of the planes x + y + z = 2, 3x —y + 2z = 1.
13 Q is the point (f , f , §), and a line I through Q has direction ratios —4:1:The line OQ meets the line V at P, where V has equations 3% —3y + 4x + 2y + 2z — 12. Prove that OPQ is perpendicular to both I and V.
If R is a point on V and JS is a point on I such that PR = QS, proveOR2 —OS 2 is constant, and state its value.
14 A plane makes angle 60° with the line x = y = z and 45° with thex = = y —z. Find the angle which it makes with the plane x = 0.
15 Find the equations of the two lines through O which meet the line
at angles of 60°.
16 Find the equations of the lines which meet the line
x + 5 _ y + 6 _ z + 7
2 ~ 2 Fat 60° and which lie in the plane x + y + 2z+l = 0.
17 Calculate the distance of the point (3, —1, 2) from the plane
5x - 6y -30z = 23.
18 Find the equations of the planes which bisect the angles betweenplanes 2x-3y + 6z = 1, 4x + 3y~12z + 2 = 0.
*19 Find the area of the triangle formed by the lines in which the plaIx + my + nz = p cuts the coordinate planes (Imn 4= 0).
2+14
'
g-1~^2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 386/454
21.6J THE PLANE AND LINE 723
21.6 Planes in space
21.61 Planes through a common line
Consider the equation a + fox' = 0, where k is constant and
a = ax + by + cz + d, <x' = a'x + b'y + c'z + a .
It is linear in x, y, z, and therefore represents some plane. It is satisfied
by the coordinates of any point P which satisfies both a = and
a' = 0, i.e. by any point on the common fine of these planes.
Hence a + ka' = represents a plane through the line of intersection
of the planes a — 0, a' = 0, provided that such a line exists. If a = 0,
a' = are parallel, then clearly a + fox' = is a plane parallel to both.Conversely, every plane through the common line of a = 0, a' =
can be represented by an equation a + fox' = for some value of k
(except the plane a' = itself f). For if P1 is a point (not on the com-
mon line) of such a plane, then <x x + ka' x = gives a unique value of k,
viz. —cl x \ol' x , and the required equation is aa^ = a'a vA case of a + fox' — arose in 21.54, example.
Examples(i) Find the equations of the orthogonal projection of the line
x—1 y+l z —3
2=
-1 ~ ~~4~
on the plane x + 2y+z = 8.
Two planes through the given line are
x—1 y+l , x—1 z —3— and —2-1 2 4
i.e. a;-|-2y+l = and2x-z+l
= 0.
Hence any plane through the line has an equation of the form
(2x-z+l) + k(x + 2y+l) = 0,
i.e. (2 + k)x+2ky-z + (l + k) = 0.
The orthogonal projection of the line is the meet of the plane x + 2y + z = 8
with the plane through the line and perpendicular to this given plane. Wetherefore choose k so that the directions 1:2:1 and 2 + k : 2k : —1 are per-
pendicular:(2 + ^ + 4^-1 = 0,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 387/454
724 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.6
(ii) If the direction ratios of a vertical line are 1 : : —2, find direction ratio
of a line of greatest slope of the plane 2x —y —3z = 4.
Let the vertical through the origin cut the given plane at P, and let
be the line of greatest slope through P. Then the plane OPQ must be p
pendicular to the given plane.The equations of OP aren x y z
1= 0~~^2'
which are equivalent to y — 0, 2x + z = 0.
Hence any plane through OP has an equation of the form
2x+z + ky = 0.
This will be the plane OPQ if k is chosen so that the direction 2 : k : 1 is p
pendicular to 2 : —1 : —3 (the normal to the given plane)
4-fc-3 = 0, i.e. k = 1.
Hence the plane OPQ is 2x + y + z = 0, and this equation together w
2x —y —3« = 4 determines the line of greatest slope through P. Its direction
I '.mm, where n , , „ , OJ A2Z + m+ n = and 2l —m—3n = 0;
hence Z : m : n = 1 : —4 : 2.
(hi) Show that the planes Zx + y + Zz = 4, a; —2/-5« = 2, and 6x + 4y+ 15z
pass through a common line, and find direction ratios for this line.
Any plane through the line of intersection of the first two planes has
equation of the form
3x+y + Sz-4: + k(x-y-5z-2) = 0,
i.e. (k + 3)x + (l-k)y + (3-5k)z = 2k + 4.
This will represent the same plane as 6x + 4y + 15z = 7 if and only if (21.43)
k + S _ 1-k _ 3- 5k _ 2k + 4~6~~ 4 ~ 15 7
The first of these equations gives k = —f ; and this value is found to satisfy
the second and third. Hence the three given planes possess a common line, whodirection ratios l:m:n are given by any two of the equations
3Z+m + 3n = 0, l-m-5n — 0, 6Z + 4m+ 15n = 0.
Thus l:m:n = -2:18:-4 = l:-9:2.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 388/454
21.62] THE PLANE AND LINE
If (x,y,z) satisfies all three equations, then as in 11.41 we have
Ax = A(1>, Ay = A< 2
>, Az = A< 3>,
where
725
(i)
A =
A(2 > =
a 2
a a
«i
a 2
a.
—d„
do Co
A< x >
A< 3) =
-d x &i
—d % 62 c 2
—d a 63
a x b x
a 2 6 2—d z
a 3 6 3 —d z
If A =|= 0, the equations possess a unique solution (x, y, z), i.e. the planescc L , a 2 , a 8 fcaue a imigtte common point.
If A = 0, then by Theorem II of 11.43 there exist numbers I, m, n not all
zero such that 7 ,c^f + o 1 m+ c 1 w = 0,
a 2 Z + &2 ra + c 2 n = 0,
a s l + b a m+ c 3 n = 0.
Hence the line with direction ratios I: mm is perpendicular to each of thedirections a x : b x : c x , o 2 : 2 : c 2 , a 3 : 6 S : c 3 . Since these are the directions of thenormals to <x x , a 2 , a 8 , these planes must all be parallel to some line.
Conversely, if the planes are all parallel to a line having direction ratios
l'.m:n, then the above three homogeneous equations in three unknownsI, m, n hold, and so
A=
by11.43, Theorem I.
Hence a lf a 2 , a 3 are parallel to some line if and only if A = 0. There are variouspossibilities; to illustrate them, let a plane perpendicular to this line cut
a 2 , a s in lines Ax , A2 , A3 .
(i) All of a l9 a 2 , a 3 are parallel (fig. 228). This is so if and only if
a 1 :b 1 xc 1 = a 2 : &2 : c 2 = a 3 : 3 : c 3 .
(ii) Two of a x , a 2 , a 3 are parallel, and the third intersects them (fig. 229). Thishappens if and only if just two of the ratio-sets a x : b x : c lt a 2 : &2 : c 2 , a 3 : 3 : c 3 areequal.
Fig. 228
In both of these cases we certainly have A = since at least two columns
.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 389/454
726 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.
Since (iii) (a) and (iii) (6) are mutually exclusive, (iii) (a) occurs when andwhen A = but at least one of A(1)
, A(2), A(3) is non-zero; and the planes hav
common line (case (iii) (&)) if and only if A = A(1) = A(2) = A(3) = 0.
The algebra in 11.42(1) corresponds to the case (iii) (6), but includes
possibility that two of the planes may coincide; that of 11.42 (2) correspondsthe possibility of all the planes coinciding.
Fig. 230 Fig. 231
Exercise 21 (e)
1 P is the point ( —2, —3, —2), and I is the line
x-2 _ y-1 _ 2 + 3~~ 3~ ~ ~T~ ~ ~2~*
Find the equation of the plane determined by P and Z.
2 Find the equation of the plane through the line
x— 1 _ y _ 2+2
and parallel to the line 2x + 5y + 3z = 8, x —y —5z = 3.
3 Find the plane throughy —Z 2 —5
~3~=
and perpendicular to the plane 2x + ly —Sz = 4.
4 Find direction ratios for the projection of
x— 1 _ y _ z + 2
on the plane 2x + y —3z = 9.
5 Find the equations of the projection of the line
Bx-y + 2z=l, x + 2y-z = 2
on the plane 3x + 2y+z = 0. Verify that ( —1, 1, 1) lies on the projection,
obtain its equations in symmetrical form.
6 Taking Oz to be vertical, find direction ratios for a line of greatest slope
of the plane through (0, 0, 0), (3, 5, - 2), (4, 1, 1).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 390/454
21.7] THE PLANE AND LINE 727
9 Find the equations of the three planes which pass through the line of
intersection of two of the planes
x+y+z + 3 = 0, 2x + y + 2z + 5 = 0, x + Sy + 2z + 6 =and are perpendicular to the third.
Prove that the planes so obtained have a common line, and that the plane
through perpendicular to this line is Ix + 5y —2z = 0.
10 Show that the planes x + 2y —z = 0, Zx —±y + z = 3, and <ix + 3y —2z = 24
form a triangular prism, and that the lengths of the sides of a normal cross-
section are in the ratio ^13 : ^/58 : 5^3. [Use the sine rule.]
21.7 Skew lines
21.71 Geometrical introduction
Two lines in space may (i) intersect, (ii) be parallel, or (iii) neitherintersect nor be parallel. In cases (i) and (ii) the lines are coplanar;
in (iii) the lines are said to be skew.
Fig. 232
Two skew lines have infinitely many common transversals; for any
point on one can be joined to any point on the other. Cf. the example
below. We now prove that there is exactly one transversal which cuts
both lines at right-angles, and that the distance between the inter-
sections is the shortest distance between the two lines.
Let AB, CD be the given skew lines. Through any point X on ABdraw XY parallel to CD. Then the plane AXY contains AB, and is
parallel to CD; for if CD met plane AXY, say at E, we could draw
a line through E parallel to XY, i.e. parallel to CD; and this is im-
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 391/454
728 THE PLANE AND LINE [21.
We prove that PQ is the unique common perpendicular of AB aCD. For since PQ is perpendicular to plane AXY, hence PQperpendicular to AB and to PF. Also, since CD
\\PF, PQ is p
pendicular to CD. The uniqueness follows from the steps ofconstruction for PQ.
If H, K are any two points of AB, CD respectively, then HK > PTo prove this, let the perpendicular from K to plane AXY hafoot N; then N lies on PF, and KN±NH, so that HK > KN (
hypotenuse being the longest side of triangle KNH). Since bo
PQ and NK are perpendicular to PF and coplanar, hence PQ \\NK
and since QK \\PN, PQKN is a rectangle, so that PQ = KN. Th
HK > PQ.It follows that PQ is the shortest distance between the two sk
lines. It is equal to the perpendicular distance from any point KCD to the plane AX Y.
Example
Prove that through a given point there is a unique common transversal ofskew lines I, V.
Let the given point be P, not on either line I, V . If a line through P meetsit must lie in the plane (P, I). If a line through P meets V, it must lie in the pla(P, V). Hence a line through P meeting both I and V would have to lie in bthese planes. Now these planes certainly intersect, because P lies in bohence they have a unique common line which passes through P, and this
the common transversal of I, V through P.
21.72 Length of the common perpendicular
Let the lines AB, CD in 21.71 have equations
x —a y —b z —c x —a' y —b' z —c'
I m n * V m' n'
Then the plane AXY, which is parallel to CD and contains AB, has
equation of the form
p{x-a) + q(y-b) + r{z-c) = 0,
where pi + qm + rn =
and pi' + qm' + rn' =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 392/454
21.73] THE PLANE AND LINE 729
as the equation of plane AXY. Its normal therefore has direction
ra * 10Smn' —m'n : nl' —n'l : lm' —I'm.
The length of PQ is equal to the perpendicular distance of any pointK of CD from this plane. Since (a', b', c') is a point on CD, we have
PQ =
a' —a b'-b c'-c
± I m n
V m' n'
J{{mn' - m'n) 2 + (nl' - n'l) 2 + (lm' - I'm) 2 }
where the sign is to be chosen so that the result is positive.
21.73 Equations of the common perpendicular
The line PQ is the line of intersection of the planes QAB, PCD.The plane QAB has an equation of the form
f{x-a) + g(y-b) + h(z-c) = 0,
where fl+gm + hn =
and f{mn' - m'n) + g(nl' - n'l) + h(lm' —I'm) = 0,
since its normal is perpendicular to both AB and PQ. Ehmination of
/, g, h givesx —a y —b z —c
I m n =
mn' —m'n nl' —n'l lm' —I'm
as the equation of QAB. Similarly, plane PCD has equation
x—a' y—b' z—c'
V m' n' =0.
mn' —m'n nl' —n'l lm' —I'm
These are the two equations of the line PQ.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 393/454
730 THE PLANE AND LINE [21
Since P lies on AB, its coordinates are of the form
(a + XI, b + Xm, c + Xn).
Similarly, Q on CD has coordinates (a' +/il',b' +/im',c' +/in'Direction ratios for PQ are therefore
a —a' + XI —/il' : b —b' + Xm—/im' :c —c' + Xn—/in'.
As PQ is perpendicular to AB (whose direction ratios are l:m:n)to CD (l':m':n') } hence
l(a - a') + m(b - b') + n(c - c')
+ X(l 2 + m2 + n 2) - /i(W + mm' + nn') =
and l'( a -a') + m'{b-V) + n'{c-c')
+X(ll' + mm' + nn')-/i(l' 2 + m' 2 + n' 2) = 0.
From these A, /i can be calculated, and then the coordinates o
and Q found.
Example
Find the shortest distance between the lines
x _ y _ z x —2__y—\_z + 2
2~^3~1 ~~3~ ~~2~'
and find equations for the line along which it lies.
Any point P on the first line is (2A, —3A, A), and any point Q on the second(2 + Z/i, 1 —5/i, —2 + 2/jl). Hence PQ has direction ratios
2A-3/t-2:-3A + 5/t-l:A-2/t + 2.
If is perpendicular to the first line,
2(2A-3/t-2)-3(-3A + 5/t-l) + (A-2/t + 2) = 0,
i.e. 14A-23/t+l = 0.
If PQ is perpendicular to the second line,
3(2A-3/t-2)-5(-3A + 5/t-l) + 2(A-2/t+2) = 0,
i.e. 23A- 38/« + 3 = 0.
On solving we find A = /i = Hence P is —31, ^), andB
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 394/454
21.75] THE PLANE AND LINE 731
21.75 Standard form for the equations of two skew lines
Calculations for proving properties of skew lines can be simplified
by a suitable choice of coordinate axes as follows.If AB, CD are the skew lines, let their common perpendicular PQ
be chosen for z-axis. To introduce as much symmetry as possible,
choose at the mid-point of PQ, and through O draw lines OB', OD'parallel to AB, CD respectively. For Ox, Oy choose (again with a
view to symmetry) the bisectors of the angles between OB', OD', andlabel them in such a way that Oxyz is a right-handed system.
Fig. 233
From the construction, the plane xOy is parallel to both AB andCD, and hence is perpendicular to PQ, i.e. to Oz; also xOy is a right-
angle. The coordinate axes are thus mutually perpendicular.
Let angle B'OD' be 20; by definition this is the angle between ABand CD (21.32). Then OB' makes angles \ir-0, 0, \tt with Ox, Oy, Oz,
and therefore has direction cosines {sin#, cos#, 0}; these are the
direction cosines of the parallel line AB. Also OD' makes angles
\n + 0, 0, \tt with the axes, and its direction cosines are
{— sin#, cos#, 0},
which are also those of CD.If PQ = 2c, then P is (0, 0, -c) and Q is (0, 0, c). The equations of
AB CD h f
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 395/454
732 THE PLANE AND LINE [21
Example
A line is drawn to meet the lines (i) and to make a constant angle with Oz. P
that the locus of the mid-point of the intercept is an ellipse.
The point P on the first line having ^-coordinate A has y = mX, z =and so is P(A, mA, —c). Similarly, a point Q on the second line is Q{/i, —m/i
If M(x, y, z) is the mid-point of PQ, then
x = J(A+/t), y - £m( A -//,), z = 0.
Direction ratios for PQ are A - (i : m( A +/*):- 2c. If PQ makes angle aOz, which has direction cosines {0, 0, 1}, then
-2cCOS QL — — - - #
V{(A-/*) 2 + m2 (A+/t) 2 + 4c 2}
On squaring and rearranging, and vising the above equations toelimina
A and/*, vI _£
J+ m2 (2a;) 2 + 4c a = 4c 2 sec 2 a,
k 2 /m 2fc
2 m2
where k = c tan a. The fact that the z-coordinate of Mis zero shows that Min the plane xOy ; and the above equation in (x, y) represents an ellipse in
plane.
Exercise 21(/)1 Obtain direction ratios of the line through O which meets each of the
x-l _ y-2 _ z-3 x + 2 _ y-3 _ z-4 ~ 2~~~~ 3~ __ 4~'
1 ~ 3 ~ 2'
[Method of 21.71, ex.]
2 Find the equations of the line through ( —6, —4, —6) which meetsof the lines ,
-= =- x 2 = V ~ = z 12^3' X2
Z
Also find the points of intersection.
3 Prove that there are two lines which meet Ox at right-angles andmeet the lines _ , „ , , . ~ n
y —1 z— 13 a;+l_^ + 2_z —a ._ 4== __ ___________
and find the points where they meet Ox. [Use the parametric equations of
lines.]
4 Prove geometrically that three given skew lines have infinitely mcommon transversals, no two of which intersect.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 396/454
THE PLANE AND LINE 733
x + 1 y-5 z-4 , a; + 4 y 2-19 , , .
7 ——= ——= ——and ——= - = — [use the formula in 21.721—o 6 1 43 —2
and find equations of the line along which it lies.
8 A fixed line APB passes through A{2, 2, 2) and B( - 1, - 1, - 3), and avariable line CQD passes through (7(2, 3, 1) in such a way that the commonperpendicular PQ has direction ratios : 5 : —3. Find the equations of the locusof Q and the length of PQ.
9 From the result of 21.72 deduce the condition for the lines
x —a_y —b_z —c x —a' _ y —b' z —c'
I m n ' V m' n'
to intersect.
Two skew lines I, I' are met by their common perpendicular at
Aon I and
Bon I';
P, Q are variable points on I, V respectively, and M is the mid-point of PQ(new. 10-13).
10 If AQ 1_ BP and I, V are not perpendicular, prove that Mlies on a hyper-bola whose asymptotes are parallel to I, V. [Choose axes as in 21.75.]
11 If AP 2 + BQ 2 is constant, prove that the locus of Mis an ellipse.
12 If PQ = AP —BQ and 2a is the angle between I, V , prove that (with axesas in 21.75) PQ makes an angle \tt —a with Ox, and that the meet of withthe plane x = lies on the circle whose diameter is AB.
13 Prove that AP.BQ is constant when (a) the lines AQ, BP are perpen-dicular, or (6) the planes APQ, BQP are perpendicular.
14 Prove that the coordinates of any point equidistant from the lines
y—mx = = z + c, y + mx = = z —c satisfy the equation mxy = (l+m 2 )cz.
Miscellaneous Exercise 21 (g)
1 If AB 2 + CD 2 = AC2 + BD\ prove BC _|_ AD.2 Two edges AB, CD of the tetrahedron ABCD are perpendicular. Prove
that the distance between the mid-points of AC, BD is equal to the distance
between the mid-points of AD, BC.If also the edges AC, BD are perpendicular, prove that the third pair BC,
AD are perpendicular.
3 Find the ratio in which N, the foot of the perpendicular from O, dividesthe join of A(4t, 6, 0) and 5(1, 2, —1); and prove that N does not lie betweenA and B.
4 P moves with uniform speed in a straight line from A(0, 0, 12) to B(3, 4, 0)in 13 seconds. Find the coordinates of P after it has been moving for t seconds.For what value of t is P nearest to 01
C CP
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 397/454
734 THE PLANE AND LINE
6 Find the equations of the line through which intersects and is
pendicular to the line x + 2y + 3z + 4 = 0, 2x + Zy + 4z + 5 = 0, and find
point of intersection.
7 Find the angle between the line 6x + Ay —5z = 4, x —5y + 2z = 12
2 -1 1'
Prove that these lines intersect, and obtain the equation of their plane.
8 Prove that any point equidistant from the lines through O which h
direction cosines {I, m, n}, {V, m',n'} lies in one of the planes
(l + l')x + (m + m')y + (n + n')z = 0, (l-l')x + (m-m')y + (n-n')z = 0
Hence find the equations of the lines which bisect the angles betweengiven lines.
9 Find the coordinates of the point P on the intersection of the plan
2x + 2y —z = 0, x + y —3z = which has least distance from the line I joini
the points (-2,3, 2), ( —5, 5, —3). Find the point Q on I which is nearest to
10 The plane 4x + ly + 4z + 81 = is rotated through a right-angle about
line of intersection with the plane 5x + Zy + lOz = 25. Find the equation of
plane in its new position. Also find the distance between the feet of the
pendiculars from O to the plane in its two positions.
1 1 Obtain the equation of the plane through the origin and the line
x-1 _ y-2 _2-3
~2~ ~1 -2
'
Find the equations of the line meeting Ox at right-angles whose projection
this plane coincides with the given line.
12 Write down the equation of the plane n AB which bisects the line ABright-angles, where A is (a,b,c) and B is (d,e,f). Prove that, for any poi
A, B, C, the planes n AB , n BC ,tt ca have in general a common l ine A. If .4(1, 0
B(0, 1, 1), C(2, 2, 0), show that the distance of from A is -&V 22 -
13 Prove that the planes vy —/iz = p, ?te —vx = q, fix-Ay = r possess
common line if and only if Xp +/iq + vr = 0, and show that this line lies inplane px + qy + rz = 0.
14 A line meets the planes a = 0, of = at P, P', and meets the pla
a ± Aa' = at Q, Q'. Prove that Q, Of divide PP' internally and externally
the same ratio.
1 5 Prove that the two lines through (a, a, a) which lie in the plane x + y + z
and are inclined at 30° to the plane x = have equations
x —a y —ct z —a x —a_ y —a _ z —a~~2~ =
T+V6=
1 V5' ~2~ ~ 1 V5 1 + V5'
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 398/454
THE PLANE AND LINE 735
17 Verify that the line x = p, cy —mpz cuts each of the three lines
y = = z, y —mx = = z —c, y+mx = Q = z + c.
As p varies, prove that all such lines lie on the surface whose equation is
cy —mxz.18 If r is any transversal of the three lines
y—mx = = z —c, y = = z, y + mx = = z + c,
and a is any transversal of the three lines
y —mz = = x—c, y = = x, y + mz = = x+c,
prove that r and s intersect.
19 Points P, P' are taken on the lines y = x,z = \; y ——x, z ——1 respec-
tively, such that OP = 30P'. Prove that the meet of PP' with the plane z =lies on the curve 2a; 2 —5xy + 2y a + 1 = 0, z = 0.
20 The common perpendicular to two skew lines y—mx = = z + c,
y + mx = = z —c meets them at .4, P respectively. Points P on the first andQ on the second line are such that AP = BQ. Prove that PQ lies on one of the
surfaces mxz + cy = 0, yz + cmx = 0.
21 Discuss the intersections of the line
x-x x _ y-y x _ z-z x
I m n
and the plane ax + by + cz + d = (a) algebraically, (6) geometrically, showingthat:
(i) if al + bm + cn 4= 0, there is a unique point of intersection;
(ii) if al + bm + cn = 0, the line and plane are parallel unless also
(iii) ax x + by x + cz x + d = 0, in which case the line lies in the plane.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 399/454
736
22
THE SPHERE; SPHERICALTRIGONOMETRY
22.1 Coordinate geometry of the sphere
22.11 Equation of a sphere
The distance formula shows that the sphere of centre C{a, b, c)
radius r (denned as the locus of points P in space such that CPhas equation
{x . a f + { y- 0? + {z - C )2 = rK
When expanded, this takes the form
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0.
Conversely, (ii) can be written in the form (i) by separately c
pleting the square for the terms involving x, y, and z:
(x + u)2
+ (y + v)2
+(z
+ w)2 —
u2
+ v2
+ w2
—d.
If u 2 + v 2 + w2 > d, (ii) is therefore the equation of the sphere havi
centre { —u, —v, —w) and radius ^(u 2 + v 2 + w2 —d).
If u 2 + v 2 + w2 = d, (ii) represents the single point ( —u, —v, —
We may call this a point-sphere.
When u 2 + v 2 + w2 < d, the equation does not represent any locus.
The slightly more general equation
cx2
+ cy2
+ cz2
+ 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0,
where c 4= 0, can be written in the 'normalised' form (ii) on dividin
by c, and hence in general this also represents a sphere. We therefore
take (ii) as the standard general equation of a sphere, and observ
that it involves four arbitrary coefficients u, v, w, d. Consequently
a sphere can be determined by four independent conditions.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 400/454
22.13] sphere; spherical trigonometry 737
(i) If a plane and sphere intersect, they do so in all points of a
circle (whose centre is the foot of the perpendicular from the centre Gof the sphere to this plane).
If the plane already passes through C, the circle cut on the sphere
is called a great circle of the sphere; otherwise it is a small circle.
(ii) If two spheres intersect, they do so in all points of a circle
(whose plane is perpendicular to the line of centres and whose centre
lies on this line).
(iii) If a line touches a sphere at P, it is perpendicular to the radius
GP. Conversely, all lines through P which are perpendicular to CPwill touch the sphere at P. All such lines therefore he in a plane through
Pwhich has
PGfor normal.
(iv) If a plane touches a sphere at P, it is perpendicular to the
radius GP. Conversely, a plane through P and perpendicular to CPtouches the sphere at P.
It follows that just one plane can touch a sphere at a given point P,
and that all tangent lines at P he in this tangent plane.
Example
Sphere on diameter P XP VIf P(x, y, z) is any point on the required sphere, then the plane PP x P a cuts
the sphere in a great circle having diameter PiP a , hence (by 'angle in asemi-circle') PP 1 J_ PP a . Since PP lt PP a have direction ratios
x-x 1 :y-y 1 :z-z 1 , x-x 2 :y-y 2 :z-z it
hence by the perpendicularity condition,
{x - xj) (x -<r a ) + (y-yx) (y-y 2 ) + (e-z 1 ) (z-z a ) = 0.
This relation, satisfied by any point P of the sphere on diameter PiP a , is the
required equation.
22.13 Tangent plane at P x
We employ some of the results in 22.12. Algebraical treatments
using the ratio quadratic or the 'distance quadratic' are indicated
in Ex. 22 (a), nos. 26-30, 23-25; these are applicable to surfaces more
general than the sphere, whereas the present is not.
For simplicity we first discuss the sphere of radius r and centre the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 401/454
738 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22.
Since Px lies on the sphere, we have xf + yf + zf = r 2, and the abo
equation becomes, 9^ xx 1 + yy 1 + zz 1 = r 2
.
By 22.12, (iv) this represents the tangent plane at Px
.
If P1 is a point on the general sphere
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0,
whose centre is C( —u, —v, —w), then direction ratios for CP 1 are
Xj^ + uiyj^ + v.z-L + w.
The plane through Px and perpendicular to this direction has equation
(x^u) {x-xj + fa + v) (y-yj + fa + w) {z-z x ) = 0,
i.e. (x 1 + u)x+(y 1 + v)y+(z 1 + w)z = x\ + y\ + z\ + ux x + vy x + wz x .
Since Px lies on the sphere,
xl + yl + zl + 2ux 1 + 2vy 1 + 2wz 1 + d = 0.
By adding the last two equations,
(x 1 + u)x + (y 1 + v)y + (z 1 + w)z + ux 1 + vy 1 + wz 1 + d = 0,
which is the equation of the tangent plane at Px to the general sphere
Since (iv) can be arranged as
xx 1 + yy 1 + zz 1 + u(x + x 1 ) + v(y + y 1 ) + w(z + z 1 ) + d = 0,
we see that the 'rule of alternate suffixes' (15.63, Remark) is
valid as a mnemonic for writing down the equation of a tangent pla
to a sphere.
22.14 Examples
(i) Condition for the plane Ix + my + nz = pto touch the sphere x* + y2 +z 2 =
The plane and sphere will touch if and only if (22.12, (iv)) the perpendiculardistance of the centre from the plane is equal to the radius, i.e.
±p/<J(l2 + m2 + n 2
) = r,
i 1 = 2 2 + m2 + n 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 402/454
22.14] sphere; spherical trigonometry 739
The sphere has centre (3, - 3, - l)andradius J{( - 3)2 + 3 2 + l 2 -( -2)} =J21.
Any plane through the given line is (21.61)
(x-2z + 4) + ky = 0,
and this will touch the sphere if and only if (as in ex. (i))
3 -3fe + 2 + 4 =-V{l 2 + ^ 2 + (-2) 3
}V '
i.e. (9-3A;) 2 = 21(5 + F),
from which 2k 2 + 9k + 4 = and so k = —4 or —£. The required tangent planes
are therefore x-fy-2z + 4: = 0, 2x-y-4z + % = 0.
(iii) Plane of contact from P x to the sphere x 2 + y2 + z 2 = r 2
.
Let a line through P x touch the sphere at P 2 . Then the tangent plane at P 2 is
xx z + yy 2 + zz 2 = r 2
and (since this contains the tangent line P 2 Pi) passes through P x . Hence
x x x 2 + y x y 2 + z x z z = r 2,
which shows that the coordinates of P 2 satisfy the linear equation
x x x+y x y+z x z = r 2. (v)
Therefore the points of contact of all tangent lines from P x lie in the plane (v),
which is called the plane of contact from P x . Its normal has direction ratios
x \ ' Vi •' z i» so * nat tne plane is perpendicular to OP x .
This plane cuts the sphere in a circle, and hence the points of contact oftangent lines fromP x lie on this circle. The tangent lines themselves lie on a right
circular cone with vertex P x , called the tangent cone from P x .
(iv) Condition for the line
x-x x _ y-y x _ z-z x
I m n
to touch the sphere x 2 + y2 + z 2 = r 2
; tangent cone from P x .
The point (x 1 + M, y x + Am, z x + Aw) of the line also lies on the sphere if and° my lf
(x x + AZ)2
+ (t/x + Am)2
+ ( Zl + Aw)2
= r\i.e. if A satisfies
A2(Z
2 + m2 + w2) + 2A(Z* 1 + my x + nz x ) + (x 2 + y\ + z\ - r 2
) = 0. ( vi)
In general this quadraticf gives two values of A (corifirming algebraically
that a line can meet a sphere in at most two points); but the line and sphere
will touch when there is a repeated root, i.e.
(lx x + my x + nz x )2 = {I 2 + m2 + 2
) (x 2 + y\ + z\ - r 2).
When this condition is satisfied, the line lies on the tangent cone from P x .
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 403/454
740 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22.14
(v) Orthogonal spheres.
The angle of intersection of two spheres at a common point P is denned to
the angle between the tangent planes at P. If C, C are the centres, then t
angle is equal to that between the radii CP, CP because these are normal
the respective tangent planes. When the angle is a right-angle, the spheresorthogonal; in this case triangle GPC is right-angled at P, and so
CO2 = CP 2 + CP 2.
If the spheres are 9 a . a o , o . o j nx 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + a = 0,
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2u'x + 2v'y + 2w'z + d' = 0,
then C(— u, —v, —w), C(—u',—v',—w'), and the orthogonality condition
becomes
(u -u') 2 + (v- v') 2 + (w- w') 2 = (u 2 + v 2 + 2 - d) + (u' 2 + v' 2 + w' 2 - d'),
which reduces to 2mm' + 2vv' + 2ww' = d + d'. (v
Conversely, if this condition is satisfied, then by adding the expression
u 2 +v 2 + w2 +u' 2 +v' 2 + w' 2 to both sides we obtain the previous equation,
which is equivalent to G'C 2 = CP 2 + CP 2. The converse of the theorem
Pythagoras then shows that CP JL CP, so that the spheres are orthogonal.
Exercise 22(a)
1 A point moves so that the square of its distance from ( —1, 2, 1) is equalits distance from the plane
2x—Sy
+6z — 8. Show that it lies on a sphere, a
state the centre.
2 A, B are fixed points, and P varies so that AP :PB = A : 1, where Aconstant. Find the locus of P. [Choose axes so that A is (a, 0, 0), B( —a, 0, 0)
Find the equation of the sphere through
3 (0,1, 3), (1,2, 4), (3, 0,2), (2, 3,1).
4 (1, 2,1 ), (0, 3, 1), ( —1, 1, 2) and having its centre in the plane 3w + 2z =5 (1, 0, 0), (0, 1, 0), (0, 0, 1) which has its radius as small as possible.
6 and the points where the plane 2x + 3y + z = 6 cuts the coordinate
axes, and find its diameter.
7 Find the equation of the sphere which circumscribes the tetrahedron
whose faces lie in the planes x = 0, y = 0, z = 0, x + 2y + Zz = 4.
8 A sphere of radius r passes through O. Show that the ends of the diameterparallel to Oz lie one on each of the spheres x 2 + y
2 + z 2 ± 2rz = 0.
9 Spheres are drawn through (2,0,0) and (8,0,0) to touch Oy andProve that there are four such spheres, and give their equations.
10 Find the centres of the two spheres which touch the plane 3x + 4z =at (5 4 8) and which touch the sphere x 2 + y
2 + z 2 = 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 404/454
sphere; spherical trigonometry 741
12 Find the centres and radii of the two spheres whose centres lie in the octantfor which all of x, y, z are positive, and which touch the planes x = 0, y = 0,
2 = 0, 2x + 2y + z = 4.
13 A sphere is inscribed in the tetrahedron whose faces lie in the planes
x = 0, y = 0, z = 0, 2x + 6y + Bz = 14. Find its equation.14 Three spheres have centres (0, 0, 0), (3a, 0, 0), (0, 4a, 0) and radii a, 2a, 3a
respectively. Two planes, including an acute angle 0, are such that every oneof the spheres touches both planes. Prove that cos = -£g.
15 Spheres 8 lt 8 2 , * 3 have centres (0, 0, 0), (3, 0, 0), (0, 30, 0) and radii 1, 1, 19respectively. Find the equations of all common tangent planes n of the spheressuch that and s s lie on opposite sides of n, and s 2 , 3 lie on the same side. Showthat two such planes exist, and that the acute angle between them satisfies
9cos0 = 7. [Use Ex. 21 (c), no. 13.]
16 Find the tangent planes to the sphere x 2 + y2 +z 2 —2x + fy —6z+ 10 =
which pass through the line
x + S _ y+1 _ z-514 -3 ~ ~T~'
17 Obtain the result of 22.14. ex. (i) by comparing the equations
lx+my + nz=p and xx 1 + yy 1 + zz l = r 2.
Hence obtain the point of contact when the condition is satisfied.
18 Find the condition for the plane Ix + my + nz = p to touch the sphere
x 2 + y2 + 2 a + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0.
19 Find the equation of the sphere having centre (5, —2, 3) and touching the
6 2 ~ -3*
Also find the equation of the tangent plane which contains this tangent line.
20 Prove that a tangent line from the point P x outside the sphere
8 = x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2v,x + 2vy + 2ivz + d -
has length ^8 lt , where 8 n = x\ + y2 + z\ + 2ux^ + 2vy x + 2toz 1 + d.
21 Show that the points from which equal tangents can be drawn to the threespheres
x z + y * + z 2 = 1, x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2x-2y + 2z- 1 = 0,
and x 2 + y2 + z 2 -x + 4:y-6z-2 =
he on the line = = .
2 5 3
Also find the point of this line from which the length of the tangents is least.
22 (i) Prove that the points from which tangents to the spheres
s = x 2 + y2 +z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2ivz + d = 0,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 405/454
742 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22.
other than P x in common with the sphere (i.e. will be a tangent line at P x
and only if lx x +my x + nz x = 0. (This confirms that the tangent line is pe
pendicular to OP x : see 22.12, (iii).)
*24 If P s (x 2 , 2 , 2 ) is any point on the tangent line at P x in direction l:m:n,
prove that (x 2 —x x ) x x + (y 2 —y x ) y x + (z 2 —z x ) z x = 0. [Eliminate I :
m: n from t
result of no. 23 and the equations {x 2 —x x )jl = (y 2 —y x )/m = (z 2 —z x )fn.~\
Deduce that all tangent lines at P x lie in the plane xx 1 + yy 1 +zz 1 —r 2 (t
tangent plane at P x ).
*25 Use the 'distance quadratic ' (vi) to show that the mid-points of all chordin direction I : m : n lie in the plane he + my + nz = (which is clearly normalthis direction).
*26 The ratio quadratic. Show that the point dividing P X P% hi the ratio klies on the sphere s = if and only if
s 22 k 2 + 2s X2 kl + s xx l2 - 0.
(Here s may denote x 2 + y2 +z z —r 2 or the general expression in no. 20; t
notation of 19.12 is used, extended to three variables in the obvious way.)
*27 Taking P x on s = 0, deduce from no. 26 that P 2 lies on a tangent li
at P x if and only if s X2 = 0. Hence show that the tangent plane at P x is s x =*28 By expressing the condition for equal roots, deduce from no. 26 that ttangent cone from P x has equation ss xx —s 2
.
*29 Prove that the plane of contact of tangents from P x has equation s x = 0.
*30 A line through the fixed point P x meets s at A, B, and P 2 is chosen so th
P x , P 2 divide AB internally and externally in the same ratio. When the li
through P x varies, prove that P 2 moves in the plane s x = 0.
22.2 s = ks'
22.21 The general principle
If s = 0, s' = represent any two loci in space or in a plane, the
s = ks' represents some locus which passes through their commopoints (if any). For, points whose coordinates satisfy 5 = and s' —
will also satisfy s = ks'.
In this section we consider the equation s = ks' when k is constant
(i.e. independent of x, y, z) and one of s = 0, s' = represents a sphere,
while the other represents either a plane or a sphere.
22.22 Spheres through a given circle
(1) If s = x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2ivz + d =
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 406/454
22.22] sphere; spherical trigonometry 743
the straight line, more than one equation is needed; a circle cannot be
specified more simply than by one linear and one second-degree
equation, although the latter may not be the equation of a sphere:
e.g.see ex.
(iii)
below, whereit
represents acylinder.
The equation s —ks' = (k constant) will represent a sphere, a
single point, or nothing, since it has the form appropriate for the
general equation of a sphere (22.11). If s, s' intersect, then the locus
is a sphere through the circle determined by s = 0, s' = 0. If s, s'
touch, then s = ks' represents a sphere through their common point,
i.e. touching s at its contact with s'. In both cases the constant k can
be chosen to make the sphere satisfy one further condition.
(2) If s = x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d =
and s' & x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2u'x + 2v'y + 2w'z + d' =
both represent spheres, then s = ks' (k constant) will represent a
sphere, a single point, or nothing, provided that k =|= 1; if k = 1, it
represents a plane.
If s, s' intersect, then they do so in a circle, and s = ks' represents
a sphere through this circle unless k = 1, in which case the locus
becomes s —s' = and is the plane containing the common circle
(cf. Ex. 22 (a), no. 22 (ii)). The two second-degree equations 5 = 0,
s' = could be taken as equations of the circle of intersection, but
this circle can be represented more simply as in (1) by the linear
equation s —s' = and one second-degree equation, say s = 0.
If s, s' touch, then s = ks' represents a sphere (k #= 1) or a plane
(k = 1) through their single common point, i.e. touching both s and
s' at this point.
Examples
(i) Find the equation of the sphere having the circle
x 2 + y2 + z 2 = 16, 2x-3y + 6z = l
as a great circle, and give its centre and radius.
Any sphere through the given circle has an equation of the form
x* + y* + z 2 -16 + k(2x-Sy + 6z-l) = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 407/454
744 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22
(ii) Find the equation of the sphere which touches the sphere
x i + y2 + z i + x + 3y-6z-B =
at (1, 2, 3) and passes through (2, 0, 1).
The point (1,2, 3) certainly lies on the given sphere. The tangent plane(1, 2, 3) has equation f
a; + 22/ + 3z + i(a:+l) + |(2/ + 2)-3(2 + 3)-3 = ;
i.e. Zx + ly-11 = 0.
Any sphere touching the given sphere at (1, 2, 3) has an equation of the fo
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + x + 3y-Qz-B + k(3x + 7y-n) = 0.
It passes through (2, 0, 1) if 4 + 1 + 2 - 6 - 3 + k(6 - 17) = 0, i.e. k = Henthe required equation is
1 l(sc 2 + y2 + 2 2
) + 5x +19y- 662+I = 0.
(iii) Find the equation of the sphere through the circle
x 2 + y2 -4x + 2y = 1, 2 =
which is orthogonal to the sphere x 2 + y2 + z 2 + Sx —5y + 62 + 8 = 0.
The equation x 2 + y 2 —4x + 2y = 1 does not represent a sphere but a rigcircular cylinder: see 22.3, ex. (i).
The given circle is that in which the plane z = cuts the sphere
x 2 + y2 + z 2 -4x + 2y-l = 0.
Any sphere| through this circle can be written
(o;2 + t/
2 + 2 2 -4a; + 2t/-l) + ifc2 = 0.
It will be orthogonal to the given sphere if (22.14, ex. (v))
3(-2)-5.1 + 3& = 8-1,
i.e. if k = 6. The required sphere therefore has equation
a;2 + 2/
2 + z 2 -4a; + 22/ + 62-l = 0.
22.3 Surfaces in general
An equation fix, y,z) = explicitly involving some or all of x, y, z representsa locus in space called a surface (cf. 9.23). For example, when the functionlinear in x, y and z, the equation represents a plane surface or plane; whenthe type considered in 22.11, it represents a spherical surface or sphere. Aother special classes of equations will be noticed here because of their gmetrical significance.
Examples
= Th i h l O h d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 408/454
22.3] sphere; spherical trigonometry 745
varies on %', the line PQ generates a right cylinder whose cross-section by the
plane xOy is Thus f(x, y) = represents a cylinder with generators parallel
to Oz.
Thus in ex. (hi) of 22. 22 the equation x 2 + yz —4x + 2y = 1 represents a cylinder
whose section by the xy -plane is the circle with centre (2, —1, 0) and radius ^/6.
(ii) Homogeneous equation f(x,y,z) = 0. If f(x,y, z) is homogeneous of degree nin (x,y,z), then (1.52(4))
f(Xx, Xy, Xz) = Xnf(x,y,z)
for all A and x, y, z for which the functions are denned. If P(x, y, z) is a pointon the surface f(x, y, z) = other than O, then (Ax, Xy, Xz) also lies on this
surface for all X; i.e. every point of the line OP lies on the surface, which is
therefore a cone with vertex O.
(iii) Surface of revolution. Let the curve/(a;, y) = in the xy-jA&ne be rotatedabout Ox, thereby generating a surface of revolution with axis Ox. Let Q(x , y , 0)
be any point on the curve, and P(x, y, z) be its position in space at some stage
of the rotation; then P lies on a circle whose plane is perpendicular to Ox andpasses through Q, and whose centre C lies on Ox. Thus
y 9 = CQ = CP = J(y» + z*), x = OG = x.
Since Q lies on the curve, we have f(x , y ) = 0, and hence
f(x,^y 2 + z 2)) = 0,
which is the equation of the surface of revolution. Cf. the Remark in 7.5.
If two surfaces intersect, they do so usually in points of a curve (although
they may possess isolated points in common). In general this curve does not lie
entirely in one plane (as was the case for the intersection of two spheres), andconsequently is called a twisted curve or a skew curve or a space curve. It is
determined by two equations, viz. those of the surfaces of which it is the inter-
section. Any other pair of surfaces through the curve would equally well serveto detemiine it.
Exercise 22(b)
1 Write down the centre and radius of the circle of intersection of the spherex 2 + y
2 + z 2 - 16 and the plane 3x + 2y-z = 0.
2 If a sphere of radius r is cut by a plane distant c from the centre (c < r),
prove geometrically that the circle of intersection has radius *J(r2 —c 2
). Whathappens when c = r?
3 Show that the meet of the sphere x 2 + y2 + z 2 —2x —4y— 6z— 11 = and
the plane 2x —y + 2z— 15 = is a circle of centre (3, 1, 5), and find its radius.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 409/454
746 sphere; spherical trigonometry6 Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose vertices are (2, 0, 4). (2, 4,
(0,2,4).
7 Prove that the spheres
(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2 = r 2
and (x —a —l)(x —a) + (y —b —m)(y —b) + (z —c —n)(z —c) = r 2
cut along a great circle of the former.
8 Find the equations of the two spheres through the circle
x 2 + y2 + z 2 -2x-4y = 0, x + 2y + 3z = 8,
which touch the plane 4tx + By = 25.
9 Find the equations of the spheres through the circle
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2x + 2y = 0, x + y + z + 4 = 0,
which intersect the plane x+y = in circles of radius 3.
10 Find the equation of the sphere through the circle x 2 + y2 + 2x = 0, z
and the point (1, 2, 1).
1 1 Spheres are drawn through the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2
, z = 0. Prove thatlocus of the ends of their diameters parallel to Ox is the rectangular hyperbolax 2 -z 2 - a 2
, y = 0.
12 Show that every sphere through the circle x 2 + z 2 = a 2 , y = is orthogonalto every sphere through the circle x*+ y
% + 4ax + a 2 = 0, z = 0. Find the tspheres (one from each of the above systems) which cut the sphere
3(£c a + y2 + 2
) + 2a(2x + 2y-z) = a 2
in the same great circle.
13 Find the equation of that sphere through the intersection of the sphere
s = x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 4:x-2y + 2z + 5 = 0, s' = x 2 + y
2 + z 2 + 2x-8y + 2z + 9 =
which has the smallest radius, and state this radius. [The system of sphereis best written s + k(s —*') = 0.]
14 Prove that the circles
x 2 + y2 + z 2 -9x + 4y + 5z - 1 - 0, 7%-2y + z = 4,
x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 6x-10y + Qz-l = 0, 4%-6y=l
lie on the same sphere, and find its equation.
15 Show h th h 2 + 2 + 2 = 2 + 2 + 2 6 8 24 + 120
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 410/454
22.4J sphere; spherical trigonometry 747
pass through a fixed circle. [Choose for origin, and the common tangent plane
at for ay-plane.]
* 1 8 Interpret the following
(i) = 0; (ii) f(x,z) = 0; (iii) f(y,<J(x*+z*)) = 0; (iv) f{z,J(a? + y*)) = 0.
*19 Write down the equations of the projection on the plane xOy of the circle
in no. 1.
*20 Show that the right circular cone with vertex O, semi-vertical angle a,
and axis Oz has equation x 2 + y2 = z 2 tan 2 a.
22.4 The spherical triangle
22.41 Some definitions and simple properties
Consider a sphere of centre O and radius r. In 22.12, (i) we defined
a great circle of the sphere to be the section made by a plane through 0,
and a small circle to be any other plane section. Thus although all
great circles have radius r, a small circle can have any radius between
r and zero.
The ends of a diameter of the sphere are called antipodal points.
There is a unique great circle through two non-antipodal points
P, Q; for there is a unique plane through O, P, Q, and this cuts the
sphere in a unique great circle. Consequently there are just two great
circle arcs joining P, Q, viz. the minor and major arcs of this great
circle. The minor arc is called the arc PQ; its length is the spherical
distance between P and Q.
The axis of a circle on the sphere is that diameter of the sphere
which is perpendicular to the plane of the circle. Its extremities are
poles of the circle, and the nearer one is called the pole.
A circle on the sphere which passes through the poles of a given
circle is called a secondary to that circle. Hence every secondary is a
great circle; and a given circle has infinitely many secondaries. Twogreat circles have a unique commonsecondary: it lies in the plane deter-
mined by their axes.
Defining the angle between two curves
at a common point to be the angle be-
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 411/454
748 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22
angle B'AC between the arcs is the angle BOC between t
planes. Hence
the angle between two great circles
= the angle between their planes
== the angle at subtended by the arc intercepted on their
common secondary.
A lune is the figure on a sphere formed by two great semi-circles.
The angle between the semi-circles is called the angle of the
Assuming that areas of lunes on the same sphere are proportional
their angles, then for a lune of angle 6,
area of lune _area of sphere 2n
since the whole sphere can be regarded as a lune of angle 2n. S
the sphere has area 4fly 2,
area of lune = 2r 2 6.
22.42 Sides and angles
The figure on a sphere formed by three minor arcs of three great
circles is called a spherical triangle. Its sides a, b, c are the three
lengths, and the angles between the arcs b, c; c, a; a, b are its an
A, B, C.
There are two different ways of joining two non-antipodal po
by an arc of a great circle. Hence if no two of the points f A,B,Cantipodal, there are eight different figures having these for vertice
Only one such figure is a spherical triangle, viz. that formed by
minor arcs BC, CA, AB.Taking the sphere to have unit radius, J the length of an arc of a g
circle is the radian measure of the angle subtended by it at the centre
Hence the sides a, b, c are the angles at subtended by the
BC, CA, AB; and since these are minor arcs, each of a, b, c is less tha
The side a of the spherical triangle ABC is BOG, a plane angle; and
angle A is that between the planes OBA, OCA (a dihedral angle). Theref
i l l i
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 412/454
22.43] sphere; spherical trigonometry 749
since in a trihedral angle the sum of two plane angles is greater than the third;t
the sum of the sides of a spherical triangle is less than 2n, (in)
(i.e. less than the circumference of a great circle) since the sum of the plane
angles of a trihedral angle is less than four right-angles, f Cf. Ex. 22(d), no. 20.
A
Fig. 235
Each angle of a spherical triangle is less than n. For if possible suppose
B^tt\ let arc AB be produced to meet arc CA again at A'. ThenA, A' are antipodal, and arc CA ^ &tqAA' = n, i.e. b ^ n, contra-
dicting the definition of 'spherical triangle'.
However, a spherical triangle may have one, two, or three of its
angles obtuse; and one, two, or three may be right-angles. Also see
22.43 (3).
22.43 Polar triangle; supplemental relations
(1) If A' is that pole of BG which is on the same side of the plane OBG as Aand B', G' are defined similarly by cyclic interchange of the letters, thenA'B'G' is a spherical trianglej called the polar triangle of ABC. We now provethe following reciprocal property.
A
Fig 236
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 413/454
750 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22
As A' and A are on the same side of plane OBC, and the distance of A' fany point on BG is \tt, hence AA' < \tt. Thus, since the distance of A frompoint on B'C is \n, A and A' must be on the same side of the plane OB'C.
Therefore A is that pole of B'G' which is on the same side of plane OB'C
A'; and B, G have the corresponding properties obtained by cyclic interchange.Hence ABC is the polar triangle of A' B'C.
(2) Sides, angles of the polar triangle are respectively the supplements ofcorresponding angles, sides of the original triangle.
Proof. Let G'A' cut AB at X. and BG at Y. Since CA' is secondary to
and BG, therefore XY = B. Also CX = \<n = YA'. As YA' = XY+ XA',CX + XY+ XA' = Ti, so that CA' = n-XY, i.e. V = n-B. We infer
supplemental relations
a' = tt-A, b' = n-B, c' = 7T-C.
Since ABC is the polar triangle of A' B'C, we also have
a = tt-A', b = n-B', c = n-C.
( 3 ) The sum of the angles of a spherical triangle lies between 2 and 6 right-angles.
Proof. By applying (iii) to the polar triangle A'B'C,
< a' + b' + c' < 2n.
From (iv) this becomes < 3n —(A+B + G) < 2n,
i.e. 7T < A + B + C < 3n.
The expression E = A+B + C —n is called the spherical exc
of the spherical triangle ABC ; it is the amount by which the sumthe angles of the spherical triangle exceeds the sum of those of
plane triangle. By (vi), < E < 2n.
22.44 Area
Given the spherical triangle ABC on a sphere of centre
radius r, produce the sides AC, BC to cut the great circle AB aga
at A', B' . By considering areas on the hemisphere shown (fig. 23
and using (i),* K' ABC+ s x = lune ABA'C =2Ar\
ABC+ s % = lune BAB'C = 2Br*,
ABC C 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 414/454
22.5] sphere; spherical trigonometry 751
22.5 Triangle formulae
We continue to assume that the sphere has unit radius until 22.54.
22.51 Cosine rule
cos a = cos b cos c + sin b sin c cos A, (viii)
and two similar formulae which can be obtained from this by cyclic
interchange of the letters.
c
Fig. 237 Fig. 238
The cosine rule is important because all the remaining triangle
formulae can be deduced from it. In calculation it can be used to find
(a) a side of the triangle when the other two sides and the included
angle are known; (6) an angle when the three sides are known; this
is exactly the situation in the plane case.
First proof, using projection (fig. 238).
Let N be the projection of C on the plane AOB, and P, Q be the
projections of N on OA, OB respectively.
Since OP is perpendicular to CN and NP, therefore OP is per-
pendicular to the plane CNP, and hence OP j_ PC because PC is aline in this plane. Similarly OQ _L QC.
P j ti g OB
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 415/454
752 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22.
and since CPN is the angle between the planes OAB, OAC, viz. A
PN = PC coa A = OCsin&.cosA
Substituting, we get formula (viii).
Second proof, using coordinates (fig. 239).
Choose axes at the centre O of the sphere, with Oz along OA, and let the ot
vertices B, C have cartesian coordinates (x^y^Zj), (x 2 ,y%, %) and spherica
polar coordinates (1, d x , <f> x ), (1, d 2 , 2 ): see 21.12 (2) and Ex. 21 (a), no. 15.
Since OB, OC have direction cosines {x x , y x , z x ), {x %, y 2 , z 2 },
cos a = x x x 2 + y x y 2 + z x z 2
= sin 6 X cos<f> t . sin 6 Z cos 2 + 8U1 ^i sul 0i • si 11 ^2 sul 02 + cos ^1 • cos
= COS d x COS2 +
SU1 #1 sul #2 COS(01
—02)
= cose cos 6 + sin c sin 6 cos .4
because 6 X = c, d 2 = b, and <j) 1 —<fi 2 = ±A.
Fig. 239
Example
Median of a spherical triangle.
The arc of the great circle joining a vertex A to the mid-point A' ofopposite side BC is called a median of the triangle ABC (fig. 240).
Since angles CA'A, AA'B are supplementary,
cos + cost's = 0.
By applying the cosine rule to each of triangles AA'G, ABA', this becomes
cos 6 —cos AA' cos cose —cos AA' cos \a
sin .4.4 ' sin^a
d AA'
+sin AA' sin \a
= 0,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 416/454
22.52] sphere; spherical trigonometry 753
Geometrical proof.
From fig. 238 we have
NG = PCainA = OCsin6 sin 4,
and NC = QCsinB = OC sin a sin Bsince CQN is the angle between the planes OBA, OBG, viz. B. Hence
sin 6 sin A = sina sinjB,
o , . , sina sin bfrom which - - = - —
sini sin£
Similarly, by projecting fromA
onto plane OBC,we
canprove
sin b _ sine
sinJ5 sinC
Deduction from the cosine rule.
sin.2 A — 1 —cos 2 A
_ (cos a —cos b cos c) 2
sin 2 6 sin 2 c
_ ( 1 —cos 2 b) ( 1 —cos 2 c) —(cos a —cos b cos c) 2
sin 2 b sin 2 c
_ 1 —cos 2 a —cos 2 6 —cos 2 c + 2 cos a cos b cos c
sin 2 b sin 2 c
sin^l _ +a/(1 —Scos 2 a + 2cosacos6 cose)
sina sina sin6 sine '
and this expression is symmetrical in a, b, c. Hence it is also equal to
sin^B/sinfe and to sin C/sinc. The sine rule can therefore be written in
the 'completed form'
sin^L _ sini? _ sinff _ +V(1 -Scos 2 q + 2cosa cos6 cose)
sina sin b sine-
sin a sin b sine 'sine
where the positive sign of the square root is taken because all the
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 417/454
754 sphere; spherical trigonometry [22.5
Examples
(i) If A' is the mid-point of BG, fi = BAA' and y = A' AG, prove
sinCcot/? = cot A + -
and cot y —cot /? =
sin .4 sinB
sin (6 + c) sin (6 —c)
sinfe sine sin .4
By applying the sine rule to triangles ABA', AA'G in fig. 240,
sin/5 sin^a siny
sinB sin^U.' sinC'
sin /? sin G = sin (A —/?) sin B,
sin/?(eos.4 sinB + sinC) = cos/? sin.4 sin B,
sin Gand so cot /? = cot A + -
Similarly , coty = cot A +
.'. coty —cot ft =
sin A sinJ5
sin BsmA sinC
sin 2 B- sin 2 Gsax A sinSsinC
sin 2 b —sin 2 c
sin .4 sin 6 sine
sin (6 + c) sin (6 —c)
(ii) Prove that
siab sine sin .4
sin (B + G) cos b + cos c
sin^l 1 + cosa
by the sine rule,
after reduction.
sin(B + C) sinB „ sinC JX ^:—-—= cos G H - cos is, and by using both rules,
sini sin 4 smisin 6 cos c —cos a cos b sin c cos 6 —cos c cos a
= -. : r-r +-. . :
sin a sin a sin o sina sine sin a
sin b sin c (cos c —cos a cos 6) + sin b sin c (cos 6 —cos c cos a)
sin 2 a sin 6 sine
_ sin 6 sin c(cos 6 + cos c) ( 1 —cos a)
( 1 —cos 2 a) sin 6 sin c
cos 6 + cos c
1 + cos a
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 418/454
22.54] sphere; spherical trigonometrygives —cos A = cos B cos G —sin B sin G cos a,
i.e. cos A = —cos i? cos (7 + sin B sin C cos a.
Similarly the sine rule in its completed form gives
sin a _ sin b sin c + V( 1 —^ cos2 ^ —2 cos ^1 cos 2? cos C)sinA sinB sinC sin A sin S sin G
22.54 Triangle on the general sphere
When the sphere has radius r #= 1, the sides of the spherical triangle
ABC are no longer equal to the angles which they subtend at the
centre. If we continue to denote these angles by a, b, c, and call the
sides a, /?, y, then a Bya = -, b = -, c — -.
r r r
All the preceding formulae remain valid because their proofs used the
angles at the centre and not the actual sides of the triangle.
Example
By using the expansions of coax, sin* (Ex. 6(6), nos. 21, 20), the cosine
formula (viii) can be written
l-ia 2 + ... = (l-^6 2 + ...)(l-ic 2 + ...) + (6-...)(c-...)cos^,
where the dots denote terms of order 3 or 4.
On introducing the sides a, /?, y and simplifying, this becomes
a a = ^2 + 72-2^7003^+0
When r -» 00, the spherical triangle ABC tends to the plane triangle ABCwith sides a, /?. 7. and in the limit we obtain the cosine rule of plane trigono-
metry. The sine rule can be treated similarly.
Exercise 22(c)
1 Write out the formulae for cos 6, cos c corresponding to formula (viii).
2 If G = \n, a = \n, b = \n, find c and the area of the triangle.
3 A = \n, b = c = \n, and D is the mid-point of side AG. If BDG = a,
show that cos a = 1/^3 and that the areas of the triangles ABD. ABC are in
the ratio (3n —8a) : tt.
4 If B, G are points on the equator whose longitudes differ by 90°, and A is
a point in latitude A on the meridian through G, prove that in the triangle
755
(xi)
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 419/454
756 sphere; spherical trigonometryTaking the radius of the Earth to be 3960 miles, find (correct to three sign
ficant figures) the area included by the path of the ship, the meridian throughB, and the equator.
6 Two points A, B on the Earth's surface have latitude A, and their differ
ence in longitude is 8 radians. If r is the radius of the Earth, show that (i) thedistance apart along the parallel of latitude joining them is r8 cos A; (ii) the
distance apart along the great circle joining them is 2r sin -1 (cos A sin %8). [F(ii) use half the isosceles spherical triangle ABC, where C is the north pole.]
7 In no. 6 (ii) prove that the greatest latitude L reached on the great circ
course is given by tanZr = tan A sec %8. [If D is the point of latitude L,spherical triangle ACD is right-angled at D.]
8 If D is any point on BC, prove that
cos AD sin a = cos b sin BD + cos c sin DC.
[Method of 22.51, ex.]
9 The internal and external bisectors of angle A meet BC at D, D'. Prove
sin i?D sine sinPD'
sin DC sin 6 saxD'C'
10 The arc of the great circle through the vertex A which meets the oppositeside BC at right-angles is called the altitude from A. If a, /?, y are the altitudes
from A, B,C, prove that
sina sina = sin/? sin6 = siny sine = 2w,
where n = £ <J( 1 —S cos 2 a + 2 cos a cos b cos c).
*n -o xi. x sin(6 + c) cosP + cosC*11 Prove that ; - = —
.
sin a 1 —cos A*12 Verify as in 22.54 that the sine rule of plane trigonometry is the limit
the spherical case.
Miscellaneous Exercise 22{d)
1 A rectangular box has edges of lengths a, b, c, and P moves so that the sof the squares of its distances from the six faces is equal to m2 d 2
, where d is
length of a diagonal of the box and m is constant. Prove that the locus of Pa sphere if 2m 2 > 1.
2 Through a point P three mutually perpendicular lines are drawn:passes through a fixed point C on Oz, while the others meet Ox, Oy respectively.
Prove that the locus of P is a sphere with centre C.
3 Find the coordinates of the point of the sphere x 2 + y2 + z 2 —4x + 2y —4
which is nearest to the plane x + 4y + z = 19, and calculate its distance frothis plane.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 420/454
sphere; spherical trigonometry 757
6 If the plane ax + by + cz + d = touches the sphere
(x-l) 2 + y2 + (z-l) 2 =l,
prove that a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = (a + c + d) 2.
If this plane also passes through (0, 0, 2), show that it cuts the plane z = in
a line which touches the parabola y2 = 4x, z = 0.
7 Show that there are two spheres through (0, 0, 0), (2a, 0, 0), (0, 26, 0) whichtouch the line .
x —a _ y —o _ z —c
I m n
and that if I2 + ma + wa = 1 the distance between their centres is
2—{c 2 -w 2 (a 2 + 6 2 + c 2)}*.
8 Prove that the centre of a sphere which touches each of the lines
y—mx = = z —c, y+mx = = z + c
lies on the surface mxy ( 1+ m2) cz = 0.
9 A line A passes through O and touches each of the spheres
x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + 2ax+p = 0, x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + 2by + q = 0.
Show that the angle between A and Oz is given by sin 2<f>
= p/a 2 + q/b 2. Also
find the distance between the contacts of A with the two spheres.
10 Find the condition for xjl = y/m = z/n to touch the sphere
x 2 +y 2 +z 2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0,
and find the point of contact. Hence show that the tangent cone from O hasequation d(x 2 + y 2 + z 2
) = (ux + vy + wz) 2.
11 Two skew lines AP, A'P' are met by their common perpendicular at
A, A', and O is the mid-point of AA'; 2a, is the angle between the lines, andAA' = 2c. If AP. A 'P' has either of the values c 2 sec 2 a, — 2 cosec 2 a, prove thatPP' touches the sphere with centre O and radius c.
12 Prove that there are eight spheres of radius 5 which are orthogonal to thesphere x 2 + y
2 + z 2 = 16, touch Ox, and cut off a segment of length 2 from Oy.
13 Through the circle of intersection of x 2 + y2 + z 2 = 25 and x + 2y + 2z = 9,
two spheres s lf s 2 are drawn to touch the plane 4* + 3y = 30. Find the equationsof these spheres, and the coordinates of the point through which pass all thecommon tangent planes of * x and s 2 .
14 Prove that in general two spheres can be drawn to pass through a givencircle and to touch a given plane. If the circle lies in the plane z = and hasa given radius r, and if the plane is x cos 6 + z sin 6 = 0, show that when thedistance between the centres of the two spheres is constant and equal to 2c,
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 421/454
758 sphere; spherical trigonometry2a 2 /(u 2 + v 2 + w2
). Hence write down the coordinates of P. (This gives a rational
parametric representation of the sphere x 2 + y2 +z 2 = a 2
, the parametersbeing u, v.)
16 (i) From the cosine formulae for cose and cos b, eliminate cos 6, and th
substitute sin 6 = sinB sine/sin (7, to prove the 'four-parts formula'
cosa cos 2? = sina cote —sinB cotC.
(ii) Similarly prove
cosa cos C = sina cot 6 —sin O cot B.
17 If AD bisects angle A internally, prove cot^4D = (cot6 + cotc)/2cos^.[Apply no. 16 to triangles ABD, ADC; angles ADB, CDA are supplementary.]
18 If D is a point on BO, BAD — /?, and DAG = y, prove that
cot AD saiA = cot6 sin /#+ cote sin y.
[Method of no. 17.]
19 If a spherical triangle has area one-quarter that of the whole sphere, provthat cos a + cos b + cos c = —1, and deduce that each median is the supplementof half the side which it bisects. [Use 22.52, ex. (ii); and 22.51, ex.]
20 (i) Prove (ii) of 22.42 by using the cosine formula. [Since A<cosa > cos 6 cose —sin 6 sine = cos(6 + c), which implies a < b + c if b + c <If 6 + c > n, then 6 + c> a since a < n. ]
(ii) Use the result of 22.44 to infer that A + B + C —n> 0. By writing
down the supplemental inequality (cf. 22.53), deduce (iii) of 22.42.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 422/454
(25)
ANSWERS TO VOLUME II
Exercise 10(a), p. 369
1 (a + l) 2 (2a-l). 2 (a-2)(3a+l)(2a + 3).
3 (a-l)(a + 2)(a 2 +a + 2). 4 -1,2,3.
5 a = -l, b = -2. 6 a = -2, 6 = 3. 7 7,1.
8 |(9a-l). 9 3a 3 + a 2 + lx+ 1. 10 a 3 + a 2 + 3a + 4.
11 1, 3, 6. 0. 12 1, -6, 0, -2.
13 -1, 25, ±(a 2 -3a-5). 14 a = 3, 6 = - 1.
15 a = 4, b = -2, c = 1. 17 Put a; = - (b + c), etc.
19 A ( x - b )( x - c )(x-d)B
(x-a)(x-c)(x-d)
(a-b)(a-c)(a-d) (b-a) (b-c) (b-d)
(x-a)(x-b)(x-d) (x-a)(x-b)(x-c)
(c-a)(c-b)(c-d) (d-a)(d-b){d-c)'21 (i) q = 3a*.
Exercise 10(6), p. 373
1 (x-2y + 4)(2x + y-l). 2 (x + y + 8z)(x-y-6z).
3 10, -7£. 5 3(y + z)(z +x)(x+ y).
6 -(y-z)(z-a)(a-2/)(a + 2/ + z). 7 (?/-z)(z-a)(a-y)(a + 2/ + z).
8 5(?/ + z)(z + a)(a + y)(a 2 + 2/2 + z a + 2/z + za + a2/).
9 Si/z(2/ 2 -z 2), £a(?/-z) 3
.
10 (i) a 2 + y2 + z 2
; (ii) a 2*/
2 + y2 z 2 + z 2 a 2
; (iii) bc(b - c) + ca(c - a) + ab{a - b) ;
(iv) a 2 6c + 6 2 ca + c 2 a6; (iv) 6c 2 + ca 2 + a6 2 + 6 2 c + c 2 a + a 2 6.
15 (ii) Babc(b-c)(c-a)(a-b);(iii) 5(6-c)(c-a)(a-6)(a 2 + 6 2 + c 2 -6c-ca-a6).
Exercise 10(c), p. 378
1 (i) 15; (ii) f ; (iii)-l; (iv) 19; (v) 13; (vi) (vii) 80; (viii) 343.
2 (i) 4a 2 -2a-3 = 0; (ii) 9a 2 -28a + 16 = 0; (iii) 12a 2 + 2a- 1 = 0.
3 b/a < 0 cja > 0
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 423/454
(26) ANSWERS9 (i) 2p 3 + 21r = 9pq; (ii) p 3 r = q
3.
10 x 3 + (3q-p 2 )x 2 + q(3q-p 2 )x + q3 -p 3 r = 0;
(i) a 2 —J3y = ft2 —yoc = y
2 —a/?; (ii) a 2 —/?y = —pa, etc.; p 3 r —qa
.
11 x* + 3px 3 +3p2
x2
+p 3 x + q = 0.
Exercise 10 (J), p. 382
1 y = x 2 + 2. 2 x 2 /a 2 + y 2 /b 2 = 1.
3 (a 2 -6 2)
2 = 2(6 4 -c 4). 6 6 4 c 4 + c 4 a 4 + a 4 6 4 =
7 (i) l + m+ n = 0; (ii) see 16.32.
8 (i) y2 -4ax = c 2
(a; + a) 2;
(ii) the locus of points from which the tangents to y2
= 4aa; includeangle tan -1
c.
9 y2 = a6 2
a; + a 2 6 2 (&-2). 10 a;2 + t/
2 = 2(a 2 + 6 2).
11 x = abc, y ——E6c, z — Ea. 12 1, 1, 3 in any order.
13 1, 2, —5 in any order. 14 1. —2, 3 in any order.
16 4p 8 + 27g 2 = 0. » 17 27p 4 = 256g 3.
18 (6r —eg) (ag —bp) 2 = (op —ar) 3.
19 If p(aj) = (a;2 + 2&»; + c) , - 1 g(a:), then
p'(x) = (r - 1 ) (x 2 + 2bx + c) r ~ 2 2(x + 6) g(x) + (x 2 + 2bx + o)' 1 g'(x)
.
Hence x 2 + 26a; + c is a factor of (x + b) g(x). If b 2 4= c, then x + 6 is not a factor
a;2 + 26a; + c, so a;
2 + 26a; + c is a factor of g(x), and the result follows. However,if 6 2 = c, then x 2 + 2bx + c = (a; + 6)
2, so that a; + 6 (but not necessarily (x + b
is a factor of g(x).
Exercise 10(<?), p. 388
1 a; + 3. 2 2a; + 7. 3 a;2 -2a; + 5.
4 (a;-2) 2 (a;+l)(a; + 3). 5 (z + 2)(a; 2 -a;+ l) 2 .
6 (a;-l) 3 (a;+l) 2 (a:-2). 7 -f twice.
8 2; i(-l±V6) twice. 9 --^(12a; + 35), -^(24a; 2 - 14a; + 43)
Miscellaneous Exercise 10(/), p. 388
2 No.
6 (i) (b-c)(c-a)(a-b)(a + b + c);
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 424/454
ANSWERS (27)
14 (i) Coeff. of x 2 zero; (ii) constant term zero; (iii) coeff. of x a equal to minusthe constant term; (iv) coeff. of x 2 equal to constant term.
17 2p\ 18 t/4 -52/ 2 + 6 = 0; ±V2-3, ±V3-3.
19 b2
x* + 2(ab - 2h2
) x2
+a2
= 0. 20 x2
ja + y2
/b +2
/c = 2.
24 (i) k = 3; x = 1 twice; (ii) k = —f; x = thrice.
25 (i) m = - 20, c = 7; m = 108, c = 135; (ii) m = 44, c = - 121.
27 p/g is constant.
Exercise 11(a), p. 399
1 2. 2 40. 3 82. 4 0.
5 Zi(y2-ya)+x< s (y a -y 1 )+x 9 (y 1 -y i ).
6 a 3 + 6 3 + c 8 -3a6c. 11 0. 12 -90.
13 0. 14 0. 15 18. 16 0. 17 0.
18 x(x-l) z (x*-l). 19 a 4 (a;-l) 2(a;
2 -l).
20 Sa 8 -3afec = (Sa)(Sa 2 -26c). 22 (i) and (ii) A. 23 9, ±V3.
24 0. 26 S cos 2 ^ + 2 cos J. cos B cos C = 1. 28 (ii) 3 8.
Exercise 11 (ft), p. 410
1 x = -|, = f,z = l. 2 4,3,-1. 3 2,-1,-2.
4 (*-^-<*>, etc .
(o —a) (c —a)
8 A = 1, x-.y.z = 1:-1:0; A = - 2, J2 : J2 : 1; A = 3, 1:1:- 2^2.
9 A = 3, a = £, y = |; A = 14, x = -f, y = f.
10 (i) x = -3,y = 3/(1 —A;), z = (l-4fc)/(l-fc);
(ii) a; = A, y = —A, z = —2 —A; (iii) inconsistent.
11 bc + ca + ab = 2abc+ 1.
Exercise 11(c), p. 413
1 (b-c)(c-a)(a-b). 2 (b-c)(c-a)(a-b)(a + b + c).
3 (b —c)(c-a)(a-b)(a + b + c). 4 (6-c) (c-a) (a-6) (bc + ca + ab).
5 (&-c)(c-a)(a-6). 6 -(6-c)(c-a)(a-6).
2 2 2 2 2 6 2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 425/454
(28) ANSWERS
Exercise 11(d), p. 415
1 1 2 3 2 1 1 I
X X2 Xs 1 2 2x
2 6x 1 3 3x 2
3 logx X
1/x 1 2x
-2/x 3
[Deriveby
columns.
8 2(y-z)(z-x)(x-y).
9 56. [First interchange c x and c 2 , then r x and r 2 .]
10 -32. 11 -550. 13 x = -8, y = 14, z = -2, « = 4.
15 —(ic —a) (a; —6) (a; —c) (6 —c) (c —a) (a —b). With notation of Ex. 11(e),
no. 22, v^ = (b-c)(c-a)(a-b), V2 = (b-c)(c-a)(a-b)(a + b + c),
Vx = (b —c) (c —a) (a —6) (6c + ca + a6).
Miscellaneous Exercise 11(e), p. 416
1 The equation is linear in x, y, and is satisfied by (x x , y x ) and (x % , y 2 ).
4 (6-c)(c-a)(a-6). 5 4=(b-c)(c-a)(a-b)(a + b + c).
6 (6-c)(c-a)(a-6)(a6c+l).
7 (6-c)(c-a)(a-6)(a-d)(6-d)(c-d).
8 2abc(a + b + c) 3. 10 sin 2 0-2cos 2 + 2sin0 costf.
11 ap aq ap aq+
br bs+
br bs+
dr dsp cq dr ds cp cq
12 x — 1 twice, 2. [c 2 -> c 2 — x , remove cc— 1; c 3 -> c 8 —c 2 .]
13 x = 6, c, a 3 /6c.
15 Three distinct collinear points cannot be concyclic.
17 (i) Unique solution x = 3, y — 1, 2 = 0; (ii) a; = 3 —2A, y = 1 —A, z =(iii) inconsistent.
18 (i) A =(= 3; (ii) A = 3, /* 4= 10: (iii) A = 3, fi = 10.
19 A = -l, fc= 18, x= 6-4a-3/?, 2/ = a, z = /?; A = - 19, k = - 18, x =y-2aL,z = 3a + 2.
20 A= l,a:6:c = 0:-2:l; A = |,4:4:-3; A = |,4:4:5.
22 (ii) 1 1 1 1 1 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 426/454
ANSWERS (29)
Exercise 12(a), p. 422
1 81a^-216a; 3 + 216a; a -96a;+16. 2 x 5 + 5x 3 + 10x + 5/x* + 1/x*.
3 l + 3x + 2x 2 -2x*-Zx*-x*. 4 1 + 12x + 54x 2 + 100* 3 + I5x* + ....
5 60. 6 969. 7 -105x2- . 8 7920.
9 3 7 xl54». 10 -16x217. 11 (i) 1-2166; (ii) 0-9039.
12 7. 13 5th term = £f x 5 8 x 2 18.
14 Coefficient of the 6th term = 231 x 4 11 x 5 6.
15 n Cr + 2 CU + CU = «+ a Cr (r ^ 2).
18 »+ 1 Cr = (7r + -^.i + «- 2 CV_ 2 + . . . + »-'+ 1 C 1 + 1. 19 724.
Exercise 12(£), p. 425
3 n.2 - 1. 4 0. 8 0.
10 t 2 ™ 1 )* (l +a .)n+2_ (n + 2 ) a; -l{(n-1) } 2 ' (n+ l)( n + 2)
13 (i) 4 6; (ii) 2080, 2016.
14 (i) (l + *+a; a)
B = a x 2n + aJ x 2n - 1 + ...+a zn ,
(1— x + x 2)
n = ao-^x + a^x 2 —...+a 2u x Zn;
(ii) a + a 1 a;a + a 2 iB
4 + ... +a 2B a;*«; (iv)£(3 n -l); (v)(n + l)3».
Exercise 12(c), p. 432
1 (n+l) a (2ra + l)«. 2 |n(4w a -l).
3 (-l^-^w+l). 7 £n(n+l)(7w + 2).
8 a = 2, 6 = -3, c = -3, eZ = 0; %n(n+ 1) (n 2 + 3w- 1).
9 $n(w+l)(n-4). 10 ^n(n+l)(n +2)(8n+l).
11 f(2n+l)(2ra + 3)(2w + 5)(2n + 7)-|.3.5.7.
12 in(n+l)(n + 6)(n + 7). 13 Jsn(n+l)(n + 2)(3n + 5).
14 i- 1 1
3 3(3w+l)' 3 4\3.5 (2w + 3)(2n + 5)/' 60'
5 4w + 5 5 11 12n+ll 111
4~2(n+l)(n + 2); 4 120~ 8(2n + 3) (2n + 5)' 120'
3 1 13 17 1 2 17
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 427/454
(30) ANSWERS
8 £(a + 26).
Exercise 12(d), p. 435
Exercise 12(e), p. 442
4 d. 5 o. 6 d. 7 c. 8 c. 9 o.
10 d. 11 c. 12 d. 13 d. 14 c. 15 o.
Exercise 12(f), p. 446
1 0. 2 D.
4 c for all x ^ 0. 5 s$ a; 1, C; x > 1, D.
6 < a; < 1, c; x 3* 1- d. 7 d for all a; > 0.
8 < a: < 1, C; x ^ 1, D. 9 ^ a; < |, C; a; > |, d.
10 < a; < 1, C; a; 2* 1, D. 11 ^ a: < 1, C; x > 1, D.
12 {ra^-fn+lja^+l} (a:-l)- 2 1 if x * 1; £n(n+l) if x = ].
Exercise 12(g), p. 450
2 p > 1, C; p < 1, d. 4 7r/2a, 7r/2a+l/a 2. 5 e -1
.
Exercise 12(A), p. 459
1 o. 2 c. 3 c.
4 d. 5 c. 6 No. 2.
7 a.c. by comparison with 2(l/r 2). 9 |a;| < 1, O; \x\ > 1,
10 c for all x. 11 \x\ < 1. c; |a;| > 1, d.
12 |*| < 1, c; \x\ 1, d.
13 \x\ < 2, C; \x\ > 2, D; (x = 2, D; x = -2, C).
Exercise 12(0, P- 465
1 log 2. 2 i?r. 3 See 12.72(2).
4 £ 2*»- sin (ir?r) - , all x. 5 £ 2* cos (%rn) —, all x.
r=l r\ r =0 »
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 428/454
ANSWERS (31)
Exercise 120), P« 468
1 i(r+l)(r + 2)(-x) r; 1 -3x + 6x 2 - I0x* + \x\ < 1.
31 ' 3,5
;(2r ~ 1)
(-fa;)%r> 1; 1 -fa + ^ 2 - W*3 + -i W < hr
41 ' 3 - 5
-;,
(2r ~ 3)(-l)'- 1 ^ I>
r > 2; 2 + ^-^* + ^-...; |*| < 2.
5 (r+l)a; r + l; * + 2a: 2 + 3:« 3 + 4a 4 + \x\ < 1.
6 (S^ 1) (-»)', r ^ 1; i-|a; + fa;
a —1V3 +---; M < 2.
7 (r 2 + r+l)a; r; 1 + 3* + 7a: 2 + 13rc 3 + |ar| < 1.
8 672a; 6. 9 - 10(3aO- u
. 10 —12 5th term. 13 27th and 28th terms.
14 1st term. 15 33-6241. 16 9-8995.
17 l_| a; _| a; 2 + i| a;8 + .. < . 18 < £;
A{5 + (-2)'}.
19 |*| < 2; i{2-'-(-3)-'}. 20 |*| < 1; 2 1 '-r-4.
21 |a;| < 1; +1, -1, according as r = 3p, Sp + 1, 3p + 2 (p = 0, 1,2, ...).
( w + r _l)i . 1.3.6... (2r-l)22 W< l J^h' 23 EaGhlS
2.4.6...(2r) 'r>L
24 fV3. 25 #f 26 10^-11.
i ™ l + 4*-3* 2
27 1. 28 —(I-*) 3
Exercise 12 (A:), p. 472
3 r r-1 r 2 -4r+l1 -e 2
. 2 -. 3 (-1)' ~
+ (- )'4 —71—
111 2 2 2 2 3
5 W 1-Ii + 2l-3i + -' (») 1+ n +
2-+
3+ - ;
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 429/454
(32) ANSWERS
Exercise 12(/), p. 475
1 -£-*', a 2 log2-S -(-*)', -2 <a>< 2.
r=l ** r=l r
3 _2 5iliV-l<x<l. 4 jli-iy-i-V' + Wx', -%<x<%r=l r r=l r
00 2r— 1
5 *+£ -n :(-l) r * r> -1 1.
1 26 -ifr=3p, -ifr = 3p±l; -l<a;<l.
r r1 J
i Of IV7 -- - for a:
2 ' 1, - —~ —- for x 2r
; \x\ < 1.2r-l 2r
oo /_J)r-l8 2a + a:
2 -\%; 8 + |a; 4. 9 S
15 *log2.
18 log4-l.
1 rx r
16 -£log(l-a; 2).
19 log 2-*.
14 logf.
17 log 2.
20 ilog2.
1 / 1\ 1 + x21 -|a;--)log + J if a; 4= 0; if x = 0.
4\ ay 1— a;
» -H)23 logW-
log(l-a?)-i —if x 4=0; if 35 = 0.
24 a; 8 > 1. 25 Each is —2 log cos
5 1-4142136.
13 l + ^ar + fa;2
.
17 l + hp-&P*.
Exercise 12 (m), p. 481
8 l+x 2 + fa:8
. 12 f + f<r.
14 0037. 15 0-393.
18 19 loga.
Miscellaneous Exercise 12 («), p. 482
3 (2n) /(n ) 2.
5 (i) |(r-l)r; (ii) (r- l)r+ 1, r(r+ 1) - 1; (iii) r 8; (iv) m8
.
6 2-n+1 ; 2.
, 5 3
8 in.
12 2(n + 2) 2(n + 3)' 12*
9 $(w 2 + n + 2). 10 -7T.
$ 1
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 430/454
ANSWERS (33)
31 (l + 3a;+a: a )e .
33 (i) |(cha; + cosa;); (ii) i(ahx-ainx). 34 1-609.
Exercise 13(a), p. 493
1 5 + 11*. 2 -1 + 3*. 3 7 + 3*.
4 7 + 3*. 5 -9 + 19*. 6 41 + 0*.
7 tt+A*. 8 9 2i, -4, -8*.
10 -10. 11 cos (0 + 0) + * sin (0 + 0).
12 cos (0-0) + i sin (0-0).
14 X= 2+,y :- 1
„ , Y= 2y
{x-l)* + y*' {x-l)* + y2
'
15 o, + (±*=°E\\ 16 2 + *.
17 (a?3 -3a^/ 2
) + *(3a; 2 y-t/ 3); (a;
3 - 3a>*/2
) -i(3x 2 y-y 3).
26 {ad —be, bd], {ad, be}.
Exercise 13(6), p. 4981 2(cos^7r + *sin|7J-). 2 2(cos( —£7r)+*'sin( —£tt)).
3 V2 rcos|7r+*'sin|7r). 4 V2(
c °s( +*sin( -%nj).
5 2(cosf7r + *sin^7r). 6 cos \n + * sin \tt.
7 cos \tx + * sin
8 2 cos £0 (cos £0 + * sin \Q) or - 2 cos £0 {cos (\d + 7r) + *' sin (\Q + 7r)}.
9 2 cos i(a - /?) {cos £(a fi) + * sin £(a + /?)} or
- 2 cos £(a - /?) {cos £(a +/? + 2?r) + * sin £(a +^ + 27r)}.
10 (a;2
+2/2
)n
. 13 (w-l) 2 + « 2 = 9.
16 (£C + t/)(a? + W2/)(o; + w22/); (x + coy) (x + (o 2
y).
Exercise 13(c), p. 506
2 2z s + z 1 = 32 a . 3 (Zz x + A;z a )/(Z + A;)-
4 The region between the circles of centre ( —1,2) and radii 2, 3.
A l d
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 431/454
(34) ANSWERS
Exercise 13(d), p. 514
2 1 ± *, 1 ± V3. 3 - 2, 2 ± V3. 4 o),(o, (o\ w2, f.
5 ±V
2 ±V
3 ' <°, 0)2 ' 6 The root z = —b/a is real, so /?
7 (ii) The division process introduces coefficients of the same type a
divisor and dividend.
9 pr-4s. 11 -3. 12 +4, 5.
13 -4, 2, w, (oK 14 -4,-1,2,5.
15 2/8 + 3(a-/fc)y 2 + 3(fc 2 -2afc + &)y-fc 8 + 3afc 2 -3&fc + c; a.
16 = 1 or -3; x = -2, -4, 1±V15-
17 = 2; 2/4 + 22/
3 —9t/ 2 —16t/ —6 = 0.
18 (i) y3
-2qy 2 + (q*+pr)y + (r*-pqr) = 0;
(ii) ry a -(q + 3r)y 2 + (p + 2q + dr)y-(p + q+l) = 0.
20 q2 (y+l) 3 +p*(y + 2) = 0.
Exercise 13(e), p. 520
If. 2 |,-2. 3 None.
4 (-2,-1), (0,1). 5 (-1,0), (1,2). 6 (1,2).
7 Boots in (ax ,
a2 ),
(a3 ,
a4 ),
(a5 ,
a6
). 1 1 ( 1,2),
(
—6, —5).
12 (2,3). 14 One root. 15 8 < < 11.
16 - 47 < k < 98. •
Exercise 13(/), p. 524
1 2-0946. 2 0-2261. 3 -2-0945. 4 4-25.
5 1-52. 6 0-3399, 2-2618,-2-6018.
7 1-3569, 1-6920, -3-0489. 8 0-567. 9 0-057, 1-468.
10 1-3503. 11 4-4934. 12 1-87.
14 K+1/2K*-1I4JZ:*.
15 Newton's method fails; but put x = 2nn + h and expand.
Miscellaneous Exercise 13(g), p 525
2 s + ic. 4 r 2 +/) 2 —2r/>cos(0 —a).
7 (ii) i(ll-t), -i(3 + 5i).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 432/454
ANSWERS (35)
12 a;2 +2/ a -(a/w)a; = 0, a;
a +2/2 + (a/v)t/ = (if u 4= 0, v 4= 0).
14 If P describes |z| = 1 counterclockwise, Q moves from —oo to + oo along Oy.
16 y = or (c-a)(a; 2 +y 8) + 2(d-6)a; + (ad-6c) = 0.
18 (i) 3 £ as** 8 ; (ii) 32a 3l >_ 2 a:
3 »- 2, B^a^x 3 ^.
p=i p=l p=i
20 b 2 c-abd + d* = 0; or b = = d and a 2 5* 4c.
22 a;8 - 3a: 4 - 6a: 3 + 14a; 2 - lx+ 1 = 0. 24 * > p*.
25 6= l-|+i-...-l/w. 26 -f, -|,i2.27 1, i(3±V5), £(1±*V3). 28 - 1, i(l ±ijZ), i(- 1 + iVl5).
29 (n + i)7r + 4(-l)»- 1 /(2n+l)7r.
Exercise 14(a), p. 532
2 (2cos|0) 6 cis70. 5 32,-fTT-.
(8/**4 1 \
tt), r = 0, 1,2, 3.
8 cis(£0 + p7r), & = 0, 1,...,5; cis(£0 + for), k = 0, 1.
9 cos 30 + i sin 3(9 = cos 3 + 3i cos 2 sin0- 3cos0 sin 2 0-isin 3 0;
tan 30 = ( 3 tan - tan 3 0)/( 1 - 3 tan 2 0).
10 (i) cos0 —isin0; (ii) 2cos0; (iii) 2*sin0; (iv) 2cosn0; (v) 2*sinn0.
/2k+l \ /2k+l \11 cisl n], k = 0, 1, ...,n— 1. 12 —i cot ( — n) , k = 0, 1, ...,n —1.
V w / \ 2n J
1 / faA13 -|l+icot— ), k = 1,2, ...,n-l.
2 \ n/
14 itan —, where & = 0, 1, ...,n— 1 if n is odd, and the value k = in is
excluded if «, is even.
(2kn \—^-±ol\, k — 0, 1, ...,n- 1.
18 z 2 + z + 2 = 0. The + sign is correct since
sinf7r + sinf7r = sinfTT— sin^7r > and smfyr > 0.
20 (i) ]zj = constant; (ii) argz is a rational multiple of n.
Exercise 14(6), p. 538
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 433/454
(36) ANSWERS
7 -i(ffrsmlO0-isin80-£sm60 + 2sm40 + sm20-60) + c.
8 Th(w + fW3).
9 (i) 32c 8 - 48c* + 18c 2 - 1; (ii) 1- 18« 2 + 48* 4 -32s 6 .
10 7s-56s 3 + 112s B -64s 7. 11 1 - 24s 2 + 80s 4 - 64s 8
.
12 = 2nn±$iT. 13 = nn or ( l) n %n + nn.
16 (i) (a) (- l)* s n, (-l)* - 1 wcs n - 1
; (6) ( - l)k n -»tu» n - 1, ( - l)*<»-«««.
(ii) (a) (-l)* - 1 ™* - 1,
(-1)* * ; (6) ( - l)*< -««», ( - l)k»-»frf»-i.
17 See answer to Ex. 14(a), no. 9; tan -&n, tan -fen.
18 (i) £* = SWt?(ii
) (c —o)/( 1 —6 + d) ; S0 X is zero or an integral multiple of n.
\ / e»n— 5/.n—20 (v) (a) 2 n - 1 c n -n.2 - 3 c B - 2 +- 1 -T —-2 n - 6 c2
3
. I n 2 n 2 /n 2 -2 2 ^ n 2 fw 2 -S(6)
n(n —4)(w —5) „ „m _ / 2 - 7 c n - 6 + ...;
, f n 2„ n»(n -2») , n (n«-2« n 2 -4 2
„
v y
\ 2 4 6 J
, i,fw(w 2 -l 2
) ,n(n 2 -l 2 )(n 2 -3 2
)
\ 3 5
Exercise 14(c), p. 544
1 (a 2 - 2z cos \tt + 1) (a: 2 - 2a: cos |7T + 1) (a?2 - 2a; cos %n + 1).
2 (x 2 - 2 V2 a; cos -^tt + 2) (a;2 + 2 ^2a; cos J^7r + 2) (x 2 - 2 ^2* cos + 2)
x (a;2 + 2 V2a; cos &n + 2).
3 (a; 2 - 2a; cos tt + 1) (a:2 - 2x cos $n + 1) (x 2 - 2x cos |7T + 1).
4 x = 1, a = 2j3 + 7T/n. 5 a; = - 1, a = 2^.
6 » = -l, a = 2fi + n/n. 7 rtann^ = £ cot{^+- —-——r=0 I * w ;
8 Derive wo fi the result of 14.33, ex. (iv).
10 2 |- cosec na sin ^a + —̂j^ja; 2 - 2a;cos ^a + ^^ + lj.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 434/454
ANSWERS (37)
Exercise 14(d), p. 547
1 8x z -6x-<j3 = 0. 2 16z 4 -20a; a + 5 = 0.
3 4r 2 + 2a;-l = 0; i(V5±l). 5 (i)
y
6 - 7y4 +
Hy2 - 1 = 0.
9 1.
Exercise 14(c), p. 550
1 —sin nff sec£/?cos{a + (n — 3 2 n cos n sinn0.
4 cosntf. 5 {2nx n (x-l) + (x+l)(l-x n )}/(x-l)K
6 jsinJ.-^ sin(w+l)^l + ^ sinwJ.|^l -2^cos4 +^7 cosec cos (a —6).
Exercise 14(/), p. 556
1-1. 2 ie(l+*V3). 3 rcistf. * 4 2cosl.
* sin ten,
5 2e co80 cos(sin0). 6 2ie oa sin6a;. 7 S af. all a;.
r-i r
8 e* 008 6 sin (a; sin (9), all x, 6. 9 e- cos '^cos(a-sin/? cos/?), all a, /?.
10 e* sin (a; tan /?), all x. 11 cos (sin 0) sh (cos 0), all 0.
12 \e- Je 00825 cos (sin 20). 13 Line v = 0; line v = u
14(i)
w2
+ v2
=e 2x
;(ii)
wsini/ = vcoay;circle
and a diameter.
Exercise 14(g), p. 560
4 cha; cosy + isha; siny.
5 2(cos x ch y + i sin x sh y) /(cos 2x + ch 2t/).
6 (sh2a; + tsin2t/)/(ch2a: + cos2y).
8 (i) x + nni; (ii) a; + 0i or n7T + yi. 9 (n + n + \i log 2.
10 (2w7r ± ^7r) + *, both + or both — signs being taken.
12 (i) Hyperbola, (ii) ellipse, in the (w,v)-plane.
13 —+—+ -—-+..., all z. 14 sh(cos<9) sin(sin0), all 0.3 7 1 1
15 £{sh (cos 0) cos (sin 0) + sin (cos 0) ch (sin 0)}, all 0.
Miscellaneous Exercise 14(A), p. 561
4 i k = i \ i (
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 435/454
(38) ANSWERS11 8c 8 -9c 8 + 1 = 0; = 0, \n, |tt, 2n.
16 -i, -Kl+*cotir7r). r = ± 1, ±2, ±3. Put 2 = - sin 2 0.
17 z —acis|r7r, r = 0, 1, 5.
v = {(»— 1) sin a —y cos a}{x-l) 2 + y-
1
23 cos u = cos £0 —sin £0, chv = cos £0 + sin £0.
25 Denoting the vertices + a, + a + *a, —a+ia, —ahyA,B,G,D respec-
tively, then as z moves from O to A, w moves along the w-axis from to (a 2,
as z moves from A to B, w moves along the parabolic arc v 2 = 4a 2 (a 2 —u) from(a 2
, 0) to (0, 2a 2); from B to G, w moves along the parabolic arc v 2 = 4a 2 (a 2 +
from (0,2a 2
)through (
—2
, 0) to(0,
-2a 2); from G to D, w moves along a
v 2 = 4a 2 (a 2 —u) from (0, —2a 2) to (a 2
, 0) ; from D to O. w moves along the M-axi
from (a 2, 0) to 0.
27 \e-\ + \e eos 206 cos (sin 2a), all a. 28 ch (a; cos 0) sin (x sin 0), all x, 0.
CO3}
n p n
29 2 cosn0, where r = + ^(a 2 + b 2) and cos0:sin0: 1 = a:b:r.
31 z = e^^Ce^'+De '/ ), where /*a = n 2 + fc
2 and C, D are arbitrary complex constants.
33 x' = x cos 6 + y sin 0, ?/' = —a; sin + y cos 0.
Exercise 15(a), p. 575
6 a; + y = 2c cosec w. 7 # + = csec2
Jw.
8 x 2 + 2^ cos <y + ?/2 = 4c 2 cosec 2 o>. 9 Straight line.
1 1 h/x + kjy — 2. 12 Circle with centre 0.
Exercise 15(6), p. 578
1 x-2y = 0. 2 3x-5y + 9 = 0. 3 10x-9y = 5.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 436/454
ANSWERS (39)
Exercise 15(c), p. 585
1 V2 - 4 bx 2 -2kcy + ay* = 0.
5 (i) tan- 1(2^/21); (ii) llaj a -26a^-llt/ a = 0.
7 pq(x* + y*) = (p* + q*)xy.
8 (i)47r, (-1,4); (iijtan- 1**, (-•&.-*); (iii) K ( - 2, 3)
(iv) tan- 1 ^,^), (1, -2).
9 (i) 3a; a -7«y + 2y a = 0; (ii) 2x* + xy- I5y* = 0; (iii) xy = 0;
(iv) 2« 2 + 4»2/-2/ 2 = 0.
10 3cc a + 40a*/ - lty 2 = 0. 12 2(flr - g') x + 2(/-/') j/ + (c - c') = 0.
Exercise 15 (d), p. 592
1 x 2 + y*-2px-2qy = 0.
4 (i) (* + a; a ) x + (</i + s/ a ) y = x^x % + y x y %- a 2
, xx x + yy x = a 8.
5 (aH/n t a*m/n). 6 c 2 = a 2 (l+m 2).
7 (i) x\ + y\ = 2a 2; (ii) x 2 + 2/
2 = 2a a.
8 (i) Transverse common tangents divide the line of centres internally in
the ratio of the radii.
(ii) 5x± 12y = 29, Ux±4:j3y = 61.
9 {(Ti+r^x-ia^ + a^ = {fa-a^-^+r^y*.13 x* + y*-3x-5y+l = 0. 14 a 2
+2/2 + 2a;-82/ + 5 = 0.
16 Straight line. 17 8 —s' = is a diameter of tr.
20 * 2+2/
2 +a;-42/-2 = 0. 21 x*+y 2 + x + y-2 - 0.
1 -2,0.
4 New equation is x
6 z a + 3t/ a = 1.
Exercise 15(c), p. 600
2 x 2 -xy-6y 2 = 1. 3 xy = —£a 2.
5 Jtan- 1 ^
Miscellaneous Exercise 15(/), p. 601
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 437/454
(40) ANSWERS19 (1 + 2gl + cl 2 )x 2 + 2(fl+gm + clm)xy + (l + 2fm + cm 2
)y2 - 0;
/ b(b-a)~2mh m(a-b)-2lh \ _\2{am 2 -2hlm + bl 2 )' 2(am 2 -2hlm + bl 2 ))''
™X+ V ~ '
20 (l-h)(x 2 + y2
) = h(x + y); (a + k) (x 2 + y2
) + k(x —y) = 0.
21 6(a; 3 + 2/3
) = Zaxy(x —y).
Exercise 16(a), p. 60S
1 2/(f 1 + * 2 ). 2 a(t+l/t) 2. 10 Focus A, directrix
Exercise 16(6), p. 610
5 y = x + a, x + 2y + 4a = 0. 10 The directrix.
11 Each is equivalent to t x t % = —1. 12 y2 = 4a(x + a).
15 2:1. 17 (i) Equally inclined to the axis.
19 xa* + ybi + (a 2 6 2 )* = 0.
20 $y = 2(* + |); 2y = 4a+l, 6y = 9x + 4.
25 The directrix.
Exercise 16(c), p. 614
3 y 2 = a(x-Ba). 4 s = -t-2jt. 6 (-2a, 0).
7 x —y = 3a, 3a; —t/ = 33a, 4x + y = 72a.
13 x + 4a -0,y 2 = 16a(a;-6a), y2 = 2a(#-4a).
Exercise 16(d), p. 616
1 y = 3x. 2 -f.
Miscellaneous Exercise 16(e), p. 616
1 Mid-point of OG, where O is the point of contact and C is the centre;
perpendicular to OG at distance \OG from O on the side remote from G.
r 2 + vq2 x 2 +y 2 -(p + g)x —y+pq = 0.
T
/ _b 4ac-b 2 \ 14
\~2a'~~ 4a-
)'' H*8 *'
P
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 438/454
ANSWERS (41)
Exercise 17(a), p. 629
1 26 2 /a. 2 PN' 2: B'N' . N'B = OA2
: OB 2.
5 Ellipse with semi-axes a, 6. 8 %a, \b.
10 (i) ay = bxt&aa; (ii) x 2 /a 2 + y2 /b 2 = cos 2 a. 15 (i) -30.
17 (a/a) cos<fi + (y/b) sin = 1. 20 nab.
Exercise 17(6), p. 634
2 d-<j) = ±7T.
4 Tangents at corresponding points meet on the major axis.
11 ON'.OT' = bK 19 (a(a2 -6 2 )/(a 2
+6 2
),0).
22 \x + %y - 1; x+y-S= 0, a;-5t/ + 9 = 0.
24 Tangents at the extremities of a focal chord meet on the corresponding
directrix.
»l*4-i)$4-i)-@+*-i)->*+*-*+*.
Exercise 17(c), p. 637
1 b 2 .OQ' = -a 2 e 2 .PN.
4 1-— = -. 5 (1. 2).(2a 2 -6 2
)2 6 2 4
V'
1
7 a 2 x 2 + b 2y 2 = a*6*/(a 2 - 6 2
)2
. NN' is the normal at the point
(Aft cos (it —0), Xa sin (tt —0)), where A = ab/(a 2 —b 2).
Exercise17
(J),p.
641
1 5x + 3y = 0. 2 -\. 4 Ji&tf + b 2)}.
10 (ii) aW + btm 2 = 2n 2; (ii) x 2 /a 2 + y
2 /b 2 =
Miscellaneous Exercise 17(e), p. 642
1 x 2 /a 2 + y2 lb 2 = 1.
8 A hyperbola having focus S and the given circle for auxiliary circle;
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 439/454
(42) ANSWERS20 b^h 2 - a 2
) x 2 + 2a 2 b 2 hkxy + a*(k z - b 2) y
2 = 0.
23 (-2,1); 2,V3; i;(
- 1, 1),(
-3,
1);x
= 2, x =- 6.
24 3, 2V2; f; (2,f), (0,*); x = 10, a = -8.
25 (0,1); 2, V3; £; (*,*),(-*,*); s-y-3 = 0, + 5 = 0.
Exercise 18(a), p. 651
2 A branch of a hyperbola with foci A, B: if .45 > m>, the branch enclosin
B; HAB < nv. the branch enclosing A. If AB = nv, the perpendicular bisect
of^B.3 That branch of a hyperbola with foci A, B which contains the centre
the smaller circle.
4 (i) Referring to fig. 182: - oo < t < - 1, A'Q'; - 1 < t < 0, PA; < t
AQ; 1< t < +oo : P'A'. (ii) (a) > 0; (6) < x « a = 1.
13 (1 + x/a + il-WJy/b = h + t z .
14 (l + * 2 Wa + (l-* 2 )y/6 = 2t.
15 (l-* 2 )aa;-(l+« 2 }fo/ = (a 2 + 6 2)
(1 -< 4)/2*.
Exercise 18(6), p. 656
12 3x 2 - 7*2/ + 2y 2 + 5x - 5y + 3 = 0.
13 2x + y-Z - 0, x-3i/ + 2 = 0; 2* 2 -5^-3i/ 2 + a; + ll2/-4 = 0.
Exercise 18(c), p. 659
4 Write the equation as xy + ?/£C = 2c 2.
31 (-d/c,a/c). 33 » = 4i>, y = i?-
Miscellaneous Exercise 18 (a*), p. 661
3 x 2 \a 2 -y 2 \b 2 = 1 (a> 6).
5 Branch of a hyperbola which contains the centre of the smaller circle,
both contacts are external or both internal. Ellipse if one contact is extern
and the other internal.
6 Foci A, B in either case. 10 (u + w) xja + (u-w)y/b + v = 0.
12 (x lt—
2/ x ). 14 See 18.53, example.
2 b
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 440/454
ANSWERS (43)
22 The case k = in no. 21 (ii): the same argument applies.
23 (0,0); 2, 3; ^13; (0, ±^13); y = ±4A/13; y = ±f».
24 (-1,-2); |,2; f; (|, -2), (-£, -2); a; = * = -if;
4#- 3y = 2, 4aj + 3y+10 = 0.
25 (0,1); ¥; ( + ¥,i); * = ±*; y=i±¥«-
Exercise 19(a), p. 672
1 -1 + ^-1. ^ + ^-1. 2 y 2 -4ax l ,y 1 y 2 -2a(x 1 + x 2 ).
a 2 b 2 a 2 o 2 1
3 x^-c 2, ^(x^ + x^-c 2
.
4 (Zajj + my l + n) (l'x l + m'y x + n') ,
i(lx + my + n) (l'x 2 + m'y 2 + n') + l(lx 2 + my 2 + n) (l'x t + m'y x + n').
5 8 = passes through the mid-point of P X P 2 .
8 pb - 2rh + ga = 0. 9 (ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2) (a + b) = 2(ab - h 2
) (x 2 + y2
).
11 (ax 1 +hy 1 +g){x-x 1 ) + (kx 1 + by 1 +f)(y-y 1 ) = 0.
13 (i) ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + gx+fy + c = 0; (ii) ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + c = 0;
(iii) gx+fy + c = 0.
14 (*/o) sin^
+ (y/6) cos<f>
= 0; at the point at the end of the question.
15 Either h * 0, or h = and Z = 0.
Exercise 19(6), p. 681
1 3aj 2 + 3a«/ + 2?/ 2 -9a;-22/ = 0.
2 165a: 2 - 294a«/ + 120?/ 2 - 273a; + 691*/+ 1572 = 0.
3 (a-b)h' = (a'-b')h.
4 lla; 2 -25a^+llt/ 2 = 0, (x + y)2 = 47, (a-y) 2 = 3.
/ a 2 -b 2 \ 2 /6 2 \ 8
• 8 * 2 + 2/2 + 2ae 8
ar = a 2 (l-e 2 -e 4). 9 la —I +y 2 = I —I .
11 - cos —7 sin ci = cos 20; j cos 3 0, —sin 30j;
a o \ a b j
(a 2 sin 2 + 6 2 cos 20)
lJ
% ah
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 441/454
(44) ANSWERS
Miscellaneous Exercise 19(c), p. 682
8 (a 2 m2 + b 2) (x 2 - y
2) = ( 1 - m2
) a 2 b 2.
10 25x 2 - (k + 1)y
2 - (k + 26) y + (Qk+ 169) = 0; y = x 2 + i£±.
12 ^12^1 — ~ ®*
Exercise 20(a), p. 688
2 r 2 r 3 sin (0 2 - 3 ) + r 3 r x sin (0 3 -X ) + sin (0 X - 2 ) = 0.
5 (i) (a) r 2 -2/orcos((9-a)+p 2 cos 2 a = 0; (6) r = ± 2asin0;
(ii) tangents at O are Oy, Ox.
6 ( V( a2 + 62)> tan- 1 (6/o)).
10 r cos (0 —X — a + a) = 2a cos (0j —a) cos (0 2 —a);
r 008(0-20 + a) = 2a cos 2 (0x-a).
11 Circle through 0. 12 6 2 c 2 + 2ac=l.
Exercise 20(6), p. 696
1 a = Z/(e 2 - 1), 6 = Z/V(e2 - 1). 2 Parabola 2a/r = 1 - cos 0.
3 Conic with I = ifc/a, e = (b 2 + c 2) */a. 5 (2 - e 2 )/2Z.
8 l\r — e cos (0 —y) + sec \{<x —/?) cos {0 —£(a + /?)}, which is therefore obtain
able by writing a —y,
/? —y, —y
for a, /?, in the standard equation.
9 (Z,£tt).
15 Concavities of the arcs LL' may be the same ( —) or opposite ( + ) in sen
18 (ii) 2Zsec0, sec^.
21 The directrix Ijr = cos of the parabola Ijr = 1+ cos 0.
25 ( 1 jp) cos (0 - a) + (d6/dr) a sin (0 - a) = 1 /r.
Miscellaneous Exercise 20(c), p. 698
3 (a sin a —6 sin /?) sin = (6 cos /? —a cos a) cos 0;
(a6/r)sin(a —/?) = asin(a —0) —6sin(/? —0)
4 r 2 -{acos(0-a) + &cos(0-/?)}/- + afecos(a-/?) = 0.
6 (2-e 2)/Z. 8 (ii) r = asec 8 Ja cos(0-^ Ja).
9 Ife < l,a = ±cos _1 (— e); ife ^ 1, there is no such a; r = Zcosec 2 0.
12 ( 1 —e 2) r 2 + 2eZr cos = Z
2; the auxiliary circle if e 4= 1 > the directrix if e
14 e2/ 2 + Z# = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 442/454
ANSWERS (45)
7 2V46, 2V38. 8 3:4,5:7,-2:1.
13 x = pcos^, y = psintfi; p = *J{x2 + y
2), cos^:sin0: 1 = x:y:p.
14 (i) On a cylinder with axis Oz, radius h; (ii) on a half -plane through Oz;
(iii) on a line parallel to Oz.
15 x = rsin# cos0, y = rsin# sin0, z = rooad;
r = J(x 2 + y2 + z 2
), cos <j> : sin ^ : 1 = x : y : *J(x2 + y
2),
cos : sin 0:1 = z : ^/(a; 2 + f/2
) : r.
16 (i) On a sphere with centre 0, radius k; (ii) on a cone with vertex O andsemi- vertical angle a; (iii) on a half -plane through Oz; (iv) generator of cone;
(v) great semi-circle of sphere; (vi) small circle of sphere.
Exercise 21(6), p. 708
5 1:1:1, 1:-1:1, 1:1:-1, -1:1:1. 6cos-H.
7 cos- 1{(6
2 + c 2 - a 2) /(a 2 + b 2 + c 2
)}, etc.
109 -7
10 (p2x piy p * z
\\0P 2 ' OP 2 ' OP 2 }'
15 Each is equal to OP 2.
Exercise 21(c), p. 713
1 x-4y + 5z = 0. 2 6x + 2y-10z = 31. 3 3x + 3y-z = 6.
4 5a? + 2y-3z = 17. 5 6x + 3«/- 2z = 18, 2a;- 3y- 6z = 6.
6 (i) cos 1(1/^14); (ii) sin-^l/Ve).
7 cos-^c/Vttp-g^ + fp-r^ + c 2}], cp/(p-q), cp/(p-r).
8 cos- 1 {(a- 2 + 6 2 - c- 2 )/(a~ 2 + 6~ 2 + c~ 2)}.
9 (aJi-^aj + ^-^Jy-KZi-z^z = l{x\-x\ + y\-y\ + z\-z\).
1 3 - (A Xl + By x + CZi + D)/( Ax 2 + %2 + Cz 2 + Z>).
Exercise 21 (d), p. 721
1 (11,22,19); 5V38.
2 (0, 6 —om/i, c —ero/Z), (a —bl/m, 0, c —bnjm), (a —cZ/w, 6 —cm/n, 0).
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 443/454
(46) ANSWERS
_ x-3 y-2 2 + 3 rt . . , A , .
16 — = _ = j- (both upper signs, or both lower).\2 + 1 *J2+1 —
*J2
17 2. 18 2a; + 60y- 1622 + 27 = 0, 54a- lSy- 62+1 = 0.
19 ±-^— V(^ + w2 + ^ 2 )- 20 6 x volume of OP^P^.2lmn
Exercise 21(e), p. 726
1 12a;-lty + 42 = 1. 2 3x + ±y-2z = 7.
3 9x-3y-z+U = 0. 4 2:-l:l.
a;+ 1 v— 1 2—15 3a;-% + 72 + 4 = = 3a; + 2?/ + 2, —_ = 2-^- = _ '
6 7:-ll:10.
7 3a; + 2(3 ± a/3) t/ - 3(4 ± *J3) z = (both upper or both lower signs).
8 2x-y-z + 3 = = x + y + z-6; 1 : : - 1 or 1 : - 1 : 0.
9 x-y + z+1 = 0, 4x- 6^-2-3 = 0, lx-9y + 2z - 0.
Exercise 21(/), p. 732
1 10:3:-4. 2 ^ = *±* = ^; (4, 2, 6), ( - 1, - 1, 0).5 3 6
3 (3,0,0), (ff,0,0). 5 2V3. 6 5.
z-1 2/-2_2-3 x-2_ 2/ -^_2-ff_7 13; —- —- —. 8 —- —- —, Vi7-
9 See 21.52, ex. (iv).
Miscellaneous Exercise 21(g), p. 733
I3t 4t 156-12^ 144
18:5, 4 \13'13' 13~~ J' l3 5
V709325
x y z
2=
1=
i'6 —- —~ = ~l (t> -i, -*). 7 60°; * + 2/-2 = 0.
8 {I ±V) x + (m ±m') y + (w ±n')z = = S(mn' - m'w) x (all + or all-).
9 (0,0,0), (1, 1, -1). 10 »-42/+62 = 106; ^293.
11 lx-8y + 3z = 0; 13a; = 122, 20y + 23z = 0.
12 (,-^),a-i) + ( y - 6
f6
)(6-e) +(
S -^)(o-/) = 0.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 444/454
ANSWERS (47)
3 2(x 2 +y 2 + z 2 )-lx-6y-9z+lB = 0.
4 x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2x-2y + 2z-% - 0. 5 3(x 2 + t/
2 + z 2) - 2a; - 2t/ - 2z - 1 = 0.
6 6(z 2 + 2/2 + z 2 )-18a;-36i/-12z = 0; 7.
7 3(x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )-12x-6y-4z = 0. 9 (»- 5)2 + (t/ ± 4)
2 + (z ± 4) 2 = 41.
10 (2,4,4), (f, 4, ft). 11 (-1, -5,|), |V14.
12 (*,*,*), i; (2,2,2), 2.
13 81(x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )-126(x + y + z) + 98 = 0. 15 2x + 2y±z-3.
16 a; + 2y - 2z + 15 = 0, 4y + 3z - 1 1 = 0. 17 (Zr 2/p, mr 2
/p, rar 2/p).
18 {lu+mv+nw-p) 2 = (l 2 + m2 +n 2 )(u 2 + v i + w2 -d).
19 (a;-5) 2 + (2/ + 2)2 + (z-3) 2 = 49; 2x + 3y + 6z = U. 21 (A>A>-A)-
22 (ii) Tangents from a point on the common circle have equal lengths zero.
Exercise 22(6), p. 745
1 (0, 0, 0). 2 Plane touches circle.
3 4. 4 x 2 +y
2
+z 2 -8x-6y = 0.
5 3x + y-3z = 3, x 2 + y2 +z 2 -x-3y+z = 0; (A, tf, -*)•
6 (2,2,3).
8 a 2 + 2/2 + z 2 + 6z-16 = 0, 5(* 2 + 2/
2 + z 2 )-14a;-28y-12z + 32 = 0.
9 x 2 + y2 + z 2 -2z-8 = 0, a;
2 + 1/2 + z 2 + 2(te + 20y + 18z + 72 = 0.
10 x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2x-8z = 0.
12 a;2 + 2/
2 + z 2 + 2a2/-a 2 = 0, a;2 + 2/
2 + z 2 + 4oa;-2az + a 2 = 0.
13 5(* 2 + 2/2 + z 2
) + 19a;-132/+10z + 27 = 0; 3/VlO.
14 * 2 + </2 + z 2 -2a; + 2</ + 6z-5 = 0. 15
16 a;2 + y
2 + z 2 + a; + 92/-4z = 0.
18 Cylinder with generators parallel to (i) Ox, (ii) Oy; surface of revolution
with axis (iii) Oy, (iv) Oz.
19 10« 2 +12a;i/ + 52/2 = 16.
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 445/454
(48) ANSWERS
Miscellaneous Exercise 22 (</), p. 756
2 x* + yz + z 2 -2cz = 0.
3 (2
+ JV2,-1
+ 2V2,£V2 )>
£(7
V2-6).
4 ^ = | = ^, cos- 1 . 5 (-alln,-am/n). 9 |Vp~ V«l-
a D O
10 (SwZ) 2 = dSZ 2; (AZ,Am,An) where A = —dj(Lul).
12 (a? ±4) 2 + ±4) 2 + (2 ±3) 2 = 25.
13 a;2 + 2/2 + 2 ;2_2 a ;_42/
_4 2 -7 = 0,
5(a;2 + 2/2 + z 2) + 22a; + 442/ + 44z-323 = 0; (3,6,6).
' 2a 2 w 2a 2 v a(u 2 + v 2 - a 2 )'
w2
+ v2
+ a2'
u2
+ v2
+ a2 '
W2
+ y2
+ a2
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 446/454
xxiii
INDEX TO VOLUME II
Numbers refer to pages.
* means 'Also see this entry in the Index of Vol. I\
Absolute convergence (a.c.), 452, 551
A.c, 452, 551Affix, 495d'Alembert's
ratio test, 443, 456theorem, 507
Alternate suffixes, rule of, 587Altitude of spherical triangle, 756
am, amp, 495Amplitude, 495Angle
dihedral, 713, 748of lune, 748trihedral, 748
Angle betweencircles, 591curves, 747line-pair, 580planes, 713sensed lines, 707spheres, 740
Antiparallel, 707Antipodal points, 747A.P., sines or cosines of angles in, 431,
548Apollonius
circle of, 504hyperbola of, 658
Approximations, 476formal, 479
Area
and orthogonal projection, 627of lune, 748of spherical triangle, 750of triangle, 568, 719
arg, 495Argand, 488Argand representation, 488, 499, 504
difference, 501loci, 500, 504product; 502quotient, 503
Auxiliary circle, 623, 652
Axes (of coordinates)
change of. 595left-handed, 700oblique, 565rectangular, in space, 700right-handed, 700rotation of, 596, 597, 709
Axisconjugate, 654major, 621minor, 621of circle on sphere, 747
of parabola, 603transverse, 621
Bifocal property, 624, 647Binomial
coefficients, 424, 466series, 463, 466
Binomial theorem, 419, 434general term, 420greatest term, 421
use trigonometrically, 534
c, 437C + iS method for
integration, 555series, 548
Cardan and complex numbers, 487Cardan's method, 390
Centre ofcircle, 586ellipse, 621hyperbola, 621line-pair, 584, 597sphere, 736
Centroidand coordinate axes. 601of tetrahedron, 704
Ceva's theorem, 574Change of
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 447/454
xxiv INDEX
Chord of
circle (polar equation), 686conic (polar equation), 693ellipse, 630, 631hyperbola, 648, 651, 658
parabola, 605, 606a = 0, 665
Chord of contact, 587, 610,
649to s = 0, 668
Circle
and ellipse, 622Cotes's properties, 542equations in space, 742general equation, 586great, 737, 747
of Apollonius, 504of curvature, 611, 679, *on given diameter, 586polar equation, 686small, 737, 747
Circles, family or system of, 593cis, 530Cofactor, 402
alien, 403true, 403
Colatitude, 702Collinear points, 570Comparison
of series and product, 543series, 440tests, 439
Complete quadrilateral, 577
Complex algebra
and real algebra, 492completeness of, 492
Complex numbers, 489and laws of algebra, 494conjugate, 497
'real', 496Compound angles, 537Concurrence of lines, 576, 577Concyclic points on
ellipse, 628, 678hyperbola, 660parabola, 604
Cone, 745Confocal conies, 662Conic, 594
general, 664
standard equations, 600system of, 675
Conjugate diameters, 640, 649, 655, 67extremities of, 640, 656
Conjugate
hyperbolas, 654of z, 497
633, surds, 511Conormal points on
ellipse, 636hyperbola, 661parabola, 613
Contactdouble, 611, 675of two conies, 679mth-order and (m+ 1) -point, 680, *
Contact condition for line withcircle, 587ellipse, 633, 634hyperbola, 649parabola, 609s = 0, 667sphere, 739
Contact condition for plane and sphere, 7Convergence, 436, 551
absolute, 452, 551
conditional (c.c), 454interval of, 456speed of, 446
Coordinate planes, 700Coordinates
cylindrical polar (p, 0, z), 701
plane cartesian and polar, 565, *rectangular cartesian in space, 701
spherical polar (r, 6, <j>), 702Coplanar lines, condition for, 717Coprime, 384Corresponding points on ellipse a
auxiliary circle, 623
Cosine rule, 751Cotes's properties, 542Cramer's rule, 404Cube roots of unity, 497Curvature, circle of, 611, 679Curve, skew, space or twisted, 745Cyclic
expression, 373interchange, 373order, 373
Cylinder, 745
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 448/454
INDEX XXV
Determinant (cont.)
elements of, 394expansion of, 394, 395factorisation of, 411
fourth-order, 414leading diagonal of, 395leading term in, 395minor in, 402multiplication of, 417notation c, r, 397row and column operations, 393rows and columns, 393second-order, 393symmetric. 403third-order, 394transpose of, 393
•triangular', 399Determinants and linear equations, 404Diameters, 615, 639, 649, 669
conjugate, 640, 649, 655.. 670equi-conjugate, 641extremities of, 640, 656ordinates to, 615
Difference method, 423Dihedral angle, 713, 748Direction
cosines, 706ratios, 707
Director circle, 633, 649, 697Directrices, polar equations of, 691
Directrix, 594Discriminant of 8, 583Distance formula
cartesian, 566, 702polar, 684
Distance of a point from aline, 575plane, 718
Distance quadratic, 617, 638, 670
Divergence, 437proper, 437
Divisionexternal, 567, 703internal, 566, 703long, 363successive, 384
Dominated, 518Double contact, 611, 675
e irrationality of, 470 *
pin construction, 625
(jj, r) equation wo centre, 641
(p, r) equation wo focus, 634Elliptic trammel, 624
Equatingcoefficients, 367, 509real and imaginary parts, 496
Equationsapproximate solution of, 521, *cubic, 375, 390homogeneous linear, 407
linear simultaneous, 391, 404quadratic, 374quartic, 377reciprocal, 527transformation of, 513
with rational coefficients, 511, 516with 'real' coefficients, 510
Error in «„=«, 476Euclid's algorithm, 384Euler's
constant y, 450, *exponential forms, 555
E volute, 613, * •
exp, 480, 552Expansion
in power series, 461formal, 464, 479of a determinant, 394, 395of circular functions of compound
angles, 537of circular functions of multiple angles,
535
Factorrepeated, 381simple, 381
Factorisation
in complex algebra, 507
in real algebra, 515of a determinant, 411of a polynomial, 366, 507, 515, 538of sinnfl, 542
Finite series, 422trigonometric, 431, 548
Focalchord, 604distances, 624, 647radii, 634
Focus 594
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 449/454
xx vi INDEX
Functions of a complex variable, 550circular, 557exponential, 552hyperbolic, 558
Fundamental theorem of algebra, 507
Gauss, 489Gauss's theorem, 507General conic s = 0, 664General equation of second degree in x, y,
581, 664and line-pair, 582, 584
General linear equation(s)
in x, y, 571in x, y, z, 710representing the same plane, 711
Geometrical progression (g.p.), 437, 551G. P., 437, 551Gradient of a line, 567von Graeffe's method of root-squaring,
523Great circle, 737, 747Gregory's series, 463, 476
•
Hamilton, 493Harmonic
conjugate, 668division, 590series S(l/r), 438
H. O.F., 383process, 384theorem, 385
Highest common factor (h.c.:f.)» 383Horner's method, 522Hyperbola, 594, 621, 645, 658
asymptotes, 646asymptotes as coordinate axes, 657mechanical construction, 648of Apollonius, 658
(p, r) equation wo focus, 662rectangular, 647, 659
i, 487i as an operator, 488Identity, 364
of form, values, 367Image, 716Imaginary
expression, 487number, 487
Integration by C+iS, 555Intersect, 736Interval of convergence, 456Irreducible
polynomial, 385rational function, 386
Isomorphism, 491
Joachimsthal's ratio quadratic, 58% 610
635for * = 0, 666for sphere, 742
Latus rectum, 603, 621
Legendre polynomial P n (x), 519Leibniz's
series for \ix, 476theorem on alternating series, 451theorem on nth derivative of uv, 434,
Limit of
a complex function, 550x n \n , 455
Limits, calculation of, 480Line (see 'straight line')
Line of intersection of two planes, 717Linear system of equations, 391, 404
homogeneous, 407inconsistent, 391, 406indeterminate, 391, 407non-homogeneous, 408solution in ratios, 409three equations, three unknowns, 39two equations, two unknowns, 391
two homogeneous equations, three
unknowns, 409Line-pairs, 579
angle between, 580angle-bisectors, 581
centre of, 584, 597
coincident, 580, 582general, 581intersecting, 584intersection of, 584, 597necessary condition for, 582parallel, 582through origin, 580, 584
vertex of, 584, 597
Loci in the complex plane, 500, 504
Long division, 363Longitude, 702
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 450/454
INDEX xxvii
Medians of
spherical triangle, 752tetrahedron, 704
Menelaus's theorem, 574Minor, 402
Modulus, 495, 499Modulus-argument form, 494
of expz, 554de Moivre's
property of the circle, 542theorem, 528
Multiple angles and powers, 535
Net of conies, 681
Newton's theorem, 638Normal to
conic (polar equation), 698ellipse, 636hyperbola, 649, 651parabola, 612, 614plane, 710rectangular hyperbola, 659
Notationc, r, 397P x , 565, 701s, 8 U « n , * 12 , 664.
u r , s n , s, Ew r , 422Number, *
complex, 489imaginary, 487of a point, 495purely imaginary, 496real, 488'real', 496
Number-pairs, 489
Oblique axes, 565Octants, 701Operator i, 488
Order of a root, 381Ordered
pairs, 489triplets, 493
Ordinates to a diameter, 615Orthocentre, 609Orthocentric points, 659Orthogonal
circles, 591projection, 625, 626spheres, 740
Pappus's theorem, 679Parabola, 594, 603
general equation, 618Parametric representation(s) of
ellipse, 627, 628
hyperbola, 649, 650, 658parabola, 603
Partial fractions, *theory, 386use of, 430, *
Pascal's
theorem, 679triangle, 421, 470
Pencil of conies, 675Period of
expz, 554
generalisedcircular functions,
557generalised hyperbolic functions, 558Perpendicular from a point to a
line, 575plane, 718
Perpendicularity condition for
directions in space, 707, 708lines in a plane, 571, 581planes, 713
n, calculation of, 476II-notation, 539Plane
as a surface, 710, 744distance of a point from, 718of contact, 739, 742
Plane, forms of equation, 709general equation, 710intercept form, 713
P^Pa, 712perpendicular form, 710through P x perpendicular to l:m:n,
711Planes
bisecting angles between two planes,719
incidence of three, 724through a common line, 723
Polar coordinates (see 'coordinates'), *Polar equation of
circle, 686conic, focus as pole, 688, 690line, 684, 685
Polar of a point, 591, 612, 635reciprocal property, 591, 669
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 451/454
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 452/454
INDEX xxix
Sphere (cont.)
on diameter P 1 P 2 , 737Spheres through a given circle, 742Spherical
coordinates (r, 6, 0), 702distance, 747excess, 750
Spherical triangle, 748. 755altitude, 756angles, 748. 755area, 750cosine rule, 751four-parts formula, 758median, 752sides, 748, 755sine rule, 752
Straight line, distance of a point from,575
Straight line, forms of equation, 570, 684general equation, 571, 685gradient form, 570intercept form, 571joining (r lf dj, (r 8 , 2 ), 684P X P 2 , 572, 715parametric form, 572, 573, 715perpendicular form, 573, 685symmetrical equations, 715through P t in direction l:m:n, 714through P 1 with gradient m, 570
Successive division process, 384Supplemental
chords. 642formulae, 754relations, 750
Sumof finite series, 422to infinity, 423, 436, 551to n terms, 422
Summation by diagonals, 553
Surds, conjugate, 511Surface of revolution, 745Surfaces, 744
Takingarguments, 496conjugates, 497moduli, 496
Tangency and repeated roots, 608Tangent
and normal as coordinate axes, 671
general curve, 618hyperbola, 649, 651, 658parabola, 607s = 0, 666, 667
Tartaglia, 390Theory of Numbers, 386Touch, 608, 736, *Transformation of equations, 513Translation of axes, 596, 705Transpose, 393Trial exponentials, 555, *Triangle
formulae, 751inequalities, 501, *inequality for infinite series, 454
Unit ray, 706
Vectors, 493, 496Vertex of
line-pair, 584, 597parabola, 603
Vertices of ellipse, hyperbola. 621Volume of tetrahedron, 720
wo, xxi
[a, 6], 489c, 397c r , 424 C r , 419e, 470. *{I, m, n}, 706l:m:n, 707 and footnote
0'«2>(°°), P( —°°)> 518P tk
(x), 519
Pi, etc., 565, 701r, 397s, a lf s lv s l2 , 664a, s n , 422u r , 422\z\, 495z, z*, 497X , 496
||, is parallel to
_|_, is perpendicular to
7/21/2019 Pure Mathematics (Sixth Form) Vol.2
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/pure-mathematics-sixth-form-vol2 453/454
Top Related